For access to our global web sites,
additional products/specifications
and a complete list of our operations,
sales offices, distributors & reps visit:
www.ashcroftinc.com
®
Ashcroft Inc.
250 East Main St.
Stratford, CT 06614-5145
Phone: 203-378-8281
ASHCROFT OH-1
Global Headquarters
PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE
INSTRUMENT ORDERING
HANDBOOK
CONTENTS
PRODUCT TYPE
PRODUCT TYPE
Product Type / Model Type/Numbers
Introduction
PAGES 1
PAGES 3-8
QUICK GUIDES
Digital Gauges
Test Instruments
Process Gauge
Stainless Steel Case & Industrial Gauges
Sanitary Gauges
Commercial Gauges
Diaphragm Seals & Instrument Isolators
Pressure Transducers
Temperature Instruments
Pressure and Temperature Switches
PAGES 11
PAGES 13-15
PAGES 17-18
PAGES 18-26
PAGES 27
PAGES 29-32
PAGES 33-37
PAGES 39-44
PAGES 45
PAGES 47-50
PRESSURE GAUGES
Digital Gauges
Test Instruments
Process Gauges
Stainless Steel & Industrial Gauges
Sanitary Gauges
Options for Process, Stainless Steel, Test & Industrial Gauges
Commercial Gauges
PAGES 51-56
PAGES 57-72
PAGES 73-84
PAGES 85-118
PAGES 119-124
PAGES 125
PAGES 127-140
Introduction & Selection Information
Specification Matrix
Diaphragm Seals
Iso-Ring, Iso-Spool
Line Assemblies, Engineered Assemblies
Seal Options, All Types
Table A – Min./Max. Operating
Seal Style Chart
PAGES 141-143
PAGES 144-151
PAGES 152-163
PAGES 164-165
PAGES 166-167
PAGES 168-169
PAGES 170-171
PAGES 172 -177
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55
T2 Series - High Performance
G2 Series - Tough OEM
A2, A2X, A4 Series - Heavy Industrial, Hazardous Location
KM 15 Series - Compact OEM
K1, K2, K8 - High Pressure
KX for Pulp & Paper Applications
KS for Sanitary Applications
H2
GC30, GC52
XLdp Series - Low Pressure
Duratran® Pressure Transmitter
Panel Meter
Pneumatic Transmitters
PAGE 181-184
PAGES 185
PAGES 186
PAGES 187-189
PAGES 191
PAGES 192-194
PAGES 195
PAGES 196
PAGES 190
PAGE 197-198
PAGES 199-203
PAGES 204
PAGES 205
PAGES 206
GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55
T2
G2
A2, A2X, A4
KM15
K1, K2, K8
KX
H2
KS
GC30, GC52
XLdp, IXLdp, RXLdp, DXLdp, CXLdp
2279
DM61 (Digital Panel Meter)
4080, 4480
THERMOMETERS
Bimetal Thermometers
Duratemp Thermometers
Case Dimensions, Thermowells, Options
Accessories
PAGES 209-213
PAGES 217-223
PAGES 224-228
PAGES 229
EI, CI, EL, Case Dimensions
600A-01, 600A-02, 600A-03, 600A-04, 600H-45, 600B
PRESSURE AND
TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
Selection Information
A Series – Pressure
B Series – Pressure, DP Pressure, Temperature, Exp. Proof
F Series – Pressure
G Series – Pressure, Temperature
H Series – Pressure Hydraulic
L Series – Pressure, DP Pressure, Temperature
N Series – Electronic Pressure Switch
P Series – Pressure, Temperature
Deadband Ranges & Options
DDS Series – Differential Pressure
PAGES 233-236
PAGES 237-238
PAGES 239-242
PAGES 243
PAGES 244-245
PAGES 246
PAGES 247-248
PAGES 249-250
PAGES 251-252
PAGES 253-257
PAGES 258
ACCESSORIES
Accessories & Options
PAGES 261-268
APPLICATION DATA
Application Data
PAGES 271-277
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
2030, 2089, 2086, 2084, 2074, 2174, 2274, DG25
A4A, 1082, 1084, ATE-2, ST-2A, 1305D, 1327D, 1327CM, PT, AVC-1000
1259, 1279, 1377, 1379, 2462
T5500,T6500, 1008S, 1009 , 1109, 1010, 1017, 1220, 1020S, 1038, 1339, 1125, 1125A, 1127, 1128, 1130, 1131, 1132, 1133, 1134, 5503, 5509, 1150H, 1122, 1187, 1188, 1189, 1490, 1495
Series, 1032, 1036, 1037, 2030
1005/1005P/1005S, 1001T, 1001TXOR, 1008A/AL, 1005MXRG, 1005PXUL, 1007PXOR,
1000/2071A, 23DDG, 12/15DDG, MFX
100-108, 105/205, 200-207, 300-304, 310, 311/312, 315, 320, 321, 330, 500/501, 510/511, 740/747,702/703
1115A, 1115P
80, 81, 85, 86
A-Series
B-Series
F-Series
G-Series
H-Series
L-Series
N-Series
P-Series
Miniature Watertight Brass Body, Stainless Steel Miniature Watertight or Explosion Proof
Type 400 Watertight Enclosure, Type 700 Explosion Proof
Anodized Aluminum, Compact, Explosion Proof
Watertight, 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure
Hydraulic, Watertight Enclosure
Watertight Enclosure
Type 700 Explosion Proof, Watertight or Explosion Proof Type 400 Watertight with Pressure Indications
Watertight Enclosure or Explosion Proof Enclosure, Dual Chamber
DDS-Seris Differential Pressure
MODEL TYPE/NUMBERS
11
How To Use Your Ashcroft Ordering Handbook
If you are uncertain which product is best suited to your application first refer to the
Product Quick Guides on pages 11 through 49. The Quick Guides provide a brief overview
of product specifications and some common applications. You can then refer to the page
number noted on the bottom of each column for more information. The Quick Guides
and the corresponding product pages are colored coded for easy reference. Please visit
ashcroft.com for more information on our products.
2030, 2089, 2086, 2084, 2074, 2174, 2274, DG25
A4A, 1082, 1084, ATE-2, ST-2A, 1305D, 1327D, 1327CM, PT, AVC-1000
1259, 1279, 1377, 1379, 2462
T5500,T6500, 1008S, 1009 , 1109, 1010, 1017, 1220, 1020S, 1038, 1339, 1125, 1125A, 1127, 1128, 1130, 1131, 1132, 1133, 1134, 5503, 5509, 1150H, 1122, 1187, 1188, 1189, 1490, 1495
Series, 1032, 1036, 1037, 2030
1005/1005P/1005S, 1001T, 1001TXOR, 1008A/AL, 1005MXRG, 1005PXUL, 1007PXOR,
1000/2071A, 23DDG, 12/15DDG, MFX
100-108, 105/205, 200-207, 300-304, 310, 311/312, 315, 320, 321, 330, 500/501, 510/511, 740/747,702/703
1115A, 1115P
80, 81, 85, 86
GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55
T2
G2
A2, A2X, A4
KM15
K1, K2, K8
KX
H2
KS
GC30, GC52
XLdp, IXLdp, RXLdp, DXLdp, CXLdp
2279
DM61 (Digital Panel Meter)
4080, 4480
EI, CI, EL, Case Dimensions
600A-01, 600A-02, 600A-03, 600A-04, 600H-45, 600B
A-Series
B-Series
F-Series
G-Series
H-Series
L-Series
N-Series
P-Series
Miniature Watertight Brass Body, Stainless Steel Miniature Watertight or Explosion Proof
Type 400 Watertight Enclosure, Type 700 Explosion Proof
Anodized Aluminum, Compact, Explosion Proof
Watertight, 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure
Hydraulic, Watertight Enclosure
Watertight Enclosure
Type 700 Explosion Proof, Watertight or Explosion Proof Type 400 Watertight with Pressure Indications
Watertight Enclosure or Explosion Proof Enclosure, Dual Chamber
DDS-Seris Differential Pressure
22
INTRODUCTION
Ordering Handbook introduction.............................3
Exclusive Ashcroft® Features............ ......................5
PowerFlex™
True Zero™
FlutterGuard™
PLUS!™ Performance Option ............................. 6-7
33
Ordering Handbook Introduction
The Ashcroft® Ordering Handbook is
a guide for ordering Ashcroft pressure,
temperature and control instruments,
accessories and options. Each product
is represented with a description of its
general characteristics. For each major
product there are selection tables for the
important variables that must be considered when selecting an instrument.
Each product line description contains
an example of a simple ordering code
that will make it easier for you to order
Ashcroft products.
Ashcroft Gold Service
SM
Ashcroft Gold ServiceSM guarantees
shipment of specific Ashcroft instruments in five working days or less.
Those products are identified throughout this catalog by a Gold Service Seal.
For recent additions to the Ashcroft Gold
Service Program, contact Inside Sales.
Ashcroft Inc. Trademarks
Ashcroft maintains a variety of
globally Registered Trademarks and
Service Marks, many of which appear in
this Ordering Handbook. The following
Trademarks and Service Marks are the
property of Ashcroft Inc. and should not
be used without its permission on any
product or service:
Ashcroft®
Duradrive™ pressure gauge
Duragauge®PLUS! pressure gauge
Duragauge® pressure gauge
Duralife® pressure gauge
Duralife®PLUS! pressure gauge
DuraShield™ instrument assembly
Duratemp® thermometer
Duratran® pressure transmitter
Duratran®PLUS! pressure transmitter
Duratube™ system
Easy Zero™ adjustment
Everyangle™ connection
FlutterGuard™ option
Heise®
Maxivision® dial
MicroSpan™ adjustment
MiniGauge® pressure gauge
PLUS!™ Performance option
PowerFlex™ movement
Quick-Select™ calibrator
Si-Glas™ sensor
SpoolCal™ actuator
True Zero™ indication
Weksler®
Willy®
Ashcroft Inc. Service Marks
ActionLine®
Ashcroft ActionLine®
Ashcroft Gold ServiceSM
Gold ServiceSM
Heise ActionLine®
Heise Gold ServiceSM
Other Trademarks
These non-Ashcroft trademarks are
used throughout the book and are the
property of their respective owners:
AMINCO®
Bendix®
Buna N®
Carpenter 20®
Cherry Burrell®
Dacron®
Decrin®
Duratherm 600®
Grafoil®
Halar®
Halocarbon®
Hastelloy
Hirschmann®
Inconel®
Iso-Ring®
Iso-Spool®
Kalrez®
Kynar®
Monel®
Neoprene®
Nicrobraze®
Noryl®
Syltherm®
Teflon®
Tri-Clamp®
Ultrafil®
VCO®
VCR®
Viton®
Product Information
For additional product information
contact us at:
Ashcroft Inc.
Inside Sales
250 East Main Street
Stratford, CT 06614-5145
Phone: 203-378-8281
email: info@ashcroft.com
or call the Ashcroft® ActionLineSM
at 1-800-328-8258 or visit our web
site at: www.ashcroft.com
ISO 9000 Certification
The company-wide commitment
to world class quality standards at
Ashcroft Inc. has been recognized
by the International Standardization
Organization ISO 9000 system audit
procedure. All Ashcroft Inc. instrument
operations worldwide have received
ISO 9001 or ISO 9002 certification for
their procedures. These worldwide
manufacturing operations have made
the ISO Standard their guideline for
doing business.
With world-class quality systems in
place at all operations, customers can
be assured that their buying decisions
can be made every day with a higher
level of supplier confidence.
44
55
Features Found Only In
Ashcroft® Gauges
PowerFlex
™
Unlike ordinary gauge movements,
which may not stand up to rough
handling and demanding applications, the patented PowerFlex™
movement has the power to perform
under pressure. Independent lab
testing has shown that the PowerFlex
movement is more shock resistant
than conventional movement gauges.
In addition its superior vibration and
pulsation resistance translates to
another big benefit: a longer-lasting
gauge, hence less replacement costs.
CONVENTIONAL MOVEMENT
ASHCROFT POWERFLEX MOVEMENT
True Zero
™
Not “Almost Zero,” “Nearly Zero,”
or “Around Zero”
“True Zero” means
“True Confidence!”
Just because a gauge reads zero,
it doesn’t mean there isn’t any pressure on it. For example, a damaged
conventional gauge might read zero,
even in a pressurized system. The
dial pin won’t allow the pointer to fall
below zero. With True Zero, there’s no
dial pin. So when a gauge with True
Zero reads zero, that’s just what there
is – zero pressure. This gives you big
benefits, including increased safety,
reduced manufacturing and replacement costs.
FlutterGuard
™
Regular gauges on high vibration/
pulsation applications have a lot of
pointer flutter. So much, in fact, that
sometimes it’s hard to get an accurate reading. And all that extraneous
motion puts excessive wear on gauge
internals. So what’s the answer?
Ashcroft commercial gauges with
FlutterGuard. FlutterGuard provides
smooth, steady pointer motion that
makes our gauges easy to read and
longer lasting. You benefit from a
performance similar to a liquid- filled
gauge, without the worry of potential
leakage. And no fill reduces weight
and shipping costs. That’s why we say,
with FlutterGuard, it’s…
“No fill, no flutter . . .
no foolin’ ’’
66
PLUS!™ Performance Option
The Problem…
Applications where heavy vibration
and pulsation were present required
the use of either a conventional dry
gauge with a hard to read pointer and
a limited life costly liquid-filled gauge
and all the head-aches that come
with them.
The Solution...
An exclusive, breakthrough technology developed for Ashcroft pressure instruments providing virtually
liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge, the Ashcroft® PLUS!™
Performance option.
How’d They Do That?…
The Patented Ashcroft® PLUS!™
Performance option utilizes a unique
cartridge to surround the pinion with
an engineered dampening agent to
dynamically dampen the pointer and
movement, thereby providing a dry
gauge which acts liquid-filled.
Benefits vs. Dry Gauges…
• Dampens vibration and pulsation
• Steady pointer – Easier to read!
• 100% longer life
• Reduce purchases by 50%!
Benefits vs Liquid-filled…
Improved Plant Safety…
• Dampens vibration and pulsation
without the headaches of liquidfilled gauges.
• No liquid – no leaks!
• Easier to read…no fill lines!
• Easier to recalibrate
• Wider temperature range vs
glycerin-fill
• Eliminates costly specialty fluids.
Safety is a critical issue and the
PLUS!™ Performance can improve
the safety of your plant. Industry
surveys indicate that 20% to 30% of
customer’s gauges are misapplied
and prematurely fail due to pulsation and vibration. If a bourdon tube
fails due to excessive pulsation, the
process media will escape causing
possible environmental damage,
process contamination and more
importantly, possible injury, fire or
explosion.
PLUS!™ Performance improves
safety and saves money by allowing facilities to standardize on a
convenient dry PLUS!™ gauge that
performs virtually like a liquid-filled
gauge. This saves 20% to 30% annually by reducing misapplied gauges,
as well as reducing the risk of spills,
injury and damage to their facility.
77
PLUS!™ Performance Option
Any Questions?
A. Are PLUS!™ Performance gauges “new” gauges?
A. No. We simply enhanced the industry leading Ashcroft products you’ve grown to trust
with a fluid clutch dampener. The mechanical system is unchanged.
Q. Does PLUS!™ Performance affect accuracy?
A. No. The only difference is that the response time is similar to liquid-filled gauges.
Q. Can these gauges be oxygen cleaned?
A. Yes. Our process cleans the system to meet AMSE B40.1, Level IV.
Q. What process range is possible?
A. –40°F to 250°F, –40°C to 121°C
Q. Can I use PLUS!™ Performance instead of Halocarbon fill?
A. Yes!
Q.Can this be used in paint applications or others requiring no silicone?
A. The standard PLUS!™ Performance cannot be used in silicone-free applications.
However, PLUS!™ is available in a silicone-free version.
Order as XNZ for silicone-free.
Q. Does the throttle plug do all the work?
A. No. Throttle plugs are designed only to fight pulsation. Vibration requires either a
liquid-filled gauge or PLUS!™ Performance.
Q. Does our competition have anything similar?
A. No. Some competitors use a liquidless gauge with poor results. Their design
utilized a dashpot which caused premature failures versus even dry gauges.
Gauges with PLUS!™ Performance utilize a completely different approach over
coming their design problem.
Q. Will this gauge last forever?
A. No gauge will last forever under conditions of severe pulsation and vibration.
The PLUS!™ Performance gauges simply last significantly longer than traditional
dry gauges with the benefits outlined above. There are a few applications, chiefly
severe high frequency pulsation, where a liquid-filled gauge or a remote mounted
gauge is necessary. With a few exceptions, customers have found the performance
to rival liquid-filled gauges in life expectancy without any of the headaches of liquidfilled gauges.
Q. How Do I Order?
A. The product variation “XLL” designates PLUS!™ Performance in
all Duragauge,® 1279, 1377, 1379, 2462 and Duralife® 1009,
1008S type pressure gauges and Duratran® transmitters.
88
10
ASHCROFT® PRODUCT QUICK GUIDES
COMMERCIAL
GAUGES
Type 1005P, 1005, 1005S .............................
Type 1001T Panel Gauge..............................
Type 1008A/AL General Service Gauge........
Type 1005M, XRG Agricultural Ammonia .....
Type 1005P, XUL Sprinkler Service Gauge ...
Type 1007P, XOR Refrigeration Manifold ......
Type 2071 Contractor Gauge........................
Type 23 DDG Minigauge ...............................
Type 12/15 DDG Direct Drive Gauge.............
TRANSDUCERS &
TRANSMITTERS
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
31
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
THREADED
Type 100/200/300 ........................................
Type 101/201/301 ........................................
Type 400/401................................................
Type 500/501................................................
Type 740/741................................................
Type 510 .......................................................
Type 510HP ..................................................
Type 511 .......................................................
Type 511HP ..................................................
Type 311 .......................................................
Type 312 .......................................................
Type 310/315................................................
Type 330 .......................................................
Type 320/321................................................
Type 104/204................................................
FLANGED
Type 102/202/302 ........................................
Type 103/203/303 ........................................
Type 106/206................................................
Type 402/403................................................
Type 702/703................................................
IN-LINE
Type 105/205................................................
Type 107/207................................................
Type 108/208................................................
Type 80/81....................................................
Type 85/86....................................................
33
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
35
36
36
36
36
36
37
37
37
37
37
GC31 Pressure Sensor .................................. 39
GC35 Pressure Sensor .................................. 39
GC51 Transmitter .......................................... 39
GC55 Transducer........................................... 39
A2 Explosion Proof Transmitters ...................40
A2X Explosion Proof Transmitters .................40
A4 Explosion Proof Transmitters ...................40
H2 Precision Pressure Transducer ............... 40
T2 High Performance Pressure Transducer . 41
G2 OEM Pressure Transducer....................... 41
KM15 OEM Transducer ................................. 41
K1/K2 Series Industrial Transducer.............. 41
K8 Series Transducer w/mV Signal .............. 42
KX/KS Series Sanitary Transducers ............. 42
GC30 Differential Sensor ............................... 42
GC52 Differential Transmitter ........................ 42
CXLdp Series ................................................ 43
DXLdp Series ................................................ 43
RXLdp Series ................................................ 43
XLdp Series .................................................. 43
IXLdp Series ................................................. 44
2279 Duratran® Pressure Transmitters ......... 44
DM61 Digital Panel Meter .............................44
Type 4080, 4480 Pneumatic Transmitter......44
THERMOMETERS
Industrial Bimetal Thermometer .................. 45
Duratemp® Thermometer ............................ 45
PRESSURE &
TEMPERATURE
SWITCHES
B-Series Single Setpoint Watertight ............ 47
B-Series Single Setpoint Explosion Proof .... 47
L-Series Dual Setpoint Watertight................ 47
P-Series Dual Setpoint Explosion Proof ....... 47
G-Series Watertight Stainless Steel ............. 48
F-Series Compact Explosion Proof Pressure 48
A-Series Miniature Watertight
Pressure Switches..................................... 48
A-Series Miniature Explosion Proof
Pressure Switches .................................... 48
N-Series Electronic Pressure Switches ....... 49
Differential Pressure Switch Actuator.......... 49
ATEX Approval for Hazardous Locations ...... 49
U.L. Listed Steam Limit Control .................... 49
U.L. Listed Pressure Limit Control ................ 50
DDS Series DP Switch Diaphragm
Sensing Element ........................................50
ASHCROFT® PRODUCT QUICK GUIDES
DIGITAL GAUGES
Type 2089, 2086, 2084 Test Gauge .............. 11
Type 2074, 2174, 2274 Industrial Gauge ..... 11
Type DG25 General Purpose Gauge ............. 11
Series 2030 Digital Sanitary Gauge ..............11
TEST INSTRUMENTS,
TEST GAUGES &
EQUIPMENT
Type 1084 Test Gauge ..................................
Type 1082 Test Gauge ..................................
Type 2089, 2086, 2084 Test Gauge ..............
Type ATE-2 LCD Digital Calibrator ................
Type ST-2A LCD Digital Indicator..................
Type 1305D Deadweight Tester ...................
Type 1327D, 1327CM Gauge Comparator ....
Type PT LCD Digital Indicator .......................
Type AVC-1000 & 3000 Volume Controller ...
Type A4A Precision Dial Pressure Gauge .....
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
15
PROCESS GAUGES
Type 1279 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge ..... 17
Type 1377 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge ..... 17
Type 1379 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge ..... 17
Type 2462 Pressure Gauge .......................... 17
Type 1259 Pressure Gauge .......................... 18
Type 1279,1379,1377, 2462 Receiver Gauge . 18
STAINLESS STEEL
CASE & INDUSTRIAL
GAUGES
Type T5500 & T6500 Stainless Steel Case ... 19
Type 1008S Pressure Gauge
40 & 50mm ................................................ 19
63 & 100mm.............................................. 19
Type 1008S/SL Center Back
Connect Gauges .........................................19
Type 1009 Duralife® Pressure Gauge ........... 20
Type 2008S/SL 63mm Panel Gauge............. 20
Type 1009 Stainless Steel Case ................... 20
Type 1109 General Service Gauge ............... 20
Type 1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
Hydraulic Gauges ...................................... 21
Type 1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
Receiver Gauges ....................................... 21
Type 1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
Refrigeration Gauge .................................. 21
Type 1010 General Service Gauge ............... 21
Type 1017 General Service Gauge ............... 22
Type 1220 .................................................... 22
Type 1020S Xmas Tree Gauge ...................... 22
Type 1038, 1039 Duplex Gauge.................... 22
Type 1125, 1125A Differential Gauge........... 23
Type 1127, 1128 Differential Gauge ............. 23
Type 1130 Differential Gauge ....................... 23
Type 1131 Differential Gauge ....................... 23
Type 1132 Differential Gauge ....................... 24
Type 1133 Differential Gauge ....................... 24
Type 1134 Differential Gauge ....................... 24
Type 5503 Differential Gauge ....................... 24
Type 5509 Differential Gauge ....................... 25
Type 1150H Reid Vapor Gauge ..................... 25
Type 1122 Movementless Gauge ................. 25
Type 1187, 1188, 1189 LP Bellows Gauge ... 25
Type 1490 LP Diaphragm Gauge .................. 26
Type 1495 LP Receiver Gauge...................... 26
Type 2074, 2174, 2274 Industrial Gauge...... 26
Type DG25 General Purpose Gauge ............. 26
SANITARY GAUGES
Series 2300 Digital Sanitary Gauge ..............27
Type 1032 Fractional Sanitary Gauge.......... 27
Type 1032 Sanitary Gauge ........................... 27
Type 1036 w/1037 Instrument Fitting ......... 27
11
Quick Guide
Digital Gauges
TYPES 2089, 2086, 2084
PRECISION DIGITAL
TEST GAUGE
TYPES 2074, 2174, 2274
INDUSTRIAL
DIGITAL GAUGE
TYPE DG25
GENERAL PURPOSE
DIGITAL GAUGE
TYPE 2030 SERIES DIGITAL
SANITARY GAUGE
Direct
Mount
*Protective Boot Optional
Remote Mount
ACCURACY
±0.05%, 0.10% or 0.25% of span
ACCURACY:
±0.25% of span
ACCURACY
±0.5% of span or ±0.25% span
ACCURACY
±0.25% of span terminal point accuracy
CASE SIZE
3˝
CASE SIZE
3,˝ 41/2˝
CASE SIZE
21/2˝
DIAL SIZE
3˝
CASE MATERIAL
300 Series stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
(3˝) 300 series stainless steel
(41/2˝) fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic
(41/2˝) black painted aluminum
CASE MATERIAL
Polycarbonate/ABS
CASE MATERIAL/FINISH
(3˝) 300 series SS, electropolished
WETTED MATERIALS
17-4 PH stainless steel sensor;
316 stainless steel socket
WETTED MATERIALS
316L stainless steel
WETTED MATERIALS
316 stainless steel
WETTED MATERIALS
17-4 PH stainless steel sensor;
316 stainless steel socket
SOCKET SIZE
1
/4 NPT, 1/8 NPT
(others on application)
CONNECTION
Lower (6 o’clock), top, side
RANGES
Vac., 5 psi thru 7000 psi including compound
and absolute
POWER SOURCE
Three AAA alkaline batteries
BATTERY LIFE
1000 hrs.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
Temperature corrected from 0/150°F
(–18/63°C)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
–40/180°F (–40/82°C)
AGENCY APPROVALS
CE, EN 50082-1 (1997), FM, CSA
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
SOCKET SIZE
/4 NPT, 1/2 NPT (41/2˝ case only)
Others on application
1
CONNECTION
Lower (6 o’clock), top, side
RANGES
Vac. and 15 psi thru 20,000 psi including
compound
POWER SOURCE
Battery
( 3˝) Two AA alkaline batteries
(41/2˝) Two C alkaline batteries
Loop powered 4-20mA
Line powered, (12-36 Vdc, 1 amp)
BATTERY LIFE
(3˝) 500 hrs.
(41/2˝) 2500 hrs.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
14/140°F (–10/60°C)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
–4/158°F (–20/70°C)
SOCKET SIZE
/4 NPT, 1/8 NPT, G1/4A, G1/4B, 9/16-18 UNF
Others on application
1
CONNECTION
Lower
RANGES
Vac. thru 25,000 psi, including compound
POWER SOURCE
Two AA alkaline batteries
BATTERY LIFE
2000 hrs.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (Media)
–4/176°F (–20/80°C)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
(Batteries Removed)
–4/140°F (–20/00°C)
AGENCY APPROVALS
CE, EN 61326 (1998)
CE, EN 61326 Annex A (heavy industrial)
UL-61010-1
TRI-CLAMP CONNECTION
Direct, in-line 1.5˝, 2.0˝; Ashcroft remote
in-line (XRE)
RANGES
15 psi thru 1000 psi including metric,
compound and vacuum
POWER SOURCE
2032 Battery
2132 4-20mA loop powered
2232 12-36 Vdc
BATTERY LIFE
500 hrs.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
14°F/140°F (–10°C/60°C)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
–4°F/158°F (–20°C/70°C)
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
LOOK FOR THIS MARK ON OUR PRODUCT
AGENCY APPROVALS
CE, EN 50082-1 (1997) optional, FM, CSA
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
Refer to page no. 54, 62
Refer to page no. 55, 99
Refer to page no. 56, 117
Refer to page no. 53, 121
With total error band accuracy including temperature from 0/150°F (–18 to 63°C) applications include metrology labs, gas distribution
and transmission and analog test gauge users.
Available with optional (1) or (2) SPDT switches and 4-20mA output, this gauge is ideal for
many industrial applications. This product
eliminates the need for unnecessary piping,
switches and transducers.
This product is an excellent choice for a wide
variety of pressure measurement applications.
When compared to mechanical gauges the
DG25 offers overall enhanced value.
Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food applications requiring Tri-Clover type fittings and
highly polished stainless steel surfaces.
12
13
Quick Guide
Test Instruments
1084, 3˝
TEST GAUGE
1082, 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝
TEST GAUGE
TYPES 2089, 2086, 2084
PRECISION DIGITAL
TEST GAUGES
TYPE ATE-2 LCD
DIGITAL CALIBRATOR
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY
MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 3A (±0.25% of span)
ACCURACY
±0.05%, 0.10% or 0.25% of span
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY
±0.025, 0.05 and 0.1% of span
DIAL SIZE
3˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝
CASE SIZE
3˝
PRESSURE RANGES
0/0.25 in.H2O through 0/10,000 psi
CASE MATERIAL
300 series polished stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Aluminum, phenolic, polypropylene
CASE MATERIAL
300 Series stainless steel
MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
WETTED MATERIAL
Bronze/brass, Monel
WETTED MATERIALS
316 stainless steel
PRESSURE TYPES
Gauge, compound, vacuum, absolute and
differential
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT lower only
CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT (standard) and
1
/2 NPT lower or back (optional)
SOCKET SIZE
1
/4 NPT, 1/8 NPT
(others on application)
RANGES
Vac. to 1000 psi
RANGES
Vac. to 10,000 psi
TEMPERATURE ERROR
<.005% per degree F above or below reference temperature of 68°F (20°C)
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
20-120°F
CONNECTION
Lower (6 o’clock), top, side
RANGES
Vac., 5 psi thru 7000 psi including compound
and absolute
POWER SOURCE
Three AAA alkaline batteries
BATTERY LIFE
1000 hrs.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
Temperature corrected from 0/150°F
(–18/63°C)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
–40/180°F (–40/82°C)
AGENCY APPROVALS
CE, EN 50082-1 (1997), FM, CSA
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
Supports most common RTD-type temperature probes and thermocouples
DIMENSIONS
8.7 in. (L) x 5.1 in. (W) x 3.8 in. (H)
WEIGHT
Max. 2.4 lbs. w/2 pressure modules
installed
CASE MATERIAL
High impact PC-ABS
SENSOR MODULE CAPACITY
2 bays for Ashcroft AM2 sensor modules
DISPLAY
1.5˝ x 2.5˝ graphic LCD display with
backlight. Can display readings from 2
simultaneous modules
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
4mm banana jacks (one set of test leads
provided with each ATE-2)
UPDATE RATE
100 ms (nominal) with one module installed
RESOLUTION
±0.0015% of span, 66,000 counts (max)
DAMPING
Programmable filtering levels one through 16
SERIAL INTERFACE
Type: USB
AGENCY APPROVALS
Standard: CE, UL, FCC
Optional: FM, CSA, ATEX
Refer to page no. 61
Refer to page no. 60
Refer to page no. 54, 62
Refer to page nos. 63 and 64
Ideal for use when a quality analog pocket test
gauge is required.
1
/4% full scale accuracy for test and laboratory
applications.
Superior accuracy for test and laboratory
applications.
Field or laboratory precision pressure standard
for calibrating or setting other instruments and
devices. Also used for high accuracy temperature or pressure measurement in critical processes.
14
Quick Guide
Test Instruments
ST-2A LCD
DIGITAL INDICATOR
TYPE 1305D
DEADWEIGHT TESTER
TYPE 1327D, 1327CM
GAUGE COMPARATOR
MODEL PT, DUAL DISPLAY
LCD DIGITAL INDICATOR
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY
±0.025, 0.05 and 0.1% of span
ACCURACY
±0.1% of reading
OPERATING PRESSURE
0-10,000 psi (maximum) (0-60,000 kPa)
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY
±0.025, 0.05 and 0.1% of span
PRESSURE RANGES
0/0.25 in.H2O through 0/10,000 psi
OPERATING PRESSURE
15 psi to 10,000 psi
PRESSURE RANGES
0/0.25 in.H2O through 0/10,000 psi
PRESSURE TYPES
Gauge, compound, vacuum, absolute and
differential
OPERATING MEDIA
1305D: SAE 20 weight automotive or
machine oil
OPERATING MEDIA
Std.: SAE 20 weight automotive or
machine oil
Opt.: Phosphate-based or glycol fluids
Distilled water for oxygen service
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
20-120°F
1305DH
Phosphate-based or glycol fluids
TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
Supports most common RTD-type temperature probes and thermocouples
O-RING MATERIAL
1305D: Buna-N (D series)
1305DH: Ethylene Propylene (DH Series)
DIMENSIONS
10.9 in. (L) x 6.74 in. (W) x 4.0 in. (H)
PISTON AND CYLINDER MATERIAL
Stainless steel
PANEL CUTOUT
6.56 in. x 3.53 in.
WEIGHT MATERIAL
Non-magnetic die cast zinc
WEIGHT
Max. 4.08 lbs. w/2 pressure modules
installed
RESERVOIR VOLUME
Approximately 1.5 pints (0.7 liter)
GAUGE TYPE
Ashcroft 41⁄2 inch Type 1082 gauges with
temperature compensation
Special ‘‘CD-5” Certification package
available (see Price Sheet TE/PS-1)
Special ‘‘CD-4” Certification package available (see Price Sheet TE/PS-1)
CASE MATERIAL
High impact ABS
O-RING MATERIAL
Standard: Buna N (D Series)
Optional: Ethylene Propylene
(DH Series)
DIMENSIONS
7.72 in. (L) x 6 in. (W) x 2.95 in. (H)
SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1327DG
PANEL CUTOUT
5.4 in. x 2.68 in.
ACCURACY
±0.25% F.S.
ACCURACY
±0.1% F.S.
GAUGE TYPE
Ashcroft 6-inch Type A4A with temperature
compensation
DISPLAY
2 line LCD, 0.37 in. height per line. Can
display simultaneous readings from 2
modules.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
–25°F to +125°F (will maintain
±0.1% F.S. accuracy)
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
Standard banana jacks
TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
Supports most common RTD-type
temperature probes
RESERVOIR VOLUME
Approximately 1.5 pints (0.7 liter)
SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1327CM
SENSOR MODULE CAPACITY
2 bays for Ashcroft AQS “Quick Select®”
sensor modules
PRESSURE TYPES
Gauge, compound, vacuum, absolute and
differential
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
32° to 120°F
WEIGHT
Depending on configuration
Max. <4 lbs. w/2 sensors and battery pack
CASE MATERIAL
High impact ABS
SENSOR CAPACITY
2 bays for Ashcroft PPT sensors
DISPLAY
5 digit, 2 line LCD, 0.38 in. height per line.
Can display simultaneous readings from 2
modules.
OUTPUT
Full function RS-232
OPTIONS
Backlit Display; Built-in NiCad Rechargeable Batteries; Handle; Panel Mounting
Brackets
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
32° to 120°F
UPDATE RATE
130 ms (nominal) with one sensor installed
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
20-120°F
RESOLUTION
±0.002% of span, 60,000 counts (max)
UPDATE RATE
130 ms (nominal) with one sensor installed
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS
0-20 mA or 0-30 Vdc
RESOLUTION
±0.002% of span, 60,000 counts (max)
Refer to page nos. 65 and 66
Refer to page no. 67
Refer to page no. 68
Refer to page nos. 69 and 70
Laboratory precision pressure standard for
calibrating or setting other instruments and
devices. Also used for high accuracy temperature or pressure measurement in critical processes.
Primary deadweight pressure standard and
hydraulic pressure source for calibration of
other pressure instruments.
Primary deadweight pressure standard and
hydraulic pressure source for calibration of
other pressure instruments.
Laboratory precision pressure standard for
calibrating or setting other instruments and
devices. Also used for high accuracy temperature or pressure measurement in critical processes.
15
Quick Guide
Test Instruments
TYPE AVC-1000 & 3000
VOLUME CONTROLLER
TYPE A4A PRECISION
DIAL PRESSURE GAUGE
TYPE
AVC-1000 / AVC-3000
ACCURACY
±0.10% of span – ASME B40.1, Grade 4A
RANGE (psi)
vacuum-1000 / vacuum-3000
CASE
Cast aluminum solid front
RESOLUTION (psi)
0.00025 / 0.0005
DIAL SIZE
6˝, 81/2˝, 12˝ & 16˝
VOLUME CHANGE (cubic inches)
3.5 / 2.5
POINTER TRAVEL
350° (15-30,000 psi)
300° (40,000-50,000 psi)
270° (60,000-100,000 psi)
MECHANICAL ROTATION (turns)
31 / 61
PROOF PRESSURE (psi)
3000 / 6000
BURST PRESSURE (psi)
6000 min / 12,000 min
BOURDON TUBE
Bleeder tipped
RANGES
Gauge, compound, vacuum & absolute
0-15-0/100,000 psi
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
20-120°F / 20-120°F
OPERATING MEDIA
Clean, dry noncorrosive gas such as compressed air or nitrogen
CONSTRUCTION
Aluminum body, stainless steel, brass
Teflon, Delrin and Buna N
Refer to page no. 71
Added to any pneumatic calibration system,
the VC works as a ‘‘fine tune” device to achieve
specific test points not easily attained with the
use of a regulator alone. Used in the calibration
of any pneumatic pressure instrument up to
3000 psi.
Refer to page no. 59
16
17
Quick Guide
Process Gauges
1279 DURAGAUGE®
PRESSURE GAUGE
1377 DURAGAUGE®
PRESSURE GAUGE
1379 DURAGAUGE®
PRESSURE GAUGE
2462 DURAGAUGE®
PRESSURE GAUGE
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
DIAL SIZE
41/2˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝
DIAL SIZE
6˝
CASE MATERIAL
Phenolic
CASE MATERIAL
Aluminum
CASE MATERIAL
Aluminum
CASE MATERIAL
Polypropylene
WETTED MATERIAL
316 stainless steel, bronze/brass, Monel
WETTED MATERIAL
316 stainless steel, bronze/brass, Monel
WETTED MATERIAL
316 stainless steel, bronze/brass, steel, Monel
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
WETTED MATERIAL
316 stainless steel, bronze/brass, Monel,
Inconel
CONNECTION
1
/2 NPT (standard) lower or back
1
/4 NPT (optional)
1
RANGES
Vacuum, 15 to 30,000 psi, compound
RANGES
Vacuum, 15 to 30,000 psi, compound
Refer to page nos. 76 and 81
Refer to page nos. 77 and 81
Refer to page nos. 78 and 81
Refer to page nos. 79 and 81
Usage requiring 1/2% full scale accuracy in
chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil prodution,
other process, power and general industry.
Usage requiring 1/2% full scale accuracy in
chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil prodution,
other process, power and general industry.
Usage requiring 1/2% full scale accuracy in
chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil production,
other process, power and general industry.
Usage requiring 1/2% full scale accuracy in
chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil production,
other process, power and general industry.
CONNECTION
/2 NPT (standard) lower or back
/4 NPT (optional)
1
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
CONNECTION
/2 NPT (standard) lower or back
1
/4 NPT (optional)
1
/4˝ HP connection over 30,000 psi
1
RANGES
Vacuum, 15 to 100,000 psi, compound
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
CONNECTION
1
/2 NPT (standard) lower or back
1
/4 NPT (optional)
RANGES
Vacuum, 15 to 30,000 psi, compound
18
Quick Guide
Process Gauges
1259 PROCESS
PRESSURE GAUGE
1279, 1379, 1377, 2462
RECEIVER GAUGES
Type 1279
Type 2462
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
DIAL SIZE
41/2˝
DIAL SIZES
1279AS-XPR – 41/2˝
1377AS-XPR – 41/2˝, 6˝, 81/2˝
1379AS-XPR – 41/2˝, 6˝, 81/2˝
2462AS-XPR – 6˝
CASE MATERIAL
Polypropylene
WETTED MATERIAL
316 stainless steel, Monel
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
CASE MATERIAL
1279AS-XPR – Phenolic
1377AS-XPR – Aluminum
1379AS-XPR – Aluminum
2462AS-XPR – Polypropylene
CONNECTION
1
/2 NPT (standard) lower
1
/4 NPT (optional)
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
RANGES
Vacuum, 15 to 20,000 psi, compound
1
CONNECTION
/2 NPT (standard)
/4 NPT (optional)
1
CONNCTION LOCATION
1279AS-XPR – Lower/Back, Back
1377AS-XPR – Back, Lower/Back
1379AS-XPR – Back, Lower/Back
2462AS-XPR – Lower/Back, Back
RANGES
3-15 psi & 3-27 psi
Refer to page no. 80
Refer to page no. 81
Usage requiring /2% full scale accuracy in
chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil production,
other process, power and`general industry.
For use with pneumatic transmitters.
1
19
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
T5500 & T6500
PRESSURE GAUGE
1008S 40 & 50 mm
PRESSURE GAUGE
1008S/SL 63 & 100mm
PRESSURE GAUGE
1008S/SL 63 & 100mm CENTER
BACK CONNECT GAUGES
T6500
T5500
ACCURACY
Std. Class 1, 1% full scale
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
ACCURACY
1.6% F. S.
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
DIAL SIZE
100mm, 160mm
DIAL SIZE
40mm, 50mm
DIAL SIZE
63mm, 100mm
DIAL SIZE
63mm, 100mm
CASE MATERIAL
304 stainless steel, 316 stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
MOVEMENT
304/303 stainless steel
WETTED MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
WETTED MATERIAL
316L stainless steel
WETTED MATERIAL
316L stainless steel
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
CONNECTION
T5500 – lower or back, open front
T6500 – lower only, solid front
CONNECTION
1
/8 NPT lower or back
1
/4 NPT lower or back
CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT center back
RANGES
RANGES
Vac. to 15,000 psi
CONNECTION
1
/8 NPT lower or lower back
1
/4 NPT lower or lower back
1
/2 NPT lower (100mm)
JIS, DIN, BSP sockets available
Vacuum, compound, pressure
psi: –30in. Hg–0, 0-36,000 psi
bar: –1-0, 0-2500 bar
Available dry and glycerin filled
RANGES
Vac. to 20,000 psi
RANGES
Vac. to 15,000 psi
Available dry and glycerin filled
Refer to page no. 88
Refer to page no. 89
Refer to page no. 90
Refer to page no. 91
The Ashcroft® T5500 and T6500 all stainless
steel process pressure gauge is one of the
finest production gauges on the market for
industrial use where precise indications are
required
Applications include industrial compressors,
valve indicators, firefighting equipment, measurement/control, metal working and hydraulic
equipment. Especially suited for pneumatic
controllers and transmitters located in
corrosive environments.
Applications include industrial compressors,
firefighting equipment, measurement/control,
metal working, hydraulic equipment and panel
builders. Can be supplied EN837 compliant.
Applications include industrial compressors,
firefighting equipment, measurement/control,
metal working, hydraulic equipment and panel
builders requiring center back connections.
20
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
1009 21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝ DURALIFE®
PRESSURE GAUGE
2008S/SL 63mm
PANEL GUAGE
1009 41⁄2˝ & 6˝
STAINLESS STEEL CASE
1109 41⁄2˝
STAINLESS STEEL CASE
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
1.6% F. S.
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
DIAL SIZE
21/2,˝ 31/2˝
DIAL SIZE
63mm
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2˝
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless Steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless Steel
WETTED MATERIAL
316L stainless steel, Bourdon tube
WETTED MATERIAL
316L stainless steel
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze, 316 stainless steel, Monel
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
TUBE MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
Inconel
CONNECTION
1
/8 NPT lower or lower back
1
/4 NPT lower or lower back
1
/2 NPT lower (31/2˝)
JIS, DIN, BSP, tube stub
CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT only lower back
CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT lower or back
1
/2 NPT lower or back
RANGES
Vac. to 15,000 psi
Available dry and glycerin filled, with
PLUS! Performance
RANGES
Vac., Compound 0-15,000 psi
RANGES
Vac. to 30,000 psi
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
CONNECTION
/2 NPT lower, 1/4 NPT lower (optional)
/4 NPT lower high pressure
1
1
RANGES
Vac. to 1500 psi / 2000-20,000 psi
50,000-100,000 psi
Stainless steel and aluminum bronze sockets
Refer to page no. 93
Refer to page no. 92
For use on fluid power equipment
in oil and gas production, construction, mining, machine tools, logging, pulp and paper,
general industrial applications and panel
builders.
The Ashcroft 2008S/SL was designed specifically for the rugged requirements of panel
installation. Oil, gas, offshore, environmentally and process challenged applications are
the target for these gauge markets.
Refer to page no. 94
Refer to page no. 95
Stainless steel case Type 1009 applications
include boilers, compressors, water blasting
equipment, pharmaceutical and food processing equipment.
Stainless steel case Type 1109 applications
include water jet or water blasting equipment,
offshore platform, etc.
21
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
HYDRAULIC GAUGES
1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
RECEIVER GAUGES
1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
REFRIGERATION GAUGE
1010 GAUGE SHOWN
1220 GAUGE SHOWN
1010 GAUGE SHOWN
1010 41⁄2,˝ 6,˝ 81⁄2,˝ 12˝
GENERAL SERVICE GAUGE
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
DIAL SIZE
1009 – 41/2,˝ 6˝
1010 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2,˝ 12˝
1017 – 41/2,˝ 6˝
1220 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝
DIAL SIZE
1009 – 41/2,˝ 6˝
1010 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2,˝ 12˝
1017 – 41/2,˝ 6˝
1220 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝
DIAL SIZE
1009 – 41/2,˝ 6˝
1010 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2,˝ 12˝
1017 – 41/2,˝ 6˝
1220 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2,˝ 12˝
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze, stainless steel, Monel
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze, 316 stainless steel, Monel
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze, 316 stainless steel, Monel
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze, stainless steel
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
1
1
CONNECTION
/4 NPT lower or back
1
/2 NPT lower or back
1
CONNECTION
/4 NPT lower or back
1
/2 NPT lower or back
1
RANGES
Vac. to 30,000 psi
RANGES
3/15 and 3/27 psi
RANGES
30 in.Hg Vac/150 psi, 30 in.Hg
Vac/300 psi
CONNECTION(1)
/4 NPT lower or back
1
/2 NPT lower or back
(1)
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic
CONNECTION
/4 NPT lower or back
/2 NPT lower or back
1
RANGES
Vac. to 30,000 psi
1017 back connect only
Refer to page no. 96
Refer to page no. 97
Refer to page no. 98
Refer to page no. 100
Uniquely designed for rigorous hydraulic
services.
For monitoring pneumatic systems requiring
percentage and/or square root readings.
For use on refrigeration equipment utilizing
ammonia, freon or other refrigerants.
General industrial applications requiring larger
dials. Applications include oil monitoring,
repair and compressors, etc.
22
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
1017 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
GENERAL SERVICE GAUGE
1220 41⁄2,˝ 6,˝ 81⁄2˝
GENERAL SERVICE GAUGE
1020S 41⁄2˝
XMAS TREE GAUGE
1038, 1339 31⁄2,˝ 41⁄2,˝
DUPLEX GAUGE
1038 GAUGES SHOWN
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2˝
DIAL SIZE
31/2,˝ 41/2˝
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Aluminum, cast iron
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze, stainless steel, Monel
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze, stainless steel, Monel
TUBE MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
1
CONNECTION
/4 NPT back
/2 NPT back
1
1
1
CONNECTION
/4 NPT lower or back
/2 NPT lower or back
CONNECTION
Lower
CONNECTION
Lower/back
RANGES
Vac. to 30,000 psi
RANGES
Vac. to 30,000 psi
RANGES
Up to 20,000 psi – 1/2 NPT, 1/4 NPT
RANGES
1038A – 31/2,˝ 41/2˝– 1/4 NPT 30/1000 psi
1339A – 41/2˝ – 1/4 NPT 30/1000 psi
Back conn. only
Refer to page no. 101
Refer to page no. 102
Refer to page no. 103
Refer to page no. 104
Uniquely designed to meet rugged oil field
applications.
Uniquely designed to indicate two related pressures on the same dial.
General industrial applications, large dials for
easier readings. used on pumps, air or oil
monitoring, etc. for panel mount applications.
General industrial applications, large dials for
easier readings. used on pumps, air or oil
monitoring, etc.
23
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
1125, 1125A 41⁄2˝
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
1127, 1128 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
1130 2,˝ 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
1131 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
OF
ION PRO ES
EXPLOS
R
U
S
O
ENCL LE
B
SWITCH
A
IL
AVA
OF
ION PRO ES
EXPLOS
R
U
S
ENCLOLE
B
SWITCH
A
IL
AVA
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
ACCURACY
±2% ascending
ACCURACY
±2% ascending
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2,˝ 6˝
DIAL SIZE
2,˝ 21/2,˝ 31/2,˝ 4,˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝
DIAL SIZE
21/2,˝ 31/2,˝ 4,˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝
CASE MATERIAL
Aluminum
CASE MATERIAL
Aluminum
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze
TUBE MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
BODY MATERIAL
Aluminum, brass, stainless steel
BODY MATERIAL
Aluminum, brass, stainless steel
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Piston
SENSING ELEMENT
Rolling diaphragm
CONNECTION
Lower/back
CONNECTION
Lower
CONNECTION
In-line, lower, back
CONNECTION
In-line, lower, back
RANGES
1125 – 41/2,˝ 6˝(1) – 1/4 NPT 20/1000 psi
1125A – 41/2,˝ 6˝(1) – 1/4 NPT 10/0/10 psi500/0/500 psi
RANGES
1127 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ – 1/4 NPT 10/1000 psi
1128 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ – 1/4 NPT 10/0/00 psi400/0/400 psi
RANGES
0-5 psid to 150 psid
RANGES
0-5 psid to 100 psid
Refer to page no. 105
Refer to page no. 106
Refer to page no. 107
Refer to page no. 108
Application include filter monitoring, flow, leak
and level measurements.
Application include filter monitoring, flow, leak
and level measurements.
Applications include filter monitoring, flow,
leak and level measurement. High pressure,
high differential with migration.
Applications include filter monitoring, flow,
leak and level measurement. High pressure,
high differential, no migration.
(1)
Lower connect only
24
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
1132 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
1133 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
1134 41⁄2˝
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
5503 100mm &160mm
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
OF
ION PRO ES
EXPLOS
UR
ENCLOS
E
L
B
SWITCH
A
IL
A
AV
ACCURACY
±2% ascending
ACCURACY
±2% ascending
ACCURACY
±3% ascending
ACCURACY
±1.6% of span
DIAL SIZE
21/2,˝ 31/2,˝ 4,˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝
DIAL SIZE
31/2,˝ 4,˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝
DIAL SIZE
41/2˝
DIAL SIZE
100mm, 160mm
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
BODY MATERIAL
Aluminum, brass, stainless steel
BODY MATERIAL
Aluminum, stainless steel
BODY MATERIAL
Glass filled nylon
SENSING MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
SENSING ELEMENT
Convoluted diaphragm
SENSING ELEMENT
Convoluted diaphragm
SENSING ELEMENT
Convoluted diaphragm
SENSING ELEMENT
Diaphragm
CONNECTION
In-line, lower, back
CONNECTION
In-line, lower, back
CONNECTION
Dual (In-line or back)
CONNECTION
Lower
RANGES
0-1 psid to 60 psid
(including inches of water ranges)
RANGES
0-1 IWD to 25 IWD
RANGES
0-0.6 IWD to 60 IWD
RANGES
0-16 IWD to 400 psid
Refer to page no. 109
Refer to page no. 110
Refer to page no. 111
Refer to page no. 112
Applications include filter monitoring, flow,
leak and level measurement. High pressure,
high differential, no migration.
Applications include fume hoods, air handlers,
filter monitoring, flow and level. Inches of
water with no migration.
Applications include filter monitoring, flow,
leak and level measurement requiring high
recovery, all stainless steel.
Applications include filter monitoring, flow,
leak and level measurement. High pressure,
high differential, no migration.
25
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
5509 100mm &160mm
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
1150H 41⁄2˝
REID VAPOR GAUGE
1122, 21⁄2˝ GAUGE
1187, 1188, 1189 LOW
PRESSURE BELLOWS GAUGES
1188 GAUGE SHOWN
ACCURACY
±2.5% of span
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
DIAL SIZE
100mm, 160mm
DIAL SIZE
41/2˝
DIAL SIZE
21/2˝
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE MATERIAL
Aluminum
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
SENSING MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
TUBE MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
TUBE MATERIAL
Stainless steel
SENSING ELEMENT
Diaphragm
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
CONNECTION
Lower
CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT lower
CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT lower
RANGES
0-10 IWD to 400 psid
RANGES
15/600 psi
RANGES
15/1000 psi
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
Available with optional ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (1% of span)
DIAL SIZE
1187(1) – 41/2˝
1188(1) – 41/2˝
1189(2) – 41/2,˝ 6˝
CASE MATERIAL
Aluminum, phenolic
TUBE MATERIAL
Brass, 316 stainless steel, Monel
SENSING ELEMENT
Bellows
CONNECTION
1187 – 1/4, 1/2 NPT back
1188 – 1/4, 1/2 NPT lower or back
1189 – 1/4, 1/2 NPT lower
RANGES
10 in.H2O to 10 psi including vacuum and
compound
(1)
(2)
Back connect only
Lower connect only
Refer to page no. 113
Refer to page no. 114
Refer to page no. 114
Refer to page no. 115
Applications include filter monitoring, flow,
leak and level measurement requiring high
recovery, all stainless steel.
Uniquely designed for testing petroleum products with the Reid vapor process.
Applications include compressors, pumps
and turbines.
Low pressure monitoring for general industrial applications on air, liquids or gases.
26
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
1490, 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2˝ LOW
PRESSURE DIAPHRAGM GAUGE
TYPE DG25
GENERAL PURPOSE
DIGITAL GAUGE
TYPES 2074, 2174, 2274
INDUSTRIAL DIGITAL GAUGE
1495, 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2˝ LOW
PRESSURE RECEIVER GAUGE
*Protective Boot Optional
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
Available with optional ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
Available with optional ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (1% of span)
DIAL SIZE
21/2,˝ 31/2˝
DIAL SIZE
21/2,˝ 31/2˝
CASE MATERIAL
Polysulfone
CASE MATERIAL
Polysulfone
WETTED MATERIAL
Copper, Brass, Polysulfone, RTV, Silicone
WETTED MATERIAL
Copper, Brass, Polysulfone, RTV, Silicone
SENSING ELEMENT
Diaphragm
SENSING ELEMENT
Diaphragm
CONNECTION
1
/8 NPT lower or center back
1
/4 NPT lower or center back
Hose barb
CONNECTION
1
/8 NPT lower or center back
1
/4 NPT lower or center back
Hose barb
RANGES
0/10 in.H2O to 0/15 psi including vacuum and
compound
RANGES
0-100%, 0-10 sq rt
0/10 sq rt /0-100 linear
ACCURACY:
±0.25% of span
ACCURACY
±0.5% of span or ±0.25% span
CASE SIZE
3,˝ 41/2˝
CASE SIZE
21/2˝
CASE MATERIAL
(3˝) 300 series stainless steel
(41/2˝) fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic
(41/2˝) black painted aluminum
CASE MATERIAL
Polycarbonate/ABS
WETTED MATERIALS
17-4 PH stainless steel sensor;
316 stainless steel socket
SOCKET SIZE
/4 NPT, 1/2 NPT (41/2˝ case only)
Others on application
1
CONNECTION
Lower (6 o’clock), top, side
RANGES
Vac. and 15 psi thru 20,000 psi including
compound
POWER SOURCE
Battery
( 3˝) Two AA alkaline batteries
(41/2˝) Two C alkaline batteries
Loop powered 4-20mA
Line powered, (12-36 Vdc, 1 amp)
BATTERY LIFE
(3˝) 500 hrs.
(41/2˝) 2500 hrs.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
14/140°F (–10/60°C)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
–4/158°F (–20/70°C)
WETTED MATERIALS
17-4 PH stainless steel sensor;
316 stainless steel socket
SOCKET SIZE
/4 NPT, 1/8 NPT, G1/4A, G1/4B, 9/16-18 UNF
Others on application
1
CONNECTION
Lower
RANGES
Vac. thru 25,000 psi, including compound
POWER SOURCE
Two AA alkaline batteries
BATTERY LIFE
2000 hrs.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (Media)
–4/176°F (–20/80°C)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
(Batteries Removed)
–4/140°F (–20/00°C)
AGENCY APPROVALS
CE, EN 61326 (1998)
CE, EN 61326 Annex A (heavy industrial)
UL-61010-1
LOOK FOR THIS MARK ON OUR PRODUCT
AGENCY APPROVALS
CE, EN 50082-1 (1997) optional, FM, CSA
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
Refer to page no. 116
Refer to page no. 117
Refer to page no. 55, 99
Refer to page no. 56, 117
Low pressure monitoring of gases including
ovens, burners or medical applications.
Low pressure monitoring of pneumatic or air
handling systems requiring linear or square
root readings.
Available with optional (1) or (2) SPDT switches and 4-20mA output, this gauge is ideal for
many industrial applications. This product
eliminates the need for unnecessary instrument
T’s, when switches and/or 40-20mA output is
a requirement.
This product is an excellent choice for a wide
variety of pressure measurement applications.
When compared to mechanical gauges the
DG25 offers overall enhanced value.
27
Quick Guide
Sanitary Gauges
TYPE 2030 SERIES DIGITAL
SANITARY GAUGE
TYPE 1032 FRACTIONAL
SANITARY GAUGE
TYPE 1032
SANITARY GAUGE
TYPE 1036 SANITARY GAUGE
with TYPE 1037 SANITARY
INSTRUMENT FITTING
1036 GAUGE SHOWN
Clamp not provided.
User installed.
DIRECT
MOUNT
1037 FITTING SHOWN
REMOTE
MOUNT
ACCURACY
±0.25% of span terminal point accuracy
DIAL SIZE
3˝
CASE MATERIAL/FINISH
(3˝) 300 series SS, electropolished
WETTED MATERIALS
316L stainless steel
TRI-CLAMP CONNECTION
Direct, in-line 1.5˝, 2.0˝; Ashcroft remote
in-line (XRE)
RANGES
15 psi thru 1000 psi including metric,
compound and vacuum
POWER SOURCE
2032 Battery
2132 4-20mA loop powered
2232 12-36 Vdc
BATTERY LIFE
500 hrs.
ACCURACY
±3% upscale accuracy; up to ±5% downscale
accuracy
DIAL SIZE
2˝ only
CASE & RING MATERIAL
300 series stainless steel
TUBE & SOCKET MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
WETTED PARTS
Electropolished 12 to 20RA surface finish
316 stainless steel
MOUNTING CONNECTION
Lower (3/4˝ Tri-Clamp®) only
RANGES
30# thru 600#, including compound
Meets EN 10204 : 2004 3.1 requirement for
material traceability; documents provided as
standard
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
14°F/140°F (–10°C/60°C)
ACCURACY
21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝ – ±1.5% F.S. for pressure
ranges 100 psi and above. ±2.0% F.S. for
vacuum, compound and ranges below 100 psi
DIAL SIZE
21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝
CASE & RING MATERIAL
300 series stainless steel
TUBE & SOCKET MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
WETTED PARTS
Electropolished 12 to 20 RA surface finish
316 stainless steel
MOUNTING CONNECTION
Lower and back (11/2˝ or 2˝ Tri-Clamp®)
RANGES
15# thru 1000#, including compound and
vacuum
Meets EN 10204 : 2004 3.1 requirement for
material traceability; documents provided as
standard
TYPE 1036 SANITARY GAUGE
ACCURACY
±1.5% F.S. for pressure ranges 100 psi and
above. ±2.0% F.S. for vacuum, compound
and ranges below 100 psi
DIAL SIZE
31⁄2˝
CASE & RING MATERIAL
300 series stainless steel
TUBE & SOCKET MATERIAL
316 stainless steel
WETTED PARTS
Electropolished 12 to 20 RA surface finish
316 stainless steel
MOUNTING CONNECTION
Lower, back (11/2˝ Tri-Clamp®)
RANGES
15# thru 1000#, including compound
and vacuum
TYPE 1037 INSTRUMENT FITTING
CONSTRUCTION
316 L stainless steel
STORAGE TEMPERATURE
–4°F/158°F (–20°C/70°C)
WETTED PARTS
Electropolished 12 to 20RA surface finish
MOUNTING CONNECTION
(1/2˝ thru 2˝ Tri-Clamp®)
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
HEAT NUMBER
Stamped on fitting
Meets EN 10204 : 2004 3.1 requirement for
material traceability; documents provided as
standard
Refer to page no. 53, 121
Refer to page no. 124
Refer to page no. 122
Refer to page no. 123
Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food applications requiring Tri-Clamp® type fittings and
highly polished stainless steel surfaces.
Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food applications requiring Tri-Clamp® type fittings and
highly polished stainless steel surfaces. Can be
autoclaved. Standard window glass.
Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food applications requiring Tri-Clamp® type fittings and
highly polished stainless steel surfaces. Can be
autoclaved with polysulfone window.
Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food applications requiring Tri-Clamp® type fittings with
zero deadleg and highly polished stainless
steel surfaces.
28
29
Quick Guide
Commercial Gauges
TYPE 1001T
PANEL GAUGE
TYPE 1005P/1005/1005S
TYPE 1008A/AL
GENERAL SERVICE GAUGE
TYPE 1005M, XRG
AGRICULTURAL AMMONIA
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
DIAL SIZE
11⁄2,̋ 2,̋ 21⁄2,̋ 31⁄2˝ (41⁄2˝ available with steel
case/ring and plastic window, Type 1000)
DIAL SIZE
DIAL SIZE
63mm (21⁄2˝), 100mm (4˝)
DIAL SIZE
21⁄2˝
CASE MATERIAL
Black painted steel
CASE & RING MATERIAL
304 stainless steel, dry, liquid filled or field
fillable
CASE MATERIAL
Black painted steel
CASE MATERIAL
1005P – ABS, black
1005 – Black painted steel
1005S – Stainless steel (11⁄2˝ & 2˝ only)
Optional, color other than black, vent hole, panel
mount sleeve for 1005P back connect
WETTED MATERIAL
Bronze/brass. Optional sockets, nickel plated,
Teflon taped, top or side
connections, throttle plugs
11⁄2,̋ 2,̋ 21⁄2,̋ 31⁄2˝
WETTED MATERIAL
Bronze/brass.
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
movement
CONNECTION
1⁄8 NPT back, 1⁄4 NPT back (11⁄ 2˝ not available
in 1⁄4 NPT)
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
movement
RANGES
Vac.-6000 psi and compound*
CONNECTION
Note: For panel mount refrigeration gauge (recovery,
recycling) specify 1001T, XRR gauge
1⁄8 and 1⁄4 NPT back and lower (11⁄ 2˝
1005S available in 1⁄8 NPT back only; 11⁄2˝
1005/1005P available in 1⁄8 NPT lower and
back; 41⁄2˝ Type 1000 available in 1⁄4 NPT only)
WETTED MATERIAL
Bronze/brass
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
movement
WETTED MATERIAL
316 stainless steel/steel
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
movement
CONNECTION
CONNECTION
NPT lower and back
Optional, metric and SAE connection
1⁄ 4 NPT lower
RANGES
Vac.-15,000 psi and compound
RANGES
0/60 psi, 0/150 psi, 0/400 psi
1⁄ 4
Optional, 0.020”orifice stainless steel
throttle plug
*All ranges may not be available in all ranges/connections. Please consult individual spec sheets.
RANGES
Vac.-6000 psi and compound*
*All ranges listed may not be available in all sizes/
connections. Please consult individual spec sheets.
Refer to page no. 129-131
Refer to page no. 132
Refer to page no. 135
Refer to page no. 134
Applications include compressors, filter
regulators, medical equipment, automotive
diagnostic, beverage dispensing, industrial
machinery and a variety of other applications.
Applications include instrument panels,
air-conditioning equipment, air and gas
compressors, machine tools and a variety
of other applications.
Applications include hydraulic systems,
machine tools, pressure washers/sprayers
and a variety of other applications.
This product was designed to withstand
rugged agricultural applications. Features
include stainless tube and socket, in
addition to glass window, necessary for
anhydrous ammonia applications.
30
Quick Guide
Commercial Gauges
TYPE 1005P, XUL
SPRINKLER SERVICE GAUGE
TYPE 1007P, XOR
REFRIGERATION MANIFOLD
TYPE 2071
CONTRACTOR GAUGE
TYPE 23DDG MINIGAUGE®
PRESSURE GAUGE
™
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS
ON OUR PRODUCTS
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
DIAL SIZE
31⁄2˝
CASE MATERIAL
ABS/polycarbonate blend
WETTED MATERIAL
Bronze/brass
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
movement
rGuard
Flutte feature
rd
standa product
is
th
of
ACCURACY
±1% at zero, ±2% three fourths
of scale, ±5% last fourth of scale
DIAL SIZE
21⁄2˝
CASE MATERIAL
ABS, red (high pressure)
ABS, blue (low pressure)
Optional, black, ABS
WETTED MATERIAL
Bronze/brass
CONNECTION
1⁄ 4 NPT lower
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
movement with FlutterGuard™
RANGES
0-300 psi (water), 0-80 psi retard
to 250 psi (air), 0-600 psi
Optional, dual and triple scale metric dials
1⁄ 8 NPT lower
CONNECTION
RANGES
Vac/0/120 psi retard to 250 psi, 0/500 psi
Vac/0/500 psi retard to 800 psi, 0/800 psi
Optional, alternate refrigerant ranges
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
ACCURACY
±5% of span
DIAL SIZE
41⁄2˝
DIAL SIZE
23mm (0.906˝)
CASE & RING MATERIAL
Aluminum with back-flange case, painted
black; chrome plated ring
CASE MATERIAL
ABS blend, black
WETTED MATERIAL Bronze/brass soldered,
siphon required for steam service
SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
movement
WETTED MATERIAL
Beryllium copper tube/brass socket
SENSING ELEMENT
Spiral wound Bourdon tube
1⁄ 4
CONNECTION
1⁄ 8 NPT back with 15mm (9/16˝) wrench flats.
Optional, throttle plugs, PT 1⁄8˝ (JIS) and R
1⁄ 8˝ (BSPT) threads
RANGES
Vac-600 psi and compound
RANGES
60 psi-100 psi (180° dial arc)
160 psi-300 psi (235° dial arc)
CONNECTION
NPT lower
Optional, throttle plugs
Consult factory for high cycle life applications
Note: for panel mount refrigeration gauges (recovery,
recycling) see Type 1001T gauge. Specify 1001T,
XRR gauge
Refer to page no. 133
Refer to page no. 137
Refer to page no. 136
Refer to page no. 138
These gauges are UL-393 listed, UL of
Canada listed and FM approved for fire
protection sprinkler service for either water
or air systems.
Typical applications include checking or
servicing refrigerant levels in automotive,
residential or industrial air-conditioning units;
refrigerant recovery and reclamation units;
refrigerant transport systems and large scale
air-conditioning and chilling equipment.
These gauges are designed to meet the
needs of heating, ventilating, plumbing and
air-conditioning contractors.
These gauges are perfect for a multitude
of applications where a 11/2˝ conventional
size gauge is too large, such as mini-FRL’s,
pneumatic stack valves, air compressors
and accessories.
31
Quick Guide
Commercial Gauges
TYPE 12DDG/15DDG
DIRECT DRIVE GAUGE
ACCURACY
Standard: ±2% at setpoint
(setpoint is normally 50% of range)
UL listed: ±3.5% of span of middle
three-fifths of scale
DIAL SIZE
11⁄4,̋ 11⁄2˝
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel, sealed
WETTED MATERIAL
Beryllium copper tube/brass socket
SENSING ELEMENT
Spiral wound Bourdon tube
Optional, silicone dampened tube,
silicone-filled tube
CONNECTION
1⁄ 8 NPT back, safety plug in 1500 psi-4000 psi
ranges. Optional, 1⁄4 NPT back, throttle plugs
RANGES
0/60 psi (180° arc)
0/100 psi, 0/160 psi, 0/200 psi,
0/300 psi, (235° arc)
0/700 psi (200° arc)
0/1,200 psi (180° arc)
0/1,500 psi 0/2,000 psi, 0/3,000 psi,
0/4,000 psi (165° arc)
Consult factory for high cycle life applications
Refer to page no. 139
Applications include pumps, air compressors, portable tire inflators, portable oxygen equipment, self-contained breathing
apparatus, portable industrial gas cylinders
and a variety of other applications.
32
33
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Process Connection Type
Model No.
Process Connection Size
1
Threaded
Code
100/200/300(1)
Female
Threaded w/Flushing
Connection
101/201/301(1)
Threaded or Threaded
w/Flushing Connection
400/401(1)
Threaded or Threaded
w/Flushing Connection
500/501(1)
Low Pressure Threaded or
Threaded w/Flushing Conn.*
740/741(1)
Male
⁄4
25
02
F/M
F/M
F/M
F/M
F
⁄
50
04
F/M
F/M
F/M
F/M
F
12
34
⁄
75
06
F/M
F/M
F/M
F/M
F
1
10
08
F/M
F/M
F/M
F/M
F
•
•
•
12
1⁄
15
2
20
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
80
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
S
100 & 200
101 & 201
304L stainless steel
C
100 & 200
101 & 201
Monel 400
P
100 & 200
101 & 201
Nickel
N
100 & 200
101 & 201
Carpenter 20
D
100 & 200
101 & 201
Tantalum
U
100 & 200
101 & 201
Hastelloy B
G
100 & 200
101 & 201
•
Hastelloy C 22
J
100 & 200
101 & 201
•
Hastelloy C 276
H
100 & 200
101 & 201
Teflon
T
200 & 300
201 & 301
Viton
Y
200 & 300
201 & 301
Kalrez
K
200 & 300
201 & 301
Titanium
TI
200
201
Halar Coated Monel
R
100
101
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel
B
304L stainless steel
C
•
•
•
•
•
316L stainless steel
S
Hastelloy B
G
•
•
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
•
Nickel
N
•
PVC
V
Only 1⁄4 or 1⁄2 NPT
Kynar
KY
Only ⁄4 or ⁄2 NPT
Titanium
TI
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1
1
•
•
•
•
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi
Viton or Kalrez diaph.
Viton or Kalrez diaph.
2500 psi
Metal & Teflon® diaph.
Metal & Teflon® diaph.
•
750 psi
•
4400 psi
5000 psi
HP
9000 psi
HP
100 & 200 metal diaph.
101 & 201 metal diaph.
401
400
Instrument Connection Size
14
⁄
02T
•
•
•
•
12
⁄
04T
•
•
•
•
•
Filling Fluid
(1)
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
•
•
•
CF
•
Syltherm
HA
•
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
Halocarbon
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(4)
•
•
•
•
•
(4)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Glycerin not recommended for vacuum, compound or
inches of water.
•
•
•
•
•
34
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Diaphragm Seal
Process Connection Type
Model No.
Process Connection Size
Code.
Female
510
Diaphragm Seal
510HP
(1)
Diaphragm Seal
(w/Flushing Connection)
511
Diaphragm Seal
(w/Flushing Connection)
511HP
M
M
Female & Male
Threaded
311
Male
1
⁄4
25
02
⁄
50
04
12
(1)
F/M
M
M
F/M
34
⁄
75
06
F/M
1
10
08
F/M
11⁄2
15
2
20
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
80
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
S
304L stainless steel
C
Monel 400
P
Nickel
N
Carpenter 20
D
Tantalum
U
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Teflon
T
Viton
Y
Kalrez
K
Titanium
TI
Halar Coated Monel
R
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel
B
304L stainless steel
C
316L stainless steel
S
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
PVC
V
Kynar
KY
Titanium
TI
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi
1000 psi
•
1500 psi
•
•
2500 psi
5000 psi
HP
9000 psi
HP
•
•
Instrument Connection Size
14
⁄
02T
12
⁄
04T
•
•
•
•
•
•
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
Halocarbon
CF
Syltherm
HA
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
35
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Female Threaded
(w/Flushing Connection)
312
Process Connection Type
Model No.
Process Connection Size
Code
Female
Male/Female Threaded Mini
(w/Flushing Connection)
310/315*
1˝ Male
Flush Mini
330
Quick Connect
320/321
In-line
Threaded
104/204
Male
1
⁄4
25
02
F
F/M
F
1
⁄2
50
04
F
F/M
F
3
⁄4
75
06
M
1
10
08
M
1
1 ⁄2
15
•
2
20
•
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
80
M
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
S
304L stainless steel
C
Monel 400
P
Nickel
N
Carpenter 20
D
Tantalum
U
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Teflon
T
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
204
Viton
Y
204
Kalrez
K
204
Titanium
TI
•
Halar Coated Monel
R
104
•
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel
B
304L stainless steel
C
316L stainless steel
S
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
PVC
V
Kynar
KY
Titanium
TI
Pressure Ratings
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(1)
Viton or Kalrez diaph.
500 psi
1000 psi
•
•
2500 psi
Metal & Teflon® diaph.
•
3000 psi
•
5000 psi
HP
9000 psi
HP
Instrument Connection Size
14
⁄
02T
•
•
•
•
⁄2
04T
•
•
•
2˝ only
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1
•
•
Filling Fluid
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
•
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
•
Halocarbon
CF
•
Syltherm
HA
•
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
(2)
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
(3)
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
(1)
•
•
36
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– F L A N G E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Raised Face Flange
Process Connection Type
Model No.
Process Connection Size
Code
⁄4
25
⁄2
50
⁄4
75
1
1
3
1
10
11⁄2
15
2
20
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
80
102/202/302
(1,2)
Raised Face Flange
w/Flushing Connection
103/203/303(1,2)
•
In-Line Flanged
106/206
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Low Pressure Flanged
*w/Flushing Connection
702/703*
•
•
•
Raised Face Flange
*w/Flushing Connection
402/403*
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
S
102 & 202
103 & 203
•
304L stainless steel
C
102 & 202
103 & 203
•
Monel 400
P
102 & 202
103 & 203
Nickel
N
102 & 202
103 & 203
Carpenter 20
D
102 & 202
103 & 203
Tantalum
U
102 & 202
103 & 203
Hastelloy B
G
102 & 202
103 & 203
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hastelloy C 22
J
102 & 202
103 & 203
Hastelloy C 276
H
102 & 202
103 & 203
•
•
Teflon
T
202 & 302
203 & 303
206
•
•
•
Viton
Y
202 & 302
203 & 303
206
Kalrez
K
202 & 302
203 & 303
206
Titanium
TI
202
203
206
Halar Coated Monel
R
102
103
106
•
•
•
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel
B
304L stainless steel
C
•
•
•
•
•
316L stainless steel
S
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
•
PVC
V
1, 11⁄2, 2
Kynar
KY
1, 11⁄2, 2
Titanium
TI
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi
2500 psi
Flange Class
150, 300, 600, 900 or 1500
•
•
150
•
150, 300, 600
Instrument Connection Size
14
⁄
02T
•
•
⁄2
04T
•
•
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
Filling Fluid
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
Halocarbon
CF
Syltherm
HA
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
(3)
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
(1)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
37
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––– I N - L I N E –––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Saddle
In-line Socket Weld
In-line Butt Weld
105/205
107/207
108/208
Process Connection Size
14
⁄
25
1
⁄2
50
3
⁄4
75
•
•
•
80/81
Pipe Size (inches)
Type 80 only
12.0
1.5
•
4.0
14.0
•
Type 86
only
1
10
5.0
16.0
11⁄2
15
•
•
6.0
18.0
2
20
•
•
8.0
20.0
3
30
3˝
40
4˝ and larger
6
60
8
80
Inner Flexible Wall
S
304L stainless steel
C
Monel 400
P
Nickel
N
Carpenter 20
D
Tantalum
U
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
Teflon
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
H
•
•
•
T
205
207
208
Viton
Y
205
207
208
Kalrez
K
205
207
208
Titanium
TI
205
207
208
Halar Coated Monel
R
105
107
108
Steel
B
•
•
•
Buna N (E)
Teflon (T)
Teflon (T)
Viton (Y)
Viton (Y)
Natural Rubber (NP)
Natural Rubber (NP)
Silicone (S)
Silicone (S)
304L stainless steel
C
316L stainless steel
S
Ass’y. Flanges / Code
Bottom Housing Materials
G
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
PVC
V
Kynar
KY
Titanium
TI
•
•
Carbon Steel (B)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ass’y. Flanges / Code
Carbon Steel (B)
316 SS (S)
316 SS (S)
CPVC (CP)
CPVC (CP)
Teflon Enveloped (CT)
Teflon Enveloped (CT)
Polypropylene (P)
Polypropylene (P)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Inner Flexible Wall
Buna N (E)
•
•
Hastelloy B
2.0
•
•
Hastelloy C 22
1.0
10.0
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
85/86
Pipe Size (inches)
3.0
•
4
Iso-Spool
2.0
•
•
Iso-Ring
•
•
•
Pressure Rating Type 85
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi
Viton or Kalrez diaph. only
Viton or Kalrez diaph. only
Viton or Kalrez diaph. only
2500 psi
Metal & Teflon diaph.
Metal & Teflon diaph.
Metal & Teflon diaph.
®
®
2000 psi
®
Flange Class
150, 300, 600, 900 or 1500
150 or 300
150 or 300
1/4 NPT (02T)
1/4 NPT (02T)
1/2 NPT (04T)
1/2 NPT (04T)
•
•
Instrument Connection Size
14
⁄
02T
⁄2
04T
•
•
1
•
•
•
•
•
Filling Fluid
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
Halocarbon
CF
Syltherm
HA
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
(2)
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
(3)
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
(1)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
38
39
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
MODEL GC31
ULTRA-COMPACT DIGITAL
PRESSURE SENSOR
ACCURACY: ±1.0% Span
ANALOG OUTPUT: (1-5Vdc)
DISPLAY TYPE: 31⁄2 digit, 10mm LED
STANDARD RANGES (Gauge):
50 to 1500 psig
STANDARD RANGES (Compound):
−15 to 15 psig thru −15 to 300 psig
Proof Pressure:
2X range: 500 psi & below
1.5X range: 1000 psi & above
Burst Pressure:
10X range
SWITCH CONTACTS:
(2) NPN or PNP open collector outputs
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with
304SS (sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS
(sensor diaphragm)
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP40
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
MODEL GC35 ULTRA-COMPACT
DIGITAL PRESSURE SENSOR
ACCURACY: ±1.0% Span
ANALOG OUTPUT: (4-20mA)
DISPLAY TYPE: 4 digit, 8mm LED
STANDARD RANGES (Gauge):
50 to 7500 psig
STANDARD RANGES (Compound):
–15 to 75 psig thru –15 to 300 psig
Proof Pressure:
Ranges 1500 psig & below: 4X range
Ranges 3000 psig & above: 2.5X range
Burst Pressure:
Ranges 1500 psi & below: 10X range
Ranges 3000 psi & below: 5X range
Ranges 5000 psi & above: 3X range
SWITCH CONTACTS:
(2) NPN or PNP open collector outputs
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with
304SS (sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS
(sensor diaphragm)
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP40
TYPE GC51 RANGEABLE
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
ACCURACY: ±0.25% Span (URL)0
ANALOG OUTPUT: 4-20mA (2-wire)
DISPLAY TYPE: 4 digit, 10mm LCD with
LED backlight
STANDARD RANGES (Compound):
–15 to 15psi thru –15 to 50psi
STANDARD RANGES (Gauge):
50 to 7500 psig
Overpressure (Span):
Proof Burst
1500psi and below
200% 500%
3000, 5000psi
150% 300%
7500psi
120% 150%
TYPE GC55
WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
ACCURACY: ± 0.5% Span
ANALOG OUTPUT: (4-20mA or 1-5Vdc)
DISPLAY TYPE: 31⁄2 digits
STANDARD RANGES (Differential):
75 to 300 psid
Pressure Range
Proof
Burst
All
2X Span (URL) 10X Span (URL)
Static (Line) Pressure Effects: None
Single Side (Differential Limits):
Pressure Range
Proof
Burst
All
2X Span (URL) 10X Span (URL)
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
IP65 / NEMA 4X
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with 304SS (sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS
316SS and pH17-4 stainless steel
(sensor diaphragm)
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP66
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
Refer to page no. 181
Refer to page no. 182
Refer to page no. 183
Refer to page no. 184
This ultra-compact pressure sensor is used
on a wide variety of applications where
consistent, reliable pressure measurement
is essential. The GC31 features an integral
display, user scalable analog ouput and
two independent switches. Ideal for
monitoring and control of pneumatic and
hydraulic systems where high cycle life and
functionality is required.
Ultra-compact digital pressure sensor, ideal
for monitoring pressures within hydraulic
presses/stamping equipment and lifts,
water/wastewater pressure control and
cooling / lubrication systems. This versatile
sensor offers a highly visible LED display
for local indication. Product features allow
the user to configure the analog scaling to
any range within the full scale of the sensor
range while integrated switches offer actuation and deadband to any points within
the full scale range.
Compact pressure transmitter used to
monitor wet/dry media pressures within
process automation, hydraulic systems,
compressors, pumps and tank level
applications.
Compact high-differential pressure
transducer for filter monitoring on HVAC
hydronic cooling/heating systems and
pump controls. Model contains two
polysilicon thin film sensors with welded
Stainless Steel wetted components to
accommodate wet or dry pressure media.
The product features a bright LED front
panel display for local indication and button
to allow the user to select between the
dP value and line pressure readings from
either sensor.
40
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
A2 HEAVY INDUSTRIAL AND
EXPLOSION PROOF TRANSMITTERS
ACCURACY: ±0.25, ±0.5, ±1.0% Span
OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc,
1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric)
STANDARD RANGES:
15 to 7500 psi absolute, 1.5 to 10,000 psig,
compound to 100 psig
Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range)
Proof:
up to 2 x Span
Burst:
up to 4 x Span
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
IP65, IP67*, NEMA 4X, 6, 7, 9
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
*varies with pressure range
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
A2X EXPLOSION/FLAME PROOF
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
ACCURACY: ±0.25, ±0.5, ±1.0% Span
OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc,
1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric)
STANDARD RANGES:
15 to 7500 psi absolute, 1.5 to 10,000 psig,
compound to 100 psig
Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range)
Proof:
up to 2 x Span
Burst:
up to 4 x Span
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
Ingress Protection Rating: IP65; NEMA 7,9
AGENCY APPROVALS:
Explosion Proof – cUL (USL/CNL):
Flame Proof – ATEX:
Intrinsically Safe – FM (4-20mA)
– CE
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
A4 INTRINSICALLY
SAFE & NON-INCENDIVE
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
ACCURACY: ±.25, ±0.5, ±1.0% Span
OUTPUT: 4-20mA
STANDARD RANGES:
15 to 7500 psi absolute, 1.5 to 10,000 psig,
compound to 100 psig
Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range)
Proof:
up to 2 x Span
Burst:
up to 4 x Span
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
Basic
IP65, NEMA 4X
All Welded* IP67, NEMA 6 (varies with
pressure range)
*(w/o Z/S)
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
Non-Incendive – FM/CSA:
H2 PRECISION
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
ACCURACY: ±0.15, ±0.20% Span
OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc
STANDARD RANGES:
Gauge: 15 psig to 25,000 psig,
Vac/15 psig to Vac/300 psig,
Absolute: 15 psia to 150 psia
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
IP65: %300 psi
IP67: Ranges >300 psi
AGENCY APPROVALS:
CE Compliance: EN61326-1 2006,
EN61326-2-3 2006
EU RoHS Compliance
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
FM
Refer to page no. 187
Refer to page no. 188
Refer to page no. 189
Refer to page no. 190
A highly configurable transmitter designed for
hazardous location and heavy industrial applications. High performance accuracy and thermal capability over –20/85°C (–4/185°F) with
additional option of zero and span pots.
316L SS wetted materials are standard.
The Ashcroft A2X is ideal for a broad
spectrum of pressure sensing applications
where explosion/flameproof hazardous
location ratings are required. The A2X
pressure transmitter offers all 316L SS
wetted materials and features excellent
accuracy and stability for reliable
measurements over the life of the
instrument.
The Ashcroft® A4 pressure transmitter
is ideal for a broad spectrum of pressure
sensing requirements where Intrinsically Safe
or Non-Incendive hazardous location ratings
are required. Designed / manufactured to
provide the user with accurate, reliable,
and stable output data using an on-board
microprocessor programmed during a
unique digital compensation process;
providing a product that supplies extremely
linear and precise performance. 316L SS
wetted materials are standard.
The Ashcroft® H2 precision pressure transducer is ideal for measuring and controlling
challenging hydraulic and pneumatic operations. The high accuracy and performance,
combined with rugged construction, provides
a highly reliable and safe sensor platform.
®
41
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
T2 HIGH PERFORMANCE
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
TYPE G2
OEM PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
Cable
Connection
KM15 HIGH VOLUME
OEM PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
K1/K2 SERIES
INDUSTRIAL TRANSDUCER
Hirschmann Connection
Metri-Pack
Connection
Flying Lead
Connection
ACCURACY: ±0.25% of Span
OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc,
1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric)
STANDARD RANGES:
Pressure Ranges (Span): 30 to 20,000 psig,
compound to 300 psig
Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range)
Proof:
up to 3 x Span
Burst:
up to 10 x Span
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
NEMA 4X, IP65
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
ACCURACY:
±1% Span: through –20/85°C (–4/185°F)
±1.5% Span: through –40/–20°C and
(–40/–4°F) and 85/125°C (185/257°F).
OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc,
1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric)
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
NEMA 4X, IP65 and IP67
STANDARD RANGES:
Pressure Ranges (Span): 30 to 20,000 psig,
compound to 300 psig
Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range)
Proof:
up to 3 x Span
Burst:
up to 10 x Span
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
ACCURACY:
±0.5% Span, 100 psig and above
±1.0% Span, 75 psig and below
OUTPUT: 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc,
0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric)
ACCURACY: ±0.5%, ±1.0% Span
OUTPUT:
K1: 4-20mA, 1,5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 1-11Vdc
K2: 2, 3, 10, 20 mV/V
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP67
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
NEMA 1, NEMA 4X
STANDARD RANGES:
Pressure Ranges (Span): 15 to 7500 psig/s,
compound to 300 psig
Overpressure (Span): Proof
Burst
≤ 3000 psig
2 x Span 5 x Span
5000 psig
1.5 x Span 5 x Span
7500 tpsig
1.2 x Span 5 x Span
STANDARD RANGES:
Pressure Ranges (Span): 15 to 20,000 psig,
compound to 60 psig
Overpressure (Span): Proof
Burst
≤ 2000 psig
2 x Span 8 x Span
3000 to 5000 psig 1.5 x Span 3 x Span
7500 to 20,000 psig 1.2 x Span 1.5 x Span
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
AGENCY APPROVALS:
Intrinsically Safe – FM (consult factory)
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
FM
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
Refer to page no. 185
Refer to page no. 186
Refer to page no. 191
Refer to page no. 192/193
A robust pressure transducer designed for
industrial applications featuring Ashcroft’s
proven polysilicon thin film pressure sensing
element. Product features include voltage and
current outputs, a variety of pressure ports
and electrical terminations to international
standards with excellent accuracy and performance over –40 to 125°C, (–40 to 257°F).
A robust pressure transducer designed for
OEM applications featuring Ashcroft’s proven
polysilicon thin film pressure sensing element. Product features include voltage and
current outputs, a variety of pressure ports
and electrical terminations to international
standards with excellent accuracy and performance over –40 to 125°C, (–40 to 257°F).
An economical transducer designed for the
high volume OEM. Product features include
voltage outputs, a variety of pressure ports
and electrical terminations to international
standards with excellent accuracy and performance over –30 to 120°C (–25 to 250°F).
IP67 ingress rating and 100V/m EMC
immunity.
A versatile and proven industrial transducer
with an extensive installed base. Wide range of
pressure fittings and electrical terminations
along with FM hazardous area approvals.
42
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
K8 SERIES
TRANSDUCER w/mV SIGNAL
KX/KS SERIES
SANITARY TRANSDUCERS
MODEL GC30
ULTRA-COMPACT DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE SENSOR
TYPE GC52 RANGEABLE
WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
NEW!
KX
KS
ACCURACY: ±0.5%, ±1.0% Span
ACCURACY: ±1.0% Span
OUTPUT: Varies from 6-18 mV/V at Span
ratiometric
OUTPUT:
KS: 4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc; 2, 3, 10,
20 mV/V ratiometric
KX: 4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc
STANDARD RANGES:
Pressure Ranges (Span): 45 to 20,000 psig
Overpressure (Span): Proof
Burst
STANDARD RANGES:
≤ 2000 psig
2 x Span 2 x Span Pressure Ranges (Span):
3000 to 5000 psig
1.5 x Span 3 x Span
KS: 30 to 1000 psig, compound to 100 psig
7500 to 20,000 psig 1.2 x Span 1.5 x Span
Kx: 100 to 5000 psig
Overpressure (Span): Proof
Burst
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 4X
≤ 2000 psig
2 x Span 8 x Span
3000 to 5000 psig 1.5 x Span 3 x Span
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 4X
ACCURACY: ±1.5% Span
ANALOG OUTPUT: (1-5Vdc)
ACCURACY: ±0.50% Span (URL)
DISPLAY TYPE: 31⁄2 digit, 10mm LED
STANDARD RANGES (Gauge):
0.25˝ I.W.C. to 25˝ I.W.C.
DISPLAY TYPE: 4 digit, 10mm LCD with
LED backlight
STANDARD RANGES (Compound):
±0.25˝ I.W.C. to ±25˝ I.W.C.
MEDIA: Clean, dry air/gases compatible
with Aluminum, ABS, Ceramic, Silicon, and
Silicone RTV
SWITCH CONTACTS:
(2) NPN or PNP open collector outputs
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP40
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
OUPUT SIGNAL: 4-20mA (2 Wire)
STANDARD RANGES
(Bi-Directional, Inches W.C.):
±4 to ±200 i.w.c.
STANDARD RANGES
(Uni-Directional, Inches W.C.):
0 to 4 thru 400 i.w.c.
STANDARD RANGES
Static (Line) Pressure:
Pressure Range
Proof
Burst
All
300 psi 800 psi
Static (Line) Pressure Effects:
Pressure Range
Effect
$20˝W.C., ±8˝ W.C. ±0.3% Span/100psi
8˝W.C., ±4˝ W.C. ±0.7% Span/100psi
4˝W.C.
±1.5% Span/100psi
Single Side (Differential) Limits:
Pressure Range
Proof
Burst
#8˝ W.C., ±4˝ W.C.
30 psid 130 psid
$20˝ W.C., ±8˝ W.C.
100 psid 130 psid
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with
316SS, Viton and Coramic
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
IP65 / NEMA 4X
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
Refer to page no. 194
Refer to page no. 195/196
Refer to page no. 197
Refer to page no. 198
A pressure transducer for applications that
can incorporate an unconditioned mV/V output and require the proven benefits of the
polysilicon thin film pressure sensing element. A broad range of pressure fittings allow
the user design flexibility in packaging.
For use in sanitary, waste-water, food processing and pharmaceutical applications. The KS
Series features a 316L stainless steel electropolished Tri-Clamp style diaphragm while the KX
Series features several options designed for
harsh applications – flush mounted diaphagm,
PMC adapter or weldnuts. The polysilicon thin
film pressure sensing element offers proven
performance and stability.
Ultra-compact pressure sensor is
exceptional when monitoring differential
pressures in clean rooms, filters, fan speed
control and vacuum/suction pressure
sensing & control. Consistent, reliable
pressure measurement is provided due
to the highly reliable SiGlas™ Sensor. The
GC30 offers an analog ouput with two
independent, user configurable switches.
Uniquely compact wet/wet differential
pressure transmitter, ideal for flow and
tank level applications where reliable,
low dP measurements are required. This
instrument can be adjusted to rearrange the
transmitter and offers flow measurement/
square root extraction where the flow rate
can be displayed and analog signal can be
output. Equipped with the patented SiGlas™
316 Stainless Steel isolated sensor, it can
monitor a wide variety of wet or dry media.
43
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
CXLdp SERIES
DIN/PANEL/WALL
MOUNT
NEW!
DXLdp SERIES
DIN MOUNT
RXLdp SERIES
REDUCED SIZE
3 YEARY
3 YEARY
3 YEARY
3 YEARY
NT
WARRA
NT
WARRA
NT
WARRA
NT
WARRA
XLdp SERIES
HIGH PERFORMANCEL
ACCURACY: 0.8% or 0.4% Span
OUTPUT SIGNAL:
4-20mA, 0-5, 0-010Vdc (24Vac/Vdc)
ACCURACY: 0.25%, 0.50% or 1.00% Span
ACCURACY: 1.00% Span
ACCURACY: 0.25% or 0.50% Span
OUTPUT SIGNAL:
4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc
OUTPUT SIGNAL:
4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc
OUTPUT SIGNAL:
4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc
PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.)
Unidirectional: 0.10 to 0/25 I.W.C.
Bidirectional:
±0.10 to ±15 I.W.C.
Overpressure
Proof Pressure:
15 psi
Burst Pressure:
25 psi
PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.):
Unidirectional: 0.10 to 100 I.W.C.
Bidirectional: ±0.05 to ±100 I.W.C.
Overpressure
Proof Pressure:
15 psi
Burst Pressure:
25 psi
Max. static (line) pressure: 25 psi
PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.):
Unidirectional: 0.10 to 50 I.W.C.
Bidirectional: ±0.05 to ±50 I.W.C.
Overpressure
Proof Pressure:
15 psi
Burst Pressure:
25 psi
Max. static (line) pressure: 25 psi
PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.):
Unidirectional: 0.10 to 100 I.W.C.
Bidirectional: ±0.05 to ±100 I.W.C.
Overpressure
Proof Pressure:
15 psi
Burst Pressure:
25 psi
Max. static (line) pressure: 25 psi
MOUNTING: DIN rail mount:
EN50022
EN50035
EN50045
MEDIA
Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas
(consult factory for use on other media)
MEDIA
Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas
(consult factory for use on other media)
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1
MOUNTING: DIN rail or panel mount
MEDIA: Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
MEDIA
Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas
(consult factory for use on other media)
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 2
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE (optional)
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE (optional)
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
Refer to page no. 199
Refer to page no. 200
Refer to page no. 201
Refer to page no. 202
Static or velocity pressure measurement for
flow stations, ducts, building pressure, filter
efficiency, van boxes or room pressurization.
Designed for ease of installation and system
calibration, the DXLdp is ideal for pharmaceutical plants and other installations where large
numbers of air flow and dp measurements are
being monitored.
A compact transmitter for comfort control and
other HVAC applications.
High performance dp transmitter with proven
reliability and stability. Excellent for air handling applications including fume hood control
and room pressurization.
44
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
IXLdp SERIES
INDUSTRIAL
2279 DURATRAN
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
3 YEARY
TYPE DM61
DIGITAL PANEL METER
3 YEARY
NEW
NT
WARRA
NT
WARRA
ACCURACY: 0.25% or 0.50% Span
ACCURACY: ±0.50% of span
ACCURACY: 0.10% of span
OUTPUT SIGNAL:
4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, ±5Vdc, ±2.5Vdc
OUTPUT SIGNAL: 4-20mA
DISPLAY: 6 Digit
PRESSURE RANGES:
Vacuum and compound, 12 to 20,000 psi
POWER: 12 or 24 V Power Supply
PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.):
Unidirectional: 0.10 to 200 I.W.C.
Bidirectional: ±0.05 to ±100 I.W.C.
Overpressure
Proof Pressure:
20 psi
Burst Pressure:
50 psi
Max. static (line) pressure: 100 psi
MEDIA
Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas
(consult factory for use on other media)
NOT FOR USE ON LIQUIDS
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 4X
DIAL SIZE: 41⁄2˝ analog
CASE MATERIAL: Phenolic
SENSING ELEMENT: Bourdon tube
WETTED MATERIAL: 316 SS, Monel
AGENCY APPROVALS: FM
FM
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
AGENCY APPROVALS: FM
FM
INPUTS: Field Selectable: 0-20, 4-20mA,
±10 Vdc, 0-5 Vdc, 1-5 Vdc, 0-10 Vdc,
Modbus PV (slave)
BUTTONS/DISPLAY & MIN/MAX VALUES:
User-Programmable and User-Defined
ENVIRONMENTAL:
Operating Temperature Range:
–40°C to 65°C (–40°F to 149°F)
Storage Temperature Range:
–40°C to 85°C (–40°F to 185°F)
Relative Humidity: 0-90% R.H. non-condensing
ENCLOSURE: 1/8 DIN, high impact plastic,
UL 94V-0
CONNECTIONS:
Removable screw terminal blocks accept
12 to 22 AWG wire, RJ45 for external
relays, digital I/O, and serial communication adapters
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
TYPE 4080, 4480
PNEUMATIC TRANSMITTER
ALARM POINTS: 2 or 4 SPDT (Form C)
internal and/or 4 SPST (Form A) external
ALARM DEADBAND: 0-100%, UserSelectable
OPTION:
Expansion Modules For Relays, Digital I/O
and USB, RS-232 and RS-485 Communications Adapters
OUTPUT RANGES, PSI: 3-15 & 3-27 (see
note below for vacuum application)
SUPPLY AIR REQUIREMENTS:
18-20 psi for 3-15 psi range;
30-35 psi for 3-27 psi range
AIR CONSUMPTION SCFM: 0.1
SPEED OF RESPONSE: Time constant of 4
seconds per 500 ft of tubing
AIR CONNECTION: 1⁄4 NPT Female
ACCESSORIES: See optional features and
accessories
TRANSMISSION DISTANCE: 1000 ft
MOUNTING WEIGHT:
Approximate weight 9 lb
REPEATABILITY % OF SPAN: 0.15
ACTUATION: Bourdon Tube
INPUT SENSING ELEMENT MATERIAL:
316 SS
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE EFFECT:
1
⁄2% per 50°F
PROCESS CONNECTION:
1
⁄2 NPT (ordering code 04L)
Note: Vacuum application: The transmitted
air pressure increases as the measured
vacuum approaches zero
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
Refer to page no. 203
Refer to page no. 204
Refer to page no. 205
Refer to page no. 206
A rugged low pressure transmitter in cast
300 series stainless steel enclosure. A good
choice for dp monitoring in pollution control, combustion control, and other applications where precision sensing is needed in a
tough environment.
Product combines a reliable, local, analog
pressure indication with 4-20mA transmitter. The wide selection of system materials
and corrosion-proof housing meet a variety
of demanding applications including those
with vibration and pulsation.
The new Digital Panel Meter is a multi-purpose meter used to control and/or monitor
transmitter applications involving level,
flow or pressure. The user-friendly/fieldprogrammable device offers a 6 digit LED
display, min./max. capability, relay/alarm
functions and password protection; all
which complement the expanding Ashcroft
transducer line.
The Ashcroft transmitter is a self-nulling
motion- balance instrument, using a pneumatic relay operating on the nonbleed force
balance principle for converting input pressures into proportional low air pressure
signals for transmittal to remote indicators
or controllers.
45
Quick Guide
Temperature
Instruments
EI, CI & EL INDUSTRIAL
BIMETAL THERMOMETERS
600A & 600B DURATEMP®
THERMOMETERS
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.3 Grade A (±1% of span)
ACCURACY
ASME B 40.3 Grade A (±1% of span)
DIAL SIZE
EI, CI 2,˝ 3,˝ 5˝ (EL 3,˝ 5˝)
DIAL SIZE
600A – 41/2˝, 6˝
600B – 41/2˝
STEM/BULB DESIGN
Rigid stem 0.250˝ dia.
RECALIBRATOR
(EI, EL external), (CI none)
SEALING DESIGN
Hermetically sealed; EL liquid filled
DAMPENING
Silicone-dampened bimetal coil;
EL liquid filled
CONNECTION LOCATION
EI rear, lower, Everyangle™ mount
CI rear, lower
EL rear, Everyangle mount
CONNECTION SIZES (NPT)
Plain
1
/4 (2˝ sizes only)
1
/2 and 1/2 fixed or union (3,˝ 5˝ sizes only)
STEM LENGTH
21/2˝-60˝
RANGES
–80°F to 1000°F, –50°C to 500°C
EL –40°F to 550°F, –20°C to 300°C
CASE/RING MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CASE/BULB MATERIAL
Stainless steel
WINDOW
EI, CI glass (EL Polycarbonate)
STEM/BULB DESIGN
Rigid stem 0.375˝ dia. (600B)
Bendable 0.375˝ dia. (600A)
RECALIBRATOR
Adjustable pointer
SEALING DESIGN
Weatherproof
DAMPENING
Silicone-encapsulated helical Bourdon tube
CONNECTION LOCATION
600A – rear, lower – remote mount
600B – Everyangle – direct mount
CONNECTION SIZES (NPT)
1
/2˝ fixed or union
STEM LENGTH
6˝-36˝ – 600B
CAPILLARY LENGTH
5´-80´ – 600A
RANGES
–320°F to 1200°F
–200°C to 650°C
CASE/RING MATERIAL
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenol
CASE/BULB MATERIAL
Stainless steel
CAPILLARY MATERIAL
600A– 300 Series stainless steel
WINDOW
Glass
Refer to page nos. 209-213
Refer to page nos. 217-223
General industrial temperature applications
including gases, liquids, and other processes.
All stainless steel construction.
Rugged applications including gases, liquids
and other processes. Wide temperature ranges
including remote monitoring.
46
Quick Guide
Temperature
Instruments
47
Quick Guide
Pressure and
Temperature Switches
SINGLE SETPOINT
WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES
SINGLE SETPOINT EXPLOSION
PROOF ENCLOSURES
B-SERIES
DUAL SETPOINT
WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES
B-SERIES
DUAL SETPOINT EXPLOSION
PROOF ENCLOSURES
P-SERIES
L-SERIES
FEATURES
FEATURES
FEATURES
FEATURES
Enclosure:
Watertight epoxy-coated aluminum NEMA
4, 4X, IP66
Enclosure:
Explosion proof, NEMA 7/9, IP66
Enclosure:
Watertight epoxy-coated aluminum
NEMA 4, 4X, IP66
Enclosure:
Watertight epoxy-coated aluminum explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP66
Switch Function:
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT
contacts (or)
Single setpoint, fixed deadband,(2) SPDT
contacts (DPDT action) (or)
Single setpoint, adjustable deadband, SPDT
contacts (or)
Dual setpoint, fixed deadband, (2) SPDT
contacts, (DPDT action)
Switch Function:
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT
contacts (or)
Single setpoint, fixed deadband (2) SPDT
contacts (DPDT action) (or)
Single setpoint, adjustable deadband,
SPDT contacts (or)
Dual setpoint, fixed deadband (2) SPDT
contacts, (DPDT action)
Wetted Materials:
Stainless steel and Buna, Teflon® or Viton®
(or)
All-welded stainless steel (or)
All-welded Monel
Wetted Materials:
Stainless steel and Buna,Teflon® or Viton®
(or)
All-welded stainless steel (or)
All-welded Monel
Ranges:
Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F
Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru
400 psid
Ranges:
Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F
Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru
400 psid
U.L. and CSA LISTED
U.L. or CSA LISTED
Switch Function:
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT
(or)
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, (2) SPDT
(DPDT action)
Wetted Materials:
Stainless steel and Buna,*Teflon® or Viton®
(or)
All-welded stainless steel (or)
All-welded Monel
Ranges:
Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F
Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru
600 psid
H-Series Pressure: 1000 – 7500 psi
U.L. and CSA LISTED
Switch Function:
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT (or)
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, (2) SPDT
(DPDT action)
Wetted Materials:
Stainless steel, Buna, Teflon® or Viton® (or)
All-welded stainless steel (or)
All-welded Monel
Ranges:
Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F
Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru
600 psid
U.L. or CSA LISTED, ATEX and IECEx models
for Hazardous locations now available.
Dual Seal Rating now available
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
*Registered trademark of E. I. DuPont
FM
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
Dual Seal Rating now available
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
Refer to page nos. 239-240
Refer to page nos. 241-242
Refer to page nos. 247-248
Refer to page nos. 251-252
General purpose switches for most industrial and process applications. Models are
available for steam and fuel pressure-limit
controls on boilers and burners. Ideal for
compressors, turbines, filters, blowers, etc.
Ashcroft 700 series has been developed
for most applications found in process
plants U.L. or CSA LISTED.
All models have similar performance
characteristics to the popular Ashcroft B400
Series switch line, which has been used
throughout the world’s plants and mills for
over 25 years. They feature rugged, reliable diaphragm-sealed piston actuators,
snap-acting contacts and all-popular wetted
materials and process connections. Dual
Seal Rating models available. Optional hermetically sealed contacts, Monel or fire-safe
actuators and scores of options allow you
to choose a model for any application.
Easy-to-use L-Series switches are specifically suited for the OEM seeking more
features in a snap-acting switch. Single or
dual setpoints and fixed or adjustable deadband models with many wetted materials
and electrical ratings are offered. This snapacting switch also replaces older mercury
models and is cost effective.
L-Series switches are ideal for blowers,
generators, scrubbers, precipitators, compressors and turbines.
More varieties and more features are
available in the highly reliable P-Series
switch which is especially suited for process
and refinery applications. Dual chamber
design allows setpoint changes to be made
safely, even with power connected. Features
include NEMA 4X/ NEMA 7/9 enclosure,
with single or dual setpoints, fixed or
adjustable deadbands, with many wetted
materials and electrical ratings. Dual Seal
Rating models available. Optional, all-welded
stainless steel or Monel actuators are ideal
for applications requiring NACE or fire-safe
conformance. Optional UL listed, hermetically sealed switch contacts improve safety
and reliability.
48
Quick Guide
Pressure and
Temperature Switches
WATERTIGHT STAINLESS
STEEL ENCLOSURES
COMPACT EXPLOSION
PROOF PRESSURE
MINIATURE WATERTIGHT
PRESSURE SWITCHES
F-SERIES
G-SERIES
MINIATURE EXPLOSION
PROOF PRESSURE SWITCHES
A-SERIES
A-SERIES
FEATURES
FEATURES
FEATURES
FEATURES
Enclosure:
Watertight 316 stainless steel NEMA 4, 4X,
IP65
Enclosure (Body):
Explosion-proof, anodized aluminum
NEMA 7/9, IP66
Enclosure:
NEMA 4X watertight, IP67
Enclosure:
NEMA 7/9 explosion proof, IP66
Switch Function:
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT
contacts (or)
Single setpoint, fixed deadband (2) SPDT
contacts (DPDT action) (or)
Single setpoint, adjustable deadband,
SPDT contacts (or)
Dual setpoint, fixed deadband (2) SPDT
contacts (DPDT action)
Switch Function:
Single setpoint, field-adjustable fixed deadband, SPDT contacts (or)
Single setpoint, field-adjustable fixed deadband, (2) SPDT contacts (DPDT action)
Switch Function:
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, factory set
SPDT or DPDT contacts, not field adjustable (or)
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, fieldadjustable SPDT or DPDT contacts
Switch Function:
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, factory set
SPDT or DPDT contacts, not field adjustable (or) Single setpoint, fixed deadband,
field-adjustable SPDT or DPDT contacts
Wetted Materials:
Stainless steel and Buna, Teflon® or Viton®
(or)
All-welded stainless steel (or)
All-welded Monel
Ranges:
Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F
Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru
400 psid
Wetted Materials:
316 stainless steel pressure connection and
choice of:
Buna N, Teflon® or Viton® diaphragm and
O-ring (or)
All-welded 316 stainless steel diaphragm
Ranges:
Pressure: vac. thru 4000 psi
U.L. and CSA LISTED
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
Wetted Material:
316 stainless steel piston w/Buna N
or Viton® or 316 stainless steel welded
diaphragm actuator)
Single Switch – SPDT
Dual Switch DPDT (not available with “S”
actuator) with <100 psi range
Ranges:
Vac thru 7500 psi.
Wetted Material:
Stainless steel
(Buna N, Viton® or welded diaphragm
actuator)
Single Switch – SPDT
Dual Switch DPDT (not available with “S”
actuator) with <100 psi range
Ranges:
Vac thru 7500 psi.
U.L. and CSA LISTED
U.L. and CSA LISTED
AM, ATEX, IECE, SIL 3 capable
SIL 3 capable
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
U.L. and CSA LISTED
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
CRN
CRN
(Stainless Steel Enclosure)
(Stainless Steel Enclosure)
Refer to page nos. 244-245
Refer to page no. 243
Refer to page no. 237
Refer to page no. 238
The stainless steel enclosure offers
greater corrosion protection for this highperformance switch in breweries, dairies,
chemical and petrochemical plants, offshore
rigs and pulp and paper mills. Our standard
diaphragm-sealed piston actuators and a
variety of wetted materials are available in
these pressure, temperature and differential
pressure switches.
Compact size facilitates mounting in
panels and other installations where space
is a premium.
Standard hermetically sealed switch
element and sealed conduit connection
eliminate the possibility of condensation
entering the enclosure from the conduit.
Standard 1/ 2 NPTF pressure connection
makes retrofit on existing installations
quick and easy.
You should consider Ashcroft A-Series
pressure switches for use on heavy
vehicles, engines and compressors, electronics processing and medical equipment,
food and beverage processing equipment,
garbage compactors, machine tools, or any
equipment where space is a consideration.
This series is especially suitable for OEM
configuration.
You should consider Ashcroft A-Series
pressure switches for use on heavy
vehicles, engines and compressors, electronics processing and medical equipment,
food and beverage processing equipment,
garbage compactors, machine tools, or any
equipment where space is a consideration.
This series is especially suitable for OEM
configuration.
49
Quick Guide
Pressure and
Temperature Switches
ELECTRONIC PRESSURE
SWITCHES
STANDARD DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE SWITCH
ATEX APPROVAL
FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATONS
U.L. LISTED STEAM
LIMIT CONTROL
Small size and high overpressure capability make our differential pressure switch
ideal for most process and industrial applications. Minimum static working pressures
of 500 psi allow use on the most difficult
filter applications.
We use a unique combination of diaphragm-sealed piston actuators to get our
high static pressure performance in
12 ranges.
For inches of water ranges, we use a large
diaphragm for sensitivity which results in
lower, more conventional working pressure.
Consult the factory for application assistance
on differential pressure switch selection.
ATEX is a European designation that deals
with standards for equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially
explosive atmospheres. This approval is
required for switches intended for use in
hazardous locations, especially important to
OEMs who export to Europe and contractors specifying or purchasing products for
European applications.
XCN option adds special features to
Ashcroft 700-Series switch enclosures that
meet the requirements for the highest levels
of security and danger, such as:
• Special locking device requiring an Allen
wrench to remove cover
• Special vents that blow out should the diaphragm rupture, thus preventing pressure
build-up in the enclosure
• Special conduit plug requiring an Allen
wrench for removal
• Available on pressure, temperature and
d/p models
• Meets explosion class Ex d IIC T6
• IECEx models available
• Dual Seal Rating models available
The Ashcroft steam-limit control switch
is designed for use on boilers equipped
with electrically operated burners. The limit
control is an adjustable pressure-operated
switch set to stop burner operation when the
recommended safe boiler working pressure
is exceeded.
We recommend a stainless steel diaphragm
for steam service. A pigtail siphon should
also be used to reduce the possibility of high
temperature affecting switch performance.
This listing is available for setpoints up to
300 psi.
N-SERIES
FEATURES
Enclosure:
NEMA 4X watertight or NEMA 7/9
explosion proof, IP66
Switch Function:
Single setpoint with adjustable deadband
Wetted Material:
Stainless steel
Ranges:
60 thru 20,000 psi. Deadbands as low as
0.1% of range.
Optional process and setpoint indication
and 4-20mA transmitter ouput now
available.
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
Refer to page no. 249-250
The Ashcroft N-Series electronic pressure
switch combines the popular K-Series polysilicon thin film pressure transducer sensor
and rugged, epoxy-coated enclosures. The
result is a highly reliable pressure switch
that is ideal for high cycle, high pressure,
or difficult deadband applications.
Typical applications include: machine
tools, injection molding machines, presses,
pumps, hydraulic systems, turbines, and
compressors.
Refer to page nos. 239
Refer to page nos. 241-242
Refer to page nos. 239-240
50
Quick Guide
Pressure and
Temperature Switches
U.L. LISTED PRESSURE
LIMIT CONTROL
DDS-SERIES DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE SWITCH
DIAPHRAGM SENSING ELEMENT
250 psi DDS-Series
Differential Pressure Switch
15000 psi DDS-Series
Differential Pressure Switch
The Ashcroft medium-pressure gas and
oil limit control switch is designed for use
with air, LP gas, natural gas, #1 and #2
fuel oil and #6 oil preheated to 240°F. This
limit control is an adjustable pressureoperated switch with a secondary chamber
to prevent fuel from entering the switch
enclosure in the unlikely event that the diaphragm develops a leak. The control shuts
down a fuel pump in high or low pressure
conditions.
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
FEATURES
Ranges:
0-6 IWD TO 0-150 IWD
Static Pressure Ranges:
250 PSI or 1500 PSI
Rugged:
NEMA 4X & 12 Housing Std.
Class I, Div. I, Gr. C & D Available SPDT or
DPDT Contacts
Maximum Ambient Temperature:
180°F
Minimum Ambient Temperature:
–20°F
Pressure Connection:
1/4 NPT Female
Electrical Connection:
3/4 NPT Female
Housing:
Cast Aluminum
Deadband:
Fixed
Sensitivity:
1% of range
Drift:
<1% of range (100,000 operations)
Weight:
Approximately 6 lbs.
Contact Ratings:
15A-125, 250, 480 VAC (general purpose
other micro switches available)
Contact Listings:
UL Listed
Port Material:
Aluminum or Stainless Steel
Diaphragm Material:
Buna N, Viton or Teflon
Setpoint Adjustment:
Screw type, field adjustable
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
Refer to page nos. 239-240
Refer to page no. 258
The Ashcroft DDS-Series differential
pressure switch is designed to sense low
differential pressures between high pressure sources.
51
DIGITAL
GAUGES
ASME B 40.1 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span),
ASME B40.7
Type 2030 Series
Digital Sanitary Gauge ............................... 53
Type 2089, 2086, 2084 Digital Test Gauge ... 54
Type 2074, 2174, 2274
Digital Industrial Gauge ............................. 55
Type DG25 General Purpose
Digital Gauge ............................................. 56
52
53
Type 2030 Series
Digital Sanitary Gauge 3˝
AT LAST, A MULTI-FUNCTIONAL
SANITARY GAUGE FROM THE
EXPERTS IN PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT
The Ashcroft® sanitary digital
gauge saves money, time and
space. Now, one digital pressure
gauge can replace three instruments . . . a mechanical pressure
gauge, a transducer and a switch!
Save space, installation costs and
the cost of additional instruments
and pipe cut-outs.
SPECIFICATION
Type:
Conventional Tri-clamp: 2032 (battery), 2132
loop (4-20mA, 12-36 Vdc) 2232(1) line (12-36 Vdc)
In-line Tri-clamp: 2036 (battery), 2136 (12-36 Vdc),
2232 line (12-36 Vdc)
Accuracy: Terminal point
Full Scale: .25% F.S. accuracy
Case Size: 3˝
Case Material/Finish: (3˝) 300 series SS,
Electropolished
Case Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, IP65, NEMA 4
Wetted Parts: 316 SS
Fill Fluid: Glycerine standard, Food Grade
Silicone (XCZ), Food Grade Mineral Oil (XMY)
Tri-Clamp Connection: Direct, in-line 11⁄2 ˝, 2 ˝,
Ashcroft remote in-line (XRE),
Seal Surface Finish: 12-20Ra
Connection Location: Lower
Ranges: 15 psi thru 1,000 psi including metric,
compound & vac
Process Temp. Limits(2): 14°F / 275°F (–10°C /
135°C) to withstand clean in place (CIP) & steam in
place (SIP)
Ambient Temp. Limits(3): 14°F / 140°F (–10°C / 60°C)
Temperature Error: ±.22% per 10°F, (12°F) (Span and
Zero shift can be eliminated by rezeroing the gauge at
operating temperatures. Temperatures must be within
process temperature limits)
Storage Temperature: –4°F / 158°F (–20°C / 70°C)
Overrange Pressure: 2x range of gauge
(1)
DISPLAY
Type: LCD
Display Digits: 5 digits
Character Height: .60˝
Backlite: Off by default (optional)
Bar Graph: Yes
Features
• 4/20mA Output (optional)
• (1) or (2) SPDT Switches (optional)
• .25% F.S. Terminal Point Accuracy
• IP 65 Weatherproof Case Suitable For
Wash Downs
• Large Display
• Easy-to-Use Password Protected Menu
With:
- 5 Backlite Display Options
- 12 Engineering Units
- Menu Configure Feature
- Update Rate
- Dampen Rate
- Auto-Off
• Material Traceability Certification to
EN 10204: 2004 3.1†
30
REMOTE
MOUNT
†Excludes 2036 Series
Battery Life: 500 Hrs., Battery Life Indicator – standard
Agency Approvals: CE (excludes XRE variation)Material Traceability Certification to EN 10204: 2004 3.1
standard ASME B40.7
KEYBOARD FUNCTIONS
On/Off: Manually turns unit on & off (auto off
options in menu)
Zero/Clear: Zeros display or clears min/max values
when displayed
Min/Max Arrow Key: Stores min & max values,
arrow key allows for scrolling thru menu items
Menu: Allows for changes to default settings (see below)
Backlite (optional) Arrow Key: Manually turns
backlite on & off (auto off options in menu), arrow
key allows for scrolling thru menu items
Enter: Selects items in the menu
MENU MODE
Engineering Units (Units): 10 units of measurement
are available; psi, inH2O with 3 temp. options: 20°C,
60°F, 4°C*, mmHg, ftH2O, mPa, kPa, kg/cm2 & bar
Configuration Mode (Config): Allows for changes to
default settings of gauge
Bar Graph (Graph): Allows for adjustment of bargraph & 4-20mA output
Auto Off (Off): Allows for changes to auto off of gauge:
5 options:, 30 min., 10 min., 5 min., 2 min., never
Update Rate (Update): 4 options: 100mili-sec,
1 sec, 500mili-sec, 200mili-sec,
Dampening (Damp): 6 options: none, average 8, 6,
4, 2 times per 100ms
Backlite Lit (optional): 5 options: NEVER, 10 sec,
HOW TO ORDER
Dial Size: 3˝
Case Type Number:
2032 Battery
2132 4-20mA loop powered
2232 12-36 Vdc
2036 In-line battery
2136 In-line 4-20mA loop powered
2236 In-line 12-36Vdc
Wetted Parts: 316L SS
Process Connection: 1.5,˝ 2.0˝ Tri-Clamp
Variations: RE remote mount in-line design
Range: 160 psi
DIRECT
MOUNT
2032
SD
15L
RE
30, sec, 1 min, 5 min.
Zero Disable: Zero “lockout” feature
Field Recalibration: Zero, span & midscale
(password protected)
Calibration: Allows for recalibration of zero & span
(includes factory default calibration)
OPTIONS
4-20mA Output
Line Powered: 12-36 Vdc
Switching: (XU1 code) (1) or (XU@ code) (2) SPDT
switches, (requires line power), (max. contact
30Vdc, 1 amp, 125Vac, .5 Amp) switches adjustable
to 100% of range
Remote Mount Seal: (RE code) standard with 10´
shielded cable
NOTES
(1) 3´ shielded cable standard.
(2) Rezero gauge often after exposure to elevated
temperatures and use.
(3) The 2030 Series Digital Gauge is not suitable for
an autoclave.
RANGES
psi
15
30
60
100
160
200
300
600
800
1000
160#
in. Hg
(Vacuum)
30*
Comp.
mmHg
in. Hg
(psi) (pressure) (pressure) in. H2O
–15/0/15*
800
30
400
–15/0/30*
1000
60
800
–15/0/60*
2000
100
1000
–15/0/100*
3000
160
5000
200
10,000
300
400
600
800
mBar
ft. H2O
mPa
kPa
1000
1500
2000
2500
4000
5000
8000
10,000
15,000
20,000
60
160
200
300
400
600
1000
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
100
160
250
400
600
1000
1600
2500
4000
6000
Bar/
KSC
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
*Note all compound and vacuum ranges require mineral oil fill
(XMY option)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
54
Precision Digital Test Gauge
Types 2089, 2086 and 2084
• Unmatched accuracy of ±.05%
total error band
- Temperature corrected from 0/150°F
• Breakthrough readability and
portability
- 5 digit LCD display
- Display height of .66˝
• Rugged portable design
- Weatherproof NEMA IV, IP65 case
- CE, FM, CSA
- Stainless steel case-to-socket
weld for strength
- Stainless steel cover protects
keypad
• Global/highly configurable
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Type:
2089 (0.05% F.S. accuracy),
2086 (0.10% F.S. accuracy),
2084 (0.25% F.S. accuracy)
Accuracy:
0.05%, 0.10% or 0.25% all Full
Scale, Terminal Point, Total Error
Band (TEB) Including Hysteresis,
Linearity, Repeatablilty and Temperature (0/150°F)
Case Size:
3˝
Case Material:
300 Series Stainless Steel
Case Finish:
Electropolished/Tumbled
Case Rating:
Weatherproof, IP65, NEMA 4
Wetted Parts:
316 Stainless Steel
1
Inlet Fittings:
⁄4 NPT Male, JIS, DIN, SAE, (others
on application)
Connection:
Lower (6 o’clock), top, side
Ranges:
Vac. thru 7000 psi (see engineering
units below for other units of
measurement)
Units:
psi =#
bar=BR
kPa=KP
mPa=MP
inHg=IM
inH2O=IW
mmH2O=MMW
cmH2O=CMW
millibar=MB
kg/cm2=KSC
Operating Temp.: 0/150°F (–18/65°C)
Storage Temp.: –40/180°F (–40/82°C)
Temp. Corrected: Yes
DISPLAY
Type:
LCD
Display Digits:
5, 99999 display counts
Character Height: .66˝
Backlite:
Off by default
Bar Graph:
Yes
Battery Life:
<1000 hrs. (3 AAA alkaline batteries)
Agency Approvals: CE EN 50082-1 (1997), FM, CSA
Note: FM/CSA approval not valid on
vac. and 15# & vac. ranges
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS
On/Off:
Manually turns unit on and off (auto
off options in configuration menu
Backlite:
Manually turns backlite on and off (auto
off options in configuration menu)
Min/Max:
Stores min. and max. values when
displayed
Zero/Clear:
Zeros display or clears min. and
max. values when displayed
- Nine options including 12 units
of measure, 7 languages and
password protected calibration
and disable function
• Safety features include
- Pressure range on keypad to
reduce accidental overpressure
- Proof pressure 2 x gauge range
- Meets ASME B40.7
• % of reading bar graph
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
Enter:
Configuration
Mode:
Engineering Units:
Update Rate:
Auto Off:
Dampening:
Language:
Backlite:
Calibrate:
Contrast:
Disable:
Zero and Span (password protected)
Seven available options
Locks in current configuration
settings.
Calibration Chart: 10 point individual calibration chart,
standard for Type 3089, others
optional (XC4)
Accessories:
300 Series SS Protective Cover,
Protective Carrying Pouch
Optional Features: Flange for Panel Mounting = FF,
Metal Tag Wired to Case = NH,
Paper Tag Wired to Case = NN,
Protective Rubber Boot = B1,
Certificate of Conformance = C1,
Calibration Certificate (2084 & 2086
only. Standard w/2089) = C4,
Weatherproof ABS Carrying Case = S7,
Clean for Gaseous Oxygen Service = 6B,
Clean for Liquid Oxygen Service = 6D
Selects items in configuration menu
Allows scrolling through configura
tion menus to select available options
psi,˝Hg, ˝H2O*, ftSW, Bar, mBar,
kPa, mPa, mmHg, cmH2O, mmH2O,
kg/cm2 (*Allows choice of reference
temperatures 4°C, 20°C or 60°F)
Four Selections: 10x/sec, 5x/sec,
2x/sec, 1x/sec
Five Options: Never, 2 min., 5 min.,
15 min., 30 min.
Five Selections: None, average 2, 4,
6, 8 readings
Seven Languages: English, Spanish,
French, Italian, German,
Portuguese, Dutch
Five Selections: On/off, 10 sec., 30
sec., 1 min., 5 min.
DIGITAL PRECISION TEST GAUGE RANGES:
psi
Gauge
vac.
5
10
15
30
60
100
160
200.
300
500
600
800
1000
2000
2500
3000.
5000
700
psi
Compound
15 & vac.
30 & vac.
60 & vac.
100 & vac.
psi
Absolute
15
25
50
bar/kb/cm2
Gauge
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
160
250
400
500.
bar
Compound
–1 to 0
–1 to 1
–1 to 2
–1 to 30
–1 to 30
mmH2O
Gauge
3000
5000
10,000
mPa
Gauge
1
1.6
2.5.
6
10
40
mBar/cmH2O
Gauge
250.
300
400
500
600
1000
1600
2000.
2500.
4000
5000
6000
10,000
kPa
Gauge
25
40
60
160
250
400
600
1000
TO ORDER THIS DIGITAL TEST GAUGE:
Select:
Example:
1. Dial Size: 3˝ = 30
2. Model: 2084, 2086, 2089
3. Case: 316 SS = SD
4. Connections: 1/4 NPT Male Lower = 02L
5. Range Value: (see range chart)
Unit of Measurement: (see “Units” list)
6. Options: (see “Optional Features” list)
30
2089
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
SD
02L
100#
B1, 6B
Temp.
Options
4°C
20°C
60°F
55
Digital Industrial Gauge
Types 2074, 2174 and 2274
• A Multi-Functional Digital Gauge
with Optional:
- 4/20mA Output
- (1) or (2) SPDT Switches
• ±.25% of Span Terminal Point
Accuracy
• IP 65 Weatherproof Case
• Three Case Options: Stainless
Steel, Fiberglass Reinforced
Thermoplastic or Aluminum
• Extra Large Display
• Intrinsically Safe, Class I, Div. 1
(optional)
• Easy-to-Use Menu Options: (all
- Five Backlite Display Options
- Twelve Engineering Units
- Menu Configure Feature
- Update Rate
- Dampen Rate
- Auto-Off
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Type:
2074 (battery)
2174 (loop) 4-20mA (12-36Vdc)
2274 (line) (12-36Vdc)
Accuracy:
±.25% of span, terminal point
Case Size:
3˝, 41⁄2˝
Case Material:
3˝ stainless steel, 41⁄2˝ fiberglass
reinforced thermoplastic or black
epoxy coated aluminum
Case Encl. Rating: Weatherproof, IP65
Wetted Materials: 17-4 stainless steel (sensor),
316 stainless steel (socket)
1
Socket Size:
⁄4 or 1⁄2 NPT, JIS, DIN, SAE, (1⁄2
NPT only with 41⁄2˝ case, others on
application)
Socket Location: Lower (6 o’clock), top, side
Ranges:
15 psi/Vac. thru 20,000 psi (see engineering units below for other units)
Operating Temp.: 14/140°F (10/60°C)
Temp. Error:
(Zero & Span) .04%/°F
Reference temp. 70°F
Storage Temp.:
–4/158° (–20°/70°C)
DISPLAY
Type:
Display Digits:
Character Height:
Backlite:
Bar Graph:
Battery Life:
Agency Approvals:
LCD
Five (5)
3˝ case: .60˝, 41⁄2˝ case: .88˝
Optional
Yes
3˝ <500 hrs., 41⁄2˝ <2500 hrs.
CE, FM (Intrinsically Safe Class I,
Div 1) (optional)
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS
On/Off:
Zero/Clear:
Manually turns unit on and off
Zeros display or clears min. and
max. values when displayed
Min/Max  (down) Stores min & max values, arrow key
Arrow Key:
allows for scrolling thru menu items
Menu Key:
Provides access to menu options
Backlite  (up)
Manually turns backlite on and off,
Arrow Key:
arrow key allows for five menu
(Backlite optional) options.  (up) arrow key allows
for scrolling thru menu options
Enter:
Selects items in the menu
MENU MODE
Engineering Units: 10 units of measurement are available; psi, In. H2O (with three temp.
options: 20°C, 60°F, 4°C*), Ft. H2O,
mPa, mBar, kPa, kg/cm2, Bar, inHg
and mmHg
Configuration Mode: Allows for changes to default
(Config):
settings of gauge
Including zero disable feaure
Line Power with 4-20mA output
(Line power (Type 2274) required
for switching options)
(Terminal blocks standard with 41⁄2˝ case)
(3´ shielded cable standard)
Bar Graph (Graph): Allows for adjustment of bargraph
and 4-20
Auto Off (Off):
Allows for changes to auto off of
gauge, five options: Never, 2 min.,
5 min., 15 min., 30 min.
Update Rate:
Four options: 100 ms, 200 ms,
500 ms, 1 sec
Dampening:
Six options: None, average, 2, 4, 6,
8 times per 100ms
Backlite:
Five options: Never, 10 sec., 30
sec., 1 min., 5 min.
Field Recalibration: Allows for recalibration of zero, midscale and span (password protected)
OPTIONS
Description
U1
3˝, 41⁄2˝
(2) SPDT Switch (12-36Vdc)
U2
3˝, 4 ⁄2˝
EN
41⁄2˝
BL
3˝, 41⁄2˝
Battery Backup
(Battery standard with Type 2074)
(Available with Types 2174 & 2274)
BK
3˝, 41⁄2˝
Weatherproof ABS Gauge Carrying Case
S7
3˝ only
Protective Rubber Boot (black)
B1
3˝ only
Protective Rubber Boot (orange)
B2
3˝ only
Protective Front Cover
Individual Certified Calibration Chart
Cleaned for Gaseous Oxygen Service
PP
C4
6B
3˝ only
(3´ shielded cable standard) (Terminal
blocks standard with 41⁄2˝ case.)
Keypad Options
Backlite
Miscellaneous Options
AY 41⁄2˝ only
Switch Options
(1) SPDT Switch (12-36Vdc)
3˝, 41⁄2˝
Wiring Options
Code Case Size
Case Options
Aluminum Case (black epoxy coated)
(Glass reinforced thermoplastic
case standard)
AO
DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GAUGE RANGES (Units In horizontal rows not equivalent ranges):
psi
in.Hg
(vacuum)
Comp.
(psi)
mmHg
(pressure)
in.Hg
(pressure)
in.
H 2O
mBar
ft.
H2O
mPa
kPa
15
30
60
100
160
200
300
600
800
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000
8000
10,000
15,000
20,000
30
15#&Vac
30#&Vac
60#&Vac
100#&Vac
800
1000
2000
3000
5000
10,000
30
60
100
160
200
300
400
600
800
400
800
1000
1000
1500
2000
2500
4000
5000
6000
10,000
15,000
20,000
60
160
200
300
400
600
1000
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
100
140
100
160
250
400
600
1000
1600
2500
4000
6000
10,000
16,000
25,000
40,000
60,000
100,000
140,000
Bar/
KSC
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
100
160
250
400
600
1000
1400
100#
XXX
TO ORDER THIS DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 3˝
2. Type: 2074
3. Wetted parts: 316 SS
4. Connections: 1/4 NPT
5. Lower:
6. Range: 100 psi
7. Optional Characters:
30
2074
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
SD
02
L
56
General Purpose Digital Gauge
Type DG25, ±1/2% of Span
Terminal Point Accuracy
• 0.5% terminal point accuracy
(0.25% optional)
• Five-digit LCD display with large
.48˝ character size
• Bar graph display (20 segment)
• Nine engineering units of measure
plus one user programmable unit
• Capable of measuring gauge,
vacuum and compound ranges
from –14.7 psi through 25,000 psi
• IP67 weatherproof enclosure
• CE compliant, RoHs compliant, UL
and cUL 61010-1
• The versatile and economical choice
for a wide variety of applications
The Ashcroft® DG25 series offers
0.5% of span accuracy. Laser-welded
stainless steel sensor and socket
make this product suitable for use
with a wide variety of pressure media
in demanding industrial applications.
This series is also available with
enhanced accuracy of 0.25% of span
making it suitable for many test and
measurement uses.
IP67 ingress protection rating
means the DG25 is suitable for
demanding applications such as
equipment wash down.
The DG25 comes standard with
many features such as: tare, min and
max memory, programmable custom
engineering units, and pressure
ranges from vacuum to 25,000 psi.
Wetted Matl.:
Hard Keys:
*Shown with Optional Protective Boot & Back Light
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
0.5% F.S. standard, 0.25% optional
includes effects of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability
LCD Display:
Five-digit numeric top line, fivecharacter alphanumeric lower line,
20 segment vertical bar graph,
four-segment battery life indicator,
dedicated icons for gauge timer,
back light timer, tare, min and max
Character Height: Upper line 0.48˝ (12.19mm,)
Lower line 0.24˝ (6.10mm)
View Angle:
12 o’clock
Backlight:
Optional
Engineering Units: psi, bar, inHg, cmHg, mmHg, kPa,
mPa, kg/cm2, ftH2O, and customer
defined unit
Ranges:
45 standard psi and bar ranges from
–14.7 to 25000 psi, gauge, vacuum
and compound ranges available.
Enclosure Matl.: Case & Back: Polycarbonate/ABS
Window: Polycarbonate
Enclosure Rating: IP67
Protective Boot: Optional (Black or Orange)
Serial No.:
Yes
Nominal Size:
2.73˝ (70mm) dia.; 1.61˝ (40.9mm)
deep; 2.64˝ (67mm) centerline to
end of 1⁄4 NPT thread height
17-4 ph sensor & 316L socket, laser
welded
Connection:
1⁄4 NPT lower standard,
Options 1⁄8 NPT, G ¼ B, others
consult factory; 6 o’clock (lower)
position standard
Battery:
Two AA alkaline batteries
Battery Life:
2000 hours minimum
Battery Indicator: 4 levels
Cycle Life:
10 million cycles
Vibration:
MIL-STD-202G, Method 201A
Shock:
MIL-STD-202G, Method 213B,
Test Condition K
Operating Temp: –4°F to 140°F, (–20°C to 60°C)
ambient temp.; –4°F to 176°F,
(–20°C to 80°C) process media
temp
Storage Temp:
Batteries Installed:
–4°F to 140°F, (–20°C to 60°C)
Batteries Removed:
–4°F to 176°F, (–20°C to 80°C)
Temp. Coef.:
0.04%/°F (–20°F to 180°F) zero and
span. Reference Temp. 70°F
Leak Integrity:
10-7 std. cc/sec.
Update Rate:
1Hz, 2Hz, 4Hz,
Keypad Functions: Three key; available with multi press
functionality
on/off; Power Symbol and Enter
zero; Zero, Tare, and Up Arrow
menu Access, Backlight, Down Arrow
Agency
Approvals:
CE (heavy industrial), ASME B40.7,
RoHs, UL 61010/ cUL
Proof Pressure: Vac – 2000: 200%
% of Span
3000 – 5000: 150%
7500 – 25,000: 120%
Burst Pressure: Vac – 2000: 800%
% of Span
3000 – 5000: 500%
7500 – 25,000: 300%
Options:
XB3 Pouch with Logo
X6B Cleaned for Oxygen Service
XC4 Individual Calibration Chart
XNH Wired SS Tag
TO ORDER THIS TYPE DG25 GAUGE:
Select:
25
DG25
1. Dial Size: 21⁄2˝
2. Case Type Number: DG25
3. Accuracy: (3) 0.25%, (5) 0.50%
4. Type: (1) Battery
5. Backlight: (L), (N) Not Applicable
4. Protective Boot: (0) None, (1) Black, (2) Orange
5. Electrical Connection: (N/A)
6. Connection Size: (M01), (M02), (MG2), (MGA), (F09),
7. Connection Location: (L)
8. Range: 15 psi-25,000 psi
9. Options: (XB3), (X6B), (XC4), (XNH)
***
5
1
L
1
N/A
M02
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
L
3000#
–
XB3
57
TEST GAUGES
& EQUIPMENT
ASME B 40.100 Grade 3A (±0.25% of span)
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
ASME B 40.100 Grade 4A (±0.1% of span)
Type A4A Dial Pressure Gauge ......................59
±0.25% Type 1082 Analog Test Gauge......... 60
±0.5% Type 1084 Pocket Test Gauge........... 61
Types 2089, 2086 & 2084
Precision Digital Test Gauges
(±.05%, ±.10%, ±.25%) .............................62
ATE-2 Handheld Calibrator ..................... 63-64
ST-2A Digital Indicator ........................... 65-66
Type 1305D Deadweight Tester .................. 67
Type 1327D/1327CM
Pressure Gauge Comparator ................... 68
PT Digital Pressure Indicator.................. 69-70
Type AVC1000/3000
Volume Controller ..................................... 71
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
58
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
59
Ashcroft Precision Dial Pressure
Gauge Type A4A
• ±0.1% F.S. accuracy – ASME
B40.100, Grade 4A
• Ranges from 15-100,000 psi
• Solid front protective case
• High and low pressure limit stops
• Mirror band dial to eliminate
parallax reading error
• Optional temperature compensation maintains 0.1% accuracy from
–25 to +125°F
The Ashcroft precision pressure
gauge yields consistent, reliable
accuracy through the use of state-of-
the-art precision machining and the
world’s most refined Bourdon tube
technology. This eliminates the need
for a power source and precludes
the associated problems such
as susceptibility to electronic line
noise, power outage or potential fire
hazard. In addition, this mechanical
instrument is simple to operate, easy
to troubleshoot, and can be readily
flushed or purged to remove foreign
matter or trapped gas. Accurate and
reliable, the Ashcroft A4A sets a new
standard for precision test gauges.
STANDARD FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS
Total Accuracy
±0.1% F.S. Includes Certificate
of NIST traceability
Repeatability
±0.02% F.S.
Hysteresis
±0.1% F.S.
Dial
White, high resolution with
mirror band
Pointer
Knife edge pointer to eliminate
parallax errors
psi
Bourdon Tube
Bleeder tipped for easy flushing
or purging
Case
Cast aluminum solid front
Blowout rear cover
Integral panel mounting flange
Ranges
Available in Gauge, Compound,
Vacuum and Absolute (requires
manual barometric compensation)
STANDARD
BOURDON TUBE
MATERIAL**
BERYLLIUM
COPPER
A4A
Pointer Travel
350° (15-30,000 psi)
300° (40,000-50,000 psi)
270° (60,000-100,000 psi)
Ranges
0/15-0/100,000 psi
Dial Sizes
6,̋ 81/2,̋ 12˝ & 16˝
INLETS AND BOURDON TUBES (STANDARD VS. OPTIONS)
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
Inlet Location
Back Fittings
• 1/4 NPT female fitting (ranges
up to and including 10,000
psi)
• 9/16-18 UNF-2B high pressure
for 1/4˝ O.D. high pressure
tubing (ranges over 10,000
psi)
Bottom or Back Fittings
• 1/4 NPT female fitting (standard
with back location)
• 1/4 NPT male
• 1/8 NPT male or female
• 9/16-18 UNF-2B high pressure for
1
/4˝ O.D. high pressure tubing
• MS33656-4 ma le (7/16-20, 37°
flare for 1/4˝ flare tubing)
• AND10050-4/MS33649-4 fe male
(7/16-20, 37° flare for 1/4˝ flare
tubing)
Material and Range
• Beryllium copper (through 40 psi)
• 403 S S (50 psi and above)
• Beryllium copper (50-10,000 psi)
• 403 SS (be low 50 psi)
OPTIONAL FEATURES
(PROVIDED ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED)
• Custom scales/units of measure
• The rmal compensation (maintains 0.1% accuracy from –25 to
+125°F)
• Sl otted link (protects movement during sudden pressure release)
• W all mounting brackets
• Pe ak load indicator
• Dua l scale dial
403
STAINLESS
STEEL
INCHES MERCURY
STANDARD
RANGE
psi
0-15
0-20
0-25
0-30
0-40
0-50
0-60
0-75
0-100
0-150
0-200
0-250
0-300
0-400
0-500
0-600
0-750
0-1000
0-1500
0-2000
0-2500
0-3000
0-4000
0-5000
0-6000
0-7500
0-10,000
0-15,000
0-20,000
0-25,000
0-30,000
0-40,000
0-50,000
0-60,000*
0-75,000*
0-100,000*
*Available in 81/2,̋ 12,̋ 16˝.
Dial face diameters only.
**For optional Bourdon Tube
Materials consult factory.
STANDARD
BOURDON TUBE
MATERIAL**
MILLIMETERS MERCURY
STANDARD RANGE
INCHES MERCURY
0-30
0-40
0-50
0-60
0-75
0-100
0-125
0-150
0-200
0-250
0-300
0-400
0-500
0-600
0-750
0-1000
BERYLLIUM
COPPER
403
STAINLESS
STEEL
STANDARD
BOURDON TUBE
MATERIAL**
403
STAINLESS
STEEL
BERYLLIUM
COPPER
–30 to 0
COMPOUND
VACUUM-PRESSURE
15 in.Hg - 15 in.Hg
30 in.Hg - 30 in.Hg
30 in.Hg - 60 in.Hg
403
30 in.Hg - 100 in.Hg
STAINLESS STEEL 30 in.Hg - 150 in.Hg
BERYLLIUM
30 in.Hg - 15 psi
COPPER
30 in.Hg - 30 psi
30 in.Hg - 60 psi
403
30 in.Hg - 100 psi
STAINLESS
30 in.Hg - 150 psi
STEEL
30 in.Hg - 300 psi
BERYLLIUM
COPPER
403
STAINLESS
STEEL
INCHES WATER
BERYLLIUM
COPPER
0-760
0-1000
0-1250
0-1500
0-2000
0-2500
0-3000
0-4000
0-5000
BERYLLIUM
COPPER
VACUUM
BERYLLIUM
COPPER
STANDARD RANGE
MILLIMETERS MERCURY
0-450
0-500
0-600
0-750
0-800
0-1000
bar
kg/cm2
kp/cm2
kPa
MPa
0-1
0-1.6
0-2
0-2.5
0-3
0-4
0-5
0-6
0-7.5
0-10
0-12
0-16
0-20
0-25
0-30
0-40
0-50
0-60
0-75
0-100
0-125
0-160
0-200
0-250
0-400
0-500
0-600
0-750
0-1000
0-1250
0-1600
0-2500
0-4000
0-6000
0-7000
0-100
0-160
0-200
0-250
0-300
0-400
0-500
0-600
0-750
0-1000
0-1200
0-1600
0-2000
0-2600
0-3000
0-4000
0-5000
0-6000
0-7500
0-10,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
*–
*–
*–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0-1
0-1.5
0-1.6
0-2
0-2.5
0-3
0-4
0-5
0-6
0-7.5
0-10
0-12.5
0-16
0-20
0-25
0-40
0-50
0-60
0-75
0-100
0-125
0-160
0-250
0-400
0-600
0-700
–1 to 0
–
–
VACUUM
*Available in 81/2,̋ 12,̋ 16˝.
Dial face diameters only.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
BERYLLIUM
COPPER
60
Test Gauge
Type 1082, ASME B 40.100
Grade 3A (±0.25% of span)
• Temperature-compensated
movement that significantly
reduces temperature error
• MicroSpan™ adjustment for ease
in span calibration
• Hydraulically staked movement
with Teflon-coated gears and
bearings improves stability
• Externally adjustable dial on
standard model
The standard Ashcroft® test gauge
case style features a solid-front aluminum case with a hinged ring.
The dial has a polished mirror
band for pointer reflection to prevent
parallax error and is available in 41⁄2˝,
6˝ and 81⁄2˝ dial sizes in both lower
and back connection. Pointer is a balanced-friction adjustable design with
red knife edge tip for easy reading.
• White aluminum dial, black
numbers with polished mirror band
• High and low pressure movement
stops are standard
STANDARD RANGES
Pressure
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/150
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
Vacuum
30 in.Hg/0
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/200 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
30 in.Hg/400 psi
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
kg/cm - bar
2
kPa
0/1
0/1.6
0/2.5
0/4
0/6
0/10
0/16
0/25
0/40
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/100
0/160
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1600
0/2500
0/4000
0/6000
0/10,000
0/16,000
0/25,000
0/40,000
0/60,000
–1/0
–100/0
–1/1.5
–1/3
–1/5
–1/9
–100/150
–100/300
–100/500
–100/900
Ordering
Code
Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1)
(all joints TIG welded except “A”)
A
Phosphor Bronze
Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
P
K Monel
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
Brass
C-Tube
vac/400 psi
1
Monel 400
(2)
vac/10,000 psi
1
(1) For selection of the correct bourdon system material, see the
media application table on page 265.
(2) vac through 1500 psi–C-Tube
2000 through 10,000 psi–Helical
See page 260 for optional test gauge carrying case and handle.
TO ORDER THIS 1082 TEST GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝, 81⁄2˝
2. Case type–1082
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Back (B)
6. Standard pressure range–2000 psi
45
1082
PS
02L
*) “S” denotes solid-front case design
(
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
2000#
NPT
Conn.
⁄4, 1⁄2
⁄4, 1⁄2
61
Pocket Test Gauge
Type 1084, ASME B 40.100
Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
• Available in a 3˝ dial size
• Stainless steel movement with
Teflon-coated bearings and
pinion gear
• Black, adjustable pointer with
red-painted knife-edge tip
• Stainless steel construction
• Zero-adjustable white aluminum
dial with polished mirror band
• 1⁄4 NPT lower connection only
With an accuracy of ±0.5%, Grade
2A, plus rugged stainless steel construction, the Ashcroft® Type 1084
more than exceeds the requirements
for on-the-spot inspections. To improve
STANDARD RANGES
Pressure
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/150
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/1000
Vacuum
30 in.Hg/0
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
accuracy, stability and socket thread
life, the Bourdon tube and socket
assembly is made of type 316 stainless
steel with all-welded construction; this
system is standard for all ranges.
To make reading easier and faster,
each unit is provided with a new, highly
readable dial. Reading error caused by
parallax is eliminated by aligning the
knife-edge tip pointer with its reflection in the mirror band on the dial. Also
available is a stainless steel cover
that fits securely over the window and
protects the gauge from damage while
being carried in a tool box or pocket.
An attractive, cushioned Nylon fabric
pouch with carrying strap is offered as
standard equipment.
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
kg/cm - bar
2
kPa
0/1
0/2
0/3
0/4
0/7
0/11
0/14
0/20
0/28
0/40
0/70
0/100
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/700
0/1100
0/1400
0/2000
0/2800
0/4000
0/7000
–1/0
–100/0
–1/1
–1/3
–1/6
–1/10
–100/100
–100/300
–100/600
–100/1000
Ordering
Code
S
Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1)
(all joints TIG welded)
316 stainless steel
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
316 stainless steel
C-Tube
vac/1000 psi
TO ORDER THIS 1084 POCKET TEST GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–3˝
2. Case type–1084
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02)
5. Connection location–Lower (L)
6. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
30
1084
S
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
0/1000#
NPT
Conn.
⁄4
1
62
Precision Digital Test Gauge
Types 2089, 2086 and 2084
• Unmatched accuracy of ±.05%
total error band
- Temperature corrected from 0/150°F
• Breakthrough readability and
portability
- 5 digit LCD display
- Display height of .66˝
• Rugged portable design
- Weatherproof NEMA IV, IP65 case
- CE, FM, CSA
- Stainless steel case-to-socket
weld for strength
- Stainless steel cover protects
keypad
• Global/highly configurable
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Type:
2089 (0.05% F.S. accuracy),
2086 (0.10% F.S. accuracy),
2084 (0.25% F.S. accuracy)
Accuracy:
0.05%, 0.10% or 0.25% all Full
Scale, Terminal Point, Total Error
Band (TEB) Including Hysteresis,
Linearity, Repeatablilty and Temperature (0/150°F)
Case Size:
3˝
Case Material:
300 Series Stainless Steel
Case Finish:
Electropolished/Tumbled
Case Rating:
Weatherproof, IP65, NEMA 4
Wetted Parts:
316 Stainless Steel
1
Inlet Fittings:
⁄4 NPT Male, JIS, DIN, SAE, (others
on application)
Connection:
Lower (6 o’clock), top, side
Ranges:
Vac. thru 7000 psi (see engineering
units below for other units of
measurement)
Units:
psi =#
bar=BR
kPa=KP
mPa=MP
inHg=IM
inH2O=IW
mmH2O=MMW
cmH2O=CMW
millibar=MB
kg/cm2=KSC
Operating Temp.: 0/150°F (–18/65°C)
Storage Temp.: –40/180°F (–40/82°C)
Temp. Corrected: Yes
DISPLAY
Type:
LCD
Display Digits:
5, 99999 display counts
Character Height: .66˝
Backlite:
Off by default
Bar Graph:
Yes
Battery Life:
<1000 hrs. (3 AAA alkaline batteries)
Agency Approvals: CE EN 50082-1 (1997), FM, CSA
Note: FM/CSA approval not valid on
vac. and 15# & vac. ranges
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS
On/Off:
Manually turns unit on and off (auto
off options in configuration menu
Backlite:
Manually turns backlite on and off (auto
off options in configuration menu)
Min/Max:
Stores min. and max. values when
displayed
Zero/Clear:
Zeros display or clears min. and
max. values when displayed
- Nine options including 12 units
of measure, 7 languages and
password protected calibration
and disable function
• Safety features include
- Pressure range on keypad to
reduce accidental overpressure
- Proof pressure 2 x gauge range
- Meets ASME B40.7
• % of reading bar graph
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
Enter:
Configuration
Mode:
Engineering Units:
Update Rate:
Auto Off:
Dampening:
Language:
Backlite:
Calibrate:
Contrast:
Disable:
Zero and Span (password protected)
Seven available options
Locks in current configuration
settings.
Calibration Chart: 10 point individual calibration chart,
standard for Type 3089, others
optional (XC4)
Accessories:
300 Series SS Protective Cover,
Protective Carrying Pouch
Optional Features: Flange for Panel Mounting = FF,
Metal Tag Wired to Case = NH,
Paper Tag Wired to Case = NN,
Protective Rubber Boot = B1,
Certificate of Conformance = C1,
Calibration Certificate (2084 & 2086
only. Standard w/2089) = C4,
Weatherproof ABS Carrying Case = S7,
Clean for Gaseous Oxygen Service = 6B,
Clean for Liquid Oxygen Service = 6D
Selects items in configuration menu
Allows scrolling through configura
tion menus to select available options
psi,˝Hg, ˝H2O*, ftSW, Bar, mBar,
kPa, mPa, mmHg, cmH2O, mmH2O,
kg/cm2 (*Allows choice of reference
temperatures 4°C, 20°C or 60°F)
Four Selections: 10x/sec, 5x/sec,
2x/sec, 1x/sec
Five Options: Never, 2 min., 5 min.,
15 min., 30 min.
Five Selections: None, average 2, 4,
6, 8 readings
Seven Languages: English, Spanish,
French, Italian, German,
Portuguese, Dutch
Five Selections: On/off, 10 sec., 30
sec., 1 min., 5 min.
DIGITAL PRECISION TEST GAUGE RANGES:
psi
Gauge
vac.
5
10
15
30
60
100
160
200.
300
500
600
800
1000
2000
2500
3000.
5000
700
psi
Compound
15 & vac.
30 & vac.
60 & vac.
100 & vac.
psi
Absolute
15
25
50
bar/kb/cm2
Gauge
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
160
250
400
500.
bar
Compound
–1 to 0
–1 to 1
–1 to 2
–1 to 30
–1 to 30
mmH2O
Gauge
3000
5000
10,000
mPa
Gauge
1
1.6
2.5.
6
10
40
mBar/cmH2O
Gauge
250.
300
400
500
600
1000
1600
2000.
2500.
4000
5000
6000
10,000
kPa
Gauge
25
40
60
160
250
400
600
1000
TO ORDER THIS DIGITAL TEST GAUGE:
Select:
Example:
1. Dial Size: 3˝ = 30
2. Model: 2084, 2086, 2089
3. Case: 316 SS = SD
4. Connections: 1/4 NPT Male Lower = 02L
5. Range Value: (see range chart)
Unit of Measurement: (see “Units” list)
6. Options: (see “Optional Features” list)
30
2089
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
SD
02L
100#
B1, 6B
Temp.
Options
4°C
20°C
60°F
63
Handheld LCD Digital Calibrator
Type ATE-2 Pressure,
Temperature, Voltage and
Current Measurement
• Standard features on ATE-2 units
now include Datalogging, USB interface, onboard 24VDC Loop Power
Supply and IP65 Enclosure
• Interchangeable pressure and
temperature modules
• Pressure measurement accuracies
of ±0.025%, 0.05% and 0.10%, or
.06/.07%
• Pressure ranges from 0.25 in.H2O to
10000 psi
• Push-button zero adjust
• Supports most standard RTD probes
and thermocouples
• Min/max, tare, programmable damping, percent function, trip detect, all
standard
• Optional Intrinsically Safe version
available (no 24Vdc loop supply)
The Ashcroft® ATE-2 is a next
generation handheld calibrator with
extensive data logging and communications capabilities. Onboard data
logging can be transferred to a standard SD card or serial interface via
the USB connection, thus offering the
operator flexibility and convenience.
Optional intrinsically safe version
is suitable for use on gas, oil and in
chemical processing environments.
Interchangeable pressure and temperature modules mean that one
base unit can be used in many applications. Existing pressure and temperature modules can be upgraded by
the factory to work with the new base
unit, saving the operator money.
BASE UNIT PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions
8.7 in. (L) x 5.1 in. (W) x 3.8 in. (H)
Weight
Max. 2.4 lbs. w/2 pressure modules installed
Case Material
High impact PC-ABS
Sensor Module Capacity
2 bays for Ashcroft AM2 sensor modules
Display
1.5˝ x 2.5˝ graphic LCD display with backlight.
Flip-screen capability with bar-graph indication of
% span. Can display 2 simultaneous modules in
addition to one electronic reading (mA/V)
Electrical Connection
4mm banana jacks (one set of test leads provided
with each ATE-2)
Temperature Effect; Electrical Measurement
±.001% of Span per °F over compensated range
Serial Interface
USB (Micro-B connector type)
Field Calibration
Both pressure modules and base unit electronics
can be calibrated in the field via prompted keypad
commands
Datalogging
- Internal storage up to 15,700 records that is
transferrable to a removable SD card
- Manual and automatic datalogging capability
- Data interval programmable from 0.1 to
3600 sec
Agency Approvals (with modules)
CE Mark (EMI/RFI), FCC (CFR47) and UL 61010-1
are standard
Optional hazardous location version (for use with
batteries only) includes:
FM Intrinsic Safety CL I, Div I, Gr A,B,C,D
CSA Intrinsic Safety CL I, Div I, Gr A,B,C,D
ATEX Ex ia ii c T4 Ga –20°C <Ta < +50°C
Power Requirements
(4) AA Batteries (provides up to 40 hours battery
life with 2 modules installed) or
USB Universal AC Adapter (100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz)
Certification
N.I.S.T. Traceable certification document provided
for base display unit and sensor modules
BASE UNIT OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range
Standard: –4 to 120°F
Storage Temperature
–4° to 158°F
Update Rate
100 ms with one pressure module installed. 200
ms with two pressure modules installed
Resolution
±0.0015% of span, 66,000 counts (max)
Warm-Up
5 minutes for rated accuracy
Damping
Programmable filtering, levels one through 16
Electrical Measurements
0-20 mA or 0-30 Vdc
Input (volts) Accuracy
0/10 Vdc
±0.025% FS
0/30 Vdc
±0.10% FS
0/20mA
±0.03% FS
Enclosure
IP65/NEMA 4X (includes modules)
MADE IN U.S.A.
PRESSURE SENSOR MODULE SPECIFICATIONS
AM2-1 Low Pressure Modules
Pressure Types
Gauge, differential & compound
Available Ranges
0-25 in. H2O – 200 in. H2O (See Chart)
Available Accuracies
±0.06% (0/1-0/200 in. H2O), ±0.07% (0/0.25-0/.5
in. H2O) or 0.1% of Span
Compensated Temperature Range
20°F to 120°F
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY
MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
Temperature Effect
±.004% of Span per °F over compensated range
(from reference temperature range of 70° ±3°)
Repeatability
±0.01% of span (range 0/1 in. H2O or higher)
±0.02% of span (ranges below 0/1 in. H2O)
Sensitivity
±0.002% of span (typical)
Media Compatibility
Clean, dry, non-conductive, non-corrosive gas
Under/Overpressure Capability
–15 to 50 psi
Maximum Static (line) Pressure
100 psi
Process Connection
Standard: 1/8 NPT female
AM2-2 High Pressure Modules
Pressure Types
Gauge, absolute, compound & vacuum
Available Ranges
5 psi-10,000 psi (See Chart)
Available Accuracies
±0.025, 0.05 or 0.1 % of Span (0-10,000 psi
range only available as psig and 0.1% accuracy)
Compensated Temperature Range
20°F to 120°F
Temperature Effect
Standard: ±.004% of Span per °F over the compensated range (from reference temperature
range of 70° ±3°)
Optional: No additional error due to temperature
over the compensated range
Repeatability
±0.01% of span
Sensitivity
±0.002% of span (typical)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
64
Handheld LCD Digital Calibrator
Type ATE-2, Pressure,
Temperature, Voltage and
Current Measurement
AM2-2 High Pressure Modules (cont.)
Media Compatibility
0/5-0/10,000 psi ranges: Any medium compatible
with 316 stainless steel isolation.
Optional: Cleaned for Oxygen Service
Overpressure Capability
200% for ranges up to 1000 psi
150% for ranges over 1000 psi
Process Connection
Standard: 1/8 NPT female
Optional: 1/8 NPT female with flush port
Welded VCR fitting with standard
finish (ranges up to and including
5000 psi)
TEMPERATURE INTERFACE MODULES
AM2-RT Series (RTD)
AM2-RT1 and AM2-RT2 interface modules allow
the ATE-2 to measure temperature with an RTD
AM2-RT1: Accommodates Pt100, Ni120, Cu120
and other common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with
resistance outputs of 400 ohms or less.
AM2-RT2: Accommodates Pt1000 and other
common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with resistance
outputs of 4000 ohms or less.
Selectable Units of Measure
°C, °F, °K, °R and ohms
Input Receptacle
Accepts TA4F type RTD connector
RTD Probes Available
Pt-100 probes, 6˝ or 12˝ length, with or without
handle. DIN Class A accuracy. Includes mating
TA4F connector. Consult factory for details and
availability.
AM2-TC1 (Thermocouple)
The AM2-TC1 interface module allows the ATE-2 to
measure temperature with a thermocouple
Compatibility
Programmed to provide direct temperature
readout from types J, K, T, E, R, S, B & N thermocouples or direct millivolt readout from any
thermocouple.
Reference Junction
Automatic internal or manual external
Resolution
Automatic or manually selectable, up to .01°
Units of Measure
Selectable; °C, °F, °K, °R and millivolts
Receptacle
Accepts “miniature thermocouple connector”,
Omega® type SMP
ACCESSORIES
Contoured protective case with shoulder strap
Hard carrying case
STANDARD RANGES
AM2-2
AM2-1
psi
in.H2O
(gauge and (gauge/
Other Engineering Units**
absolute differential
pressure) pressure)
psi
5
0.25*
in.H2O
0.5*
10
in.Hg
1.0*
15
ftSW
2.0*
20
bar
3.0*
25
mbar
5.0*
30
kPa
10*
50
MPa
15*
60
mmHg
25*
100
cmH2O
50*
150
mmH2O
100*
200
kg/cm2
150*
250
User Selectable
200*
300
500
600
**Note: Engineering units
1000
identified above are
1500
accessible through the unit
2000
select feature. However,
2500
readout will default to the
3000
primary unit of measure on
5000
start-up. Sensor modules
6000
scaled in primary units
7500
other than in. H2O (AM2-1)
10,000†
or psi (AM2-2) are also
available. Consult factory.
vacuum
5
*†psig only for this range.
10
15
compound
±5
±0.125*
±10
±0.25*
±15
±0.5*
–15/+30
±1.0*
–15/+60
±1.5*
±2.5*
±5.0*
±7.5*
±12.5*
±25.*
±50.*
±75.*
±100.*
* Non-isolated, for clean dry gas only
Model ATE-2 with AM2 Modules
TO ORDER
Base Display Unit
1) Specify Model: ATE-2
2) Specify Version: Standard (ST) or Intrinsically Safe (IS) for hazardous locations
(includes FM (IS), CSA (IS) and ATEX)
Sensor Modules
3) Type (AM2-1 or AM2-2)
4) Pressure Range and Unit of Measure
(see range chart)
5) Pressure Type (see specifications)
6) Accuracy (see specifications)
MADE IN U.S.A.
7) Specify Options
a) “zero temperature error
over compensated range” (AM2-2 only)
b) Optional fitting (see specifications)
c) Clean for Oxygen Service (AM2-2 only)
Temperature Interface Module
8) Type (AM2-RT1, AM2-RT2 or AM2-TC1)
9) RTD Probe Type (when required.)
Accessories
10) Specify required accessories
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
65
LCD Digital Indicator,Type ST-2A
Pressure, Temperature, Voltage
and Current Measurement
Standard Features
• Dual display – simultaneous measurement and display of pressure,
temperature, voltage or current in
any combination
• Accuracy ratings of ±0.1%, ±0.05%
and ±0.025 of span (pressure)
• Pressure ranges from 0.25 inches
of water to 10,000 psi
• Interchangeable pressure and
temperature modules
• Multiple engineering units – 12
• High static DP measurement
capability
• Temperature measurement with
most common RTDs and
thermocouples
• Programmable damping
• Tare capability
• Display hold
• RS232 two way communications
• Standard NIST traceable certificate
of calibration
Optional Features
• 24 Vdc power supply
• Data logging – Automatic, manual
and delayed actuation
• Relays – hi/lo programmable configurations – N/O and N/C
• Battery power – 5 AA NiCads with
built-in charger
The ST-2A is the perfect bench
companion product to the Ashcroft®
ATE-100 field handheld calibrator.
This bench top (or panel mounting)
package shares the same pressure
and temperature modules and interfaces with the same software package
as the Ashcroft ATE-100. An intuitive,
menu-driven user interface puts all of
the ST-2A’s power at the simple press
of a key. It uses the AQS (Ashcroft
Quick-Select™) modular sensor
system to provide the ultimate in measurement flexibility.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions
10.9 in. (L) x 6.74 in. (W) x 4.0 in. (H)
Panel Cutout
6.56 in. x 3.53 in.
Weight
Max. 4.08 lbs. w/2 pressure modules installed
Case Material
High impact ABS
Sensor Module Capacity
2 bays for Ashcroft AQS “Quick Select®” sensor
modules
Display
2 line LCD, 0.37 in. height per line. Can display
simultaneous readings from 2 modules.
Electrical Connection
Standard banana jacks
programming of setpoints for activation of alarms
or control valves.
Backlit Display
Built-in NiCad Rechargeable Battery Pack
Built-in 24Vdc Loop Power Supply
Handle
Panel Mounting Brackets
Power Requirements
Standard: ac adapter provided for 110Vac/60 Hz
Available: ac adapter provided for 220Vac/50 Hz
ac adapter provided for 100Vac/60 Hz
Optional: Built-in rechargeable NiCad Battery
Pack*
BASE UNIT OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range
32° to 120°F
Storage Temperature
–4° to 158°F
Update Rate
130 ms (nominal) with one sensor installed
Resolution
±0.002% of span, 60,000 counts (max)
Warm-Up
5 minutes for rated accuracy
Electrical Measurements
0-20 mA or 0-30 Vdc
Options
Datalogging with Hi-Lo Relay Feature – Datalogging manually or automatically stores up to 643
measured values for upload to PC. Includes
upload utility software. Hi-Lo relay feature allows
PRESSURE SENSOR MODULE SPECIFICATIONS
AQS-1
Pressure Types
Gauge, differential & compound
Available Ranges
(See Chart)
Available Accuracies
±0.06 (0/1-0/200 in. H2O), ±0.07 (0/0.25-0/0.5
in. H2O) or 0.1% of Span
Compensated Temperature Range
20°F to 120°F
Temperature Effect
±.004% of Span per °F over compensated range
(from reference temperature range of 70° ±3°)
Repeatability
±0.01% of span (range 0/1 in. H2O or higher)
±0.02% of span (ranges below 0/1 in. H2O)
Sensitivity
±0.002% of span (typical)
Media Compatibility
Clean, dry, non-conductive, non-corrosive gas
Under/Overpressure Capability
–15 to 50 psi
Maximum Static (line) Pressure
100 psi
Process Connection
Standard: 1/8 NPT female
AQS-2
Pressure Types
Gauge, absolute, compound and vacuum
Available Ranges
(See Chart)
Available Accuracies
±0.025, 0.05 or 0.1 % of Span (±0.025 & 0.05%
not available on 0/10,000 psi range)
Compensated Temperature Range
20°F to 120°F
Temperature Effect
Standard: ±.004% of Span per °F over the
compensated range (from reference temperature
range of 70° ±3°)
Optional: No additional error due to temperature
over the compensated range
Repeatability
±0.01% of span
Sensitivity
±0.002% of span (typical)
Media Compatibility
0/5 -0/10,000 psi ranges: Any medium compatible with 316 SS isolation.
Optional: Cleaned for Oxygen Service
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
MADE IN U.S.A.
*(Life: 20 hours nominal without backlit LCD, 2 hours
nominal with backlit LCD. Activating RS232 results in
approximately 30% reduction in battery life.)
Certification
N.I.S.T. Traceable certification document provided
for base display unit and sensor modules
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
66
LCD Digital Indicator, Type ST-2A
Pressure, Temperature, Voltage
and Current Measurement
Overpressure Capability
200% for ranges up to 1000 psi
150% for ranges over 1000 psi
Process Connection
Standard: 1/8 NPT female
Optional: 1/8 NPT female with flush port
Welded VCR fitting with standard
finish (ranges up to and including
5000 psi).
TEMPERATURE INTERFACE MODULES
AQS-RT1 and AQS-RT2 interface modules allow
the ST-2A to measure temperature with an RTD:
AQS-RT1: Accommodates Pt100, Ni120, Cu120
and other common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with
resistance outputs of 400 ohms or less.
AQS-RT2: Accommodates Pt1000 and other
common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with resistance
outputs of 4000 ohms or less.
Selectable Units of Measure
°C, °F, °K, °R and ohms
Input Receptacle
Accepts TA4F type RTD connector
RTD Probes Available
Pt-100 probes, 6˝ or 12˝ length, with or without
handle. DIN Class A accuracy. Includes mating
TA4F connector. Consult factory for details and
availability.
The AQS-TC1 interface module allows the ST-2A
to measure temperature with a thermocouple:
AQS-TC1
Compatibility
Programmed to provide direct temperature readout from types J, K, T, E, R, S, B & N thermocouples or direct millivolt readout from any
thermocouple.
Reference Junction
Automatic internal or manual external
Resolution
Automatic or manually selectable, up to .01°
Units of Measure
Selectable; °C, °F, °K, °R and millivolts
Receptacle
Accepts “miniature thermocouple connector”,
Omega® type SMP
ACCESSORIES
110Vac/60 Hz ac Adapter
220Vac/50 Hz ac Adapter
STANDARD RANGES
AQS-2
AQS-1
psi
in.H2O
Other Engineering Units**
(gauge and (gauge/
absolute differential
pressure) pressure)
5
10
15
30
50
60
100
150
200
250
300
500
600
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
5000
6000
7500
10,000
vacuum
5
10
15
compound
±5
±10
±15
–15/+30
–15/+60
0.25*
0.5*
1.0*
2.0*
3.0*
5.0*
10*
15*
25*
50*
100*
150*
200*
psi
in.H2O
in.Hg
ftSW
bar
mbar
kPa
MPa
mmHg
cmH2O
mmH2O
kg/cm2
User Selectable
**Note: Engineering units
identified above are
accessible through the
unit select feature. However, readout will default
to the primary unit of
measure on start-up.
Sensor modules scaled
in primary units other
than in. H2O (AQS-1) or
psi (AQS-2) are also available. Consult factory.
±0.125*
±0.25*
±0.5*
±1.0*
±1.5*
±2.5*
±5.0*
±7.5*
±12.5*
±25.*
±50.*
±75.*
±100.*
* Non-isolated, for clean dry gas only
TO ORDER
Base Unit
1) Specify Model: ST-2A
2) Specify Power Requirements: 110, 220
or 100Vac
3) Specify Options: (Datalogging, Backlit
Display, etc.)
Sensor Modules
4) Type (AQS-1 or AQS-2)
5) Pressure Range and Unit of Measure
(see range chart)
6) Pressure Type (see specifications)
7) Accuracy (see specifications)
8) Specify Options
a) “zero temperature error over compensated range” (AQS-2 only)
b) Optional fitting (see specifications)
c) Clean for Oxygen Service
(AQS-2 only)
Temperature Interface Module
9) Type (AQS-RT1, AQS-RT2 or AQS-TC1)
10) RTD Probe Type (when required. Consult
factory for probe P/N)
Accessories
11) Specify required accessories
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
67
Deadweight Tester
Type 1305D,
Accuracy (±0.1% of reading)
• Accuracy: 0.1% of reading
• Operating Pressure: 15 psi to
10,000 psi
• Operating Media:
1305D: SAE 20 weight automotive
or machine oil
1305DH: Phosphate-based or glycol
fluids
• O-ring Material:
1305D: Buna-N (D series)
• 1305DH: Ethylene Propylene (DH
Series)
• Piston and Cylinder Material:
Stainless steel
• Weight Material: Non-magnetic die
cast zinc
• Reservoir Volume: Approximately
1.5 pints (0.7 liter)
• Special ‘‘CD-5” Certification package available (see Price Sheet TE/PS-1)
Ashcroft® Type 1305D deadweight testers provide an easy means of precisely
generating pressure to an accuracy of
0.1% of reading. Ashcroft 1305D units
are available for operating ranges up
to 10,000 psi. They are ideal for use in
calibrating, setting, testing and repairing pressure measurement and control
devices. Each 1305D unit is traceable to
the National Institute of Standards and
Technology, assuring instrument accuracy.
These pressure systems are designed
to be field portable. A single carrying case
holds the pressure generation pump as
well as all the necessary tools and accessories. A second box contains the weights
used for pressure generation (10,000 psi
units require two boxes of weights). Ashcroft deadweight testers qualify as primary standards for pressure calibration.
The pump is a two-stage hydraulic
pressure generator. A built-in shuttle
valve allows for rapid pressure increase
at low pressures. The rate of increase
per pump cycle can be reduced at higher
pressures to minimize resistance. This
is accomplished by simply repositioning
the two-position shuttle valve. With the
shuttle valve in the high-pressure position, increasing pressure even when near
the 10,000 psi upper limit can be accomplished quickly and easily. Final, precise
adjustment is accomplished through the
use of an integral vernier-adjustment knob.
The 1305D is provided with two-piston
cylinder assemblies. A low-pressure
piston for pressure ranges from 15 to
2000 psi and a high-pressure unit for
pressures from 75 to 10,000 psi. The
high-pressure piston has an area of 1⁄80th
of a square inch while the low pressure
piston has an area of 1⁄16th of a square
inch. Weights are provided for pressure
increments of 5, 10, 20, 25, 40, 50, 100,
200 and 500 psi (depending on piston in
use). Ashcroft 1305D testers can be used
anywhere within their operational range
without any change in accuracy. The
same weights are used with both piston
and cylinder assemblies.
Ashcroft 1305 units are available for psi
ranges. Each unit comes complete with a
hand jack set (for removal of pointers on
gauges being calibrated), spare O-rings
and all tools, accessories and fittings
required for normal use.
1305D STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
Piston semblyAs
Pressure Range
psi Type
1305D-10
1305D-20
1305D-30
1305D-50
1305D-100
MADE IN U.S.A.
Low
15/200
15/400
15/600
15/1000
15/2000
High
75/1000
75/2000
75/3000
75/5000
75/10,000
Piston Value
Low
High
5
5
5
5
5
25
25
25
25
25
Number of Weights by Value
L-5
H-25
1
1
1
1
1
L-10
H-50
3
3
3
3
3
L-20
H-100
2
2
2
2
2
L-40 L-100
H-200 H-500
3
3
2
3
4
3
8
3
18
Net
Weight
lb
kg
60
70
85
105
175
27
32
39
48
80
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
68
Pressure Gauge Comparator
Type 1327D, Accuracy (±0.25%)
Type 1327CM, Accuracy (±0.1%)
• Operating Pressure: 0-10,000 psi
(maximum) (0-60,000 kPa)
• Operating Media:
Standard:
SAE 20 weight automotive or
machine oil
Optional:
Phosphate-based or glycol fluids
Distilled water for oxygen service
• O-ring Material:
Standard: Buna N (D Series)
Optional: Ethylene Propylene
(DH Series)
• Reservoir Volume: Approximately
1.5 pints (0.7 liter)
SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1327DG
• Accuracy: ±0.25% F.S.
• Gauge Type: Ashcroft 41⁄2 inch
Type 1082 gauges with
temperature compensation
• Special ‘‘CD-4” Certification package available (see Price Sheet
TE/PS-1)
SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1327CM
• Accuracy: ±0.1% F.S.
• Gauge Type: Ashcroft 6-inch Type
A4A with temperature compensation
• Temperature Compensation: –25°F
to +125°F (will maintain ±0.1% F.S.
accuracy)
Ashcroft® Types 1327D and
1327CM are designed to be fieldportable pressure generation and
test systems. A single carrying case
holds the pump used to generate
pressure as well as the gauges
selected as the test standard.
Both units include an Ashcroft twostage hydraulic pressure pump. A
built-in shuttle valve allows for rapid
pressure increase at low pressures.
The rate of increase per pump cycle
can be reduced at higher pressures
in order to minimize resistance. This
is accomplished by simply repositioning the two-position shuttle
valve. With the shuttle valve in the
high-pressure position, increasing
pressure even when near 10,000 psi
can be accomplished quickly and
easily. Final adjustment is accomplished through the use of an integral
vernier-adjustment knob.
Type 1327CM
The Ashcroft Type 1327CM is a
precision gauge comparator which is
provided with 6-inch Ashcroft ±0.1%
F.S. accuracy Type A4A gauges. The
gauges provided include temperature
compensation which maintains the
±0.1% F.S. accuracy over an operating range of –25°F to +125°F. Available ranges include 30, 100, 500,
1000, 5000 and 10,000 psi.
1327D STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
Unit
of
Measure
Type
Net
Weight
Gauge Range(s) Included
lb
kg
psig
1327DG-2
1327DG-6
1327DG-50
1327DG-100
0/150
0/150
0/150
0/150
—
0/600
0/600
0/600
—
—
0/5000
0/5000
—
—
—
0/10000
36
38
40
42
16
17
18
19
kg/cm2
1327DMG-10
1327DMG-40
1327DMG-250
1327DMG-600
0/10
0/10
0/10
0/10
—
0/40
0/40
0/40
—
—
0/250
0/250
—
—
—
0/600
36
38
40
42
16
17
18
19
bar
1327DBG-10
1327DBG-40
1327DBG-250
1327DBG-600
0/10
0/10
0/10
0/10
—
0/40
0/40
0/40
—
—
0/250
0/250
—
—
—
0/600
36
38
40
42
16
17
18
19
kPa
1327DAG-1000
1327DAG-4000
1327DAG-25000
1327DAG-60000
0/1000
0/1000
0/1000
0/1000
—
0/4000
0/4000
0/4000
—
—
0/25000
0/25000
—
—
—
0/60000
36
38
40
42
16
17
18
19
TYPE 1327CM
TYPE 1327D
Type 1327D
The Ashcroft 1327D is available
with between one and four Ashcroft
gauges covering the operating range
of 0 through 10,000 psi. Metric range
models are also available.
The 1327DG is provided with 41⁄2˝
Ashcroft Type 1082 test gauges.
These gauges provide an accuracy
of ±0.25% F.S. The Ashcroft test
gauges include temperature compensation and have a maximum thermal
error of 0.005% F.S. per degree F.
Ashcroft Types 1327CM and 1327D
are ideally suited for use as in-field
pressure standards. Both come with
temperature-compensated gauges,
further enhancing their field worthiness. A single carrying case holds
everything needed to take full advantage of the capabilities of the test set.
psi and metric ranges are available
for either system. Both systems are
traceable to NIST with the 1327CM
provided with calibration certificates
for each gauge selected.
For hydraulic fluid service (phosphate base and glycols) specify 1327DH, DMGH, DBGH or DAGH.
For oxygen service (distilled water) specify 1327DGO, DMGO, DBGO or DAGO.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
69
Pressure Tester
Model PT, Dual Display
LCD Digital Pressure Indicator
STANDARD FEATURES
• Push-button zero adjust
• Max/min memory
• Selectable engineering units
• Variable damping
• Tare
• Port select
• Push-to-print
• RS232 I/O
• High static DP capability
OPTIONAL FEATURES
• Backlit display
• Rechargeable battery pack
The Ashcroft® PT indicator is an
extremely versatile pressure measurement and test instrument. It can
simultaneously display the output of
two pressure sensors, two RTD’s or
one of each. It offers 12 standard
user selectable engineering units and
one custom value. Other dedicated
front panel buttons make it easy
to set zero, check max/min values,
adjust measurement damping, select
either or both ports for standard
display, additive or differential display,
print the display and configure the
RS232 output. All front panel features are accessible via the RS232
port for remote configuration or data
acquisition.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions
7.72 in. (L) x 6 in. (W) x 2.95 in. (H)
Panel Cutout
5.4 in. x 2.68 in.
Weight
Depending on configuration
Max. <4 lbs. w/2 sensors and battery pack
Case Material
High impact ABS
Sensor Capacity
2 bays for Ashcroft PPT sensors
Display
2 line LCD, 0.38 in. height per line. Can display
simultaneous readings from 2 modules.
Options
Backlit Display
Built-in NiCad Rechargeable Battery Pack
Handle
Panel Mounting Brackets
OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range
32° to 120°F
Storage Temperature
–4° to 158°F
Update Rate
130 ms (nominal) with one sensor installed
Resolution
±0.002% of span, 60,000 counts (max)
Power Requirements
Standard: ac adapter provided for 110Vac/60 Hz
Available: ac adapter provided for 220Vac/50 Hz
ac adapter provided for 100Vac/60 Hz
Optional: Built-in rechargeable NiCad Battery
Pack*
*(Life: 25 hours nominal without backlit LCD, 5 hours
nominal with backlit LCD. Activating RS232 results in
approximately 30% reduction in battery life.)
MADE IN U.S.A.
Certification
N.I.S.T. Traceable certification document provided
for base display unit and sensor modules
PRESSURE SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS
PPT-1
Pressure Types
Gauge, differential and compound
Available Ranges
(See Chart)
Available Accuracies
±0.06 (0/1-0/200 in. H2O), ±0.07 (0/0.25-0/0.5
in. H2O) or 0.1% of Span
Compensated Temperature Range
20°F to 120°F
Temperature Effect
±.004% of Span per °F over compensated range
(from reference temperature range of 70° ±3°)
Repeatability
±0.01% of span (range 0/1 in. H2O or higher)
±0.02% of span (ranges below 0/1 in. H2O)
Sensitivity
±0.002% of span (typical)
Media Compatibility
Clean, dry, non-conductive, non-corrosive gas
Under/Overpressure Capability
–15 to 50 psi
Maximum Static (line) Pressure
100 psi
Process Connection
Standard: 1/8 NPT female
PPT-2
Pressure Types
Gauge, absolute, compound and vacuum
Available Ranges
(See Chart)
Available Accuracies
±0.025, 0.05 or 0.1 % of Span (±0.025 & 0.05%
not available on 0/10,000 psi range)
Compensated Temperature Range
20°F to 120°F
Temperature Effect
Standard: ±.004% of Span per °F over the
compensated range (from reference temperature
range of 70° ±3°)
Optional: No additional error due to temperature
over the compensated range
Repeatability
±0.01% of span
Sensitivity
±0.002% of span (typical)
Media Compatibility
0/5-0/10,000 psi ranges: Any medium compatible
with 316 SS isolation.
Optional: Cleaned for Oxygen Service
Overpressure Capability
200% for ranges up to 1000 psi
150% for ranges over 1000 psi
Process Connection
Standard: 1/8 NPT female
Optional: 1/8 NPT female with flush port
Welded VCR fitting with standard
finish (for ranges up to and including
5000 psi)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
70
Pressure Tester
Model PT, Dual Display
LCD Digital Pressure Indicator
STANDARD RANGES
PPT-2
PPT-1
RTD INTERFACE ASSEMBLY
PPT-RT1: Accommodates Pt100, Ni120, Cu120
and other common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes
with resistance outputs of 400 ohms or less.
PPT-RT2: Accommodates Pt1000 and other
common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with resistance
outputs of 4000 ohms or less.
Input Receptacle
Accepts TA4F type RTD connector
RTD Probes Available
Pt-100 probes, 6˝ or 12˝ length, with or without
handle. DIN Class A accuracy. Includes mating
TA4F connector. Consult factory for details and
availability.
psi
in.H2O
Other Engineering Units**
(gauge and (gauge/
absolute differential
pressure) pressure)
5
psi
0.25*
10
in.H2O
0.5*
15
in.Hg
1.0*
30
ftSW
2.0*
50
bar
3.0*
60
mbar
5.0*
100
kPa
10*
150
MPa
15*
200
mmHg
25*
250
cmH2O
50*
300
mmH2O
100*
500
kg/cm2
150*
600
User Selectable
200*
1000
1500
2000
**Note: Engineering units
2500
identified above are
3000
accessible through the
5000
unit select feature. How6000
ever, readout will default
7500
to the primary unit of
measure on start-up.
10,000
Sensor modules scaled
vacuum
in primary units other
5
than in. H2O (PPT-1) or
10
psi (PPT-2) are also available. Consult factory.
15
compound
±5
±0.125*
±10
±0.25*
±15
±0.5*
–15/+30
±1.0*
–15/+60
±1.5*
±2.5*
±5.0*
±7.5*
±12.5*
±25.*
±50.*
±75.*
±100.*
Rear view of Model PT
with 2 pressure sensors installed
* Non-isolated, for clean dry gas only
TO ORDER
Base Display Unit
1) Specify Model: PT
2) Specify Power Requirements: 110, 220
or 100Vac
3) Specify Options: (Backlit, NiCad Battery
Pack, Handle, Panel Mounting Brackets)
Sensors
(Base Display Unit can hold a total of 1 or 2
pressure sensors or RTD interface assemblies
simultaneously. Sensors and interface assemblies will be installed into the base display unit at
the factory.)
MADE IN U.S.A.
4) Type (PPT-1 or PPT-2)
5) Pressure Range and Unit of Measure
(see range chart)
6) Pressure Type (see specifications)
7) Accuracy (see specifications)
8) Specify Options
a) “zero temperature error over compensated range” (PPT-2 only)
b) Optional fitting (see specifications)
c) Clean for Oxygen Service (PPT-2 only)
RTD Interface Assembly
9) Type (PPT-RT1 or PPT-RT2)
10) Probe Type (when required. Consult
factory for probe P/N)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
71
Volume Controller
Type AVC-1000 & 3000
Ashcroft® precision-pressure
volume controllers provide a quickand-easy method for precisely setting a pressure in a closed pneumatic
system. They are ideal for use with
Ashcroft test gauges for the calibration of other pressure-measurement
and control devices.
The AVC unit consists of a volume
chamber with an internal piston
assembly. The piston seals across
the diameter of the chamber. Once
the AVC unit is connected to a
pneumatic system, the volume of
the chamber becomes part of the
volume of the system. The pressureadjust knob at the front of the unit
repositions the piston within the
chamber through interaction with
a precision-machined lead screw.
Piston movement within the chamber
increases or decreases the volume
of the system, depending on the
direction of movement. In a closed
system where gas cannot leak out
upon compression or be drawn in
upon expansion, this volume change
results in a change in the internal
pressure. Increasing the volume by
moving the piston toward the front
of the AVC unit will decrease the
pressure. Conversely, decreasing the
volume by moving the piston to-ward
the rear of the unit will increase the
pressure. The pressure change generated by a given amount of piston
travel is proportional to the change
in volume as compared to the total
system volume.
AVC units are available for pressures up to 3000 psi. The AVC-1000
can be used to set pressures from
vacuum through 1000 psi while the
AVC-3000 can be used for pressures
from vacuum through 3000 psi.
An integral balance valve provides
a means for equalizing pressure on
both sides of the piston prior to
making the final adjustments when
setting the pressure. This minimizes
the resistance encountered when
repositioning the piston and assures
ease of pressure setting, even at
3000 psi. The balance valve also
serves as a pressure-relief valve,
assuring that the differential pressure
across the piston does not reach
unsafe levels.
AVC units can also be used without
a compressed air source for the generation of moderate levels of positive
pressure and vacuum. The high resolution of the AVC, combined with
the ability to generate pressure and
vacuum, make it an ideal tool for lowpressure (below 1 psi) calibration and
test as well as higher pressure calibration and test activities.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Type
Range (psi)
Resolution (psi)
Volume Change (cubic inches)
Mechanical Rotation (turns)
Proof Pressure (psi)
Burst Pressure (psi)
Operating Temperature Range
Operating Media
Construction
AVC-1000
AVC-3000
vacuum-1000
vacuum-3000
0.00025
0.0005
3.5
2.5
31
61
3000
6000
6000 min
12,000 min
20-120°F
20-120°F
Clean, dry noncorrosive gas such as
compressed air or nitrogen
Aluminum body, stainless steel, brass
Teflon, Delrin and Buna N
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
72
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
73
PROCESS
GAUGES
Product Selection Information ..................... 75
Type 1279 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge...... 76
Type 1377 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge...... 77
Type 1379 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge...... 78
Type 2462 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge...... 79
Type 1259 Process Pressure Gauge............. 80
Type 1279, 1379, 1377, 2462
Receiver Gauges ....................................... 81
Range Tables .......................................... 82-83
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
74
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
75
Product Selection Information
Process Pressure Gauges
Consult ASME B40.100 for guidance
in gauge selection
Bourdon Tube System
Screws
Dial
Gasket
Window
Rear Cover
Gasket
Rotary
Geared
Movement
Phenolic Case
Type 1279
Duragauge® pressure
gauge shown
Socket O-Ring
WARNING: Pressure gauges should be
selected considering media and ambient
operating conditions to prevent misapplication. Improper application can be detrimental
to the gauge, causing failure and possible
personal injury or property damage. The
information in this catalog is offered as a
guide to assist in making the proper selection
of a pressure gauge. For additional information contact the factory.
Pressure Ranges: Select a gauge with a fullscale pressure range of approximately twice
the normal operating pressure. The maximum operating pressure should not exceed
75% of the full-scale range. Failure to select
a gauge within these criteria may ultimately
result in fatigue failure of the Bourdon tube.
Operating Conditions: The operating conditions to which a gauge will be subjected must
be considered. If the gauge will be subjected
to severe vibrations or pressure pulsation,
liquid-filling the gauge or the PLUS!™ option
may be necessary to obtain normal product
life. Other than discoloration of the dial and
hardening of the gasketing that may occur
as process temperatures exceed 150°F, non
liquid-filled gauges with glass or acrylic
windows, can withstand continous operating
temperatures up to 250°F (121°C). Liquidfilled gauges can withstand 200°F (93°C) but
glycerin fill and acrylic window will tend to
yellow. Accuracy at temperatures above or
below the reference ambient temperature of
68°F (20°C) will be affected by approximately
.4% per 25°F (4°C). Gauges with welded
joints will withstand 750°F (399°C)
Micrometer
Pointer
(450°F (232°C) with silver brazed joints) for
short times without rupture, although other
parts of the gauge will be destroyed and calibration will be lost. For continuous use and
for process or ambient tempratures above
250°F (121°C), a diaphragm seal and or
capillary or siphon is recommended. Proper
selection of the Bourdon system material is
dependent on the process fluid to which the
system will be subjected. If the correct material is not available, the use of a diaphragm
seal may be necessary to protect the system
from the process fluid. Liquid-filled gauges
are recommended for the discharge side of
positive displacement pumps.
Cases: Various styles and materials are
offered. All Duragauge and Type 1259 gauges
are offered standard with solid front cases.
Solid front cases have a solid wall between
the Bourdon tube and the window.
Rings: The ring, which retains the window, is
threaded, bayonet (cam), or hinged, depending upon case type.
Pressure Elements: Available in a wide variety of materials, including: brass, phosphor
bronze, alloy steel, 316 stainless steel, Monel
and Inconel. Proper selection of the Bourdon
system material depends upon the process
fluid to which the system will be subjected. If
the correct material is not available, the use of
a diaphragm seal is recommended to protect
the system from the process fluid. If the gauge
is subject to severe vibration or pressure
pulsation, a liquid-filled gauge or Duragauge®
PLUS!™ is recommended.
Threaded Ring
Duragauge® PLUS!™ Pressure Gauge: An
exclusive, optional feature provides virtually
liquid-filled performance in a dry gauge. The
PLUS!™ Performance feature is a patented
design incorporated into the industry-standard
Ashcroft pressure gauge. PLUS!™ is available
in any Duragauge® gauge case style material
or range. Historically, pulsation and vibration
have reduced gauge life and made gauges
difficult to read. Customers have had no
alternative to liquid-filled gauges to solve
vibration and pulsation problems, until now!
Movements: Movements are designed and
materials of construction selected to reduce
friction and extend wear life. The stainless
steel movement of the Duragauge® gauge
is a rotary-geared design with Teflon-coated
wear parts.
Dials: Dials are uniformly graduated and
have highly legible black markings. Standard
dials have a white epoxy coated aluminum
background. Custom dials are available.
Windows: The standard is glass (dry gauge)
or acrylic (liquid-filled gauge). Options are
laminated safety glass, nonglare glass or
acrylic.
Pointers: Ashcroft process gauges have
micrometer adjustable pointers which can be
repositioned without removal.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
76
Duragauge® Pressure Gauge
Type 1279, ASME B 40.100
Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
• 4 1/2˝ full-size Bourdon tube
• Patented Duratube™ with as-weldedtube construction controls stress
for longer life
• “Round Cap Tip” construction
lowers stresses for longer life
• Easily adjustable, self-locking
micrometer pointer
• Burn-resistant phenol turret case
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series
stainless steel rotary movement
for longer life
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
- Minimizes wear from vibration
and pulsations without liquid-filled
headaches
- See pages 6-7 for details
- Order as option XLL
• Liquid filled case option (Code L)
• Epoxy-coated system for superior
corrosion resistance
Type 1279 Duragauge® pressure
gauge is offered in 41/2˝ phenolic
case for superior chemical and heat
resistance. Solid-front case design
with blow-out back for safety. Dry,
liquid-filled, hermetically sealed,
weatherproof or PLUS!™ options available. Field convertible to liquid-fill
with conversion kit (detailed on page
247). All case styles provide full temperature compensation.
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
Ordering
Code
A
Phosphor Bronze
Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
R
316L stainless steel
S(4)
P
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1)
(all joints TIG welded except “A”)
316L stainless steel
K Monel
STANDARD RANGES
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
15/1500
1
Helical
2000/30,000
1
1019 steel
316L stainless steel
Monel 400
Pressure
psi
NPT
Conn.(2)
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
/4, 1⁄2
⁄4,1⁄2
⁄4,1⁄2
⁄4,1⁄2
⁄4,1⁄2
⁄4,1⁄2
⁄4,1⁄2(3)
For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
Other connections available on application.
30,000 psi range supplied with 1⁄4 high pressure connection, 1⁄2 NPT optional.
See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for NACE compliance.
Compound
psi
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
Vacuum
30/0 in.Hg
34/0 ftH2O
NOTE:
Equivalent standard
kg/cm2, and kPa metric
ranges are available.
See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges.
TO ORDER THIS 1279 DURAGAUGE:
Select:
45
1279
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1279
Ring–threaded reinforced polypropylene
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection–1⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04), Lower (L), Back (B)
5. Optional features–see page 267-268 (See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges)
6. Standard pressure range
7. Accessories–see pages 261-266
SS*
04L
*
( ) “S” denotes solid front case design
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
2000#
77
Duragauge® Pressure Gauge
Type 1377, ASME B 40.100
Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
• 4 1/2˝ full-size Bourdon tube
• Patented Duratube™ with as-weldedtube construction controls stress
for longer life
• “Round Cap Tip” construction
lowers stresses for longer life
• Easily adjustable, self-locking
micrometer pointer
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series
stainless steel rotary movement
for longer life
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
- Minimizes wear from vibration
and pulsations without liquidfilled headaches
- Order as option XLL
• Epoxy-coated system for superior
corrosion resistance
Type 1377 Duragauge® pressure
gauge is offered in 41/2˝, 6˝ and 81/2˝
dial sizes.
Designed for flush mounting, this
solid-front gauge is ideal for panel
board applications. Its black epoxy
coating and its tough aluminum
weatherproof case easily allow
application in a variety of climatic
conditions.
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
Ordering
Code
A
R(4)
S
P(3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1)
(all joints TIG welded except “A”)
Phosphor Bronze
Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
316L stainless steel
316L stainless steel
K Monel
STANDARD RANGES
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
15/1500
1
Helical
2000/30,000
1
1018 steel
316 stainless steel
Monel 400
Pressure
psi
NPT
Conn.(2)
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
)
/4, 1⁄2(5
For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
Other connections available on application.
See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for compliance to NACE.
“R” Bourdon system not available in 81⁄2˝ dial size.
30,000 psi range supplied with 1⁄4 high pressure connection, 1⁄2 NPT optional.
Compound
psi
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
Vacuum
30/0 in.Hg
34/0 ftH2O
NOTE:
Equivalent standard
kg/cm2, and kPa metric
ranges are available.
See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges.
TO ORDER THIS 1377 DURAGAUGE:
Select:
45
1377
AS*
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1377
Ring–steel, black enamel finish
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection–1⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04), Lower (L), Back (B)
5. Optional features–see page 267-268 (See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges)
6. Standard pressure range
7. Accessories–see pages 261-266
( ) “S” denotes solid front case design
04B
*
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
2000#
78
Duragauge® Pressure Gauge
Type 1379, ASME B 40.100
Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
• 4 1/2˝ full-size Bourdon tube
• Patented Duratube™ with as-welded-tube construction controls
stress for longer life
• “Round Cap Tip” construction
lowers stresses for longer life
• Easily adjustable, self-locking
micrometer pointer
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series
stainless steel rotary movement
for longer life
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
- Minimizes wear from vibration and
pulsations without liquid-filled
headaches
- Order as option XLL
• Liquid filled case option (Code L)
• Epoxy-coated system for superior
corrosion resistance
Type 1379 Duragauge® pressure
gauge is offered in 41⁄2,̋ 6˝ and 81⁄2˝
dials sizes.
This rugged, solid-front aluminum
case gauge is tops in its field. It is
available as a weatherproof hermetically sealed or liquid-filled version
in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ sizes in pressures to
30,000 psi. Like the 1279, it can be
easily field converted from the weatherproof version to either the sealed or
liquid-filled version using an optional
kit. Ranges 50,000, 80,000 and
100,000 psi are available in 6˝
hermetically sealed and liquid-filled
cases. All size cases are coated
with black epoxy which will withstand
most environmental conditions.
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
Ordering
Code
Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1)
(all joints TIG welded except “A”)
A
Phosphor Bronze
Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
R
316L stainless steel(6)
S
P
WW
316L stainless steel(7)
K Monel
Inconel 718
STANDARD RANGES
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
15/1500
1
Helical
2000/30,000
1
Helical
50/80/100,000(3)(5)
1019 steel
316 stainless steel
Monel 400
316 stainless steel
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the
media application table on page 271.
(2) Other connections available on application.
(3) 50,000-100,000 psi available in 6˝ 1379 lower and back
connection only.
(4) 30,000 psi offered with 1⁄4 high pressure connection, 1⁄2 NPT
optional.
Pressure
psi
NPT
Conn.(2)
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
0/50,000
0/80,000
0/100,000
/4, 1⁄2
1
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
(4)
/4, 1⁄2
⁄4 high press.
1
(5) Offered hermetically sealed as standard. Liquid fillable
optional.
(6) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for NACE
compliance.
(7) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for NACE
compliance.
Compound
psi
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
Vacuum
30/0 in.Hg
34/0 ftH2O
NOTE:
Equivalent standard
kg/cm2, and kPa metric
ranges are available.
See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges.
TO ORDER THIS 1379 DURAGAUGE:
Select:
45
1379
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝, or 81⁄2˝
2. Case type–1379
Ring–threaded reinforced polypropylene
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection–1⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04), Lower (L), Back (B)
5. Optional features–see page 267-268 (See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges)
6. Standard pressure range
7. Accessories–see pages 261-266
SS*
04L
*
( ) “S” denotes solid front case design
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
100#
79
Duragauge® Pressure Gauge
Type 2462, ASME B 40.100
Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
• 4 1/2˝ full-size Bourdon tube
• Patented Duratube™ with as-weldedtube construction controls stress
for longer life
• “Round Cap Tip” construction
lowers stresses for longer life
• Easily adjustable, self-locking
micrometer pointer
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series
stainless steel rotary movement
for longer life
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
- Minimizes wear from vibration and
pulsations without liquid-filled
headaches
- Order as option XLL
• Epoxy-coated system for superior
corrosion resistance
This solid-front gauge is designed
for greater readability by using a
large 6˝ dial and a durable 41⁄2˝
system. Viewed from the front, it
appears to be a 6˝ gauge. Its glassfilled polypropylene case is highly
impact resistant and holds up well
in most environments. This generalpurpose gauge offers truly functional
styling and economy. The result is a
gauge that will fit most applications
at a price that represents outstanding
value.
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
Ordering
Code
A
R
S
P
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1)
(all joints TIG welded except “A”)
Phosphor Bronze
Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
316L stainless steel
316L stainless steel(4)
K Monel
STANDARD RANGES
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
15/1500
1
Helical
2000/30,000
1
1018 steel
316 stainless steel
Monel 400
NPT
Conn.(2)
Pressure
psi
/4, 1⁄2
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
/4, ⁄2
1
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2(3)
For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
Other connections available on application.
30,000 psi range supplied with 1⁄4 high pressure connection, 1⁄2 NPT optional.
See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for NACE compliance.
Compound
psi
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
Vacuum
30/0 in.Hg
34/0 ftH2O
NOTE:
Equivalent standard
kg/cm2, and kPa metric
ranges are available.
See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges.
TO ORDER THIS 2462 DURAGAUGE:
Select:
45
2462
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝
2. Case type–2462
Ring–threaded reinforced polypropylene
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection–1⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04), Lower (L), Back (B)
5. Optional features–see page 267-268 (See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges)
6. Standard pressure range
7. Accessories–see pages 261-266
RS*
04L
*
( ) “S” denotes solid front case design
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
80
Process Pressure Gauge
Type 1259, ASME B 40.100
Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
• Solid front safety case
• Accuracy complies with
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A
(±0.5% of span)
• As-welded Bourdon Tube for safety
and longer life
• Easily adjustable, self-locking
micrometer pointer
• Adjustable movement
• Ranges: vac to 20,000 psi
• Date coded socket to ensure
pedigree
• Wetted part material printed
on dial
• Liquid filled case option (Code L)
The Type 1259 process gauge is
offered with an as-welded Bourdon
tube to ensure safety and a longer
life than competitive gauges. Meeting
ASME B40.100, the Type 1259 process gauge has been engineered to
meet marketplace requirements.
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
Ordering
Code
Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1)
(all joints TIG welded except “A”)
S
316L stainless steel
P
Monel
STANDARD RANGES
Socket
Material
316 stainless steel
Monel
NPT
Conn.(2)
Pressure
psi
/4, 1⁄2
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
12/1000
1
Helical
1500/20,000
1
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
/4, 1⁄2
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
(2) Other connections available on application.
(3) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for compliance to NACE.
Compound
psi
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
Vacuum
30/0 in.Hg
34/0 ftH2O
NOTE:
Equivalent standard
kg/cm2, and kPa metric
ranges are available.
TO ORDER THIS 1259 PROCESS GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1259
Ring–threaded reinforced polypropylene
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection–1⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04), Lower (L)
5. Optional features–see page 267-268
6. Standard pressure range
7. Accessories–see pages 261-266
45
1259
SD
04L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
81
Receiver Gauge Types 1279, 1379,
1377 & 2462, ASME B 40.100
Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
• 4 1/2˝ full-size Bourdon tube
• Patented Duratube™ with as-weldedtube construction controls stress
for longer life
• “Round Cap Tip” construction
lowers stresses for longer life
• Easily adjustable, self-locking
micrometer pointer
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series
stainless steel rotary movement
for longer life
• Epoxy-coated system for superior
corrosion resistance
Ashcroft® receiver gauges are
used in conjuction with pneumatic transmitters to indicate
pressure, temperature, flow or
other process parameters that
can be transmitted by proportional
variations in air pressure.
Available in standard transmitteroutput air pressure ranges of 3-15
and 3-27 psi.
Type 1279
GAUGE TYPE
NUMBER
CASE/RING
MATERIAL
DIAL SIZES
1279AS-XPR
41⁄2
1377AS-XPR
41⁄2, 6, 81⁄2
1379AS-XPR
41⁄2, 6, 81⁄2
2462AS-XPR
6
Case
Phenolic, black
Ring
Polypropylene, threaded, black
Case
Aluminum, black epoxy
Ring
Hinged, steel, black
Case
Aluminum, black epoxy
Ring
Threaded polypropylene 41⁄2, 6
Hinged, steel, black 81⁄2
Case
Polypropylene, black
Ring
Polypropylene, bayonet lock, black
GAUGE TYPE NUMBER
DIAL SIZES
1279AS-XPR
4 ⁄2
1377AS-XPR
41⁄2, 6, 81⁄2
1379AS-XPR
41⁄2, 6, 81⁄2
2462AS-XPR
6
1
SYSTEM
ASSEMBLY
RANGE
psi
POINTER
MOVEMENT
NPT
CONN.
ACCURACY
Phosphor
bronze
Bourdon tube,
brass socket;
(316 stainless
steel optional)
3-15
and
3-27
Black,
micrometer
adjustable
Rotary geared,
stainless steel,
Teflon® coated
pinion gear and
segment shaft
⁄2
(1⁄4 Opt)
ASME
B 40.1
Grade 2A
(±0.5%
of span)
1
CONNECTION LOCATION
MOUNTING TYPE
MOUNTING METHOD
MOUNTING METHOD CODE
Lower/Back
Back
Back
Lower/Back
Back
Lower/Back
Lower/Back
Back
Stem/Surface
Flush
Flush
Stem/Surface
Flush
Stem
Surface
Flush
—
1278M Ring
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
XBF
XBQ
41⁄2 & 6, 1278M Ring – 81⁄2, Wide Ring std.
—
Surface mounting ring
Flush mounting bracket
TO ORDER THESE TYPES 1279/1379/1377/2462 RECEIVER GAUGES:
Select:
45
1279
1. Dial size
2. Case type
3. Tube & socket material
4. Connection size, 1⁄4 (02), or 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location, (L–Lower), (B–Back)
6. Optional features (XPR always appears in code for receiver gauge)
7. Range of transmitted signal (also specify the scale to be shown on the dial face)
MADE IN U.S.A.
AS
04
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
L
XPR
3-15 psi
82
Range Tables
Duragauge® Pressure Gauge
STANDARD RANGES
METRIC RANGES
Pressure – psi
Pressure –kg/cm2 and bar
Range
Figure interval
Minor graduation
Range
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/6000
0/10,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
0/50,000
0/80,000
0/100,000
1
5
5
10
20
20
50
50
50
100
100
200
200
500
500
500
1000
2000
5000
5000
10,000
10,000
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
2
2
2
5
5
10
10
20
20
20
50
50
100
200
200
500
1000
1000
Figure
interval
Minor
graduation
0/1
0/1.6
0/2.5
0/4
0/6
0/10
0/16
0/25
0/40
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1600
0/2500
0/4000
0/6000
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
2
5
5
5
10
20
50
50
50
100
200
500
500
1000
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
1
2
2
5
5
10
20
20
50
50
Range
Figure interval
30˝ Hg/15 psi
30˝ Hg/30 psi
30˝ Hg/60 psi
30˝ Hg/100 psi
30˝ Hg/150 psi
30˝ Hg/200 psi
30˝ Hg/300 psi
30˝ Hg/400 psi
30˝ Hg/500 psi
30˝ Hg/600 psi
Minor graduation
in Hg
psi
in Hg
5
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
30
3
5
10
10
20
20
50
50
50
50
0.5
1
1
2
5
5
5
5
5
10
psi
0.2
0.5
1
1
2
2
2
5
5
5
Combination
Range
Figure interval
Minor graduation
inner–psi
outer–ft H2O
psi
ft H2O
psi
ft H2O
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/34
0/70
0/140
0/230
0/370
0/460
0/690
3
5
5
10
20
20
25
5
10
20
20
50
50
100
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
2
5
5
0.5
1
5
2
5
5
10
Vacuum
Range
30/0 in. Hg
34/0 ft H2O
Figure interval
5 in
5 ft
Figure
interval
–1/0/1.5
–1/0/3
–1/0/5
–1/0/9
–1/0/15
–1/0/24
0.2
0.5
0.5
1
2
5
Range
Figure interval
0.25 psi-5 psi
0.2 psi-10 psi
0.5 psi-10 psi
1˝ Hg/1 psi-5psi
2˝ Hg/1 psi
30˝ Hg
30 psi
0.2˝ Hg/0.1 psi
5˝ Hg
5 psi
30˝ Hg/20
30˝ Hg/40
30˝ Hg/70
30˝ Hg/125
30˝ Hg/215
30˝ Hg/340
Figure
interval
Minor
graduation
Outer scale
–1/0
0.1
0.01
30˝ Hg
Graduations and figure intervals
All Ashcroft® dials have various total graduation marks,
figure intervals and minor graduations. Standard dual scale
metric ranges have a dominant metric inner scale. The outer
scale is specified in psi. Some examples are shown. Duragauge gauges are made in accordance with ASME B40.1
entitled, “Gauges, Pressure, Indicating Dial Type – Elastic
Element,” Accuracy grade 2A (±0.5% of span).
Minor Graduation
Figure Intervals
Minor graduation
1 psi-30 psi
2 psi-60 psi
2 psi-100 psi
5˝ Hg/15 psi-150 psi
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.01
0.02
0.02
Outer scale
in psi
Range
Minor graduation
0.2 in
0.5 ft
Minor
graduation
Vacuum – kg/cm2 and bar
Retard
0/15 psi retard to 30 psi
0/30 psi retard to 60 psi
0/60 psi retard to 100 psi
30˝ Hg vac/75 psi
retard to 150 psi
10˝ Hg vac/5 psi
retard to 30˝ Hg vac
retard to 30 psi
0/14
0/22
0/35
0/55
0/85
0/140
0/220
0/350
0/550
0/850
0/1400
0/2200
0/3500
0/5500
0/8500
0/14,000
0/22,000
0/35,000
0/55,000
0/85,000
Compound – kg/cm2 and bar
Compound
Range
Outer scale
in psi
Total Graduation
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
83
Range Tables
Duragauge® Pressure Gauge
METRIC RANGES
RECEIVER GAUGE
Pressure – (kPa) kilopascal
Range
0/100
0/160
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1600
0/2500
0/4000
0/6000
0/10,000
0/16,000
0/25,000
0/40,000
0/60,000
0/100,000
0/160,000
0/250,000
0/400,000
Figure
interval
Minor
graduation
10
20
50
50
50
100
200
500
500
500
1000
2000
5000
5000
5000
10,000
20,000
50,000
50,000
1
2
2
5
5
10
20
20
50
50
100
200
200
500
500
1000
2000
2000
5000
Outer scale
in psi
0/14
0/22
0/35
0/55
0/85
0/140
0/220
0/350
0/550
0/850
0/1400
0/2200
0/3500
0/5500
0/8500
0/14,000
0/22,000
0/35,000*
0/55,000*
Compound – (kPa) kilopascal
Range
–100/0/150
–100/0/300
–100/0/500
–100/0/900
–100/0/1500
–100/0/2400
Figure
interval
Minor
graduation
Outer scale
in psi
50
50
50
100
200
500
5
5
10
10
20
20
30˝ Hg/20
30˝ Hg/40
30˝ Hg/70
30˝ Hg/125
30˝ Hg/215
30˝ Hg/340
Vacuum – (kPa) kilopascal
Range
Figure
interval
Minor
graduation
Outer scale
–100/0
10
1
30˝ Hg
The accuracy of a retard range gauge applies only to the
expanded portion of the scale. The error in the compressed
portion is –10% to +20% of the span. Maximum pressure
at which a gauge is continually operated should not exceed
75% of full scale range. Consult inside sales in Stratford, CT
for non-standard dials.
These ranges apply to any unit of pressure, temperature,
liquid level, flow, or other value specified. Units in psi pressure will be denoted on the dial unless specified. Available
with input ranges of 3-15 psi or 3-27 psi.
Receiver Gauge Ranges
0/1
0/2
0/3
0/4
0/5
0/6
0/7
0/8
0/9
0/10
0/11
0/12
0/14
0/15
0/16
0/17
0/18
0/19
0/20
0/21
0/25
0/26
0/28
0/30
0/35
0/40
0/45
0/50
0/55
0/60
0/65
0/70
Square Root Ranges
0/5
0/10
0/15
0/20
0/25
0/30
0/40
0/50
0/60
Compound Ranges
30˝ Hg/0/15 psi
30˝ Hg/0/30 psi
30˝ Hg/0/60 psi
30˝ Hg/0/100 psi
30˝ Hg/0/150 psi
30˝ Hg/0/500 psi
30˝ Hg/0/800 psi
0/75
0/80
0/85
0/90
0/95
0/100
0/120
0/140
0/160
0/180
0/200
0/250
0/300
0/350
0/400
0/500
0/600
0/700
0/760
0/800
0/900
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/4000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/15,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
0/50,000
0/70
0/80
0/90
0/100
0/125
0/150
0/175
0/200
0/250
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
30/80
5/110
20/120
40/120
20/150
30/150
40/150
50/150
30/180
130/180
100/200
20/220
40/220
30/240
100/240
30/250
50/250
100/250
30/300
50/300
80/300
100/300
50/350
80/350
150/350
100/400
150/400
50/500
100/500
200/500
300/500
200/700
100/600
200/700
100/800
200/800
300/800
400/800
450/800
500/800
650/800
200/900
400/900
700/900
200/1000
400/1000
500/1000
600/1000
800/1000
200/1100
400/1200
500/1200
600/1200
1000/1500
300/1600
1000/1600
600/1800
900/1800
1200/1800
700/2000
1000/2500
1500/2500
900/3000
1500/3000
0/300
0/350
0/400
0/500
0/600
0/700
0/800
0/900
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/4000
0/5000
0/10,000
84
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
85
PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
PROCESS
GAUGES
STAINLESS
STEEL
CASE
GAUGES &
INDUSTRIAL
GAUGES
INDUSTRIAL
GAUGES
STAINLESS STEEL CASE GAUGES
ASME B40.100 Grade 1A (±1.0% of span)
ASME
B40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
SANITARY
GAUGES
ASME B40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
ASME B40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
TEST INSTRUMENTS
Product Selection ........................................ 87
Type 5500 & 6500 Stainless Steel Case ...... 88
DIAPHRAGM
SEALS/INSTRUMENT ISOLATORS
Type 1008 40/50 mm Gauges ...................... 89
Type 1008S 63/100 mm Gauges ................. 90
Type 1008S/SL 63/100 mm
COMMERCIAL
GAUGES
Back Connect Gauges ............................ 91
Type 2008S/SL 63 mm
Back Connect Gauges ............................ 92
SPECIALType
APPLICATION
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
1009 Center Back Connect
Duralife® Gauges ................................... 93
Type
41/2˝ and 6˝ Gauges .................... 94
PRESSURE 1009
TRANSDUCERS/TRANSMITTERS
Type 1109 41/2˝ Gauges ............................... 95
Type 1009, 1010, 1017 & 1220
Hydraulic
Gauges................................... 96
TEMPERATURE
INSTRUMENTS
Type 1009, 1010, 1017 & 1220
Receiver Gauges.................................... 97
BIMETALTypeTHERMOMETERS
1009, 1010, 1017 & 1220
Refrigeration and Ammonia Gauges ..... 98
Type 2074, 2174, 2274
DIRECT-READING
THERMOMETERS
Digital Industrial
Gauges ....................... 99
Type 1010 General Service Gauge ..............100
Type 1017 General Service Gauge ..............101
HANDHELD
THERMOMETERS
Type 1220
General Service Gauge ..............102
Type 1020S Christmas Tree Gauge .............103
Type 1038, 1339 Duplex Gauges .................104
REMOTE-READING
GAS THERMOMETERS
Type 1125, 1125A DP Gauges .....................105
Type 1127/1128 DP Gauges ........................106
Type 1130 DP Gauges
.................................107
REMOTE-READING
VAPOR
THERMOMETERS
Type 1131 DP Gauges .................................108
Type 1132 DP Gauges .................................109
DIGITALType
THERMOMETERS
1133 DP Gauges .................................110
Type 1134 DP Gauges .................................111
Type 5503 DP Gauges .................................112
TEMPERATURE
REGULATORS
Type 5509 DP Gauges .................................113
Type 1150H, 1122 Special Application
Gauges ...................................................114
THERMOWELLS
Type 1187, 1188 & 1189 Low Pressure
Bellows Gauges .....................................115
Type
1490 Low Pressure SWITCHES
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
Diaphragm Gauge ..................................116
Type 1495 Receiver Diaphragm Gauge .......117
Type DG25
All Purpose Digital Gauge ..........118
PRESSURE
SWITCHES
TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
ACCESSORIES & OPTIONS
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
APPLICATION DATA
86
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
87
Product Selection Information
Stainless Steel Case Pressure Gauges
21/2˝ 1009SW Shown
Consult ASME B40.100 for guidance in
gauge selection
WARNING: To prevent misapplication,
pressure gauges should be selected
considering media and ambient operating
conditions. Improper application can be
detrimental to the gauge, causing failure
and possible personal injury or property
damage. The information contained
in this catalog is offered as a guide to
assist in making the proper selection of
a pressure gauge. Additional information
is available from Ashcroft Inc. or www.
ashcroft.com.
Pressure Ranges:
As recommended by ASME B40.100,
select a gauge with a full scale pressure
range of approximately twice the normal
operating pressure. The maximum operating pressure should not exceed approximately 75% of the full scale range. Failure
to select a gauge range within these criteria may ultimately result in fatigue failure
of the Bourdon tube.
Operating Conditions:
The operating conditions to which a
gauge will be subjected must be considered. If the gauge will be subjected to
severe vibration or pressure pulsation,
liquid filling the gauge or selecting the
patented Ashcroft Performance PLUS!™
as well as various throttling and pulsation devices will be necessary to obtain
normal product life.
Other than discoloration of the window
and dial and hardening of the gasketing
that may occur as process temperatures
exceed 150°F, non liquid-filled gauges
with polycarbonate windows, can withstand continuous operating temperatures
up to 200°F (93°C). Liquid-filled gauges
can withstand 150°F (65°C) but glycerin
fill or polycarbonate window will tend to
yellow. Accuracy at temperatures above
or below the reference ambient temperature of 68°F (20°C) will be affected
by approximately .4% per 25°F (4°C).
Gauges with welded joints will withstand
750°F (450°F (232°C) with silver brazed
joints) for short times without rupture,
although other parts of the gauge will be
destroyed and calibration will be lost. For
continuous use and for process or ambient temperatures above 250°F (121°C), a
diaphragm seal and or capillary or siphon
is recommended.
Proper selection of the Bourdon system
material is dependent on the process fluid
to which the system will be subjected. If
the correct material is not available, the
use of a diaphragm seal may be necessary
to protect the system from the process
fluid. Liquid filled gauges with throttle
plugs are recommended for the discharge
side of positive displacement pumps.
Pressure Elements:
Available in a wide variety of materials,
depending on dial size, including: brass,
Phosphor bronze, alloy steel, 316 stainless steel, Monel. Proper selection of the
Bourdon system material depends upon
the process fluid to which the system will
be subjected. If the correct material is
not available, the use of a diaphragm seal
is recommended to protect the system
from the process fluid. If The gauge is
subject to severe vibration or pressure
pulsation, a liquid-filled gauge or PLUS!™
is recommended.
Cases:
Ashcroft® stainless steel case gauges
have 304 stainless steel cases. The 21⁄2˝,
31⁄2˝, 1009 and the 63mm and 100mm
1008 are field liquid fillable. The plug used
on these gauges allows the user to vent a
gauge should it be necessary.
Rings:
The ring, (bezel) is either a crimped
design (1008) or bayonet (cam) design
(1009).
Movements:
Movements are designed and materials
of construction selected to reduce friction
and extend wear life.
Dials:
Dials are uniformly graduated and have
highly legible black markings. All gauges
have a white epoxy coated background
dial with black markings.
Windows:
Depending on the size and type, Ashcroft®
stainless steel case gauges are available
with polycarbonate, acrylic, shatterproof
glass or glass windows. In the 21/2 and
31/2 63 and 100mm 1009/1008 gauge
the windows have a design that uses an
O-ring in a groove in the window to seal
the gauge. This prevents leaks for liquid
filled gauges.
Pointers:
Depending on the type, Ashcroft® stainless steel gauges are available with
adjustable or fixed pointers.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
88
Stainless Steel-Case Gauges
Type T5500 & T6500
EN 837-1 Class 1
• Meets EN 837-1
• Open or solid front design
• Dry, liquid filled or PLUS!™
Performance option.
• 100mm or 160mm case size
• Protection IP65.
• Optional ATEX approval
II 2 GDc.
The Ashcroft® T5500 and T6500
product line offers either open or solid
front design depending on your safety
requirements.
Available are 100 or 160mm case
sizes, stainless steel or Monel wetted
sytems, psi or metric pressure ranges.
Industries served include chemical,
petrochemical, power, machine, pulp,
paper, food and beverage applications.
T6500
• Monel wetted system optional
T5500
• Overload protection 130%
• Optional electrical contacts
SPECIFICATIONS
Model No.:
Accuracy:
T5500/T6500
Standard: Class 1, EN B37-1 1%
full scale
Optional: 1⁄2% full scale
Ranges:
Vacuum, compound, pressure
psi: –30in. Hg–0, 0-36,000
bar: –1-0, 0-2500
Dial Size:
100mm or 160mm diameter
Case Material: 304 stainless steel,
316 stainless steel optional
Case Style:
T5500: open front, cylindrical
case, rear blowout disk
T6500: solid front, cylindrical
case, rear blowout back
Ring:
304 stainless steel
316 stainless steel optional
Window:
T5500: Standard: glass,
Optional: laminatedsafety glass or acrylic
T6500: Standard: laminated
safety glass
Optional: acrylic
Dial:
Pointer:
Movement:
Bourdon Tube
and Socket:
Aluminum, white background,
black figures and intervals.
Standard: aluminum black
Optional: adjustable micrometer,
red set hand, maximum pointer
304/303 stainless steel
Standard: 316L stainless steel
Optional: Monel
Connection Size: ¼ NPT male, ½ NPT male
G ¼ B male, G ½ B male
Connection
Location:
T5500: Lower or back
T6500: Lower only
Weather
Protection:
IP54: Dry case
IP65: Liquid filled or
hermetically sealed case
Temperature: Ambient: –40-200°F
Process: Max. 200°F dry
Max. 100°C liquid filled
Storage: –40-60°C
Weight
T5500: 100mm 2 lbs
(dry/filled) kg: 160mm 4 lbs
T6500: 100mm 2 lbs
160mm 4 lbs
Mounting:
Standard: stem
Optional: flush or surface
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Fill:
L-Glycerin-Standard
XGV-Silicone-Optional
XGX-Halocarbon-Optional
PLUS!
Performance: XLL
Shatter Proof
Glass Window: XSG
Acrylic Window: XPD
Set Hand:
XSH
Maximum
Pointer:
XEP
TO ORDER THIS T5500/T6500 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Dial
Size
10
100mm
16
160mm
Type
System
Material
Case
Type
T5500 (S) 316L SS
(D) Dry
T6500 (P) Monel 400 (L) Liquid
Process
Connection
(02) 1/4 NPT male
(04) 1/2 NPT male
(13) G 1/4 NPT B male
(15) G 1/2 NPT B male
Connection
Location
Range
psi
Engineering
Unit(1)
(L) Lower
(B) Back
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/6000
0/10,000
0/20,000
psi
BAR
Fill(2)
(GV) Siliconeww
(GX) Halocarbon
ww
(1) Others on application
(2) Glycerin fill standard when
liquid filled gauge is specified.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Options
(YW)
(NH)
(TU)
(6B)
(MP)
(PD)
(SG)
(FX)
(FW)
(UF)
(LJ)
(AJ)
(LL)
Case Material 316L
Wire Tag
Throttle Plug SS
Oxygen Cleaned
Micrometer Pointer
Acrylic Glass
Safety Glass
Front Flange
Back Flange
U-Clamp
Field Fillable
Calibration 0.5% F.S.
PLUS! Performance
Silicone Free
(AT4) Atex Listed, T4
(AT5) Atex Listed, T5
(AT6) Atex Listed, T6
89
Stainless Steel-Case Gauges
Type 1008, ASME B40.100
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
• 40mm and 50mm sizes
• All-stainless steel construction
• Dry or liquid-filled versions
• Lower or centerback connections
• Glass window standard
• Front flange or U-clamp available
for panel mounting
Ashcroft® 40mm and 50mm all
stainless steel pressure gauges
help to complete our full-line product
offering of stainless steel gauges
with dial sizes from 40mm to 100mm.
These smaller size gauges are used
whenever space limitations and atmospheric and process corrosion exist.
• FlutterGuard™ liquid free
performance available
• RoHS compliant
STANDARD RANGES
SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Ranges – Single Scale
psi
kg/cm2
kPa
0/15
0-1
0-100
0/30
0-2
0-200
0/60
0-2.5
0-250
0/100
0-4
0-400
0/160
0-6
0-600
0/200
0-10
0-1000
0/300
0-16
0-2000
0/400
0-25
0-2500
0/600
0-40
0-4000
0/800
0-60
0-6000
0/1000
0-100
0-10,000
0/1500
0-160
0-20,000
0/2000
0-250
0-25,000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/15,000
Compound Ranges – Single Scale
psi
kg/cm2
kPa
30 in.Hg/15 psi
–1/0/1
–100/0/100
30 in.Hg/30 psi –1/0/3
–100/0/300
30 in.Hg/60 psi –1/0/5
–100/0/500
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/0/9
–100/0/900
30 in.Hg/150 psi –1/0/15
–100/0/1500
30 in.Hg/300 psi –1/0/25
–100/0/2500
Vacuum Ranges – Single Scale
psi
kg/cm2
30/0 in.Hg
–1/0
Dial size:
40mm (11 ⁄ 2˝ ) and 50mm (2˝ )
Accuracy:
ASME B40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
Case:
304 stainless steel with 304
stainless steel polished ring
Bourdon Tube
and Socket:
316 stainless steel
Movement:
Stainless steel
Standard
connections:
Non-Standard
connections:
1
1
⁄ 8 NPT standard for 40mm,
⁄4 NPT standard for 50mm
⁄ 8 NPT for 50mm
⁄4 NPT for 40mm dry
lower only
1
1
Dial:
Aluminum, white background
with black markings.
Pressure range: Vac. through
15,000 psi including compound
Pointer:
Aluminum
Window:
Glass (dry and liquid filled)
TO ORDER THIS 1008 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–40mm or 50mm
2. Case type–1008
3. Tube and socket material
4. Liquid filled (glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection size–1⁄8 (01), 1⁄4 (02)
6. Connection location–Lower (L), Center Back (B)
7. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
40
1008
S
(L)
01L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
1000#
90
Stainless Steel-Case Gauge
Type 1008S, 1.6% F.S.
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
isolates movement from shock and
vibration for longer life
• All stainless, all-welded construction for long life
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge (option XLL)
- Reduces wear from vibration
and pulsations without liquid-fill
headaches
• True Zero™ pointer indication – no
stop pin to mask false zero reading
– ensures safety and process control
• RoHS compliant
Available in 63mm and 100mm dials
sizes, 1008S pressure gauges are
field liquid fillable and field convertible
for panel mounting. The gauge is available dry, liquid-filled weatherproof or
hermetically sealed with PLUS!™ performance option. 63mm can be supplied to EN 837 standard with “XER”
variation.
STANDARD RANGES
DUAL-SCALE AMMONIA RANGES
Single-Scale Dial
Dual-Scale Dial
psi
psi Inner Arc
kPa Outer Arc
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/6000
0/7500
0/10,000
0/15,000
Vacuum in.Hg
30/0
Comp. in.Hg/psi
30/15
30/30
30/60
30/100
30/150
30/300
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/6000
0/7500
0/10,000
0/15,000
in.Hg
30/0
in.Hg/psi
30/15
30/30
30/60
30/100
30/150
30/300
0/100
0/200
0/400
0/700
0/1100
0/1400
0/2000
0/2800
0/4000
0/7000
0/10,000
0/14,000
0/20,000
0/34,000
0/40,000
0/50,000
0/70,000
0/100,000
Vacuum
–100/0
kPa
–100/100
–100/200
–100/400
–100/700
–100/1000
–100/2000
Compound in Hg/psi
°F Outer Arc
Vac/150
Vac/300
–40/84°F
–40/125°F
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)
Ordering
Code
Bourdon Tube
& Tip Material(1)
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
NPT
Conn.(3)
S
316L stainless steel
316L stainless steel
C-Tube
Vac/800
1
S
316L stainless steel
316L stainless steel
Helical
1000/15,000
1
⁄8 , 1⁄4 & 1⁄2(2)
⁄8 , 1⁄4 & 1⁄2(2)
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
(2) 1⁄2 NPT available 100mm lower only.
(3) 1⁄4" JIS, BSP or DIN threads available on application.
Other ranges available. Contact factory direct or through Ashcroft.com.
TO ORDER THIS 1008 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–63mm or 100mm
2. Case type–1008
3. Tube and socket material
4. Liquid filled (glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection size–1⁄8 (01), 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
6. Connection location–Lower (L), Lower Back (B)
7. Optional Features–see page 267-268
8. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
63
1008
S
(L)
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
91
Stainless Steel-Case Gauge
Type 1008S/SL, ASME B40.100
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
Center Back Design
• ASME 3-2-3% grade B accuracy
• True Zero™ pointer indication – no
stop pin to mask false zero reading
– ensures safety and process control
• RoHS compliant
Available in 63mm and 100mm dial
sizes, 1008S/SL are center back
connection pressure gauges, field
liquid fillable and field convertible for
panel mounting. ASME Grade B,
3-2-3% accuracy is standard. The
gauge is available dry, liquid-filled
weatherproof or hermetically sealed.
option.
100 mm back connection
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Ashcroft
Type No.:
Sizes:
Case:
Ring:
Window:
Dial:
Pointer:
Bourdon Tube:
Socket:
Movement:
Mounting:
Connections:
Ranges:
Accuracy:
Fill Plug:
Protection:
1008S
63mm, 100mm
304SS
304SS crimped
Polycarbonate
Black figures on white background,
aluminum
Black, aluminum
316 SS Bourdon tube and socket TIG
welded.
Throttle plug standard for all liquid filled
gauges. Also on dry gauges above
1000 psi.
316 SS, Buna-N O-ring seal
Stainless steel, gear type.
Stem mounting or panel mounting with
U-Clamp or Front Flange.
All gauges have rear weld nuts for
U-clamp mounting.
1
⁄4 NPT center back
From Vac-10,000 psi and compound
ASME 3-2-3% grade B
Buna-N ventable design
Nema 4X / IP65 plug sealed
Nema 3 / IP54 plug vented
63 mm back connection
STANDARD RANGES
psi
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
63 mm U-clamp
kit #101A164-01
63 mm U-clamp
These ranges are in stock.
Other ranges available on application up to 20,000 psi
63 mm retrofit kit with spacer
flange kit #101A140-06
63 mm retrofit kit
Ambient
Temperature:
–20°F to 200°F dry
+20°F to 150°F glycerin filled(based on
standard polycarbonate window)
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Liquid fill:
Glycerin
Mounting:
- Flush panel mounting 3 hole flange
- Panel mounting clamps
- Retrofit kit for oversized panel holes.
Includes U-clamp and spacer flange.
TO ORDER THIS 1008 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–63mm (63) or 100mm (10)
2. Case type–1008
3. Tube and socket material–316 SS
4. Liquid filled (glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection size– 1⁄4 (02)
6. Connection location–Center Back (C)
7. Pressure Range–0/100 psi
63 mm front flange kit
#101A164-13 push on flange
63
1008
S
(L)
02C
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
100#
92
Stainless Steel-Case Gauge
Type 2008S/SL 63mm Panel Gauge
EN 837-1, 1.6% accuracy
• EN837-1 1.6% accuracy
• True Zero™ pointer indication – no
stop pin to mask false zero reading
– ensures safety and process control
• RoHS compliant
• Welded Flange
• PowerFlex™ movement isolates
movement from shock and vibration for longer life
• MSL helium leak tested to
1X10 -6 ATM -cc/sec
• PLUS!™ Performance (XLL)
Ashcroft offers the 2008S stainless
steel panel gauge to panel builders
in the oil and gas industry, as well as
food and pharmaceutical, where performance, longevity, and appearance
are critical requirements.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Ashcroft
Type No.:
Sizes:
Case:
Ring:
Window:
Dial:
Pointer:
Bourdon Tube:
Socket:
Movement:
Connections:
Ranges:
Accuracy:
Fill Plug:
Protection:
Ambient
Temperature:
Limitations:
2008S
63mm
304SS
304SS crimped
Polycarbonate
Black figures on white background,
aluminum
Friction adjust, black, aluminum
316L stainless steel C-shaped (vacuum600 psi and compound).
Helical (1000 psi-15,000 psi)
316L stainless steel
300 series stainless steel, PowerFlex,
polyester segment, overload/underload
stops
1
⁄4 NPT lower back with four 7/16˝ wrench
flats
The 2008S utilizes many of the
features of the Ashcroft Duralife®
1009 and 1008S pressure gauges
including the patented PowerFlex™
spring suspended movement design
to prevent wear from vibration and
pulsation; True Zero™ to indicate
actual zero pressure without the
use of a dial pin installed at “0”; and
special laser welding procedures that
ensure system leak integrity.
You can also request our PLUS!™
Performance option on the 2008S
panel gauges for liquid-filled gauge
performance without the concerns of
temperature error and possible leaks
sometimes associated with liquid
filled gauges. Just ask for “XLL.”
The welded 63mm panel mount
flange makes for easy panel installation for new installations or on any
retrofit of an Ashcroft or other brand
panel gauge.
STANDARD RANGES
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/15,000
30˝ Hg vac
Compound ranges
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Liquid fill:
Glycerin, silicone, halocarbon (includes
throttle plug)
Dampening:
PLUS! Performance (LL)
(includes throttle plug)
Accuracy:
1% full scale (XAN)
ASME
Vac-15,000 psi and compound
1.6% full scale
Ventable and offset for ease of
installation
Nema 4X / IP65 plug sealed
Nema 3 / IP54 plug vented
Also supplied in single and dual scale ranges including
bar, kPa, and kg/cm2.
–40°F to 200°F dry
+20°F to 150°F glycerin filled
–40°F to 150°F silicone filled
TO ORDER THIS 2008 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–63mm (63)
2. Case type–2008
3. Tube and socket material–316 SS
4. Liquid filled (glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection size– 1⁄4 (02)
6. Connection location–Lower Back (B)
7. Pressure Range–0/100 psi
63
2008
S
(L)
02B
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
100#
93
Duralife® Stainless Steel Case Gauge
Type 1009, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
21/2˝ and 31/2˝ Dial
DESIGNED FOR SAFETY AND
LONGER LIFE
• 5-year limited warranty of pressure
system
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
isolates movement from shock and
vibration for longer life
• All stainless, all-welded construction for long life
• ASME Grade 1A, 1% accuracy full
scale
The following Table is not for conversion purposes.
STANDARD RANGES (3)(4)(5)
Pressure
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/4000
0/5000
0/6000
0/7500
0/10,000
0/15,000
Vacuum
30 in./0 in.Hg
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg /30 psi
30 in.Hg /60 psi
30 in.Hg /100 psi
30 in.Hg /150 psi
30 in.Hg /300 psi
kg/cm2 - bar
kPa
• True Zero™ pointer indication –
no stop pin to mask false zero
reading – ensures safety and
process control
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
- Fights vibration and pulsations
without liquid-fill headaches
- Order as option XLL
- 1/4˝ & 63mm tubing connection
OTHER FEATURES:
Available in 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ dial sizes,
Duralife® pressure gauges are liquid
fillable and field convertible for panel
mounting. Both zero and span adjustments are standard.
The gauge is available dry, liquidfilled weatherproof or hermetically
sealed with PLUS!™ Performance
option. A five year limited warranty is
standard with the Type 1009 Duralife®
gauge (on the pressure system).
0/1
0/100
0/1.6
0/160
0/2.5
0/250
0/4
0/400
0/6
0/600
0/10
0/1000
Ordering
Code
Bourdon Tube
& Tip Material(1)
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
0/16
0/1600
AW
316L stainless steel
Bronze
C-Tube
Vac/600
1
0/25
0/2500
AW
316L stainless steel
Bronze
Helical
1000
1
0/40
0/4000
SW
316L stainless steel
316L stainless steel
C-Tube
Vac/600
1
0/60
0/6000
SW
316L stainless steel
316L stainless steel
Helical
800/15,000
1
0/100
0/10,000
0/160
0/16,000
0/250
0/25,000
0/400
0/40,000
0/600
0/60,000
0/1000
0/100,000
–1/0
–100/0
–1/0/1.5
–1/0/3
–1/0/5
–1/0/9
–1/0/15
–1/0/24
–100/0/150
–100/0/300
–100/0/500
–100/0/900
–100/0/1500
–100/0/2400
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the
media application table on page 271.
(2) 1⁄2 NPT available 31⁄2˝ lower SW system only.
(3) Type 1009 gauges may be ordered with metric single-scale
dial: kPa,bar or kg/cm2.
NPT
Conn.(6)
⁄4
⁄4
⁄4 & 1⁄2(2)
⁄4 & 1⁄2(2)
(4) Dual-scale dials will be supplied with standard metric inner
scale and equivalent psi outer scale or with standard psi inner
scale and equivalent metric outer scale–please specify.
(5) Special logos and scales available upon request.
(6) 1⁄4˝ JIS, BSP or DIN threads available on SW systems.
1
⁄4˝ tubing connection also available.
TO ORDER THIS 1009 DURALIFE PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
35
1. Dial size–21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝
2. Case type–1009
3. Tube and socket material
4. Liquid filled (glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection size–1⁄8 (01), 1⁄4 (02) 1⁄2 (04) JP 1/4˝ tubing connection
6. Connection location–Lower (L), Lower Back (B)
7. Optional Features–see page 267-268
8. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
Accessories: see pages 261-266
1009
SW
(L)
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
94
Stainless Steel Case Gauge
Type 1009, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
41/2˝ and 6˝ Dial
• 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ stainless steel gauges
• Dry and liquid-filled versions
• Micrometer adjustable pointer
• Variety of Bourdon tube materials
• ASME Grade 1A, ±1% of span
accuracy
• New PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
The following Table is not for conversion purposes.
STANDARD RANGES (4)
Pressure
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/4000
0/5000
0/6000
0/7500
0/10,000
0/15,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
Vacuum
30 in. /0 in.Hg
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg /30 psi
30 in.Hg /60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg /150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
kg/cm2 - bar
kPa
0/1
0/100
0/1.6
0/160
0/2.5
0/250
0/4
0/400
0/6
0/600
0/10
0/1000
0/16
0/1600
0/25
0/2500
0/40
0/4000
0/60
0/6000
0/100
0/10,000
0/160
0/16,000
0/250
0/25,000
0/400
0/40,000
0/600
0/60,000
0/1000
0/100,000
0/1600
0/160,000
–1/0
–100/0
–1/0/1.5
–1/0/3
–1/0/5
–1/0/9
–1/0/15
–1/0/24
–100/0/150
–100/0/300
–100/0/500
–100/0/900
–100/0/1500
–100/0/2400
- Minimizes wear from vibration
and pulsations without liquid-fill
headaches
- Order as option XLL
The 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ Ashcroft® Type
1009 gauges are suitable where
ambient corrosion is a major concern. Its stainless steel case and ring
offer good appearance and excellent
resistance to chemical, weather and
corrosion attack. This 1009 has many
optional features that allow a user
to develop a basic or special product
specification. The 1009 is part of the
extensive line of Ashcroft stainless
steel pressure gauges.
The gauge is available dry, liquidfilled weatherproof or hermetically
sealed and now with PLUS!™ Performance option.
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)
Ordering
Code
Bourdon Tube & Tip
Material(1) (all joints TIG
welded except “A”)
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
A
Phosphor Bronze
Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
1
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
C-Tube
12/1500
1
S
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
15/1500
1
Helical
2000/30,000(6)
1
P(3)(5)
K Monel
Monel 400
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the
media application table on page 271.
(2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is
standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard.
NPT
Conn.(2)
⁄4
⁄4
⁄2
⁄4
⁄2
(3) Use for applications where NACE Standard MR-01-75 is
specified.
(4) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
(5) 6˝ dial not available with monel systems.
(6) High pressure AMINCO connection only (09 code)
TO ORDER THIS 1009 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case type–1009
3. Tube and socket material
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Lower Back (B)
6. Optional features–see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
Accessories–see pages 261-266
45
1009
S
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
95
Stainless Steel Case Gauge
Type 1109, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
Solid Front
• Solid front case design with full
blowout back
• Temperature compensated case
• 41/2˝ dial size
• ASME B40.100 Grade 1A, (±1% of
span) accuracy
• 300 Series SS case and ring
• Ranges from vacuum through
100,000 psi
• New PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
- Fights vibration and pulsations
without liquid-fill headaches
- Order as option XLL
The Type 1109 Ashcroft® solid front
stainless steel case offers many features not available elsewhere. With a
true 41/2˝ dial size, a fully temperature
compensated case and blowout back
for safety, the Type 1109 offers superior
readability compared to the competitive
100mm case gauges. The Type 1109
has been designed to meet the needs
of both the offshore platform market
and also the waterblaster or waterjet
markets.
For offshore platforms the Type 1109
is available dry, liquid-filled(3) or with the
revolutionary PLUS!™ Performance
option. The rugged design of the Type
1109 with ranges to 100,000 psi, is
well suited to meet the needs of the
waterblaster or waterjet market. With
the PLUS!™ Performance standard on
ranges above 30,000 psi this gauge
offers superior readability and eliminates the headaches often associated
with liquid-filled gauges.
STANDARD RANGES
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)
Pressure
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
0/50,000
0/80,000
0/100,000
Compound
psi
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg /30 psi
30 in.Hg /60 psi
30 in.Hg /100 psi
30 in.Hg /150 psi
30 in.Hg /300 psi
Ordering
Code
SD
WD
Bourdon Tube
& Tip Material(1)
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
NPT Conn.
Lower Only
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
C-Tube
Vac/1500
1 (2)
2
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
Helical
2000-20,000
1 (2)
2
Inconel 718
316 stainless steel
Helical
50,000-100,000
⁄
⁄
⁄4 high pressure
1
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
(2) 1⁄4 NPT optional, lower connection only.
(3) Liquid fill available on ranges 20,000 psi and below.
NOTE:
Equivalent standard bar,
kg/cm2, and kPa metric
ranges are available.
TO ORDER THIS 1109 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1109
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04), 1⁄4 high pressure (09), Lower Only(L)
5. Optional features–see page 267-268
6. Standard pressure range–100 psi
7. Accessories–see pages 261-266
45
1109
SD
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
04L
XXX
0/100#
96
Hydraulic Gauges, Types 1009,
1010, 1017 & 1220, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
• 41⁄2˝ through 12˝ dials available
The Ashcroft® line of pressure
gauges offers a product that is
uniquely designed for rigorous
hydraulic services.
Hydraulic gauges are supplied with
a slotted link movement to avoid gear
wear. All models are supplied with
throttle devices as standard.
• Stainless steel, aluminum and
phenolic case materials
• Wide range of types to combine
specifics and price
• Slotted link and throttle screw
standard
Type 1009
SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD psi RANGES(3)
Gauge Type
Number
Dial Size
(Inches)
1009-XS4TS
41⁄2˝, 6˝
1010-XS4TS
4 ⁄2˝-12˝
1017-XS4TS
41⁄2˝, 6˝
1220-XS4TS
41⁄2˝-81⁄2˝
Phenolic
Range
psi
Case Material
Connection
Location
Mounting
Method
Stainless Steel
Lower/Back
Stem, Surface, Flush
–
Aluminum
Lower/Back
Stem, Surface
–
Aluminum
Lower/Back
Flush
Lower/Back
Stem
Back Flange, Flush
Mounting Ring
1
41/2˝, 6˝,
81/2˝
Order
Code
A
Bourdon Tube & Tip
Material(1) (all joints TIG
welded except “A”)(1)
Phosphor Bronze
Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
C-Tube
Helical
15/1500
2000/30,000
4 /2˝, 6˝,
81/2˝, 12˝
S
316 stainless steel
316 stainless
steel
41/2˝, 12˝
P
K Monel
Monel 400
1
Minor
Graduation
100
200
200
500
1000
1000
1000
1000
2000
2000
10
20
20
50
50
100
100
100
200
200
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/6000
0/7500
0/10,000
0/15,000
0/20,000
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
Dial
Size
(Inches)
Figure
Interval
NPT
Conn.(2)
⁄4
Note: Dual-scale dials showing psi and tons on ram are available on application
STANDARD METRIC RANGES(3)
Range
kg/cm2
kilograms per
sq. cm.
⁄4
1
⁄2
1
⁄4
1
⁄2
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1600
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
(2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard.
(3) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
Range
kPa
(kilopascal)
0/6000
0/10,000
0/16,000
0/25,000
0/40,000
0/60,000
0/100,000
0/160,000
Dial Graduations
bar
Figure
Interval
Minor
Graduation
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1600
5
10
20
50
50
50
100
200
1
1
2
5
5
10
10
20
Dial Graduation
Figure
Interval
500
1000
2000
5000
5000
5000
10,000
20,000
Minor
Graduation
Outer scale
when dual
range specified
psi
100
100
200
500
500
1000
1000
2000
0/850
0/1400
0/2200
0/3500
0/5500
0/8500
0/14,000
0/22,000
HOW TO ORDER THESE HYDRAULIC GAUGES:
Select:
45
1. Dial size– 41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case code: 1010
3. Tube and socket material, (see chart above)
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Lower Back (B)
6. Options–see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
1009
S
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XS4TS
1000#
97
Receiver Gauges, Types 1009,
1010, 1017 & 1220, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
• 41⁄2˝ through 12˝
• Many case styles to choose from
• Panel mount, stem mount and
wall mount
• Bronze systems standard (1)
Ashcroft® receiver gauges are used
in conjunction with pneumatic transmitters to indicate pressure, temperature, flow or other process parameters
that can be transmitted by proportional
variations in air pressure.
• Open-front case style
• 3-15 psi input with optional
3-27 psi input
(1) Stainless Steel (S); Monel (P) optional
Type 1009
SPECIFICATIONS
Gauge Type
Number
Dial Sizes(1)
1009A-XPR
1010A-XPR
1017A-XPR
1220A-XPR
41⁄2˝, 6˝
41⁄2˝-12˝
41⁄2˝, 6˝
41⁄2˝-81⁄2˝
Case Material
Stainless Steel
Aluminum
Aluminum
Phenolic
System
Assembly (2)
Phosphor
bronze
Bourdon tube
brass socket,
silver brazed
Pressure
Range-psi
Pointer
Movement
3/15
and
3/27
Black,
adjustable
Rotary geared,
stainless steel
pinion and
segment shaft
Npt
Conn.
⁄4
1
Accuracy
ASME
B 40.1
Grade1A
(±1% of span)
STANDARD RANGES(1)
Gauge Type
Number
Dial Size(1)
(Inches)
Connection
Location
Mounting
Method
1009-XPR
41⁄2˝, 6˝
Lower/Back
Stem, Surface, Flush
–
1010-XPR
41⁄2˝-12˝
Lower/Back
Stem, Surface
–
1017-XPR
41⁄2˝, 6˝
Lower/Back
Flush
1220-XPR
41⁄2˝-81⁄2˝
Lower/Back
Stem
Back Flange, Flush
Mounting Ring
0-10 sq rt/0-100 linear dual-scale
0-10 square root
0-100 linear
(1) Other ranges on request.
(1) Not all dial sizes available in all case types.
Type 1009 – 41⁄2˝, 6˝; Type 1010 – 41⁄2˝-12˝;
Type 1017 – 41⁄2˝, 6˝; Type 1220 – 41⁄2˝-81⁄2˝
(2) Stainless Steel and monel optional
TO ORDER THESE RECEIVER GAUGES:
Select:
45
1009
1. Dial size
2. Case type
3. Tube and socket material
4. Connection size, 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location, (L-Lower), (B-Lower Back)
6. Optional features (XPR always appears in code for receiver gauge)
7. Range of transmitted signal (also specify the scale to be shown on the dial face)
A
02
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
L
XPR
3-15#
98
Refrigeration & Ammonia Gauges
Types 1009/1010/1017/1220
ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
(±1% of span)
• 41⁄2˝ through 12˝ dials
Ashcroft® refrigeration and ammonia gauges are used to display pressure and temperature when measuring various sealed refrigeration systems. This dual-scale dial gauge has
an inner pressure scale with black
numerals and an outer temperature
scale with red numerals. A selection
of models exists to meet specification and price parameters.
• Stainless steel, phenolic and
aluminum case materials
• Dual-scale dials with pressure and
temperature indication
• Wide range of refrigerant scales,
including refrigerant 134A and
ammonia
Type 1010
REFRIGERANTS
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
CASE STYLE
BOURDON TUBE &
TIP MATERIAL
Refrigerants
Ammonia
SOCKET
MATERIAL
POINTER
MOVEMENT
NPT
CONNECTION
Phosphor
Bronze/Brass
(all joints
silver brazed)
Brass
Black
Adjustable
Stainless Steel
with Teflon
Coated Pinion
1/4 NPT
Standard
1/2 NPT
Optional
316
Stainless Steel
(all welded
joints)
316 SS
Black
Adjustable
Stainless Steel
with Teflon
Coated Pinion
1/4 NPT
Standard
1/2 NPT
Optional
CASE STYLES
(1)
CODE
REFRIGERANT
XR1
R-11
XR2
R-12
XR3
R-22
XR4
R-502
XR6
R-114
XR7
R-500
XR8
R-134A
XR9
MODEL
MATERIAL
DIAL SIZE
CONN. LOCATION
MOUNTING
1009
1010
1017
1220
Stainless Steel
Aluminum
Aluminum
(1)
41/2˝ & 6˝
41/2˝, 6˝, 81/2˝, 12˝
41/2˝ & 6˝
41/2˝, 6˝, 81/2˝, 12˝
Lower & Back
Lower & Back
Back Only
Lower & Back
Stem, Surface, Panel
Stem, Surface, Panel
Panel Only
Stem, Surface, Panel
R-123
AMMONIA
XR5
Ammonia
41/2˝ Phenolic; 6˝ Polypropylene; 81/2˝ Aluminum
STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
RANGE
DIAL GRADUATIONS
FIGURE INTERVAL
MINOR
GRADUATIONS
30˝ Hg Vac/150 psi
30˝ Hg Vac/300 psi
10˝ Hg & 25 psi
30˝ Hg & 25 psi
2˝ Hg & 5 psi
5˝ Hg & 5 psi
–1/10 KgCm2
–1/24 KgCm2
1
2
0.1
0.2
–1/10 Bar
–1/24 Bar
1
0.1
–100/1000 kPa
–100/2400 kPa
100
500
10
20
Dual scale pressure ranges available upon request with equivalent dual scale temperature scales.
TO ORDER THESE REFRIGERATION GAUGES:
Select:
45
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝ thru 12˝
2. Case Type–1010
3. Tube and socket material–A, S
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Lower Back (B)
6. Optional features including refrigerant (see page 267-268)
7. Standard pressure range–30˝HgVac/150 psi
Accessories–see pages 267-268
1010
A
02L
XR5
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
30 in.Hg Vac/150#
99
Digital Industrial Gauge
Types 2074, 2174 and 2274
ASME B40.100 Grade 3A
(±0.25% of span)
• A Multi-Functional Digital Gauge
with Optional:
- 4/20mA Output
- (1) or (2) SPDT Switches
• ±.25% of Span Terminal Point
Accuracy
• IP 65 Weatherproof Case
• Three Case Options: Stainless
Steel, Fiberglass Reinforced
Thermoplastic or Aluminum
• Extra Large Display
• Intrinsically Safe, Class I, Div. 1
(optional)
• Easy-to-Use Menu Options: (all
- Five Backlite Display Options
- Twelve Engineering Units
- Menu Configure Feature
- Update Rate
- Dampen Rate
- Auto-Off
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Type:
2074 (battery)
2174 (loop) 4-20mA (12-36Vdc)
2274 (line) (12-36Vdc)
Accuracy:
±.25% of span, terminal point
Case Size:
3˝, 41⁄2˝
Case Material:
3˝ stainless steel, 41⁄2˝ fiberglass
reinforced thermoplastic or black
epoxy coated aluminum
Case Encl. Rating: Weatherproof, IP65
Wetted Materials: 17-4 stainless steel (sensor),
316 stainless steel (socket)
1
Socket Size:
⁄4 or 1⁄2 NPT, JIS, DIN, SAE, (1⁄2
NPT only with 41⁄2˝ case, others on
application)
Socket Location: Lower (6 o’clock), top, side
Ranges:
15 psi/Vac. thru 20,000 psi (see engineering units below for other units)
Operating Temp.: 14/140°F (10/60°C)
Temp. Error:
(Zero & Span) .04%/°F
Reference temp. 70°F
Storage Temp.:
–4/158° (–20°/70°C)
DISPLAY
Type:
Display Digits:
Character Height:
Backlite:
Bar Graph:
Battery Life:
Agency Approvals:
LCD
Five (5)
3˝ case: .60˝, 41⁄2˝ case: .88˝
Optional
Yes
3˝ <500 hrs., 41⁄2˝ <2500 hrs.
CE, FM (Intrinsically Safe Class I,
Div 1) (optional)
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS
On/Off:
Zero/Clear:
Manually turns unit on and off
Zeros display or clears min. and
max. values when displayed
Min/Max  (down) Stores min & max values, arrow key
Arrow Key:
allows for scrolling thru menu items
Menu Key:
Provides access to menu options
Backlite  (up)
Manually turns backlite on and off,
Arrow Key:
arrow key allows for five menu
(Backlite optional) options.  (up) arrow key allows
for scrolling thru menu options
Enter:
Selects items in the menu
MENU MODE
Engineering Units: 10 units of measurement are available; psi, In. H2O (with three temp.
options: 20°C, 60°F, 4°C*), Ft. H2O,
mPa, mBar, kPa, kg/cm2, Bar, inHg
and mmHg
Configuration Mode: Allows for changes to default
(Config):
settings of gauge
Including zero disable feaure
Line Power with 4-20mA output
(Line power (Type 2274) required
for switching options)
(Terminal blocks standard with 41⁄2˝ case)
(3´ shielded cable standard)
Bar Graph (Graph): Allows for adjustment of bargraph
and 4-20
Auto Off (Off):
Allows for changes to auto off of
gauge, five options: Never, 2 min.,
5 min., 15 min., 30 min.
Update Rate:
Four options: 100 ms, 200 ms,
500 ms, 1 sec
Dampening:
Six options: None, average, 2, 4, 6,
8 times per 100ms
Backlite:
Five options: Never, 10 sec., 30
sec., 1 min., 5 min.
Field Recalibration: Allows for recalibration of zero, midscale and span (password protected)
OPTIONS
Description
U1
3˝, 41⁄2˝
(2) SPDT Switch (12-36Vdc)
U2
3˝, 4 ⁄2˝
EN
41⁄2˝
BL
3˝, 41⁄2˝
Battery Backup
(Battery standard with Type 2074)
(Available with Types 2174 & 2274)
BK
3˝, 41⁄2˝
Weatherproof ABS Gauge Carrying Case
S7
3˝ only
Protective Rubber Boot (black)
B1
3˝ only
Protective Rubber Boot (orange)
B2
3˝ only
Protective Front Cover
Individual Certified Calibration Chart
Cleaned for Gaseous Oxygen Service
PP
C4
6B
3˝ only
(3´ shielded cable standard) (Terminal
blocks standard with 41⁄2˝ case.)
Keypad Options
Backlite
Miscellaneous Options
AY 41⁄2˝ only
Switch Options
(1) SPDT Switch (12-36Vdc)
3˝, 41⁄2˝
Wiring Options
Code Case Size
Case Options
Aluminum Case (black epoxy coated)
(Glass reinforced thermoplastic
case standard)
AO
DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GAUGE RANGES (Units In horizontal rows not equivalent ranges):
psi
in.Hg
(vacuum)
Comp.
(psi)
mmHg
(pressure)
in.Hg
(pressure)
in.
H 2O
mBar
ft.
H2O
mPa
kPa
15
30
60
100
160
200
300
600
800
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000
8000
10,000
15,000
20,000
30
15#&Vac
30#&Vac
60#&Vac
100#&Vac
800
1000
2000
3000
5000
10,000
30
60
100
160
200
300
400
600
800
400
800
1000
1000
1500
2000
2500
4000
5000
6000
10,000
15,000
20,000
60
160
200
300
400
600
1000
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
100
140
100
160
250
400
600
1000
1600
2500
4000
6000
10,000
16,000
25,000
40,000
60,000
100,000
140,000
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
100
160
250
400
600
1000
1400
100#
XXX
TO ORDER THIS DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 3˝
2. Type: 2074
3. Wetted parts: 316 SS
4. Connections: 1/4 NPT
5. Lower:
6. Range: 100 psi
7. Optional Characters:
30
2074
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
SD
02
L
Bar/
KSC
100
General Service Gauge
Type 1010, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
• Available in 41⁄2˝, 6˝, 81⁄2˝ and 12˝ dial
sizes (only model with a 12˝ dial)
• Solid-front case style, black epoxypainted aluminum case
• Threaded ring, black epoxy painted
The Ashcroft® Type 1010 gauge is
the most economical of the general
service industrial gauges having 1%
accuracy. The 1010 also is the only
Ashcroft gauge available in sizes up
to 12˝ in diameter.
• Back flange for wall mounting
The following Table is not for conversion purposes.
STANDARD RANGES (3)
Pressure
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/4000
0/5000
0/6000
0/7500
0/10,000
0/15,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
Vacuum
30 in./0 in.Hg
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg /30 psi
30 in.Hg /60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg /150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
kg/cm2 - bar
kPa
0/1
0/100
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
0/1.6
0/160
0/2.5
0/250
Dial
Order
Size
Code
(inches)
Bourdon Tube & Tip
Material(1) (all joints TIG
welded except “A”)
Socket
Material
Tube
Type
Range Selection
Limits (psi)
0/4
0/400
0/600
Phosphor Bronze
Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
1
0/6
41⁄2˝, 6˝
81⁄2˝
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
15/1500
1
Helical
2000/30,000
1
0/10
0/1000
0/16
0/1600
0/25
0/2500
0/40
0/4000
0/60
0/6000
0/100
0/10,000
0/160
0/16,000
0/250
0/25,000
0/400
0/40,000
0/600
0/60,000
0/1000
0/100,000
0/1600
0/160,000
–1/0
–100/0
–1/0/1.5
–1/0/3
–1/0/5
–1/0/9
–1/0/15
–1/0/24
–100/0/150
–100/0/300
–100/0/500
–100/0/900
–100/0/1500
–100/0/2400
A
4 ⁄2˝, 6˝
1
S
81⁄2˝, 12˝
41⁄2˝
P
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
K Monel
Monel 400
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the
media application table on page 271.
NPT
Conn.(2)
⁄4
⁄4
⁄2
⁄4
⁄2
(2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is
standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard.
(3) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
TO ORDER THIS 1010 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, thru 12˝
2. Case type–1010
3. Tube and socket material
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Lower Back (B)
6. Optional features–see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range –1000 psi
Accessories–see pages 261-266
45
1010
A
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
101
General Service Gauge
Type 1017, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
• Available in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ dial sizes
• Solid-front case style, black epoxypainted aluminum case
• Hinged-steel black enamel texture
finish panel ring
The Ashcroft® Type 1017 gauge is
the most economical of the general
service gauges when flush panelmounting is required.
The following Table is not for conversion purposes.
STANDARD RANGES (3)
Pressure
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/4000
0/5000
0/6000
0/7500
0/10,000
0/15,000
0/20,000
Vacuum
30 in./0 in.Hg
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg /30 psi
30 in.Hg /60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg /150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
kg/cm2 - bar
kPa
0/1
0/100
0/1.6
0/160
0/2.5
0/250
0/4
0/400
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
0/6
0/600
Ordering
Code
Conn.(1)
0/10
0/1000
A
0/16
0/1600
0/25
0/2500
0/40
0/4000
0/60
0/6000
0/100
0/10,000
0/160
0/16,000
0/250
0/25,000
0/400
0/40,000
0/600
0/60,000
0/1000
0/100,000
–1/0
–100/0
–1/0/1.5
–1/0/3
–1/0/5
–1/0/9
–1/0/15
–1/0/24
–100/0/150
–100/0/300
–100/0/500
–100/0/900
–100/0/1500
–100/0/2400
S
Bourdon Tube & Tip
Material(1) (all joints TIG
welded except “A”)
Socket
Material
Tube
Range Selection
Type
Phosphor Bronze
Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
1
C-Tube
12/1500
1
Helical
2000/20,000
1
C-Tube
15/1500
1
Helical
2000/30,000
1
316 stainless steel
P(4)
316 stainless steel
K Monel
Monel 400
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the
media application table on page 271.
(2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is
standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard.
NPT
Conn.(2)
⁄4
⁄4
⁄2
⁄4
⁄2
(3) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
(4) 6˝ dial not available with monel system.
TO ORDER THIS 1017 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case type–1017
3. Tube and socket material
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower Back (B) only
6. Optional features–see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range –1000 psi
Accessories–see pages 261-266
45
1017
A
02B
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
102
General Service Gauge
Type 1220, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
• Available in 41⁄2˝, 6˝ and 81⁄2˝
dial sizes
The Ashcroft® Type 1220 is a versatile general service gauge. Lower and
back connections allow the gauge to
be used for many installations.
• Solid-front style
• Lower or back connect
41/2˝ case size shown
The following Table is not for conversion purposes.
STANDARD RANGES (3)
Pressure
psi
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/4000
0/5000
0/6000
0/7500
0/10,000
0/15,000
0/20,000
Vacuum
30 in./0 in.Hg
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg /30 psi
30 in.Hg /60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg /150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
kg/cm2 - bar
kPa
0/1
0/100
0/1.6
0/160
0/2.5
0/250
0/4
0/400
0/6
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
Bourdon Tube & Tip
Material(1) (all joints TIG
welded except “A”)
Socket
Material
Tube
0/600
Ordering
Code
Conn.(1)
Range Selection
Type
0/10
0/1000
A
Brass
C-Tube
12/1000
1
0/16
0/1600
Phosphor Bronze
Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
0/2500
S
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
C-Tube
12/1500
1
0/25
0/4000
2000/20,000
1
0/40
Helical
C-Tube
15/1500
1
0/60
0/6000
Helical
2000/30,000
1
0/100
0/10,000
0/160
0/16,000
0/250
0/25,000
0/400
0/40,000
0/600
0/60,000
0/1000
0/100,000
–1/0
–100/0
–1/0/1.5
–1/0/3
–1/0/5
–1/0/9
–1/0/15
–1/0/24
–100/0/150
–100/0/300
–100/0/500
–100/0/900
–100/0/1500
–100/0/2400
P(4)
K Monel
Monel 400
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the
media application table on page 2715.
(2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is
standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard.
NPT
Conn.(2)
⁄4
⁄4
⁄2
⁄4
⁄2
(3) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
(4) 6˝ and 81⁄2˝ dial not available with Monel system.
CASE MATERIAL
Dial Size
Case Material
41/2˝
Phenol
6˝
Polypropylene
81/2˝
Aluminum
TO ORDER THIS 1220 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝ and 81⁄2˝
2. Case type–1220
3. Tube and socket material
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Lower Back (B)
6. Optional features–see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
45
1220
A
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
103
Christmas Tree Gauges
Type 1020S, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
• Available in 4 1⁄2˝ dial size only
• All-stainless steel case and ring
• 316 stainless steel Bourdon tube
and socket
Ashcroft® Type 1020S Christmas
Tree gauges are designed to the
specific needs of oil fields where
rugged construction and minimal
maintenance is important.
• Micrometer-adjustable pointer
CASE TYPE
STANDARD RANGES
Type 1020S
Pressure (psi)
Range
Figure
Interval
0/1000
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
100
200
300
500
1000
2000
Minor
Graduation
Gauge
Type Number
Dial Size
(inches)
Case & Ring
Material Finish
Bourdon Tube &
Tip Material
XMAS TREE
1020S
41⁄2
Case: Stainless
Steel
Ring: Bayonet
Lock
Stainless Steel
Both polished
316
Stainless Steel
(all joints
TIG welded)
10
20
50
50
100
200
Socket
Material
Pressure
Range (psi)
316
1000/20,000 Micrometer
Stainless
Adjustable
Steel
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1020R CHRISTMAS TREE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1020
3. Tube and socket material–see charts above
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower (L) only
6. Optional features
7. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
45
1020
S
04L
Pointer
XXX
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
1000#
Movement
Stainless Steel
Teflon coated
pinion and
sector shaft,
rotary geared
NPT
Connection
1
⁄2
⁄4 optional
1
104
Duplex Gauges
Type 1038, 1339
ASME B40.100
Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
• Available in 31⁄2˝ and 41⁄2˝ dial sizes
• Bronze Bourdon tube and brass
sockets
• Two independent systems and
movements
The Ashcroft® Type 1038 duplex
gauge is used to display two separate input pressures on the same
gauge for comparison purposes.
• Non-adjustable red and black
pointers
CASE TYPE
STANDARD RANGES
Type 1038/1339
Pressure (psi)
Figure
Interval
5
5
10
20
20
30
50
100
100
Range
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/600
0/800
0/1000
Minor
Graduation
0.5
1
1
2
2
5
10
10
10
Gauge
Type Number
DUPLEX
1038A
Dial Size
(inches)
31⁄2, 41⁄2
Ring: Threaded
aluminum
All black
epoxy coated
DUPLEX
1339A
41⁄2
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
Figure
Interval
Inches
psi
Mercury
5
3
10
5
10
10
10
10
10
20
30
25
Minor
Graduation
Inches
psi
Mercury
1
0.5
1
0.5
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
5
Case: Aluminum
Ring:
Hinged Aluminum
All black epoxy
coated
Type 1038/1339 Compound
Range
Case & Ring
Material Finish
Case: 31⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝
aluminum
Bourdon Tube &
Tip Material
Phosphor
Bronze
Tip: Brass
(all joints
silver brazed,
soldered
below
100 psi)
Phosphor
Bronze
Tip: Brass
(all joints
silver brazed
soldered below
100 psi)
Socket
Material
Brass
Pressure
Range (psi)
30/1000
Brass
30/1000
Pointer
Movement
Non
Adjustable
Black and
Red
Bronze-bushed
Non
Adjustable
Black and
Red
Bronze-bushed
NPT
Conn.
1
⁄4
1
⁄4
Back
Conn.
only
CASE TYPE
RANGE
DIAL GRADUATIONS
2
Figure
Interval
bar
kg/cm
Pressure
0/2.5
0/4
0/6
0/10
0/16
0/25
0/40
0/60
Compound
–1/1.5
–1/3
–1/5
–1/9
–1/15
–1/24
Minor
Graduation
0/2.5
0/4
0/6
0/10
0/16
0/25
0/40
0/60
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
2
5
5
5
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.5
1
–1/0/1.5
–1/0/3
–1/0/5
–1/0/9
–1/0/15
–1/0/24
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
2
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
RANGE
kPa
(kilopascal)
0/250
0/400
0/400
0/1000
0/1600
0/2500
0/4000
0/6000
–100/150
–100/300
–100/500
–100/900
–100/1500
–100/2400
DIAL GRADUATIONS
Figure
Interval
Minor
Graduation
50
50
50
100
200
500
500
500
5
5
5
10
20
50
50
100
50
50
50
100
200
500
5
5
10
10
20
20
Outer Range
When Dual
Range Specified
psi
0/35
0/55
0/85
0/140
0/220
0/350
0/550
0/850
30˝Hg/20
30˝Hg/40
30˝Hg/70
30˝Hg/125
30˝Hg/215
30˝Hg/340
TO ORDER THIS 1038, 1339 DUPLEX GAUGES:
Select:
1. Dial size–31⁄2˝ and 41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1038, 1339
3. Tube and socket material
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Back (B)
6. Optional features
7. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
45
1038
A
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
1000#
105
Differential Pressure Gauges
Types 1125, 1125A
ASME B40.100
Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
• Available in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ dial sizes
• Aluminum cases
• Bronze Bourdon tube and socket
• Ranges through 1000 psi
• Micrometer-adjustable pointer
• Available with electric contacts
• Static pressures from 30-1500 psi
depending on the range of gauge
The Ashcroft® differential pressure
gauge is an economical way to display the difference of two separate
inputs on one dial indicator. The
case style is similar to other Ashcroft
gauges, making panel gauge consistency possible. This product is
supplied with bronze Bourdon tube
and socket.
• Pointer indicator with zero at seven
o’clock (1125) or twelve o’clock
position (1125A)
• Built-in back case flange for easy
wall mounting
CASE TYPE
STANDARD RANGES
Type 1125 (210° dial arc)
Pressure (psi)
Range
Figure
Interval
0/20
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
5
5
10
10
20
20
50
50
100
100
100
Minor
Graduation
0.2
0.5
1
1
2
2
5
5
10
10
10
Static
Pressure
Limits*
30
60
120
200
300
300
450
600
900
1200
1500
Gauge
Type Number
Dial Size
(inches)
Case & Ring
Material Finish
Bourdon Tube &
Tip Material
Socket
Material
Pressure
Range (psi)
DIFFERENTIAL
1125
1125A
41⁄2, 6(1)
Case: Aluminum
Ring: Threaded
aluminum
All black epoxy
coated
Phosphor
Bronze
Tip: Brass
(all joints
silver
brazed)
Bronze
1125:
20/1000
1125A dial indicates zero at 12:00
PRESSURE RANGE
Type 1125A (210° dial arc) Zero centered dial
Pressure (psi)
Figure
Interval
10/10
15/15
30/30
50/50
80/80
100/100
150/150
200/200
300/300
400/400
500/500
2
5
10
10
20
20
50
50
100
100
100
Minor
Graduation
0.2
0.5
1
1
2
2
5
5
10
10
10
Static
Pressure
Limits*
30
60
120
200
300
300
450
600
900
1200
1500
⁄4
1
(1) 6˝ lower connect only.
DIAL GRADUATIONS
RANGE
DIAL GRADUATIONS
bar
Figure
Interval
Minor
Graduation
kPa
(kilopascal)
Figure
Interval
Minor
Graduation
Outer Range
When Dual
Range Specified
psi
Type
1125
0/1.4
0/2
0/4
0/7
0/11
0/14
0/20
0/28
0/40
0/56
0/70
0/1.4
0/2
0/4
0/7
0/11
0/14
0/20
0/28
0/40
0/56
0/70
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
2
2
5
5
5
10
10
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
0/140
0/200
0/400
0/400
0/1100
0/1400
0/2000
0/2800
0/4000
0/5600
0/7000
20
50
50
50
200
200
250
500
500
1000
1000
2
5
5
10
20
20
50
50
50
100
100
0/20
0/28
0/55
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
Type
1125A
0.7/0.7
1/1
2/2
3.5/3.5
5.5/5.5
7/7
10/10
14/14
20/20
28/28
35/35
0.7/0.7
1/1
2/2
3.5/3.5
5.5/5.5
7/7
10/10
14/14
20/20
28/28
35/35
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
2
2
5
5
5
10
10
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
70/70
100/100
200/200
350/350
550/550
700/700
1000/1000
1400/1400
2000/2000
2800/2800
3500/3500
20
50
50
50
200
200
250
500
500
1000
1000
2
5
5
10
20
20
50
50
50
100
100
10/10
14/14
28/28
50/50
80/80
100/100
150/150
200/200
400/400
400/400
500/500
TO ORDER THESE 1125, 1125A DIFFERENTIAL GAUGES:
MADE IN U.S.A.
Micrometer Bronze-bushed
Adjustable
Overload
& Vacuum
Stops-Std.
NPT
Connection
kg/cm2
*Maximum pressure that can be admitted into Bourdon tubes.
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case type–1125, 1125A
3. Connection size–1⁄4 (02)
4. Connection location–Lower (L), Back (B)
5. Optional features
6. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
Movement
METRIC RANGES
*Maximum pressure that can be admitted into Bourdon tubes.
Range
1125A
10/0/10
500/0/500
Pointer
45
1125
02L
XXX
1000#
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
106
Differential Pressure Gauges
Types 1127, 1128
ASME B40.100
Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
• 316 stainless steel wetted parts
• Available in 4 ⁄2˝ or 6˝ dial sizes
1
• Ranges from 10 psi-1000 psi
• Static pressures from 45 psi-1200
psi depending on the range of the
gauge
• Pointer indicator with zero at seven
(1127) or twelve o’clock position
(1128)
When the process is corrosive to
gauges with bronze/brass wetted
parts an alternative was to isolate the
gauge from the process with capillary and isolators or diaphragm seals.
Now, when the process is compatible
with 316 stainless steel, the user can
select Types 1127 or 1128 differential
pressure gauges with 41/2˝ or 6˝ dials.
• Built-in back case flange for easy
wall mounting
• Lower connect only
STANDARD RANGES
METRIC RANGES
Type 1127 (270° dial arc)
Pressure
Figure
Range
Interval
(psi)
Type 1127 (270° dial arc)
PRESSURE RANGE
0/10
0/20
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
5
5
5
10
10
20
20
50
50
100
100
100
Minor
Graduation
0.2
0.2
0.5
1
1
2
2
5
5
10
10
10
Static
Pressure
Limits*
45
45
45
90
130
208
260
390
520
780
1040
1200
*Maximum pressure that can be admitted into Bourdon tubes.
Type 1128 (270° dial arc) Zero centered dial
Pressure
Static
Figure
Minor
Range
Pressure
Interval
Graduation
(psi)
Limits*
10/0/10
15/0/15
30/0/30
50/0/50
100/0/100
200/0/200
300/0/300
400/0/400
2
3
5
10
20
50
100
100
0.5
0.2
1
1
2
5
10
10
45
45
90
130
260
520
780
1040
*Maximum pressure that can be admitted into Bourdon tubes.
kg/cm2
bar
0/1
0/2
0/4
0/7
0/11
0/14
0/21
0/28
0/42
0/56
0/70
0/1
0/2
0/4
0/7
0/11
0/14
0/21
0/28
0/42
0/56
0/70
CASE TYPE – Differential 1127, 1128
DIAL GRADUATIONS
Figure
Minor
Interval
Graduation
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
2
2
5
5
5
10
10
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
Dial Size
(inches)
41⁄2, 6
Case & Ring
Bourdon Tube &
Material Finish
Tip Material
Case: Aluminum
Ring: Threaded
aluminum
All black epoxy
coated
316
stainless steel
316
stainless steel
Pressure
Range (psi)
Pointer
Movement
NPT
Connection
10/1000
Adjustable
Type 1128 (210° dial arc) Zero centered dial
PRESSURE RANGE
DIAL GRADUATIONS
Figure
Minor
2
bar
kg/cm
Interval
Graduation
1/0/1
2/0/2
3.5/0/3.5
5.5/0/5.5
7/0/7
10.5/0/10.5
14/0/14
21/0/21
28/0/28
35/0/35
1/0/1
2/0/2
3.5/0/3.5
5.5/0/5.5
7/0/7
10.5/0/10.5
14/0/14
21/0/21
28/0/28
35/0/35
0.5
0.1
0.5
2
2
5
5
5
10
10
0.05
0.01
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
1
TO ORDER THESE 1127, 1128 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case type–1127, 1128
3. Tube and socket material–(SD) Stainless
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02)
5. Connection location–Lower (L)
6. Optional features
7. Standard pressure range–1000 psi
MADE IN U.S.A.
45
1127
SD
02L
Socket
Material
XXX
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
100#
Bronze-brushed
1
Overload
⁄4 or 1⁄2
& Vacuum
lower connect
Stops-Std.
only
107
Differential Pressure Gauges
Type 1130
±2% Ascending Accuracy
• Piston actuator
• Stainless steel case
• Ranges from 5 psid-150 psid
• Static pressures up to 6000 psi(5)
• Aluminum(4), brass or stainless
steel bodies(1)
• Buna-N O-rings (others available)
• Superior magnets for smoother
pointer motion
• Standard or explosion-proof reed
switches available
• 5-year warranty
• NEMA 4 / IP65
The Type 1130 uses a piston
design where small migration of the
process media is permissible.(2) It
is recommended for high differential
and high static pressures, up to 6000
psi. Body materials are available
in Aluminum, Brass and Stainless
Steel, with Buna, Viton or EPDM
seals.(3)
(1), (2) Not for use with incompatible media.
(3) Other wetted parts include stainless steel,
Teflon and ceramic.
(4) Aluminum bodies not to be used with water or
corrosive applications.
(5) Static pressure over 3000 psi in SS only.
SPECIFICATIONS
Type 1130
Accuracy (Ascending)
Migration
Range Limits
Maximum Static Pressure
Actuator
Case Material
Dial Size
±2%
Minor
0-5 psid to 150 psid
3000 psi (6000 psi for SS)
Piston
Stainless Steel
2˝ (20), 21⁄2˝ (25),
31⁄2˝ (35), 4˝ (40),
41⁄2˝ (45), 6˝ (60)
175°F / 80°C
Aluminum (F), Brass (A),
Stainless Steel (S)
Buna-N
1
⁄4 NPT (25)
In-Line (S), Lower (L),
Back (B)
Glass
Five Years
Maximum Process Temperature
Body Materials
O-Rings
Connection Size (Female)
Connection Location
Window
Warranty
OPTIONS
1
⁄8 NPT Female Adapter (XGE)
Switches(1,2) NEMA-4
Front Flange (XFF)
Viton Diaphragm/O-Rings (XVD)
EPDM Diaphragm/O-Rings (XEM)
Glycerin Fill (L)*
Silicone Fill (XGV)
Plastic Window (XPD)
Explosion Proof (XEK)
Safety Glass (XSG) 31⁄2˝-6˝ only
SWITCH
PROOF ABLE
N
IO
S
O
AIL
EXPL
URE AV
ENCLOS
RATINGS FOR BOTH STANDARD & EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES:
SPST SWITCH
Specifications:
Contact Rating
10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switching Current
0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage
100 Vac/Vdc (max)
SPDT SWITCH
Specifications:
Contact Rating
3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switching Current
.3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage
30 Vac/Vdc (max)
EXPLOSION-PROOF SWITCH INFORMATION:
Switches and electrical connections are mounted in an explosion-proof enclosure with
UL, CSA, Cenelec and FM approval. The enclosure meets Class 1, Groups B, C, D, Class 2
Groups E, F, G, Class 3, NEMA 7 & 9 and IP 66. Two 3/4˝ electrical conduit connections.
STANDARD RANGES – Type 1130
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Standard Fill Option
Available
Available
Available(3\
Available
psi
0-5
kPa
kg/cm2-bar
0-8
0-10
0-15
0-25
0-30
0-25
0-50
0-75
0-100
0-20
0-160
0-200
0-250
0-0.25
0-0.5
0-0.75
0-1
0-1.6
0-2
0-2.5
0-80
0-100
psi
0-40
kPa
0-300
0-400
0-500
0-600
0-700
0-900
0-1000
0-3
0-4
0-5
0-6
0-7
0-9
0-10
kg/cm2-bar
0-50
0-60
*Liquid fill has an effect on accuracy that varies with range and temperature.
Liquid filling may be required only in some very severe applications.
(1) Applicable to Switches
(XV1) 1 SPST with DIN Plug
(XV5) 1 SPDT with DIN Plug
(XV2) 1 SPST with Terminal Strip (XV6) 1 SPDT with Terminal Strip
(XV3) 2 SPST with DIN Plug
(XV7) 2 SPDT with DIN Plug
(XV4) 2 SPST with Terminal Strip (XV8) 2 SPDT with Terminal Strip
(2) Adjustable from 40-100% of range
(3) Specify lower or back connection for gauge (not available in-line or with 2˝-21/2˝
dials) and switch type (terminal strip) XV2, XV4, XV6, XV8.
TO ORDER THIS 1130 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES:
Select:
1. Dial size–2,˝ 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
2. Case type–1130
3. Body material
4. Dry (D) or Liquid Filled (L)
5. Connection size–1⁄4 NPTF (25)
6. Connection location–In-line (S), Lower (L), Back (B)
7. Optional features–see above
8. Standard pressure range
25
1130
F
D
25S
XXX
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
30#
150
108
Differential Pressure Gauges
Type 1131
±2% Ascending Accuracy
• Rolling diaphragm actuator
• Stainless steel case
• Ranges from 5 psid-100 psid
• Static pressures up to 3000 psi
• Aluminum(3), brass or stainless
steel bodies(1)
• Buna-N O-rings (others available)
• Superior magnets for smoother
power motion
• Standard or explosion-proof reed
switches available
• 5-year warranty
• NEMA 4 / IP65
The Type 1131 is utilized for applications where migration of the process media is not permissible. The
Type 1131 uses a rolling diaphragm
design to separate the high and lowpressure ports to isolate the media
and can see up to 3000 psi static
pressures. Rolling diaphragm not
designed to see reverse pressure.
Body materials are available in Aluminum, Brass and Stainless Steel,
with Buna, Viton or EPDM seals.(2)
(1) Not for use with incompatable media.
(2) Other wetted parts include stainless steel, Teflon and
ceramic.
(3) Aluminum bodies not to be used with water or
corrosive applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Type 1131
Accuracy (Ascending)
Migration
Range Limits
Maximum Static Pressure
Actuator
Case Material
Dial Size
±2%
Zero
0-5 psid to 100 psid
3000 psi (all)
Rolling Diaphragm
Stainless Steel
21⁄2˝ (25), 31⁄2˝ (35),
4˝ (40), 41⁄2˝ (45),
6˝ (60)
175°F / 80°C
Aluminum (F), Brass (A),
Stainless Steel (S)
Buna-N
1
⁄4 NPT (25)
In-Line (S), Lower (L)
Back (B)
Glass
Five Years
Maximum Process Temperature
Body Materials
Diaphragm/O-Rings
Connection Size (Female)
Connection Location
Window
Warranty
OPTIONS
1
⁄8 NPT Female Adapter (XGE)
Switches(1,2) NEMA-4
Front Flange (XFF)
Viton Diaphragm/O-Rings (XVD)
EPDM Diaphragm/O-Rings (XEM)
Glycerin Fill (L)*
Silicone Fill (XGV)
Plastic Window (XPD)
Explosion Proof (XEK)
Safety Glass (XSG) 31⁄2˝-6˝ only
ITCH
OOF SW LE
R
P
N
IO
EXPLOS SURE AVAILAB
ENCLO
RATINGS FOR BOTH STANDARD & EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES:
SPST SWITCH
Specifications:
Contact Rating
10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switching Current
0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage
100 Vac/Vdc (max)
SPDT SWITCH
Specifications:
Contact Rating
3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switching Current
.3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage
30 Vac/Vdc (max)
EXPLOSION-PROOF SWITCH INFORMATION:
Switches and electrical connections are mounted in an explosion-proof enclosure with
UL, CSA, Cenelec and FM approval. The enclosure meets Class 1, Groups B, C, D, Class 2
Groups E, F, G, Class 3, NEMA 7 & 9 and IP 66. Two 3/4˝ electrical conduit connections.
STANDARD RANGES – Type 1131
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Standard Fill Option
Available
Available
Available(3\
Available
psi
0-5
kPa
0-25
kg/cm2-bar
0-0.25
0-7
0-10
0-50
0-75 0-100
0-0.5 0-0.75
0-15
0-1
0-25
0-30
0-2
*Liquid fill has an effect on accuracy that varies with range and temperature.
Liquid filling may be required only in some very severe applications.
(1) Applicable to Switches
(XV1) 1 SPST with DIN Plug
(XV5) 1 SPDT with DIN Plug
(XV2) 1 SPST with Terminal Strip (XV6) 1 SPDT with Terminal Strip
(XV3) 2 SPST with DIN Plug
(XV7) 2 SPDT with DIN Plug
(XV4) 2 SPST with Terminal Strip (XV8) 2 SPDT with Terminal Strip
(2) Adjustable from 40-100% of range
(3) Specify lower or back connection for gauge (not available in-line or with 2˝-21/2˝
dials) and switch type (terminal strip) XV2, XV4, XV6, XV8.
TO ORDER THIS 1131 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES:
Select:
1. Dial size–21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
2. Case type–1131
3. Body material
4. Dry (D) or Liquid Filled (L)
5. Connection size–1⁄4 NPTF (25)
6. Connection location–In-line (S), Lower (L), Back (B)
7. Optional features–see above
8. Standard pressure range
25
1131
F
D
25S
XXX
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
0-40
0-200 0-250
30#
0-2.5
0-60 0-100
0-400 0-700
0-4
0-7
109
Differential Pressure Gauges
Type 1132
±2% Ascending Accuracy
• Small convoluted diaphragm
actuator
• Stainless steel case
• Ranges from 1 psid-60 psid
• Static pressures up to 1500 psi
• Aluminum(3), brass or stainless
steel bodies(1)
• Buna-N seals (others available)
• Superior magnets for smoother
power motion
• Standard or explosion-proof reed
switches available
• 5-year warranty
• NEMA 4 / IP65
The Type 1132 uses a convoluteddiaphragm design with no migration
of the process media. It is recommended for lower differential and
high static pressures, up to 1500 psi.
Body materials are available in Aluminum, Brass and Stainless Steel,
with Buna, Viton or EPDM seals.(2)
(1) Not for use with incompatible media.
(2) Other wetted parts include stainless steel,
Teflon and ceramic.
(3) Aluminum bodies not to be used with water or
corrosive applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Type 1132
Accuracy (Ascending)
Migration
Range Limits
Maximum Static Pressure
Actuator
Case Material
Dial Size
±2%
Zero
0-1 psid to 60 psid
1500 psi (all)
Convoluted Diaphragm
Stainless Steel
21⁄2˝ (25), 31⁄2˝ (35),
4˝ (40), 41⁄2˝ (45),
6˝ (60)
175°F / 80°C
Aluminum (F), Brass (A),
Stainless Steel (S)
Buna-N
1
⁄4 NPT (25)
In-Line (S), Lower (L)
Back (B)
Glass
Five Years
Maximum Process Temperature
Body Materials
Diaphragm/O-Rings
Connection Size (Female)
Connection Location
Window
Warranty
OPTIONS
1
⁄8 NPT Female Adapter (XGE)
Switches(1,2) NEMA-4
Front Flange (XFF)
Viton Diaphragm/O-Rings (XVD)
EPDM Diaphragm/O-Rings (XEM)
Glycerin Fill (L)*
Silicone Fill (XGV)
Plastic Window (XPD)
Explosion Proof (XEK)
Safety Glass (XSG) 31⁄2˝-6˝ only
ITCH
OOF SW LE
R
P
N
IO
EXPLOS SURE AVAILAB
ENCLO
RATINGS FOR BOTH STANDARD & EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES:
SPST SWITCH
Specifications:
Contact Rating
10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switching Current
0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage
100 Vac/Vdc (max)
SPDT SWITCH
Specifications:
Contact Rating
3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switching Current
.3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage
30 Vac/Vdc (max)
EXPLOSION-PROOF SWITCH INFORMATION:
Switches and electrical connections are mounted in an explosion-proof enclosure with
UL, CSA, Cenelec and FM approval. The enclosure meets Class 1, Groups B, C, D, Class 2
Groups E, F, G, Class 3, NEMA 7 & 9 and IP 66. Two 3/4˝ electrical conduit connections.
STANDARD RANGES – Type 1132
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Standard Fill Option
Available
Available
Available(3\
Available
psi
0-1
in.H2O
0-25 0-100
kPa
0-5
0-25
0-50
kg/cm2-bar 0-0.075 0-0.25
mbar
0-8
0-15
0-200
0-20
0-25
0-75 0-100
0-0.5 0-0.75
0-1
0-1.6
0-75 0-250
TO ORDER THIS 1132 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES:
25
1132
F
D
25S
0-40
0-160 0-200 0-250 0-300
*Liquid fill has an effect on accuracy that varies with range and temperature.
Liquid filling may be required only in some very severe applications.
(1) Applicable to Switches
(XV1) 1 SPST with DIN Plug
(XV5) 1 SPDT with DIN Plug
(XV2) 1 SPST with Terminal Strip (XV6) 1 SPDT with Terminal Strip
(XV3) 2 SPST with DIN Plug
(XV7) 2 SPDT with DIN Plug
(XV4) 2 SPST with Terminal Strip (XV8) 2 SPDT with Terminal Strip
(2) Adjustable from 40-100% of range
(3) Specify lower or back connection for gauge (not available in-line or with 2˝-21/2˝
dials) and switch type (terminal strip) XV2, XV4, XV6, XV8.
Select:
1. Dial size–21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
2. Case type–1132
3. Body material
4. Dry (D) or Liquid Filled (L)
5. Connection size–1⁄4 NPTF (25)
6. Connection location–In-line (S), Lower (L), Back (B)
7. Optional features–see above
8. Standard pressure range
0-30
0-50
0-60
0-400 0-500
XXX
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
30#
0-2
0-2.5
0-3
0-400
0-4
110
Differential Pressure Gauges
Type 1133
±2% Ascending Accuracy
• Large convoluted diaphragm
actuator
• Stainless steel case
• Ranges from 1 IWD-25 IWD
• Static pressures up to 500 psi
• Aluminum(3), stainless steel
bodies(1)
• Buna-N seals (others available)
• Superior magnets for smoother
power motion
• Standard switches available
• 5-year warranty
• NEMA 4 / IP65
The Type 1133 uses a convoluteddiaphragm to sense low inches of
water differentials while ensuring no
migration of the process media. Maximum static pressures for ranges of 5
IWD and below is 45 psi and 500 psi
for all other ranges. Body materials
are available in Aluminum or Stainless Steel with Buna, Viton or EPDM
seals.(2)
(1) Not for use with incompatible media.
(2) Other wetted parts include stainless steel,
Teflon and ceramic.
(3) Aluminum bodies not to be used with water or
corrosive applications.
RATINGS FOR STANDARD SWITCHES:
SPECIFICATIONS
Type 1133
Accuracy (Ascending)
Migration
Range Limits
Maximum Static Pressure
Actuator
Case Material
Dial Size
±2%
Zero
0-1 IWD to 25 IWD
500 psi (all)
Convoluted Diaphragm
Stainless Steel
31⁄2˝ (35), 4˝ (40),
41⁄2˝ (45), 6˝ (60)
175°F / 80°C
Aluminum (F), Stainless Steel (S)
Buna-N
1
⁄4 NPT (25)
In-Line (S), Lower (L), Back (B)
Glass
Five Years
Maximum Process Temperature
Body Materials
Diaphragm
Connection Size (Female)
Connection Location
Window
Warranty
OPTIONS
1
⁄8 NPT Female Adapter (XGE)
Switches(1,2) NEMA-4
Front Flange (XFF)
Viton/Diaphragm (XVD)
EPDM/Diaphragm (XEM)
Glycerin Fill (L)
Silicone Fill (XGV)
Plastic Window (XPD)
Explosion Proof (XEK)
Safety Glass (XSG) 31⁄2˝-6˝ only
(1) Applicable to Switches
(XV1) 1 SPST with DIN Plug
(XV3) 2 SPST with DIN Plug
SPST SWITCH
Specifications:
Contact Rating
10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switching Current
0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage
100 Vac/Vdc (max)
SPDT SWITCH
Specifications:
Contact Rating
3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switching Current
.3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage
30 Vac/Vdc (max)
STANDARD RANGES – Type 1133
in.H2O
0-1
0-2
0-5
0-10
0-25
mmH2O
0-25
0-50
0-125
0-250
0-600
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
N/A
N/A
Available
N/A
Available
(XV5) 1 SPDT with DIN Plug
(XV7) 2 SPDT with DIN Plug
(2) Adjustable from 40-100% of range
TO ORDER THIS 1133 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES:
Select:
1. Dial size–31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
2. Case type–1133
3. Body material
4. Connection size–1⁄4 NPTF (25)
5. Connection location–In-line (S), Lower (L), Back (B)
6. Optional features–see above
7. Standard pressure range
35
1133
FD
25S
XXX
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
10IWD
111
Differential Pressure Gauges
Type 1134
±3% Ascending Accuracy
• Convoluted diaphragm actuator
• Stainless steel case
• Ranges from 0.6 IWD-60 IWD
• Static pressures up to 35 psi
• Glass filled nylon body(1)
• Buna-N seals (others available)
• Superior magnets for smoother
power motion
• Low cost reed switches available
• 5-year warranty
• Flush mounting accessories
standard
• NEMA 4 / IP65
SPECIFICATIONS
Type 1134
Dial Size
Accuracy (Ascending)
Range Limits
Maximum Static Pressure
Case Material
Body Material
Diaphragm Actuator Material
O-Ring Material
Connection Size (Female)
Connection Location
41⁄2˝ (114mm)
3%
0-0.6 IWD to 60 IWD
35 psi
Stainless Steel
Glass Filled Nylon
Buna-N
Buna-N
1
⁄8 NPT
Dual In-Line and
Back
(User chooses)
Glass
140°F/60°C
Five Years
Window
Max. Process Temperature
Warranty
OPTIONS
Switches(1)(2) (NEMA-4)
(XPD) Plastic Window
(XBF) Surface Mount
(XTM) Pipe Mounting Bracket
(XEM) EPDM Seals/O-Rings
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available (3)
Applicable to switches (NEMA- 4)
(XV1) 1 SPST with DIN plug
(XV3) 2 SPST with DIN plug
(XV5) 1 SPDT with DIN plug
(2)
Adjustable from 40-80% of range
(3)
Only with ranges up to 4IW
(1)
The Type 1134 uses a convoluteddiaphragm design with no migration
of the process media. It is recommended for low differential inches of
water ranges. Body material is glass
filled nylon with Buna or silicone.(2)
(1) Not for use with incompatible media.
(2) Other wetted parts include stainless steel,
aluminum, Teflon and ceramic.
STANDARD RANGES
STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Pressure –
Single Scale (in.H2O)
Range*
Minor
Grad.
First
Grad.
0/0.6
.02
0.10
0/1
.02
.12
0/2
.04
.20
0/3
.10
.30
0/4
.10
.40
0/5
.10
.50
0/6
.20
.60
0/8
.20
.80
0/10
.25
1.0
0/15
.30
1.5
0/20
.50
2.0
0/25
.50
2.5
0/30
.60
3.0
0/40
.80
4.0
0/50
1.0
Two nylon 3⁄16˝ hose barb tube adapters
Flush mounting kit
Two plugs for sealing connections not in use
RATINGS FOR STANDARD SWITCHES
SPST SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Contact Rating:
10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Current:
0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage:
100 Vac/Vdc (max)
SPDT SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Contact Rating:
3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Current:
.3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Switch Voltage:
30 Vac/Vdc (max)
5.0
0/60
1.0
5.0
*Metric, dual or special ranges on
application.
TO ORDER THIS 1134 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES:
Select:
1. Dial size– 41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1134
3. Body material (Glass filled Nylon)
4. Connection size–1⁄8 NPTF (RQ)
5. Connection location–Dual In-line and Back (M)
6. Optional features–see above
7. Standard pressure range
45
1134
ED
RQM
XXX
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
1 IWD
112
Type 5503
Differential Pressure Gauge
• ±1.6% full scale accuracy
• Stainless steel case
• Stainless steel wetted parts
• 1450 psi static pressure standard
with optional static pressure to
3625 psi
• External zero adjust
• Optional liquid-filled case
• 4˝ (100mm) or 6˝ (160mm) dial
sizes
• One sided load permitted
• Optional ATEX approval
• Meets NACE with Hastelloy C
wetted parts
The Ashcroft® Type 5503 differential pressure gauge is available with
ranges from 16 I.W.D. to 400 psi with
optional static pressure to 3625 psi.
Optional wetted parts includes Hastelloy C & Monel. Typical applications
include use with liquified gas for
nitrogen, helium, argon and carbon
dioxide.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD RANGES*
GENERAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATIONS
Options
Accuracy
±1.6% full scale
Dial Size
4˝ (100mm) or 6˝ (160mm)
Case and Ring
304 SS safety design case with bayonet ring (316 stainless steel case and
ring optional)
Dial
White painted aluminum
Pointer
Black painted aluminum with external
adjust feature standard (to 25% of
range)
Window
Shatterproof glass
Diaphragm Material
316 stainless steel for ranges 5 psi
Code
Glycerin fill ............................. (L)
Silicone fill ............................. (XGV)
Weatherproof/Hermetically
sealed case ......................... (XLJ)
Wall mounting bracket ........... (XFW)
Pipe mounting bracket ........... (XTM)
3-way manifold ...................... (X43)
Hastelloy C diaphragm w/316
stainless steel housing(1,2) ... (HS)
Monel diaphragm w/316
stainless steel housing(2) ..... (PS)
Hastelloy C diaphragm
and housing(1,2).................... (HH)
See page 247 for selection and
ordering code
Electric warning contacts
1
/2% full scale accuracy
(unidirectional upscale)....... (XAJ)
Static pressure to 3625 psi .... (XSP)
Polycarbonate window ........... (XPD)
and below. High strength cobalt alloy
(Duratherm 600) for ranges of 5 psi
and above.
Housing Material
316 stainless steel with a Viton O-ring
Socket Material
316 stainless steel
Socket Connection
1
/4 NPT or 1/2 NPT lower
Flange for direct mounted valves
Range
0-16 IWD (inches of water differential)
to 400 psid
Static Pressure
1450 psi standard with optional static
pressure to 3625 psid
Mounting
Stem, wall or pipe
psid
3
5
10
15
30
60
100
160
200
300
400
mbar
40
60
100
160
250
400
bar
0.6
1.0
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
I.W.D.
16
30
60
100
200
*Other ranges on application
(1) For ranges 5 psid and above.
(2) Goes in 3 and 4 spot below for coding.
Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont Co.
TO ORDER THIS MODEL 5503 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE:
10
5503
S
S (L)
Select:
1. Dial size – 100mm, 160mm
2. Type
3. 316 SS diaphragm
4. 316 SS housing and socket (L) liquid filled
5. Connection size and location
6. Optional features
7. Pressure range
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
02L
XXX
0/100 psid
113
Type 5509
Differential Pressure Gauges
• ±2.5% full scale accuracy
• Stainless steel case
• 316 stainless steel wetted parts
• Inches of water differential ranges
• Static pressure for ranges
160IW & lower – 145 psi
above 160IW – 360 psi
• External zero adjust
• Available with open or solid front
case styles
• Optional liquid-filled case
• 4˝ (100mm) or 6˝ (160mm) dial
sizes
The Ashcroft® Type 5509 differential pressure gauge comes standard with 316SS wetted parts. This
rugged gauge features an external
zero adjust feature standard. Static
pressure up to 360 psi.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
STANDARD RANGES*
GENERAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy
±2.5% full scale
Dial Size
4˝ (100mm) or 6˝ (160mm)
Zero adjust at top of case
Case and Ring
304 stainless steel open front case
with a bayonet ring (solid front
optional)
Dial
White painted aluminum with black
markings
Pointer
Black painted aluminum with external
adjust feature standard (to 25% of
range)
Window
Shatterproof glass
Wetted Parts
Bellows 316 SS
Diaphragm Material
316 stainless steel for ranges 15 psi
and below. High strength cobalt alloy
(Duratherm 600) for ranges above
15 psi.
Housing Material
316 stainless steel with a Viton O-ring
Socket Connection
1
/4 NPT or 1/2 NPT lower
Range
0-10 IWD (inches of water differential) to 400 psid
Static Pressure
From 10 IWD to 3 psi –
static pressure 145 psi
5 psi and above –
static pressure 360 psi
Mounting
Stem, wall or pipe
Ingress Protection
IP54 (digital), IP65 (liquid filled),
optional IP65 (dry case)
Options
Code
Glycerin fill ............................. (L)
Silicone fill ............................. (XGV)
Weatherproof/Hermetically
sealed case (IP65) .............. (XLJ)
Wall mounting bracket ........... (XFW)
Pipe mounting bracket ........... (XTM)
3-way manifold(1) ................... (X43)
Electric warning contacts
See page 267 for selection and
ordering code
Polycarbonate window ........... (XPD)
Solid front .............................. (S)
psid
3
5
10
15
30
60
100
160
200
300
400
mBar
25
40
60
100
160
250
400
bar
0.6
1.0
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
I.W.D.
10
30
60
100
200
*Other ranges on application
(1) Requires additional piping (not supplied).
Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont Co.
MEASURING PRINCIPLE
Bellows
Diaphragm
TO ORDER THIS MODEL 5509 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE:
10
5509
S
Select:
1. Dial size – 100mm, 160mm
2. Type
3. 316 SS diaphragm, housing and socket
4. For solid front option add (S), otherwise leave blank
5. Connection size and location
6. Optional features
7. Pressure range
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
02L
XXX
0/100 psid
114
Special Application Gauges
Type 1150H, ASME B40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
Type 1122, ASME B40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
The Ashcroft® Type 1150H is a
specialized pressure gauge used by
the petroleum industry to measure
vapor pressures of various petroleum
products.
1150H Reid Vapor Test Gauge
• Accuracy ASME B40.100 Grade 2A
(±0.5% of span)
• Dial size 41⁄2" only
• White dial and black pointer
1122KE/KF
TYPE 1150H
w/Handle
The Ashcroft® Type 1122 is a
specialized product used for some
pump, turbine and compressor
applications.
• Accuracy ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
(1% FS)
• Dial size 21⁄2˝ only
SPECIFICATIONS
Dial
Case & Ring Bourdon Tube & Tip
Gauge Type
Size
Material
Material (all
Number
(Inches)
Finish
joints welded)
Reid Vapor
Test
41⁄2
1150H
1122KE(1)
1122KF
Case:
Aluminum
Phosphor Bronze
Tip: Brass
Ring: Threaded
Aluminum
black epoxy
coated
(All joints
silver brazed)
Socket
Material
Pressure
Range
(psi)
Pointer
Movement
Brass
15/600
Micrometer
Adjustable
Stainless steel
Teflon coated,
pinion and
sector shaft,
rotary geared
Bronze
15/1000
Non
adjustable
Stainless
steel
Case:
Stainless steel
21⁄2
Ring: Bayonet
Lock, St.St.
Both polished
316L SS
TYPE 1150H
Range
kg/cm2
kilograms per
sq. cm.
0/1
0/1.6
0/2.5
0/4
0/6
0/10
0/16
0/25
0/40
Major
Interval
0/1
1.6
2.5
0/4
0/6
0/10
0/16
0/25
0/40
Minor
Graduation
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
2
5
5
Range
0.01
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.5
Dial Graduations
kPa
(kilopascal)
Major
Interval
0/100
0/160
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1600
0/2500
0/4000
10
20
50
50
50
100
200
500
500
⁄4
1
TYPE 1122
⁄4
1
STANDARD RANGES
TYPE 1122
Dial Graduations
bar
NPT
Conn.
Minor
Graduation
1
2
5
5
10
10
20
50
50
(1) The 1122KE is stem mounted.
The 1122KF is surface mounted with a back flange.
Range
kg/cm2
kilograms per
sq. cm.
0/1
0/1.6
0/2.5
0/4
0/6
0/10
0/16
0/25
0/40
0/60
Dial Graduations
bar
Major
Interval
0/1
0/1.6
0/2.5
0/4
0/6
0/10
0/16
0/25
0/40
0/60
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.5
1
2
5
5
5
-1/0/1.5
-1/0/3
-1/0/5
.5
.5
.5
Range
kPa
(kilopascal)
0/100
0/160
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1600
0/2500
0/4000
0/6000
Major
Interval
0/15
0/30
0/45
0/60
0/100
0/200
0/250
0/300
0/600
1
2
5
5
10
10
20
50
50
100
50
50
5
50
1
2
3
4
5
10
10
10
20
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.25
0.5
1
1
2
2
Type 1122
.05
.05
.1
Dial Graduations
Minor
Dual-Scale
Graduation
psi
10
20
50
50
50
100
200
500
500
500
Minor
Graduation
Type 1150H
0.01
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.5
1
Compound
–1/0/1.5
–1/0/3
–1/0/5
Major
Interval
Range psi
Minor
Graduation
0/14
0/22
0/35
0/55
0/85
0/140
0/220
0/350
0/550
0/850
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/1000
5
10
15
20
40
50
100
100
150
250
1
2
5
10
10
10
25
25
50
50
Compound
–100/0/300
–100/0/500
30˝Hg/40
30˝Hg/70
TO ORDER THESE 1150H & 1122 GAUGES:
Select:
45
1. Dial size–21⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝
2. Type
3. Tube and socket material–see chart above
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02)
5. Connection location–Lower (L) only
6. Optional features
7. Standard pressure range 600 psi
Accessories–see pages 267-268
1150
H
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
600#
115
Low Pressure Bellows Gauge
Type 1187, 1188 & 1189
ASME B40.100 Grade A
(±2-1-2% of span)
Ashcroft® bellows gauges are used
for measuring low pressures from
10 in. H2O to 10 psi pressure as well
as vacuum and compound ranges.
Coupled with their sensitivity, these
gauges have a rugged design for
process and industrial applications.
• Available in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ dial sizes
• Bellows-actuated mechanism
• Three bellows materials
• Easily adjustable micrometer
pointer
• Phenolic (1188) or aluminum
(1187, 1189) cases
• All-stainless steel movements
PRESSURE RANGES(2,4)
CASE SELECTION
STANDARD
Single
Scale Dial
Compound
METRIC
Dual
Scale Dial
Pressure
(Vac/Press)
in.H2O
Inner
in.H2O
Outer
oz/in2
–5/5
–10/10
–30/10
–20/20
–40/20
–10/30
–30/30
–70/30
–20/40
–50/50
in.Hg/psi
0/10
0/15
0/20
0/30
0/40
0/60
0/80
0/100
0/150
0/6
0/9
0/12
0/18
0/24
0/35
0/45
0/57
0/90
psi
in.Hg
0/5
0/8
0/10
0/10
0/16
0/20
–5/3
–2/5
–5/5
–10/5
Dial Size
Case Type
Single
Scale Dial
Pressure
Dual
Scale Dial
Pressure
41⁄2˝
1187
Aluminum, black
epoxy coated
Hinged steel,
black crinkle enamel
Flush — back only
mmH2O
Outer Scale
in.H20
41⁄2˝
1188
Phenolic, black
0/250
0/400
0/600
0/1000
0/1600
0/2500
0/4000
0/6000
0/10
0/16
0/24
0/40
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/240
Threaded polypropylene
ring
Stem — lower or back
Surface — lower or back
Flush— back, order 1278M
mounting ring, specify X56
41⁄2˝, 6˝
1189
Aluminum,
black epoxy coated
Threaded polypropylene
ring
Stem — lower
Surface — lower
Vacuum
Vacuum
–250/0
–400/0
–600/0
–1000/0
–1600/0
Vacuum
–2500/0
mmHg –4000/0
in.H20
10/0
18/0
–6000/0
15/0
28/0
Compound
20/0
37/0
–125/125
30/0
56/0
–200/200
40/0
75/0
60/0
110/0 –300/300
80/0
150/0 –500/500
100/0
180/0 –800/800
150/0
270/0 –1250/1250
in.Hg
ftH20 –2000/2000
–3000/3000
10/0
11/0
15/0
17/0
20/0
23/0
Case Material
Ring Style
Mounting
BELLOWS SYSTEM/RANGE SELECTION(1)
Order Bellows
Code & Socket
Material
–10/0
–16/0
–24/0
–40/0
–60/0
–100/0
–160/0
–240/0
Compound
A
–5/5
–8/8
–12/12
–20/20
–30/30
–50/50
–80/80
–120/120
Brass
Pressure
Range
Vacuum
Range
10 in.H2O to 10 psi
10 in.H2O to
20 in.Hg
S
316 SS
10 in.H2O to 10 psi
10˝ H2O to
20 in.Hg
P
Monel
10 in.H2O to 10 psi
10˝ H2O to
20 in.Hg
Compound
Range
NPT
Conn.
⁄4, 1⁄2
41⁄2˝–1187
41⁄2˝–1188
41⁄2˝, 6˝–1189(3)
⁄4, 1⁄2
41⁄2˝–1187
41⁄2˝–1188
41⁄2˝, 6˝–1189(3)
⁄4, 1⁄2
41⁄2˝–1187
41⁄2˝–1188
41⁄2˝, 6˝–1189(3)
1
Minimum
5 in. H2O vac / 5 in. H2O
1
Maximum
10 in. H2O vac / 5 psi
Available
Case Size
and Type
1
(1) For selection of the correct bellows system material, see the
media application table on page 271 or the Corrosion Guide.
(2) Others ranges available: Consult factory.
(3) 6˝ case lower connect only.
(4) Dual scale standard. If single scale is required, specify “single scale only.”
TO ORDER THIS 1188, 1187 OR 1189 PRESSURE GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝ & 6˝
2. Case type–1188, 1187, 1189
3. Bellows and socket material
4. Connection size – 1⁄4˝ (02), 1⁄2˝ (04)
5. Connection location – Lower (L), Back (B)
6. Optional features – see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range –10 in.H2O
Accessories – see pages 261-266
45
1188
AS*
02L
*“S” Denotes solid-front case design.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
10 IW
116
Low Pressure Diaphragm Gauge
Series 1490, ASME B40.100
Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
• 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ dial size
• Glass-filled polysulfone case
material, won’t rust or dent
• Beryllium copper diaphragm
• Brass socket
• Wetted materials of beryllium
copper, brass, polysulfone and
RTV silicone
• IP 54
The Ashcroft® Type 1490 low pressure diaphragm gauge is designed to
measure pressure from 10 in.H2O to
15 psi, both positive and negative pressures. This gauge uses a very sensitive
diaphragm capsule to measure low
pressure and vacuum. The gauge is
specifically designed for use whenever
the pressure medium is a gas that
is not corrosive to beryllium copper,
brass, polysulfone and RTV silicone.
The polysufone case is suitable for
intermittent or continuous service on
natural gas provided a .013˝ throttle
plug is installed in the socket. Typical
applications are, but not limited to,
vacuum pumps, gas leak detectors, air
compressors, air filters, gas burners,
gas measurement, vacuum ovens,
suction regulators and respirators.
SELECTION TABLE
DIAL SIZE
Code Desc. Code
25
35
21/2˝ 1490
31/2˝
TYPE
Description
Code
Low Pressure
Diaphragm augeG
WETTED MATERIAL
Description
A
Beryllium Copper
Brass
Polysulfone
RTV licone
Si
Code
CONN. SIZE & TYPE
Description
CONNECTION LOCATION
Code
Description
Code
1/8 NPT
01
1/4 NPT
02
1
HD /8˝ I.D.Tubing Hose Barb(2,3)
3
HE /16˝ I.D.Tubing Hose Barb(2,3)
HF 1/4˝ I.D.Tubing Hose Barb(2,3)
HG 1/4˝ O.D. Polytube Hose Barb(2,3)
HH 10-32-2B Female Thread(2,3,4)
L
B
T
D
E
Lower
Center Back
Top
3 O’Clock
9 O’Clock
10 IW
RANGES
Description
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Code
Description
0 to 10 in.H2O
XAN
1% Opt. Accuracy
XDA
Dial Marking
XNH
Stain. Steel Tag
XNN
Paper Tag
XTU(1,3) Throttle Plug
XTS(4)
Throttle Screw
XUC(2)
U-clamp
XZY
FlutterGuard™
See Chart for
Entire List of
Ranges
(1) A throttle plug must be installed in the socket whenever the gauge is used for intermittent or continuous service on natural gas.
(2) U-clamp furnished when hose barb or female thread is specified.
EXAMPLES: 25 1490A 02L 10 IW XNH
(3) Throttle plug not available with hose barb or female thread connections.
(4) .020 throttle screw available with HH connection only.
STANDARD RANGES
STANDARD RANGES (Cont.)
Pressure
0/10 in.H2O
Figure Intervals
1
Minor Graduation
0.1
0/15 in.H2O
5
0.2
0/30 in.H2O
5
0.5
0/60 in.H2O
10
1
0/100 in.H2O
10
1
0/160 in.H2O
20
2
0/200 in.H2O
20
2
0/300 in.H2O
0/10 oz./in.2
0/15 oz./in.2
0/30 oz./in.2
0/60 oz./in.2
0/100 oz./in.2
0/160 oz./in.2
0/250 oz./in.2
0/3 psi
0/5 psi
0/10 psi
0/15 psi
50
1
5
5
10
10
20
50
0.5
1
1
5
5
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
1
2
5
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.2
Vacuum
Figure Intervals
15/0 in.H2O
30/0 in.H2O
60/0 in.H2O
100/0 in.H2O
200/0 in.H2O
15/0 oz./in.2
30/0 oz./in.2
60/0 oz./in.2
100/0 oz./in.2
Compound
–30/30 in.H2O
–30/30 in.oz./in.2
–10/10 in.H2O
Dual Scale
STANDARD METRIC RANGES
Minor Graduation
5
5
10
10
20
5
5
10
10
0.2
0.5
1
1
2
0.2
0.5
1
1
10
10
2
1
1
0.2
Range
Inner Scale
Outer Scale
0/9 oz./in.2
0/20 oz./in.2
0/35 oz./in.2
0/60 oz./in.2
0/15 in.H2O
0/35 in.H2O
0/60 in.H2O
0/100 in.H2O
Graduations
Inner Scale
Outer Scale
Figure Minor Figure Minor
Intervals Grad. Intervals Grad.
1
0.2
5
0.2
5
0.5
5
0.5
5
0.5
10
1
10
1
10
1
Pressure
0/60 cm. H2O
0/2.5 kPa
0/4 kPa
0/10 kPa
0/16 kPa
0/25 kPa
0/40 kPa
0/100 kPa
Vacuum
2.5/0 kPa
4/0 kPa
10/0 kPa
16/0 kPa
25/0 kPa
40/0 kPa
100/0 kPa
Compound
–10/60 cm H2O
–10/80 cm H2O
–20/40 cm H2O
–10/100 cm H2O
–10/120 cm H2O
Figure Intervals
10
0.5
1
1
2
5
10
10
Minor Graduation
1
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
1
0.5
1
1
2
5
10
10
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
1
10
10
10
10
20
1
1
1
1
2
Other ranges available on request. Consult factory.
TO ORDER THESE LOW PRESSURE DIAPHRAGM GAUGES:
Select:
25
1. Dial size – 21⁄2 (25), 31⁄2 (35)
2. Case type
3. Wetted material
4. Connection size – 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄8 (01)
5. Connection location – Lower (L), Back (B)
6. Optional features – see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range – 10 in.H2O
1490
A
02L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XXX
10 IW
117
Diaphragm Receiver Gauges
Type 1495, ASME B40.100
Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
• Sensitive diaphragm element results
in smooth pointer motion
• One-piece polycarbonate window is
easy to remove
• Re-zero screw allows easy pointer
adjustment
• Slotted U-clamp for panel mounting
makes installation easy
The Ashcroft® Type 1495 receiver
gauge uses a diaphragm capsule as its
sensing element rather than a Bourdon
tube. The sensitivity of the diaphragm promotes smooth pointer motion that makes
minor pressure changes easy to read.
The Type 1495 receiver gauge is
the ideal product where the standard
ASME B40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of
span) accuracy or the optional ASME
B40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
accuracy and smaller dial sizes are
specified. The long pointer, smooth-operating sensing element, easily removable window and re-zero adjustment
screw make specification and installation of this receiver gauge quick and
easy. The polysulfone case is suitable
for intermittent or continuous service on
natural gas provided a .013˝ throttle plug
is installed in the socket.
RANGES
SPECIFICATIONS
Dial Size
Code
25
35
Gauge Type
Desc. Code
21/2˝
31/2˝
1495
Wetted Material
Connection Size & Type
Connection Location
Description
Code
Description
Code
Description
Code
Description
Diaphragm
Receiver Gauge
A
Beryllium Copper
Brass
Polysulfone
RTV Silicone
01
02
HD
HE
HF
HG
HH
/8 NPT
/4 NPT
1
/8˝ I.D. Tubing Hose Barb(2,3)
3
/16˝ I.D. Tubing Hose Barb(2,3)
1
/4˝ I.D. Tubing Hose Barb(2,3)
1
/4˝ O.D. Polytube Hose Barb(2,3)
10-32-2B Female Thread(2,3,4)
L
B
T
D
E
Lower
Center Back
Top
3 O'Clock
9 O'Clock
1
1
Pressure
0-100%
0-10 sq rt
0-10 sq rt/0-100 Linear (5)
Figure
Intervals
Minor
Graduations
10
1
1
0.1
(5) This dial is standard and will be supplied unless otherwise
ordered. Figure/minor intervals same as single case.
(1) A throttle plug must be installed in the socket whenever the gauge is used for intermittent or continuous service on natural gas.
(2) U-clamp furnished when hose barb or female thread is specified.
(3) Throttle plug not available with hose barb or female thread connections.
(4) .020 throttle screw available on HH connection only.
SPECIFICATIONS
Dial Size:
21/2˝ and 31/2˝
Case
Material:
Glass-filled polysulfone
Sensing
Element:
Beryllium copper diaphragm
Wetted
Materials:
Beryllium copper, brass,
polysulfone and RTV
silicone
OPTIONS
Code
Description
XAN
XDA
XNH
XNN
XTU(1,3)
XTS(4)
XUC(2)
XZY
1% optional accuracy
Dial marking
Stainless steel tag
Paper tag
Throttle plug
Throttle screw
U-clamp
FlutterGuard™
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1495 RECEIVER GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size – 31⁄2˝
2. Case type – 1495 and wetted material
3. Connection size – 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄8 (01)
4. Connection location – Lower (L), Back (B)
5. Variation for U-clamp
6. Basic model code for 3-15# signal
7. Actual dial range required; i.e, 0-100%, 0-10 sq rt, etc.
3535
1495A5
0235
B535
XUC5
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
3-15 psi35
Range5
118
General Purpose Digital Gauge
Type DG25, ±1/2% of Span
Terminal Point Accuracy
• 0.5% terminal point accuracy
(0.25% optional)
• Five-digit LCD display with large
.48˝ character size
• Bar graph display (20 segment)
• Nine engineering units of measure
plus one user programmable unit
• Capable of measuring gauge,
vacuum and compound ranges
from –14.7 psi through 25,000 psi
• IP67 weatherproof enclosure
• CE compliant, RoHs compliant, UL
and cUL 61010-1
• The versatile and economical choice
for a wide variety of applications
The Ashcroft® DG25 series offers
0.5% of span accuracy. Laser-welded
stainless steel sensor and socket
make this product suitable for use
with a wide variety of pressure media
in demanding industrial applications.
This series is also available with
enhanced accuracy of 0.25% of span
making it suitable for many test and
measurement uses.
IP67 ingress protection rating
means the DG25 is suitable for
demanding applications such as
equipment wash down.
The DG25 comes standard with
many features such as: tare, min and
max memory, programmable custom
engineering units, and pressure
ranges from vacuum to 25,000 psi.
Wetted Matl.:
Hard Keys:
*Shown with Optional
Protective Boot &
Back Light
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
0.5% F.S. standard, 0.25% optional
includes effects of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability
LCD Display:
Five-digit numeric top line, fivecharacter alphanumeric lower line,
20 segment vertical bar graph,
four-segment battery life indicator,
dedicated icons for gauge timer,
back light timer, tare, min and max
Character Height: Upper line 0.48˝ (12.19mm,)
Lower line 0.24˝ (6.10mm)
View Angle:
12 o’clock
Backlight:
Optional
Engineering Units: psi, bar, inHg, cmHg, mmHg, kPa,
mPa, kg/cm2, ftH2O, and customer
defined unit
Ranges:
45 standard psi and bar ranges from
–14.7 to 25000 psi, gauge, vacuum
and compound ranges available.
Enclosure Matl.: Case & Back: Polycarbonate/ABS
Window: Polycarbonate
Enclosure Rating: IP67
Protective Boot: Optional (Black or Orange)
Serial No.:
Yes
Nominal Size:
2.73˝ (70mm) dia.; 1.61˝ (40.9mm)
deep; 2.64˝ (67mm) centerline to
end of 1⁄4 NPT thread height
17-4 ph sensor & 316L socket, laser
welded
Connection:
1⁄4 NPT lower standard,
Options 1⁄8 NPT, G ¼ B, others
consult factory; 6 o’clock (lower)
position standard
Battery:
Two AA alkaline batteries
Battery Life:
2000 hours minimum
Battery Indicator: 4 levels
Cycle Life:
10 million cycles
Vibration:
MIL-STD-202G, Method 201A
Shock:
MIL-STD-202G, Method 213B,
Test Condition K
Operating Temp: –4°F to 140°F, (–20°C to 60°C)
ambient temp.; –4°F to 176°F,
(–20°C to 80°C) process media
temp
Storage Temp:
Batteries Installed:
–4°F to 140°F, (–20°C to 60°C)
Batteries Removed:
–4°F to 176°F, (–20°C to 80°C)
Temp. Coef.:
0.04%/°F (–20°F to 180°F) zero and
span. Reference Temp. 70°F
Leak Integrity:
10-7 std. cc/sec.
Update Rate:
1Hz, 2Hz, 4Hz,
Keypad Functions: Three key; available with multi press
functionality
on/off; Power Symbol and Enter
zero; Zero, Tare, and Up Arrow
menu Access, Backlight, Down Arrow
Agency
Approvals:
CE (heavy industrial), ASME B40.7,
RoHs, UL 61010/ cUL
Proof Pressure: Vac – 2000: 200%
% of Span
3000 – 5000: 150%
7500 – 25,000: 120%
Burst Pressure: Vac – 2000: 800%
% of Span
3000 – 5000: 500%
7500 – 25,000: 300%
Options:
XB3 Pouch with Logo
X6B Cleaned with Oxygen Service
XC4 Individual Calibration Chart
XNH Wired SS Tag
TO ORDER THIS TYPE DG25 GAUGE:
Select:
25
DG25
1. Dial Size: 21⁄2˝
2. Case Type Number: DG25
3. Accuracy: (3) 0.25%, (5) 0.50%
4. Type: (1) Battery
5. Backlight: (L), (N) Not Applicable
4. Protective Boot: (0) None, (1) Black, (2) Orange
5. Electrical Connection: (N/A)
6. Connection Size: (M01), (M02), (MG2), (MGA), (F09),
7. Connection Location: (L)
8. Range: 15 psi-25,000 psi
9. Options: (XB3), (X6B), (XC4), (XNH)
5
1
L
1 N/AM02
L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
3000#
–
XB3
119
SANITARY
PRESSURE
GAUGES
Type 2030 Digital Sanitary Gauge .............121
Type 1032, 21/2˝, 31/2˝ and 41/2˝ Gauge ........122
Type 1036 31/2˝ Gauge
w/Type 1037 Sanitary Fitting ..................123
Type 1032, 2˝ Fractional Gauge ..................124
Options for Process, Stainless Steel,
Test and Industrial Pressure Gauges.......125
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
120
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
121
Type 2030 Series
Digital Sanitary Gauge 3˝
AT LAST, A MULTI-FUNCTIONAL
SANITARY GAUGE FROM THE
EXPERTS IN PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT
The Ashcroft® sanitary digital
gauge saves money, time and
space. Now, one digital pressure
gauge can replace three instruments . . . a mechanical pressure
gauge, a transducer and a switch!
Save space, installation costs and
the cost of additional instruments
and pipe cut-outs.
SPECIFICATION
Type:
Conventional Tri-clamp: 2032 (battery), 2132(1)
loop (4-20mA, 12-36 Vdc) 2232(1) line (12-36 Vdc)
In-line Tri-clamp: 2036 (battery), 2136 (12-36 Vdc),
2232 line (12-36 Vdc)
Accuracy: Terminal point
Full Scale: .25% F.S. accuracy
Case Size: 3˝
Case Material/Finish: (3˝) 300 series SS,
Electropolished
Case Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, IP65, NEMA 4
Wetted Parts: 316 SS
Fill Fluid: Glycerine standard, Food Grade
Silicone (XCZ), Food Grade Mineral Oil (XMY)
Tri-Clamp Connection: Direct, in-line 11⁄2 ˝, 2 ˝,
Ashcroft remote in-line (XRE),
Seal Surface Finish: 12-20Ra
Connection Location: Lower
Ranges: 15 psi thru 1,000 psi including metric,
compound & vac
Process Temp. Limits(2): 14°F / 275°F (–10°C /
135°C) to withstand clean in place (CIP) & steam in
place (SIP)
Ambient Temp. Limits(3): 14°F / 140°F (–10°C / 60°C)
Temperature Error: ±.22% per 10°F, (12°F) (Span and
Zero shift can be eliminated by rezeroing the gauge at
operating temperatures. Temperatures must be within
process temperature limits)
Storage Temperature: –4°F / 158°F (–20°C / 70°C)
Overrange Pressure: 2x range of gauge
DISPLAY
Type: LCD
Display Digits: 5 digits
Character Height: .60˝
Backlite: Off by default (optional)
Bar Graph: Yes
Features
• 4/20mA Output (optional)
• (1) or (2) SPDT Switches (optional)
• .25% F.S. Terminal Point Accuracy
• IP 65 Weatherproof Case Suitable For
Wash Downs
• Large Display
• Easy-to-Use Password Protected Menu
With:
- 5 Backlite Display Options
- 12 Engineering Units
- Menu Configure Feature
- Update Rate
- Dampen Rate
- Auto-Off
• Material Traceability Certification to
EN 10204: 2004 3.1†
30
REMOTE
MOUNT
†Excludes 2036 Series
Battery Life: 500 Hrs., Battery Life Indicator – standard
Agency Approvals: CE (excludes XRE variation)
Material Traceability Certification to EN 10204: 2004
3.1 standard ASME B40.7
KEYBOARD FUNCTIONS
On/Off: Manually turns unit on & off (auto off
options in menu)
Zero/Clear: Zeros display or clears min/max values
when displayed
Min/Max Arrow Key: Stores min & max values,
arrow key allows for scrolling thru menu items
Menu: Allows for changes to default settings (see below)
Backlite (optional) Arrow Key: Manually turns
backlite on & off (auto off options in menu), arrow
key allows for scrolling thru menu items
Enter: Selects items in the menu
MENU MODE
Engineering Units (Units): 10 units of measurement
are available; psi, inH2O with 3 temp. options: 20°C,
60°F, 4°C*, mmHg, ftH2O, mPa, kPa, kg/cm2 & bar
Configuration Mode (Config): Allows for changes to
default settings of gauge
Bar Graph (Graph): Allows for adjustment of bargraph & 4-20mA output
Auto Off (Off): Allows for changes to auto off of gauge:
5 options:, 30 min., 10 min., 5 min., 2 min., never
Update Rate (Update): 4 options: 100mili-sec,
1 sec, 500mili-sec, 200mili-sec,
Dampening (Damp): 6 options: none, average 8, 6,
4, 2 times per 100ms
Backlite Lit (optional): 5 options: NEVER, 10 sec,
HOW TO ORDER
Dial Size: 3˝
Case Type Number:
2032 Battery
2132 4-20mA loop powered
2232 12-36 Vdc
2036 In-line battery
2136 In-line 4-20mA loop powered
2236 In-line 12-36Vdc
Wetted Parts: 316L SS
Process Connection: 1.5,˝ 2.0˝ Tri-Clamp
Variations: RE remote mount in-line design
Range: 160 psi
DIRECT
MOUNT
2032
SD
15L
RE
30, sec, 1 min, 5 min.
Zero Disable: Zero “lockout” feature
Field Recalibration: Zero, span & midscale
(password protected)
Calibration: Allows for recalibration of zero & span
(includes factory default calibration)
OPTIONS
4-20mA Output
Line Powered: 12-36 Vdc
Switching: (XU1 code) (1) or (XU@ code) (2) SPDT
switches, (requires line power), (max. contact
30Vdc, 1 amp, 125Vac, .5 Amp) switches adjustable
to 100% of range
Remote Mount Seal: (RE code) standard with 10´
shielded cable
NOTES
(1) 3´ shielded cable standard.
(2) Rezero gauge often after exposure to elevated
temperatures and use.
(3) The 2030 Series Digital Gauge is not suitable for
an autoclave.
RANGES
psi
15
30
60
100
160
200
300
600
800
1000
160#
in. Hg
(Vacuum)
30*
Comp.
mmHg
in. Hg
(psi) (pressure) (pressure) in. H2O
–15/0/15*
800
30
400
–15/0/30*
1000
60
800
–15/0/60*
2000
100
1000
–15/0/100*
3000
160
5000
200
10,000
300
400
600
800
mBar
ft. H2O
mPa
kPa
1000
1500
2000
2500
4000
5000
8000
10,000
15,000
20,000
60
160
200
300
400
600
1000
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
100
160
250
400
600
1000
1600
2500
4000
6000
Bar/
KSC
1
1.6
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
40
60
*Note all compound and vacuum ranges require mineral oil fill
(XMY option)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
122
Sanitary Gauges
Type 1032, Accuracy
(±1.5%-2.0% of span)
DESIGNED FOR SAFETY AND
LONGER LIFE
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
isolates movement from shock and
vibration for longer life
• All stainless, all-welded construction for long life
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
- Reduces wear caused by vibration and pulsations without
liquid-fill headaches
• Autoclavable to 300°F (149°C)(1)
• True Zero™ pointer indication –
no stop pin to mask false zero
reading – ensures safety and
process control
OTHER FEATURES:
Available in 21/2,̋ 31/2˝ and 41/2˝
dial sizes, 1032 sanitary pressure
gauges can be autoclaved/sterilized
and cleaned or steamed in place
(CIP, SIP). These gauges have been
designed specifically to meet the
needs of the sanitary marketplace.
They are available dry, liquid-filled
or hermetically sealed to allow for
washdowns and also available with
the PLUS!™ performance option. Actual
material certificates and certificates of
conformance supplied as standard to
EN 10204: 2004 3.1.
(1) Available in 31/2˝ 1032 only with option XPS
polysulfone window..
STANDARD RANGES(4)
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Dial Sizes: 21/2˝ , 31/2˝ and 41/2˝ (2)
Optional System Fillings: Consult factory
Pressure
psi
Process Connection: 1 /2˝ and 2˝ Tri-Clamp lower
and back(3)
Case Fillings: The standard sanitary gauge is dry
Optional fills include:
• Glycerin USP Grade 99.5% pure)
• Food grade silicone
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/1000(5)
1
Diaphragm Material and Surface Finish:
Electropolished 316L stainless steel 12-20RA
(Micro-inch)
Case and Ring: 300 series polished stainless
steel
Accuracy: ±1.5% of span for pressure ranges
100 psi thru 1000 psi. ±2.0% of span for vacuum,
compound and pressure ranges below 100 psi
Pointer: Adjustable (external zero adjust on
31/2˝ dial size)
Windows: 21/2˝, 31/2˝–Polycarbonate standard
41/2˝–Glass standard
Dial: White with black markings including 3A
insignia
Agency Compliance: 3A compliance to standard
74-05 titled – “3A Sanitary Standard for Liquid
Pressure and Level sensing Devices”
System Filling: Pharmacuetical/Kosher USP
grade glycerin (99.5% pure)
Optional: Food grade silicone
Optional Windows: Safety glass (all sizes) and
polysulfone (31/2˝ only).
Clean or Steam in Place: (CIP or SIP) Process
temperature limit 280°F (138°C).
Autoclave or Sterilize: Ambient temperature limit
of 300°F (149°C) when supplied with polysulfone
window (31/2˝ dry gauge only).
Notes:
(2) 41/2˝ available with lower-connect
2˝ Tri-Clamp only.
(3) For other connections, consult the factory.
• Dual scales, metric ranges and false reading
dials are available on request.
• Special dials with colors, logos, etc., available
upon request.
• Tri-Clamps not included.
• Tri-Clamp is a registered trademark of
Alfa Laval Inc.
35
1032S
L
15L
30 in.Hg/0 psi
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
(4) Nonstandard ranges available standard including
units in bar, kg/cm2 and kPa.
(5) Consult Alpha Laval-Triclover for appropriate clamps
for 1000 psi range.
TO ORDER THIS 1032 SANITARY GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial size–21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ & 41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1032
3. Liquid-filled case, if required
otherwise eliminate
4. Process connection Tri-Clamp size–11⁄2˝ (15), 2˝ (20)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Back (B)
6. Standard pressure range
Compound
Vacuum/psi
100#
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
123
In-Line Sanitary Gauges
Type 1036 with Type 1037
Sanitary Instrument Fitting
TYPE 1036 SANITARY GAUGE
• All-welded stainless steel Bourdon
tube
• Field liquid-fillable gauge case
• True Zero™ pointer indication
• PowerFlex™ movement for extended
life
• Easy Zero™ external pointer
adjustment standard
• Retrofits Anderson Instrument CPM
design
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
gauge
- Reduces wear caused by vibration and pulsations without
liquid-fill headaches
- Order as option XLL
TYPE 1037 INSTRUMENT FITTING
• Tubing O.D. size from 1/2˝ thru 2˝
• 316L SS
• Electropolished 12-20RA (Microinch) internal surface finish
• Heat number stamped on each
fitting
Ashcroft® Type 1036 in-line sanitary pressure gauge and Type 1037
sanitary instrument fitting virtually
eliminate process deadleg. The design
of the Type 1036 sanitary gauge and
instrument fitting allows for the diaphragm of the gauge to be positioned
at the gauge instrument fitting, eliminating the pocket or deadleg that may
cause contamination.
The Type 1036 sanitary gauge and
Type 1037 instrument fitting utilize a
11/2˝ Tri-Clover-type mating connection. This feature offers flexibility to use
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS FOR 1036 SANITARY GAUGE
Dial Size: 31/2˝
Accuracy: ±1.5% of span for pressure ranges 100
psi thru 1000 psi. ±2.0% of span for vacuum,
compound and pressure ranges below 100 psi
Case and Ring: 300 series stainless steel
Ring Type: Bayonet
Bourdon Tube and Socket: 316L stainless steel
Diaphragm Material and Surface Finish:
316L SS Electropolished 12-20RA (Micro-inch)
Diaphragm O-Ring: Buna-N(1)
Connection: Lower
System Filling: Pharmacuetical/Kosher USP
grade glycerin (99.5% pure)
Optional: Food grade silicone
Windows: Polycarbonate
Pointer: Black-painted aluminum with (external
zero adjustment)
Dial: White with black markings including
3A insignia
Movement: 300 series stainless steel
Agency Approvals: 3A compliance to sanitary
standard 74-05
Ranges: 15# thru 1000#, including compound
and vacuum
1036
Gauge
1037
Fitting
the Ashcroft Type 1036 with the Type
1037 instrument fitting on sanitary
instrument fitting for tube sizes from
1
/2˝ thru 2˝.
STANDARD RANGES(2)
Pressure
psi
Clean or Steam in Place: (CIP or SIP) Process
temperature limit 280°F (138°C).
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/1000(3)
Autoclave or Sterilize: Ambient temperature limit
of 300°F (149°C) when supplied with polysulfone
window (31/2˝ dry gauge only).
We recommend a polysulfone window for autoclave/sterilization. Specify the XPS variation.
Available 31/2˝ 1032 only
ASHCROFT® TYPE 1037 INSTRUMENT FITTING
Feature
Code
316L SS construction
Standard
Wetted parts electropolished to
12-20RA (Micro-inch)
Standard
Heat number stamped on fitting
Standard
Sizes:
1
/2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
50
3
/4˝ Tri-Clamp connection
75
1˝ Tri-Clamp connection
10
11/2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
15
2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
20
Compound
Vacuum/psi
30 in.Hg/0 psi
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
(2) Nonstandard ranges available standard including
units in bar, kg/cm2 and kPa.
(3) For high pressure Tri-Clamps® consult Alfa Laval Inc.
To Ensure Cleanliness
(1) Prior to reinstalling the Type 1036 into the
Type 1037 instrument fitting, we recommend
replacing the O-ring (P/N 185A106-75)
TO ORDER THIS 1036 SANITARY GAUGE:
TO ORDER 1037 FITTING:
Select:
35
1036
SD
1. Dial size–31⁄2˝
2. Family–1036
3. System material/fill–dry
4. Liquid filled core if required. Drop D and add L (glycerin)
5. Connection size/location–1.5˝ seal/lower
6. X variations
7. Range
L
15L
XXX
75 – 1037
100#
50 – /2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
75 – 3/4˝ Tri-Clamp connection
10 – 1˝ Tri-Clamp connection
15 – 11/2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
20 – 2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
1
}
124
Fractional Sanitary Pressure
Gauge, Type 1032
Accuracy (±2.0% of span)
• For use with 3⁄4˝ Tri-Clamp
connections ONLY
• 2˝ gauge size suitable for limitedspace applications
• 316L stainless steel process
wetted parts
• Self-draining case designed for
washdowns
• Small diaphragm to minimize
process deadleg
• Autoclavable
• Can be steamed or cleanedin-place (SIP or CIP)
The Ashcroft® Type 1032 fractional
sanitary gauge is designed for applications in the food, pharmaceutical,
and biotechnical industries where
small size and sanitary conditions
are a priority.
This compact 2˝ gauge features
all-stainless steel construction,
temperature-vented case, built-in
pressure damping and a self-draining
case to facilitate washdowns. The
Type 1032 can also be cleaned or
steamed in place. Available in a wide
variety of pressure ranges from 30
psi, including compound.
Actual material certificates supplied
as standard to EN 10204: 2004 3.1.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Size:
2˝ (50mm)
Process
Connection: 3/4˝ Tri-Clamp, lower connection only
Diaphragm
& Housing: 316 stainless steel electropolished
12-20Ra (micro-inch)
Accuracy:
Upscale accuracy ±2% of span to
±3% of span depending on range.
Downscale accuracy up to 5%
Pointer:
Nonadjustable
Window:
Glass standard
Dial:
White with black markings
Accuracy:
2˝ (50mm)
System
Filling:
Pharmaceutical/food quality USP
grade Kosher glycerin (99.5% pure)
STANDARD RANGES(1)
Pressure
psi
Notes:
• Dual-scale, metric ranges and special dials
with logos are available on request
• The Ashcroft sanitary gauge can be
recalibrated at the factory
• Tri-Clamp is a registered trademark of
Alpha Laval, Inc.
• Gasket material and clamp torque tightness
may effect gauge accuracy. The Ashcroft Type
1032 fractional sanitary pressure gauge is
calibrated at the factory using a Buna gasket.
The Tri-Clamp type of clamp is tightened to 25
inch pounds during calibration as recommended by the clamp manufacturer. Specify
gasket material if other than Buna when ordering the Ashcroft 1032 fractional pressure
gauge.
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
0/600
TO ORDER THIS 1032 SANITARY GAUGE:
Select:
20
1032
S
75L
100#
1. Dial size–2˝
2. Case type–1032
3. Diaphragm–316L stainless steel
4. Process connection Tri-Clamp size–3⁄4˝ (75)
5. Connection location–Lower (L)
6. Pressure range
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Compound
Vacuum/psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/45 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
125
Options for Process, Stainless
Steel, Test and Industrial
Pressure Gauges
XLL
XBF
XFW
XFF
XUC
XLJ
XOS
XVS
XTS
XTU
XS4
XRJ
XAP
XMP
XSH
XEO
XEP
XEQ
XPD
XSG
XRG
XDA
XNN
XNH
XAB
XAJ
XAN
XBD
X6B
XTB
XED
XEE
XEF
XEG
XGV
XGX
XCH
XC4
PLUS! Performance
WaII mounting bracket
Back flange
Front flange
U-clamp
Dry liquid-fillable gauge
Overload stop
Underload stop
Throttle screw
Throttle plug
Slotted link movement (decrease)
Slotted link (increase)
Adjustable pointer
Micrometer pointer
Red set hand stationary
Red set hand adjustable
Maximum pointer
Minimum pointer
Plastic window
Safety glass
Regular glass
Dial marking
Paper tag
Stainless steel tag
Absolute pressure
1
⁄2% optional accuracy
1% optional accuracy
Black dial
Oxygen-cleaned gauges (gaseous)
Tip bleed
High and low electric contacts
Double high-electric contacts
Double low-electric contacts
Electric contacts off at low or
high and in-between
Silicone-filled gauge
Halocarbon-filled gauge
Carrying handle
Calibration Chart







STD






STD




STD










STD


STD



STD



(1)



STD(2)
STD


















STD





STD
















STD
STD




STD




(3)
(3)





1490/1495 SERIES

STD
STD






STD





1010, 1017, 1220
TEST GAUGES
1008S
1009 (41/2˝, 6˝)
1009 (21/2˝, 31/2˝)
PRESSURE GAUGE TYPE
1259
DESCRIPTION
DURAGAUGE GAUGES
CODE













STD






STD



















NOTES:
The options listed above are only a partial listing. For other options on these or other pressure instruments please call the factory for availability.
(1) Available on 63mm and 100mm.
(2) Available on 40mm and 50mm. Standard window material is glass for 40/50mm 1008S.
(3) Standard 63 & 100mm.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
126
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
127
COMMERCIAL
GAUGES
(Generally ASME B 40.1 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span),
accuracy , review section for exceptions)
Type 1005 ....................................................129
Type 1005P ..................................................130
Type 1005S..................................................131
Type 1001T Panel Gauges ...........................132
Type 1005P, XUL Sprinkler Gauges..............133
Type 1005M, XRG Agricultural
Ammonia Gauges ....................................134
Type 1008A/AL General Service Gauges .....135
Type 1000 and Type 2071A
Contractor Gauges ...................................136
Type 1007P, XOR; Type 1001T, XOR
Refrigeration Gauges................................137
Type 23DDG MiniGauge® Pressure Gauge ..138
Type 12DDG, 15DDG Direct Drive Gauges ...139
128
129
Commercial Pressure Gauge
Type 1005, ASME B 40.100
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
• Case material is black-painted
steel
• These gauges have a heat-resistant
push-in polycarbonate window
• Dial faces match other Ashcroft®
commercial gauges for easy
readability
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
with polyester segment
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
safety feature
Ashcroft® Type 1005 gauges are
available in 11⁄2˝ through 31⁄2˝ dial
sizes. The full-view polycarbonate
push-in window allows for better dial
visibility. These gauges are commonly
used on compressors, filter regulators, water pumps, beverage-dispensing equipment, paint sprayers and a
variety of other applications.
Ashcroft Type 1005 gauges have
the patented PowerFlex movement
with polyester segment for increased
resistance to rough usage, for a more
durable, longer-lasting gauge.
True Zero indication reduces the
potential risk of installing a damaged
gauge on your equipment.
FlutterGuard™ can be added
to Type 1005 gauges to eliminate
pointer flutter and extend gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
Type no.:
1005
Accuracy:
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
Size:
11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝
Case:
Black-painted steel
Ring:
None
Window:
Polycarbonate push-in
Dial:
Black figures on white
background
Pointer:
Black, aluminum
GAUGE OPTIONS
Connection:
⁄8 NPT lower, 1⁄8 NPT back
⁄4 NPT lower, 1⁄4 NPT back
(11⁄2˝ available in 1⁄8 NPT only)
Ranges:
1 ⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi
2˝-31⁄2˝ vac-6000 psi and
compound
1
1
1
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Case:
Pointer:
Socket:
Others:
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze
(2˝-31⁄2˝ vac-600 psi
and compound,
11⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi)
Helical bronze
(2˝-31⁄2˝ 1000-6000 psi)
Movement:
Patented PowerFlex with
polyester segment
Socket:
Brass
Restrictor:
0.013˝ orifice throttle plug in
gauges 1000 psi and above
Note:
41⁄2˝ gauges are available as
Type 1000 with black frictionfit ring and plastic window.
Refer to Bulletin CG-10
Factory variation code in ( )
Case color other than black
Vent hole (VH)
Adjustable (AP)
Nickel plated brass (NP)
Nonstandard length or thread
Throttle plugs, 0.007˝, 0.013˝,
0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
Teflon taped threads (TC)
Bulk packaging (ZO)
Customized dials
Nonstandard ranges and special
calibration on application
UL 404 and UL 252A listing for
compressed gas service for 2˝
gauges
FlutterGuard (SF)
Top or side connection:
(02D= right side)
(02E= left side)
(02T= top connection)
Receiver ranges:
3/15 psi, 0/10 square root,
0/100% (PR)
Clean for oxygen service
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005 GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 2˝
2. Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
3. Case Type Number: 1005
4. Socket Material: Brass
5. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT lower
6. Option: Adjustable Pointer
7. Range: 100 psi
20
W
1005
H
01L
X(AP)
100#
130
Commercial Pressure Gauge
Type 1005P, ASME B 40.100
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
• Case material is ABS
• Heat-resistant polycarbonate
window
• Excellent for applications where
corrosion or impact resistance is a
necessity
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
with polyester segment
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
safety feature
The Ashcroft® Type 1005P case is
made of ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene
Styrene), which is ideal for rugged
applications and harsh environmental
conditions. The 1005P gauge has a
full-view polycarbonate window for
better dial visibility. For applications
requiring a high degree of corrosion
resistance (where a more expensive
stainless steel case is specified), the
Type 1005P gauge is ideal. The new
panel mount conversion kits allows
the user to convert any back connect
gauge into a panel mount gauge.
The PowerFlex movement in these
gauges offers superior shock, vibration
and pulsation resistance.
True Zero indication reduces the
potential risk of installing a damaged
gauge on your equipment.
FlutterGuard™ can be added to
Type 1005P gauges to eliminate
pointer flutter and extend gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
1005P
Accuracy:
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
Size:
11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝
Case:
ABS
Ring:
None
Window:
Polycarbonate snap-in
Dial:
Black figures on white
background
Pointer:
Black, aluminum
Movement:
Patented PowerFlex
with polyester segment
Socket:
Brass
Restrictor:
0.013˝ orifice throttle plug in
gauges 1000 psi and above
Connection:
Ranges:
⁄8 NPT lower, ⁄8 NPT back
⁄4 NPT lower, 1⁄4 NPT back
(11⁄2˝ available in 1⁄8 NPT only)
1
1
1
11⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi
2˝-31⁄2˝ vac-6000 psi and
compound
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
NT CONVER
OU
KIT
ON
SI
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze
(2˝-31⁄2˝ vac-600 psi
and compound,
11⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi)
Helical bronze
(2˝-31⁄2˝ 1000-6000 psi)
GAUGE OPTIONS
PANEL
M
Type no.:
NEW!
Case:
Pointer:
Socket:
Others:
Factory variation code in ( )
Panel mount conversion kit (XUC)
Case color other than black
Vent hole (VH)
Adjustable (AP)
Nonstandard length or thread
Throttle plugs, 0.007˝, 0.013˝,
0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
Nickel plated brass (NP)
Teflon taped threads (TC)
Bulk packaging (ZO)
Customized dials
FlutterGuard (SF)
Clean for oxygen service
Nonstandard ranges and special calibration on application
Top or side connection:
Panel mount conversion kit
Receiver ranges:
3/15 psi, 0/10 square root,
0/100% (PR)
UL 404 and UL 252A listing
for compressed gas service
for 2˝ gauges
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005P GAUGE:
Select:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Dial Size: 2˝
Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
Case Type Number: 1005
Case Material: ABS
Socket: Brass
Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT back
Option: Adjustable Pointer
Range: 100 psi
20
W
1005
P
H
01B
X(AP)
100#
131
Commercial Pressure Gauge
Type 1005S, ASME B 40.100
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
• Case material is stainless steel
• These gauges have a heatresistant push-in polycarbonate
window
• Dial faces match other Ashcroft
commercial gauges for easy
readability
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
with polyester segment
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
safety feature
Ashcroft® Type 1005S gauges are
available in 11⁄2˝ and 2˝ dial sizes. The
full-view polycarbonate push-in window
allows for better dial visibility. For added
resistance to harsh environmental conditions, the 1005S dial material is aluminum. Ashcroft Type 1005S gauges
use the patented PowerFlex movement with polyester segment, which
increases the ability to resist rough
usage, thereby helping to lengthen the
life of the gauge.
True Zero indication reduces the
potential risk of installing a damaged
gauge on your equipment.
FlutterGuard™ is available to
eliminate pointer flutter and extend
gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
Type no.:
1005S
Accuracy:
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
Size:
11⁄2˝, 2˝
Case:
Stainless steel
Ring:
None
Window:
Polycarbonate push-in
Dial:
Black figures on white background, aluminum
Pointer:
Black, aluminum
GAUGE OPTIONS
Connection:
Ranges:
⁄8 NPT lower, 1⁄8 NPT back
1
⁄4 NPT lower, 1⁄4 NPT back
(11⁄2˝ available in 1⁄8 NPT, back
connection only)
Factory variation code in ( )
1
Vac.-600 psi and compound
(11⁄2˝ available in vac.-300 psi
only)
Case:
Vent hole (VH)
Pointer:
Socket:
Adjustable (AP)
Nickel plated brass (NP)
Nonstandard length or thread
Throttle plugs, 0.007˝, 0.013˝,
0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
Teflon taped threads (TC)
Bulk packaging (ZO)
Customized dials
FlutterGuard (SF)
Nonstandard ranges and special calibration on application
Top or side connection:
(02D = right side)
(02E = left side)
(02T = top connection)
Receiver ranges:
3/15 psi, 0/10 square root,
0/100% (PR)
Clean for oxygen service
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Others:
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze (Vac.-600
psi and compound)
Movement:
Patented PowerFlex
with polyester segment
Socket:
Brass
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005S GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 2˝
2. Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
3. Case Type Number: 1005
4. Case Material: Stainless Steel
5. Socket: Brass
6. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT lower
7. Option: Adjustable Pointer
8. Range: 100 psi
20
W
1005
S
H
01L
X(AP)
100#
132
Commercial Panel Gauge
Type 1001T, ASME B 40.100
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
• Available in 11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝
dial sizes
• Standard panel-mounting with
U-clamp design — front flange
mounting available for 2˝ and 21⁄2˝
gauges
• Attractively designed 1⁄4 turn
polycarbonate window for better
visibility and easy removal
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
with polyester segment
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
safety feature
Ashcroft® panel gauges offer attractive design, excellent readability, and
a variety of dial sizes with a broad
pressure range selection. The 1⁄4 turn
heat-resistant polycarbonate window
is available with a hot-stamped mirror
band to simulate chrome to further
enhance your equipment. The patented
PowerFlex™ movement with polyester
segment offers superior resistance to
shock, vibration and pulsation.
True Zero™ indication, a standard
feature on these gauges, reduces the
potential risk of installing a damaged
gauge on your equipment.
FlutterGuard™ is available to
eliminate pointer flutter and extend
gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
GAUGE OPTIONS
Type no.:
1001T
Movement:
Accuracy:
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
Patented PowerFlex
with polyester segment
Socket:
Brass
Size:
11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝
Restrictor:
Case:
Black-painted steel
0.013 orifice throttle plug in
gauges 1000 psi and above
Mounting:
U-clamp (UC)
Connection:
1
Ranges:
Vac.-6000 psi and compound
(11⁄2˝ available in vac-1000 psi
only)
Ring:
None
Window:
⁄4 turn threaded
polycarbonate
Dial:
Black figures on white background
Pointer:
Black, aluminum
1
⁄8 NPT Back, 1⁄4 NPT Back
(11⁄2 available in 1⁄8 NPT only)
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Factory variation code in ( )
Case:
Mounting:
Vent hole (VH)
Front flange (FF)
(available in 2˝ and 21⁄2˝ only)
Window:
Simulated chrome trim (KL)
Pointer:
Socket:
Adjustable (AP)
Nonstandard length or thread
Throttle plugs, 0.007˝, 0.013˝,
0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
Teflon taped threads (TC)
Bulk packaging (ZO)
Customized dials
FlutterGuard (SF)
Nonstandard ranges and special calibration on application
Receiver ranges: 3-15 psi,
0-10 square root,
0-100% (PR)
Clean for oxygen service
Others:
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze
(2˝- 31⁄2˝ vac-600 psi,
11⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi)
Helical bronze
(2˝- 31⁄2˝ 1000-6000 psi)
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1001T GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 2˝
2. Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
3. Case Type Number: 1001
4. 1⁄4 Turn window
5. Socket Material: Brass
6. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄4 NPT Back
7. Mounting: U-clamp
8. Range: 100 psi
20
W
1001
T
H
02B
X(UC)
100#
133
Fire Protection, Sprinkler Service
Gauge Type 1005P, XUL
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
• Underwriters Laboratory listed and
Factory Mutual approved
• Corrosion-resistant ABS case
• Heat-resistant polycarbonate
push-in window
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
with polyester segment
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
safety feature
Ashcroft® fire protection sprinkler
gauges are Underwriters Laboratory
listed and Factory Mutual approved for
fire protection sprinkler service. The
case material on Type 1005P, XUL
gauges is ABS. The 0-300 psi pressure Arange is used on “wet” systems
where water is available to the sprinkler heads. The 0-80 retard to 250 psi
pressure range is used on dry systems
where the lines are filled with air pressure until system activation.
The patented PowerFlex™ movement with polyester segment is
designed to provide unequalled shock
and vibration resistance resulting in
superior performance and extended
gauge life.
True Zero™ indication, a standard
feature on these gauges, reduces the
potential risk of installing a damaged
gauge on your equipment.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
Type no.:
1005P, XUL
Accuracy:
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
Size:
31⁄2˝
Case:
ABS (Polycarbonate blend)
Ring:
None
Window:
Polycarbonate, push-in
Dial:
Black figures on white background
Pointer:
GAUGE OPTIONS
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Connection:
1
Ranges:
0-300 psi (water)
0-80 retard to 250 psi (air)
0-600 psi
UL 393 Listed, UL of Canada
Listed and FM approved.
NEW!
Black, aluminum
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze
Movement:
Patented PowerFlex
with polyester segment
Socket:
Brass
Restrictor:
None
⁄4 NPT lower
JUST RELEASED!!
Triple scale dial faces –
psi / kPa / bar
Customized dials
Other UL listed ranges on application
Dual or triple scale metric dials
NOTES
FM
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY
MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005P, XUL GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 31⁄2˝
2. Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
3. Case Type Number: 1005
4. Case Type Material: ABS
5. Socket Material: Brass
6. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄4 NPT lower
7. UL listed, FM approved
8. Range: 300 psi
35
W
1005
P
H
02L
XUL
300#
134
Agricultural Ammonia Gauge
Type 1005M, XRG
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
• Available in black-painted steel
case
• Steel socket, stainless steel
bourdon tube
• Soldered tube-to-socket, and tubeto-tip joints
• Patented PowerFlex™ stainless
steel movement with polyester
segment
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
safety feature
The Ashcroft® Type 1005M, XRG
agricultural ammonia gauge is
designed to withstand rugged agricultural applications. The patented
PowerFlex™ movement and stateof-the-art manufacturing processes
provide superior gauge performance
and extended gauge life. Gauges are
tested to ensure leak integrity to 2.8
x 10-4 cc per second of gas at rated
pressure. The glass window eliminates
the fogging that occurs when plastic
windows are exposed to ammonia.
True Zero™ indication reduces the
potential risk of installing a damaged
gauge on your equipment.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
Type no.:
1005M, XRG
Accuracy:
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
GAUGE OPTIONS
Socket:
Steel
Restrictor:
None
Connection:
1
⁄4 NPT lower
Size:
21⁄2˝
Case:
Black painted steel
Construction: Soldered tube/socket and
tube/tip joints
Ring:
Black painted steel
Ranges:
Window:
Glass
Dial:
Black figures on white
background
Pointer:
Black, aluminum
Window:
Push-in polycarbonate
(exclude XRG)
Socket:
Throttle plug, stainless
steel, 0.020˝ orifice
Others:
Bulk packaging (ZO)
Special calibration on
application
Customized dials
FlutterGuard™
0/60 psi, 0/150 psi,
0/400 psi
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped 316 stainless
steel
Movement:
Patented PowerFlex
stainless steel movement
with polyester segment
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005M, XRG GAUGE:
Select:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Dial Size: 21⁄2˝
Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
Case Type Number: 1005
Socket Material: Steel
Connection Size/Location: 1⁄4 NPT lower
Glass window and retaining ring
Range: 400 psi
25
W
1005
M
02L
XRG
400#
135
Stainless Steel Case Gauge
Type 1008A/AL, 63mm and 100mm
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
• 63mm (2 1/2˝) and 100mm (4˝) case sizes
• Soldered brass socket and bronze
tube design
• Corrosion-resistant stainless steel
case/ring
• Dry, field-fillable or liquid-filled
versions
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
safety feature
• Two-year warranty on liquid-filled
gauges
Ashcroft® Type 1008A gauges are
synonymous with durability, flexibility
and exceptional quality. The Type
1008A gauge enclosure is sealed
to provide maximum protection in
adverse environmental conditions.
Both 63mm and 100mm Type 1008A
gauges are available dry, field-fillable,
glycerin filled or silicone filled. Accessory kits are available for panel mounting, front flange mounting or retrofit
mounting back connection gauges. The
patented PowerFlex™ movement provides a higher level of shock, vibration
and pulsation resistance than conventional movement gauges.
The True Zero™ feature helps to
assure a quality process and reduces
manufacturing and inspection costs.
FlutterGuard™ is available for dry
gauges to eliminate pointer flutter and
extend gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
1008A/AL
Movement:
Accuracy:
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
Patented PowerFlex with
polyester segment
Socket:
Brass, with O-ring case seal
Size:
63mm (2 /2˝), 100mm (4˝)
Restrictor:
Case:
304 stainless steel, dry
(1008A), or liquid filled
(1008AL) with ventable plug
Brass throttle plug, 0.013˝
orifice in all ranges (except
vacuum and 15# psi ranges)
Connection:
1
Fill Fluid:
Glycerin
Ranges:
Ring:
304 stainless steel, crimped
Vac. thru 15,000 psi and
compound. Equivalent metric
ranges available
Window:
Polycarbonate
Dial:
Black figures on white background, aluminum
Pointer:
Black, aluminum
Bourdon Tube: “C” shaped bronze
(vac.-600 psi and compound)
Helical bronze
(1000 psi-6000 psi)
Helical stainless steel
(10,000 psi-15,000 psi)
VENTABLE FILL PLUG
GAUGE OPTIONS
Type no.:
1
NEW!
/4 NPT lower and back
Operating
Temperature: Dry gauge:
–40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Glycerine filled: 20°F to 150°F,
–7°C to 65°C
Case:
Sealed case, field-fillable (LJ)
Silicone filled (GV)
Mounting
Hardware:
U-clamp (UC), front flange
(FF), retrofit flange (RF)
Socket:
Throttle plugs, 0.007,̋ 0.020,̋
0.063˝
Connections: JIS, DIN, metric, SAE and
other connections on
application
Others:
Customized dials
Nonstandard ranges
FlutterGuard (SF)
Special calibration on
application
Clean for oxygen service –
dry gauges only
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1008A/AL GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 63mm or 100mm
2. Case Type: 1008
3. Socket Material: Brass
4. Liquid Filled (Glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection Size: 1⁄4 NPT
6. Connection Location: Lower (L), Back (B)
7. Optional Features: XUC = Panel Mounting Kit
8. Range: 1000 psi
63
1008
A
L
02B
XUC
1000#
136
41⁄2˝ Gauges
Type 1000, ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
Type 2071A, ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
• Type 2071A contractor gauge offers
aluminum-back flange case (black),
with attractive chrome-plated steel ring
• Type 1000 gauge offers black steel case
with black ring and acrylic window
• Adjustable pointer is standard on
contractor gauges
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
with polyester segment
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
safety feature
Ashcroft® Type 1000 gauges have
a black steel case and ring with a
plastic window. These gauges are
appropriate for general industrial
applications and can be customized
to complement your equipment.
Ashcroft contractor gauges (Type
2071A) are lightweight, highly sensitive and accurate. These gauges are
designed to meet the needs of HVAC
and plumbing contractors, and are
tested against strict industry specifications. The aluminum case provides
corrosion resistance.
The patented PowerFlex™ movement, in both Types 1000 and 2071A,
provides the shock resistance
needed for rough treatment.
True Zero™ indication reduces the
potential risk of installing a damaged
gauge on your equipment.
FlutterGuard™ is available to
eliminate pointer flutter and extend
gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
Type 2071A
Contractor
gauge shown
TYPE 1000
TYPE 2071A
Size:
4 ⁄2˝
4 ⁄2˝
Accuracy:
ASME B 40.100, Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
ASME B 40.100, Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
Case:
Black-painted steel
Aluminum with back flange, painted black.
Ring:
Window:
Dial:
Pointer:
Bourdon tube:
Black-painted steel, friction fit
Plastic
Black figures on white background
Black, aluminum
Bronze, soldered
Movement:
Socket:
Connection:
Ranges:
Patented PowerFlex with polyester segment
Brass
1
⁄4 NPT lower
Vacuum through 600 psi and compound
Chrome-plated steel, friction fit
Glass
Black figures on white background
Adjustable, black, aluminum
Bronze, soldered (siphon required
for steam service)
Patented PowerFlex with polyester segment
Brass
1
⁄4 NPT lower
Vacuum through 600 psi and compound
Operating temperature:
Options:
–40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
–40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Case color other than black
Glass window (XRG)
Chrome ring (13)
FlutterGuard (SF)
Adjustable pointer (AP)
Nickel-plated socket (NP)
Customized dials
Throttle plugs: 0.007˝, 0.013˝, 0.020˝,
0.063˝ orifices
Special calibration on application
Case color other than black
Plastic window (PD)
Nickel-plated socket (NP)
FlutterGuard (SF)
Black steel ring
Customized dials
Throttle plugs: 0.007˝, 0.013˝, 0.020˝,
0.063˝ orifices
Special calibration on application
1
1
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1000/2071A GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 41⁄2˝
2. Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
3. Case Type Number: 2071A
4. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄4 NPT lower
5. Range: 300 psi
45
W
2071A
02L
300#
137
Refrigeration Gauge
Type 1007P, XOR (see below)
Type 1001T, XOR
• Standard dials offer four refrigerant scales (R12, R22, R502, 134A)
• FlutterGuard™ eliminates pointer
flutter
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
with polyester segment
Ashcroft® Types 1001T, XOR and
1007P, XOR are designed to meet
the unique requirements of the
HVAC, automotive and refrigeration
industries.
Ashcroft Type 1001T, XOR gauges
are designed for refrigerant recovery
and recycling units. All gauges for
this service are tested for leaks as
small as 2.8 x 10-4 cc per second to
ensure superior integrity. Optional
connections eliminate potential leaks
at threaded joints and also eliminate
customer cost for extra fittings.
Ashcroft Type 1007P, XOR gauges
are designed for installation on refrigeration manifolds used in testing
automotive, industrial and residential
air-conditioning units. The ABS case
offers rugged durability and corrosion
resistance.
FlutterGuard,™ a standard feature
in these gauges, eliminates pointer
flutter and extends gauge life.
1007P, XOR
gauge shown
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
TYPE 1001T, XOR
Size:
Accuracy:
Case:
Ring:
Window:
Dial:
Pointer:
Bourdon tube:
Movement:
Socket:
Restrictor:
Connection:
Ranges:
Operating temp.:
Options:
21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝
1% at zero, 2% three fourths of scale,
5% last fourth of scale
Black steel with studs and U-clamp
for panel mounting
None
1
⁄4 turn polycarbonate, threaded
Refrigerant scales R12, R22, R502,
R134A, 410A
Black, aluminum
Bronze
Patented PowerFlex with polyester segment and FlutterGuard; slotted span
screw for minor span adjustments
Brass
0.013˝ orifice throttle plug
1
⁄8 NPT back, 1⁄4 NPT back
30 in.Hg vac./0/120 psi retard to
250 psi; 0-500 psi; 30 in.Hg vac./0/350 psi
retard to 500 psi; 0-800 psi
–40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Nonstandard ranges
Alternate refrigerant ranges
SAE Flare, solder bib and ferrule
connections, Customized dials
TYPE 1007P, XOR
21⁄2˝
1% at zero, 2% three fourths of scale,
5% last fourth of scale
Red ABS - high pressure
Blue ABS - low pressure
None
Polycarbonate, threaded
Refrigerant scales R12, R22, R502,
R134A, 410A
Black, aluminum
Bronze
Patented PowerFlex with polyester segment and FlutterGuard; slotted span
screw for minor span adjustments
Brass
0.020˝ orifice throttle plug
1
⁄8 NPT lower
30 in.Hg vac./0/120 psi retard to
250 psi; 0-500 psi; 30 in.Hg vac./0/350 psi
retard to 500 psi; 0-800 psi
–40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Nonstandard ranges
Alternate refrigerant ranges
Case color
Customized dials
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1001T, XOR / 1007P, XOR GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 21⁄2˝
2. Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
3. Case Type Number: 1007
4. Case material: ABS
5. Socket Material: Brass
6. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT lower
7. Refrigeration Application
8. Range: 30˝Hg vac./0/120 psi retard to 250 psi
25
W
1007
P
H
01L
X(OR)
140#/V
138
MiniGauge®
Type 23DDG (±5% full scale)
• Compact size – 23mm (.906˝)
diameter
• ABS case with acrylic window
ultrasonically welded to case
• Wrench flats on socket for easy
installation
• Available in 60-300 psi
• Direct Drive technology for
excellent shock resistance
The Ashcroft® MiniGauge® pressure gauge is designed for those
applications where space is a limiting factor. Taking into consideration
the small size of the MiniGauge
(23mm), the dial face was designed
for maximum readability. This product
is offered in 1/8 NPT back connection
with 15mm (9/16˝) wrench flats for
easy installation.
The versatile Ashcroft MiniGauge
surpasses the demands of durability in two important ways: first, by
using direct-drive reading, the spiral
tube transmits motion directly to the
pointer – no gears or movement
parts to wear out; and second, the
case material is an ABS blend that is
both enduring and attractive.
The Ashcroft MiniGauge is perfect
for a multitude of applications where
a 11/2˝ conventional size gauge is
too large.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
Type no.:
Accuracy:
Size:
Case:
Ring:
Window:
23DDG
±5% of span
23mm (.906˝)
Black ABS blend
None
Polycarbonate, ultrasonically
welded to case
Dial:
Black figures on white
background, aluminum
Pointer:
Brass, painted black
Bourdon tube: Beryllium copper, spiral;
soft soldered to socket
Movement:
None (direct-drive reading)
Socket:
Brass with 15mm (9⁄16˝) wrench
flats
Connection:
GAUGE OPTIONS
Ranges:
Socket:
Dial Arc
Range
(psi)
180°
0/60
*
0/100
*
235°
Dial:
Dampening:
0/160
*
0/200
*
0/300
*
Repeatability: Better than 1%
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Packaging:
Bulk pack; individually
sealed 2 mil polybags
Note: Consult factory for high cycle-life applications
⁄8 NPT back
1
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 23DDG GAUGE:
Select:
1. Gauge Size: 23mm (.906˝ or 29/32˝)
2. Case Type: Direct Drive Gauge
3. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT back
4. Range: 0/60 psi
23
DDG
01B
60#
Throttle plugs; 10/32˝ threads;
PT 1⁄8 (JIS) and R 1⁄8 (BSPT)
threads
Customized
Silicone-dampened coil for
vibration applications
139
Direct Drive Gauge
Type 12DDG, 15DDG
Accuracy (±2% at setpoint)
• Sealed stainless steel case provides a weatherproof, dustproof
corrosion-resistant gauge
• Spiral tube transmits motion
directly to the pointer— no gears
or bearings to wear out
• High impact-resistant polycarbonate window
• UL 404 listed for compressed gas
(including oxygen) for 1500 psi,
2000 psi, 3000 psi and 4000 psi
Ashcroft® DDG, direct drive
gauges are constructed for strenuous use under severe environmental conditions and can withstand
excessive levels of shock and vibration—an excellent choice for outdoor
applications. Optional features to
enhance the performance of these
gauges are silicone-damped tubes
for excessive vibration applications
and silicone-filled tubes for corrosion
protection.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
Type no.:
12DDG, 15DDG
Accuracy:
Standard ±2% at setpoint
(setpoint is normally 50% of
range; other setpoints upon
application). UL listed –3.5%
of span in middle three-fifths
of scale.
11⁄4˝ - 12DDG
11⁄2˝ - 15DDG
Size:
Case:
Stainless steel, sealed
Ring:
None
Window:
High impact-resistant polycarbonate
Dial:
Black figures on white background
Pointer:
Black, integral with bourdon
tube
Bourdon tube: Beryllium copper, spiral; soft
soldered to socket
Movement:
None (direct reading)
Socket:
Brass
GAUGE OPTIONS
Available
Ranges
(psi)
0/60
0/100*
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/700
0/1200
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/4000
Dial Arc
165°
180°
•
200°
235°
Socket:
1
Others:
Customized dials
Metric and dual ranges
available
Silicone-damped spiral tube
for vibration service
Silicone-filled spiral tube for
corrosion protection
UL listed for compressed gas
(including oxygen); 1500 psi,
2000 psi, 3000 psi, 4000 psi
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
*12DDG available in 180° arc.
Restrictor:
Safety plug-in 1500-4000 psi
ranges
Connection:
1
⁄8 NPT back, standard
Repeatability: Better than 1%
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Note: Consult factory for high cycle-life applications
TO ORDER THIS TYPE DDG GAUGE:
Select:
1. Dial Size: 11⁄2˝
2. Case Type: DDG
3. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT back = 01B
4. Range: 100 psi
15
DDG
01B
100#
/4 NPT; throttle plugs, 0.007˝,
0.013˝, 0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifice
140
Fire Extinguisher Gauge
Type MFX – Accuracy
Conforms to Applicable UL Specs*
• Sealed stainless steel case provides a weatherproof, dustproof
corrosion-resistant gauge
• High impact-resistant polycarbonate window
• Meets applicable UL
specifications*
• Mass spectrometer leak tested
Ashcroft® fire extinguisher gauges
are mass spectrometer leak tested,
thereby ensuring the critical leak
integrity needed to prevent loss of
extinguishing agent. These highquality gauges are constructed
with a corrosion-resistant stainless
steel case and high impact-resistant
polycarbonate window. Dial faces
can be customized to meet customer
requirements. The spiral tube technology used in these gauges offers
the necessary accuracy without the
complication of gearing, linkages
and bearings that are present in a
conventional movement gauge.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
Type no.:
Accuracy:
12MFX, 15MFX
Conforms to applicable UL
specs*
Size:
11/4˝ – 12MFX
11/2˝ – 15MFX
Case:
Stainless steel, sealed
Ring:
None
Window:
High impact-resistant
polycarbonate
Dial:
Conforms to applicable UL
specs*
Pointer:
Integral with Bourdon tube,
brass painted yellow
Bourdon tube: Beryllium copper, spiral
Movement:
None (direct reading)
Socket:
Brass
GAUGE OPTIONS
Restrictor:
Connection:
Ranges:
None
1
/8 NPT back, standard
Maximum pressure scale
from 200 psi to 4000 psi
Socket:
Others:
Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
/4 NPT; throttle plugs, 0.007,̋
0.013,̋ 0.020,̋ 0.063˝ orifice
Customized dials
Silicone-filled spiral tube for
corrosion protection
Special socket configurations
1
*Applicable UL Specs: UL 299, UL 626, UL 1058, UL 1093
TO ORDER THIS TYPE MFX GAUGE:
12
Select:
1. Dial Size: 11⁄4˝
2. Case Type: MFX
3. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT Back
4. Range: 400 psi
5. Charge Pressure
6. Extinguishing Agent: Dry Chemical (P), Halon 1301 (F), Halon 1211 (H),
5. Extinguishing Agent: Water (W), Alternative (A)
MFX
01B
400
C195
P
141
DIAPHRAGM
SEALS AND
ISOLATORS
Per ASME B40.2 add 0.5% to the accuracy of
an attached instrument. The exceptions are
T-310/311/312/330 seals which add 1.0%)
Introduction & Selection Information ...141-143
Specification Matrix .............................144-151
Diaphragm Seals
Flanged Type 102, 202, 302 &
Flushing 103, 203, 303 Series ........152-153
Threaded Connection Type
100, 200, 300 Series ........................ 154
In-Line Connection Type 104, 204,
Threaded, Type 106, 206 Flanged..... 155
Type 105/205 Saddle
107/207 Socket Weld
108/208 Butt Weld ........................... 156
Threaded & Flanged
Type 400/500 All Welded.................. 157
Threaded Type 510, 511 All Welded ......... 158
Threaded Type 311, 312 All Welded Midi.. 159
Threaded Type 310, 315 All Welded Mini.. 160
Threaded & Flanged
Types 702, 703, 740, 741 ................. 161
Quick Connect Type 320 ........................... 162
Threaded Type 330 Flush ......................... 163
Type 80, 81 Isolation Ring ........................ 164
Type 85, 86 Isolation Spool....................... 165
Line Assemblies 115A, 115P..................... 166
Engineered Assemblies............................ 167
Options ..............................................168-169
Table A (Min. & Max. Pressure for
Diaphragm Seals) ..............................170-171
Seal Style Chart ...................................172-177
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
142
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
143
Introduction and
Selection Information
Introduction
Accuracy and Temperature Errors
Notes
A diaphragm seal is a device that is
attached to the inlet connection of a
pressure instrument to isolate it from the
process media. The area between the diaphragm and the pressure sensing element
is solidly filled with a suitable liquid, called
the fill fluid. Displacement of the diaphragm
compresses the fill fluid, which transmits pressure changes to the pressure
instrument.
The addition of a diaphragm seal to an
instrument will degrade its accuracy by
0.5%, unless stated otherwise. In addition,
changes in ambient temperatures will introduce errors due to fill fluid thermal expansion and contraction.
Clamp Ring standard material is black
epoxy-painted carbon steel. Stainless steel
clamp rings and high pressure clamp rings
are available.
Ashcroft offers a comprehensive line of diaphragm seals. Seal type includes threaded,
flanged, in-line threaded, in-line flanged,
in-line socket weld, in-line butt weld, saddle
and sanitary seals. Also available is a complete offering of isolation rings and isolation
spools.
Applications
Seals and isolators can be used in a variety of applications where one or more of
the following are a concern:
➤ Corrosive services
➤ Slurry and processes prone to clogging
➤ Elevated or reduced process
temperatures
➤ Isolation of the process for safety
➤ Suspended solids in the process
➤ Sanitary connections
➤ Minimize process dead leg
➤ Ease of cleaning between batches
Fill Fluid
Ashcroft offers a variety of fill fluids which
must be compatible with the process
temperature. Glycerin and Silicone are the
most commonly used fill fluids. However,
when the process media is a strong oxidizing agent such as oxygen, chlorine, nitric
acid and hydrogen peroxide the fill fluid
must be Halocarbon. Strong oxidizing agents can combine with Glycerin
or Silicone which may cause a fire or
violent reactions.
Leaks
The entire filled portion of the diaphragm
seal and pressure instrument must be leak
tight. Any loss of fill fluid will result in significant errors.
Warning
All seal components should be selected
considering process and ambient operating conditions to prevent misapplication.
Improper application could result in failure
and possible injury or property damage.
Volumetric Displacement
Volumetric displacement of the seal must
be greater than the attached instrument.
Design
Ashcroft diaphragm seal designs are
comprised of a top housing, a diaphragm
and bottom housing. The top housing has
a standard fill/bleed connection allowing
the assembly to be evacuated and properly filled. Removal of the bleed screw will
cause loss of system fill making the assembly inoperable. The diaphragm is in direct
contact with the process media. Bottom
housing, also referred to as lower housing, is available in a variety of materials
and must be compatible with the process
media.
Clamped Design
These include Types 100, 200, 300 and
700 series. The Type 100 series diaphragm
is threaded into the top housing. The top
housing, diaphragm and lower housing
are then clamped as an assembly. Type
200 series diaphragm is either welded or
bonded to the top housing. The top housing and diaphragm assembly is clamped
together to the lower housing. Type 200
series is offered with both metallic diaphragms as well as elastomers. Ashcroft
diaphragm seals are normally furnished with
a Nickel-plated carbon steel top housing.
For Types 200 and 700 series the materials
of both diaphragm and top housing should
be like materials. On Type 300 series the
top housing, diaphragm and bottom housing are clamped together. Note that the
Type 300 series is only offered with Kalrez,
Viton or Teflon diaphragms. Type 700 series
diaphragm is welded to the top housing.
It is offered with metallic diaphragms only
and used in low pressure applications.
Upper Flange Rings are per ASME16.5.
Nickel plated carbon steel is standard.
Stainless steel flanges are optional.
All Welded Design
These include Types 400, 500, 510, 311,
310, 330 and 320 series. Types 400 and
500 are comprised of a top housing, a diaphragm and bottom housing. These three
components are welded together. 316
Stainless Steel top housing is standard.
Other top housing materials are available.
For Monel diaphragm and bottom housings, the top housing is Monel. Titanium
diaphragms must be welded to Titanium
top housing and bottom housing. Type
400 series is furnished with clamp rings.
High pressure clamp rings are an available option.
Pressure Ratings
The maximum allowable pressure of the
seal must be greater than the maximum
pressure of the pressure sensing instrument. Maximum allowable pressure for
all materials decreases as temperature
increases. Plastic bottom housings will not
withstand same pressures as their metal
equivalents. Flanged seals are limited to
the maximum allowable pressure of the
flange as per ASME/ANSI B16.5.
The bottom housing and diaphragm are in
direct contact with the process, therefore,
they must be compatible with the process
media. Refer to Ashcroft’s Corrosion
Guide for more information on material
compatibility.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
144
Selection Information
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals
Clamped Designs
CAPSULE
TYPE 100 SERIES
WELDED OR BONDED
TYPE 200 SERIES
CLAMPED
TYPE 300 SERIES
WELDED
TYPE 700 SERIES
DESIGN
A metallic diaphragm is threaded to
a top housing. The top housing and
metallic diaphragm are then clamped
to the bottom housing.
DESIGN
A metallic or elastomeric diaphragm is
welded or bonded to a top housing.
The top housing and diaphragm are
then clamped to the bottom housing.
DESIGN
An elastomeric diaphragm is
securely clamped between the top
and the bottom housing.
DESIGN
A metallic diaphragm is welded to
a top housing. The top housing and
diaphragm are then securely clamped
to the bottom housing.
TOP HOUSING
Materials:
Standard: Nickel plated carbon steel
Options:
• 316 Stainless Steel (XYT)
TOP HOUSING
Materials:
Standard: Nickel plated carbon steel
Options:
• 316 Stainless Steel (XYT)
• Monel (XYM) is required for Monel
diaphragms
• Titanium top housing is standard
for Titanium diaphragms
TOP HOUSING
Materials:
Standard: Nickel plated carbon steel
Options:
• 316 Stainless Steel (XYT)
TOP HOUSING
Materials:
Standard: 316 Stainless Steel
Options:
• Monel is standard for Monel
diaphragms
• Titanium top housing is standard
for Titanium diaphragms
DIAPHRAGM
Ashcroft offers a variety of metallic
diaphragms.
DIAPHRAGM
Ashcroft offers a variety of metallic
and elastomeric diaphragms.
DIAPHRAGM
• Viton
• Kalrez
• Teflon
DIAPHRAGM
Ashcroft offers a variety of metallic
diaphragms.
BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on
types:
• 101
• 103
Process connections available:
• Threaded • Welded
• Flanged
• Saddle
• In-line
Teflon PTFE gasket between the diaphragm and bottom housing assure
a corrosion resistance seal. Teflon
free assemblies are available.
• Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom
housing materials
BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on
types:
• 201
• 203
Process connections available:
• Threaded • Welded
• Flanged
• Saddle
• In-line
Teflon PTFE gasket between the diaphragm and bottom housing assure
a corrosion resistance seal. Teflon
free assemblies are available.
• Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom
housing materials
BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on
types:
• 301
• 303
Process connections available:
• Threaded
• Flanged
• Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom
housing materials
BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on
types:
• 741
• 703
Process connections available:
• Threaded
• Flanged
• Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom
housing materials
FEATURES
• Top Housing and instrument can be
removed from the process without
loss of fill fluid
• Continuous duty design
• Nickel plated carbon steel bolts
standard, 300 Series stainless steel
optional
• Viton O-ring and Teflon backup
plate provide a leak free seal
between diaphragm and top housing
FEATURES
FEATURES
• Top Housing and instrument can be • Top Housing and instrument canremoved from the process without
not be removed from the process
loss of fill fluid
without loss of fill fluid
• Continuous duty design
• Nickel plated carbon steel bolts
• Nickel plated carbon steel bolts
standard, 300 Series stainless steel
standard, 300 Series stainless steel
optional
optional
FEATURES
• Top Housing and instrument can be
removed from the process without
loss of fill fluid
• Continuous duty design
• Nickel plated carbon steel bolts
standard, 300 Series stainless steel
optional
APPLICATIONS
Designed for a variety of applications
that require instrument protection.
APPLICATIONS
Designed for a variety of applications
that require instrument protection.
APPLICATIONS
Designed for low pressure instruments that require high volumetric
displacement. Silicone is the recommended fill fluid for such applications.
APPLICATIONS
Designed for a variety of applications
that require instrument protection.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
145
Selection Information
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals
All Welded Designs
ALL WELDED
TYPE 400 & 500 SERIES
ALL WELDED
TYPE 510 SERIES
MIDI-SEAL
TYPE 311 SERIES
MINI-SEAL
TYPE 310 SERIES
Type 400
Type 500
DESIGN
A metallic diaphragm is welded to
a top and bottom housing.
DESIGN
A metallic diaphragm is welded to
a compact top and bottom housing.
DESIGN
DESIGN
A metallic diaphragm is welded to
A metallic diaphragm is welded to
a compact top and bottom housing. a compact top and bottom housing.
TOP HOUSING
Standard: 316 Stainless Steel
Options:
• Monel
• Titanium
• Hastelloy C-276 (XHB)
TOP HOUSING
Standard: 316 Stainless Steel
Options:
• Monel
• Hastelloy C-276 available
TOP HOUSING
Standard: 316 Stainless Steel
TOP HOUSING
Standard: 316 Stainless Steel
Options:
• Monel
DIAPHRAGM
Ashcroft offers a variety of metallic
diaphragms.
DIAPHRAGM
• 316 Stainless Steel
• Hastelloy C-276
• Monel
DIAPHRAGM
• 316 Stainless Steel
• Hastelloy C-276
• Tantalum
DIAPHRAGM
• 316 Stainless Steel
• Hastelloy C-276
• Monel
BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on
types:
• 401
• 403
• 501
Process connections available:
• Threaded
• Flanged (type 400 only)
• Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom housing material
BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on
type:
• 511
Process connections available:
• Threaded ½” NPT Male
Materials:
• 316L SS
• Hastelloy C-276
• Monel
BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on
type:
• 312 (female process connection
only)
Process connections available:
• Threaded (male and female)
Materials:
• 316L SS
• Hastelloy C-276
BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on
type:
• 315 (female process connection
only)
Process connections available:
• 316L SS
• Hastelloy C-276
• Monel
• Hastelloy B
FEATURES
Type 400:
• Furnished with black epoxy
coated clamp rings
• Pressure ratings of 4400 PSI.
XHP rings rated for 9000 PSI
@100°F
Type 500:
• No rings
• Rated for 500 PSI
FEATURES
• No gaskets or bolts
• Light weight
• Rated for pressure up to 1500 PSI
standard. XHP rated for 5000 PSI
high pressure @100°F
• Minimized fill fluid
• Dual inch and metric wrench flats
Characteristics:
Compact size and light weight
FEATURES
• No gaskets or bolts
• Light weight
• Minimized fill fluid
• Rated for 1000 PSI
FEATURES
• No gaskets or bolts
• Light weight
• Minimized fill fluid
• Rated for 2500 PSI
APPLICATIONS
Designed for applications where
clamped design is not acceptable
such as controlling fugitive emissions and hazardous chemicals
applications. It is also recommended where tamper proof design is
required.
APPLICATIONS
Designed for confined spaces, but
with enough displacement to be
compatible with a variety of pressure sensing instruments.
APPLICATIONS
Designed for space-restricted area.
The all-welded metal construction
prevents leaks. Specially designed
for 3½˝ and 4½˝ gauges with ranges from 15 PSI to 1000 PSI.
APPLICATIONS
Designed for spaced restricted
applications. The all welded metal
construction prevents leaks.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
146
Selection Information
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals
TYPE 320
& TYPE 330
ISOLATION RINGS
TYPE 80 & 81
Type 80 Isolation Ring (Wafer)
ISOLATION SPOOLS
TYPE 85 & 86
Quick Connection Designs
Iso-Rings and Iso-Spools
Line Assemblies
LINE ASSEMBLIES
TYPE 1115 CAPILLARIES
Type 85 Isolation Spool (Threaded)
Type 1115A
Type 320
Type 330
Type 81 Isolation Ring (Bolt Thru)
DESIGN
DESIGN
A metallic diaphragm is welded to A flanged metallic ring is lined with
an elastomeric inner flexible wall.
a compact top housing. The top
housing is designed for tri-clamp
(type 320) or a threaded connection
(type 330).
Type 1115P
Type 86 Isolation Spool (Flanged)
DESIGN
A flanged metallic ring is lined with
an elastomeric inner flexible wall.
Type 85 is threaded.
Type 86 is flanged.
DESIGN
A 304 capillary is welded to process and instrument connections.
A spiral armor shield the assembly.
TOP HOUSING
Standard: 316 Stainless Steel
Type 320
Compatible with Tri-Clover and
Cherry Burrel S line connections.
FLEXIBLE INNER WALL
Materials:
• Buna N
• Teflon
• Nordell (EPDM)
• Viton
• Natural Rubber
FLEXIBLE INNER WALL
Materials:
• Buna N
• Teflon
• Nordell (EPDM)
• Viton
• Natural Rubber
ARMOR
Type 1115A is standard stainless
steel armor capillary.
Type 1115P has PVC sheathing.
DIAPHRAGM
• 316 Stainless Steel
ASSEMBLY FLANGES
Standard:
• 316 Stainless Steel
• Carbon Steel
Optional:
• CPVC
ASSEMBLY FLANGES
Standard:
• 316 Stainless Steel
• Carbon Steel
Optional:
• CPVC
• Teflon Enveloped
LENGTHS
Standard line length is five feet.
Available in 5´ increments.
FEATURES
Type 320
• Quick Connect design
• Quick Connect clamps, gaskets
are not supplied
• Maximum operating pressure
1000PSI with high pressure clamps
Type 330
• Maximum operating pressure
3000 psi
• Diaphragm flush with process
FEATURES
• A standard built-in needle valve
means removal of the instrument
without loss of fill fluid
Characteristics:
• From 2˝ sizes to 20˝
FEATURES
• Type 85 rated for 200PSI
• Type 86 available with flat or
raised-face flanges. Offered for
flanges Classes 150 and 300.
Characteristics:
• Sizes 1 and 1½˝
Type 86 also available in 2˝
FEATURES
• Maximum working pressure is
10,000 psi
• Variety of connections available
APPLICATIONS
Type 320 designed for applications
that require easy of mounting and
reassembly. Applications including
pharmaceutical, dairy, food processing, biotechnology, breweries
and others.
APPLICATIONS
Designed for applications where
slurries and clogging are present
such as wastewater treatment, pulp
and paper, mining and chemical
plants.
APPLICATIONS
Designed for applications where
slurries and clogging are present
such as wastewater treatment, pulp
and paper, mining and chemical
plants.
APPLICATIONS
Typical applications include high
temperature applications up to
750ºF, process with pulsation,
vibrations & pressure spikes.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
TEMPERATURE
Type 1115A:
–300ºF to 750ºF
Type 1115P:
0ºF to 300ºF
147
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Process Connection Type
Model No.
Process Connection Size
1
Threaded
Code
100/200/300
Female
(1)
Threaded w/Flushing
Connection
101/201/301(1)
Threaded or Threaded
w/Flushing Connection
400/401(1)
Threaded or Threaded
w/Flushing Connection
500/501(1)
Low Pressure Threaded or
Threaded w/Flushing Conn.*
740/741(1)
Male
⁄4
25
02
F/M
F/M
F/M
F/M
F
⁄
50
04
F/M
F/M
F/M
F/M
F
12
34
⁄
75
06
F/M
F/M
F/M
F/M
F
1
10
08
F/M
F/M
F/M
F/M
F
11⁄2
15
•
•
•
2
20
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
80
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
S
100 & 200
101 & 201
304L stainless steel
C
100 & 200
101 & 201
Monel 400
P
100 & 200
101 & 201
Nickel
N
100 & 200
101 & 201
Carpenter 20
D
100 & 200
101 & 201
Tantalum
U
100 & 200
101 & 201
Hastelloy B
G
100 & 200
101 & 201
•
Hastelloy C 22
J
100 & 200
101 & 201
•
Hastelloy C 276
H
100 & 200
101 & 201
Teflon
T
200 & 300
201 & 301
Viton
Y
200 & 300
201 & 301
Kalrez
K
200 & 300
201 & 301
Titanium
TI
200
201
Halar Coated Monel
R
100
101
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel
B
304L stainless steel
C
•
•
•
•
•
316L stainless steel
S
Hastelloy B
G
•
•
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
•
PVC
V
Only ⁄ or ⁄ NPT
Kynar
KY
Only ⁄4 or ⁄2 NPT
Titanium
TI
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
14
12
1
1
•
•
•
•
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi
Viton or Kalrez diaph.
Viton or Kalrez diaph.
2500 psi
Metal & Teflon® diaph.
Metal & Teflon® diaph.
•
750 psi
•
4400 psi
5000 psi
HP
9000 psi
HP
100 & 200 metal diaph.
101 & 201 metal diaph.
401
400
Instrument Connection Size
14
⁄
02T
•
•
•
•
12
⁄
04T
•
•
•
•
•
Filling Fluid
(1)
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
Halocarbon
CF
Syltherm
HA
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(2)
•
•
•
•
•
(2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Glycerin not recommended for vacuum, compound or
inches of water.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
•
•
•
•
•
148
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Diaphragm Seal
Process Connection Type
Model No.
Process Connection Size
Code.
510
Female
Male
1
⁄4
25
02
1
⁄2
50
04
(1)
Diaphragm Seal
510HP
(1)
Diaphragm Seal
(w/Flushing Connection)
511(1)
Diaphragm Seal
(w/Flushing Connection)
511XHP(1)
M
M
Female & Male
Threaded
311(1)
F/M
M
M
F/M
3
⁄4
75
06
F/M
1
10
08
F/M
11⁄2
15
2
20
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
80
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
S
304L stainless steel
C
Monel 400
P
Nickel
N
Carpenter 20
D
Tantalum
U
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Teflon
T
Viton
Y
Kalrez
K
Titanium
TI
Halar Coated Monel
R
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel
B
304L stainless steel
C
316L stainless steel
S
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
PVC
V
Kynar
KY
Titanium
TI
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi
1000 psi
•
1500 psi
•
•
2500 psi
5000 psi
HP
9000 psi
HP
•
•
Instrument Connection Size
14
⁄
02T
⁄2
04T
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
Halocarbon
CF
Syltherm
HA
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
•
•
•
149
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Female Threaded
(w/Flushing Connection)
312
Process Connection Type
Model No.
Process Connection Size
Code
Female
Male/Female Threaded Mini
(w/Flushing Connection)
310/315*
1˝ Male
Flush Mini
330
Quick Connect
320/321
In-line
Threaded
104/204
Male
1
⁄4
25
02
F
F/M
F
1
⁄2
50
04
F
F/M
F
3
⁄4
75
06
1
10
08
11⁄2
15
•
2
20
•
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
80
M
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
S
304L stainless steel
C
Monel 400
P
Nickel
N
Carpenter 20
D
Tantalum
U
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Teflon
T
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
204
Viton
Y
204
Kalrez
K
204
Titanium
TI
•
Halar Coated Monel
R
104
•
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel
B
304L stainless steel
C
316L stainless steel
S
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
PVC
V
Kynar
KY
Titanium
TI
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pressure Ratings (1)
Viton or Kalrez diaph.
500 psi
1000 psi
•
•
2500 psi
Metal & Teflon® diaph.
•
3000 psi
•
5000 psi
HP
9000 psi
HP
Instrument Connection Size
⁄4
02T
•
•
•
•
⁄2
04T
•
•
•
2˝ only
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1
1
•
•
Filling Fluid
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
•
•
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
•
Halocarbon
CF
•
Syltherm
HA
•
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
(2)
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
(3)
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
(1)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
150
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– F L A N G E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Raised Face Flange
Process Connection Type
Model No.
Process Connection Size
Code
⁄4
25
⁄2
50
⁄
75
1
1
34
1
10
11⁄2
15
2
20
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
80
102/202/302
(1,2)
Raised Face Flange
w/Flushing Connection
103/203/303(1,2)
•
In-Line Flanged
106/206
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Low Pressure Flanged
*w/Flushing Connection
702/703*
•
•
•
Raised Face Flange
*w/Flushing Connection
402/403*
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
S
102 & 202
103 & 203
•
304L stainless steel
C
102 & 202
103 & 203
•
Monel 400
P
102 & 202
103 & 203
Nickel
N
102 & 202
103 & 203
Carpenter 20
D
102 & 202
103 & 203
Tantalum
U
102 & 202
103 & 203
Hastelloy B
G
102 & 202
103 & 203
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hastelloy C 22
J
102 & 202
103 & 203
Hastelloy C 276
H
102 & 202
103 & 203
•
•
Teflon
T
202 & 302
203 & 303
206
•
•
•
Viton
Y
202 & 302
203 & 303
206
Kalrez
K
202 & 302
203 & 303
206
Titanium
TI
202
203
206
Halar Coated Monel
R
102
103
106
•
•
•
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel
B
304L stainless steel
C
•
•
•
•
•
316L stainless steel
S
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
•
PVC
V
1, 11⁄2, 2
Kynar
KY
1, 11⁄2, 2
Titanium
TI
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi
2500 psi
Flange Class
150, 300, 600, 900 or 1500
•
•
150
•
150, 300, 600
Instrument Connection Size
14
⁄
02T
•
•
⁄2
04T
•
•
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
Filling Fluid
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
Halocarbon
CF
Syltherm
HA
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
(2)
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
(3)
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
(1)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
•
•
•
•
151
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––– I N - L I N E –––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
•
F = Female
M = Male
= AVAILABLE
Saddle
In-line Socket Weld
In-line Butt Weld
105/205
107/207
108/208
Process Connection Size
14
⁄
25
12
⁄
50
⁄
75
34
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
80/81
Pipe Size (inches)
Type 80 only
12.0
1.5
4.0
14.0
Type 86
only
10
5.0
16.0
15
•
•
6.0
18.0
2
20
•
•
8.0
20.0
30
3˝
40
4˝ and larger
6
60
8
80
Inner Flexible Wall
S
304L stainless steel
C
Monel 400
P
Nickel
N
Carpenter 20
D
Tantalum
U
Hastelloy B
G
Hastelloy C 22
J
Hastelloy C 276
Teflon
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
H
•
•
•
T
205
207
208
Viton
Y
205
207
208
Kalrez
K
205
207
208
Titanium
TI
205
207
208
Halar Coated Monel
R
105
107
108
Steel
B
•
•
•
Buna N (E)
Teflon (T)
Teflon (T)
Viton (Y)
Viton (Y)
Natural Rubber (NP)
Natural Rubber (NP)
Silicone (S)
Silicone (S)
304L stainless steel
C
316L stainless steel
S
Ass’y. Flanges / Code
Bottom Housing Materials
G
J
Hastelloy C 276
H
Carpenter 20
D
Monel 400
M
Inconel 600
W
Nickel
N
PVC
V
Kynar
KY
Titanium
TI
•
•
Carbon Steel (B)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ass’y. Flanges / Code
Carbon Steel (B)
316 SS (S)
316 SS (S)
CPVC (CP)
CPVC (CP)
Teflon Enveloped (CT)
Teflon Enveloped (CT)
Polypropylene (P)
Polypropylene (P)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Inner Flexible Wall
Buna N (E)
•
•
Hastelloy B
2.0
•
•
Hastelloy C 22
1.0
10.0
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel
85/86
Pipe Size (inches)
3.0
1
3
Isolation Spool
2.0
11⁄2
4
•
Isolation Ring
•
•
•
Pressure Rating Type 85
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi
Viton or Kalrez diaph. only
Viton or Kalrez diaph. only
Viton or Kalrez diaph. only
2500 psi
Metal & Teflon diaph.
Metal & Teflon diaph.
Metal & Teflon diaph.
®
®
2000 psi
®
Flange Class
150, 300, 600, 900 or 1500
150 or 300
150 or 300
1/4 NPT (02T)
1/4 NPT (02T)
1/2 NPT (04T)
1/2 NPT (04T)
•
•
Instrument Connection Size
1
⁄4
02T
1
⁄2
04T
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Filling Fluid
Glycerin
CG
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary)
CK
Silicone (over 10´ capillary)
DJ
Halocarbon
CF
Syltherm
HA
Food Grade Silicone
CZ
Distilled Water
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
CT
Propylene Glycol
CV
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
(2)
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
(3)
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
(1)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
•
•
•
152
Diaphragm Seal
Flanged Process Connection
Types 102, 202, 302 Series,
Flushing Conn. 103, 203, 303
and top housing are then clamped
to the bottom housing. Viton O-ring,
compatible with all fill fluid and Teflon
backup ring provide a seal between
the diaphragm capsule and the top
housing.
Types 202/203 are welded or
bonded designs. Metallic diaphragms
are welded to the top housing.
Elastomeric diaphragms are bonded
to the top housing. The diaphragm and
top housings are then clamped to the
bottom housing.
Types 302/303 are clamped designs.
Elastomeric diaphragms are clamped
between the top housing and bottom
housing.
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft
Seals will meet a variety of applications
and installation requirements. Over
30,000 configurations are possible with
connections types, diaphragm and
bottom housing materials. Fill port is
standard in all designs.
Features:
• A thin Teflon PTFE gasket between
the diaphragm and the bottom
housing ensures a leak-tight,
corrosion resistant seal.
• Flanges are nickel plated carbon steel
316SS flanges are available.
Types 102/103 are top housing
and diaphragm capsule designs.
The diaphragm capsule is threaded
to the top housing. The diaphragm
Type 102
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number
Process Connection
Flanged
Flanged (with Flushing Connection)
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches
1
3
/2
/4
1
11/2
2
Size 1/4
Code 25
50
75
10
15
20
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3
30
•
•
Type Number
Welded
Capsule & Bonded Clamped
102
202
302
103
203
303
Material
Table 3 – Bottom Housing Material(5)
Material
Code
Connection
Size
Flange
Class
Steel
B
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
304 SS
C
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
S
/2˝, /4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
Hastelloy B
G
/2˝, /4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
Hastelloy C 22
J
/2˝, /4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
Hastelloy C 276
H
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
Carpenter 20
D
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
316L SS
M
Monel 400
1
1
1
N
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
Titanium
TI
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
•
•
•
•
•
•
150
KY
1, 11/2˝, 2˝
150
150, 300
150
•
/2˝, /4˝, 1 /2˝
2˝
150, 300
150
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
2˝
150, 300
150
1
•
1
3
1
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
150, 300
150
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
2˝
150, 300
150
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
2˝
150, 300
150
/2˝, /4˝, 1 /2˝
2˝
150, 300
150
/2˝, /4˝, 1 /2˝
2˝
150, 300
150
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
2˝
150, 300
150
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
2˝
150, 300
150
11/2˝, 2˝
150
•
11/2˝, 2˝
150
•
1 /2˝, 2˝
150
•
•
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
2˝
3
1
3
1
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–40/400°F
–40/350°F
30/212°F
–40/300°F
202/ 302/
Code 102/
103 203 303
S
C
P
N
D
U
G
J
H
TI
W
T
Y
K
R
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Size – NPT
1
⁄4
1
⁄2
•
Temp.
Limits
Code
02T
04T
•
x• x
1, 11/2˝, 2˝
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
2˝
•
1
•
BH
T
•
•
•
•
1
•
• x
Teflon(4)
150, 300
150
1
1
•
150, 300, 600
1, 11/2˝, 2˝
/2˝, /4˝, 1 /2˝
2˝
3
1
•
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
V
Kynar
•
1, 11/2˝, 2˝
PVC(4)
303
1
•
SU
1
302
•
•
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
Nickel
(4)
•
1
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
Halar Coated Monel
•
3
1
Flange
Class
1
•
3
Connection
Size
•
3
W
(3)
•
1
Inconel 600
Tantalum Clad SS
102 & 202 103 & 203
316L SS
304 SS
Monel 400
Nickel
Carpenter 20
Tantalum
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Titanium
Gold Plated 304 SS
Teflon
Viton(1)
Kalrez (1)
Halar Coated Monel
•
150
•
•
1
1
•
•
Continued next page
*See Table A on page 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
•
•
•
153
Diaphragm Seal
Flanged Process Connection
Types 102, 202, 302 Series,
Flushing Conn. 103, 203, 303
SELECTION TABLES* (Cont.)
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Filling
Connection to
Instrument
Service
Glycerin
Pressure
Direct Only
0/400
CG
Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Direct or Remote Line
–40/600
CK
Pressure/Vacuum in presence Direct or Remote Line
of strong oxidizing agent
–80/392
CF
Halocarbon
Table 6 – Optional Features
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
HA
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Direct or Remote Line
–40/500
CZ
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Direct or Remote Line
40/185
FJ
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Direct or Remote Line
–10/200
CT
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Direct or Remote Line
–50/325
CV
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Direct or Remote Line
10/400
HY
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Direct or Remote Line
–40/500
DJ
See page 168-169 for X variations.
Table 8 – Flange Type
Type
Code
Raised Face
Ring Joint
Flat Face
RF
RJ
FF
NOTES
(1) Viton and Kalrez diaphragm max. pressure 500 psi.
(2) Type 202, 203 monel diaphragm must be ordered w/
monel top housing (XYM).
(3) Halar coated monel bottom housing
Temp. –40°F/300°F.
(4) Bottom housing non-metallic material
Material
Max. Pressure
Temperature
PVC
75 psi
100°F
Teflon Flanged
270 psi
150°F
Kynar
200 psi
180°F
(5) 2500 class flange available upon request
Table 7 – Flange Ratings
Ashcroft flanged diaphragm seals are manufactured in accordance with ASME/ANSI B 16.5.
The chart below indicates maximum allowable working pressures for carbon steel and stainless steel flanged diaphragm seals. This pressure is determined by the flange material, the
class of the flange and the temperature the flange will be exposed to.
The diaphragm seal must be rated for a pressure greater than the full scale range of the
instrument.
CARBON STEEL FLANGE
STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE (XSE)
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (psi)
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (psi)
Temp.
FLANGE CLASS
Temp.
FLANGE CLASS
(°F)
150
300
600
900
1500
2500
(°F)
150
300
600
900
1500
2500
<100
285
740
1480
2220
3705
6170
<100
275
720
1440
2160
3600
6000
200
260
675
1350
2025
3375
5625
200
230
600
1200
1800
3000
5000
300
230
655
1315
1970
3280
5470
300
205
540
1075
1615
2690
4480
400
200
635
1270
1900
3170
5280
400
190
495
995
1490
2485
4140
500
170
600
1200
1795
2995
4990
500
170
465
930
1395
2330
3880
600
140
550
1095
1640
2735
4560
600
140
440
885
1325
2210
3680
650
125
535
1075
1610
2685
4475
650
125
430
865
1295
2160
3600
700
110
535
1065
1600
2665
4440
700
110
420
845
1265
2110
3520
750
95
505
1010
1510
2520
4200
750
95
415
825
1240
2065
3440
800
80
410
825
1235
2060
3430
800
80
405
810
1215
2030
3380
850
65
270
535
805
1340
2230
850
65
395
790
1190
1980
3300
900
50
170
345
515
860
1430
900
50
390
780
1165
1945
3240
950
35
105
205
310
515
860
950
35
380
765
1145
1910
3180
10000
20
50
105
155
280
430
10000
20
355
710
1065
1770
2950
TO ORDER 102, 202 & 302 FLANGED SERIES DIAPHRAGM SEAL:
10 - 102 - S S - 04T
X
CG
-
______
Standard
Optional
Optional
-
150
RF
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
7. Flange Class
8. Flange Type
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
154
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded Process Connection
Types 100, 200, 300 Series
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft
Seals will meet a variety of applications
and installation requirements. Over
30,000 configurations are possible
with the connections types, diaphragm
and bottom housing materials. Fill
port is standard in all designs. Rated
for pressures up to 2500 psi unless
otherwise noted.
Features:
• Rated up to 2500 psi unless stated
otherwise. Optional maximum
allowable working pressure to 5000
psi. See XHP option for details.
• A thin Teflon PTFE gasket between
the diaphragm and the bottom housing ensures a leak-tight, corrosion
resistant seal.
Types 100/101. The diaphragm
capsule is threaded to the top housing.
The diaphragm and top housing are
then clamped to the bottom housing.
Viton O-ring, compatible with all fill fluid
and Teflon backup ring provide a seal
between the diaphragm capsule and
the top housing.
Types 200/201. are welded or bonded
designs. Metallic diaphragms are
welded to the top housing. Elastomeric
diaphragm is bonded to the top housing.
The diaphragm and top housings are
then clamped to the bottom housing.
Types 300/301. An elastomeric
diaphragms is clamped between the
top housing and bottom housing.
Type 100
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number(6)
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches
1
3
/2
/4
1
11/2
Size 1/4
Type Number
Welded
Female 25
50
75
10
15
(1)
Process Connection
Capsule & Bonded Clamped
Male 02
04
06
08
Threaded
100
200
300
F/M F/M F/M
F
F
Threaded (with Flushing Connection)
101
201
301
F/M F/M F/M
F
F
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material
Material
316L SS
304 SS
Monel 400
Nickel
Carpenter 20
Tantalum
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Titanium
Gold Plated 304 SS
Teflon
Viton(4)
Kalrez(4)
Halar Coated Monel
Temp.
Limits
–40/400°F
–40/350°F
30/212°F
–40/300°F
200/ 300/
Code 100/
101 201 301
S
C
P
N
D
U
G
J
H
TI
W
T
Y
K
R
•
•
•
•
•
•
(3)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing Material(7)
Material
Code
Steel
304 SS
316L SS
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Carpenter 20
Monel 400
Inconel 600
Nickel
PVC (2,6,7)
Kynar(5,7)
Titanium
B
C
S
G
J
H
D
M
W
N
V
KY
TI
Threaded – female NPT
Threaded – female NPT
NOTES
(1) Male connections available in metallic
bottom housings only.
(2) PVC bottom housing.
• Not available on Types 101, 201 or 301
• Ma x. Pressure/Temperature
Max. Pressure Temp.
200 psi
74°F
125 psi
125°F
80 psi
150°F
(3) Type 200/201 monel diaphragm must be
ordered w/monel top housing (XYM).
(4) Viton & Kalrez diaphtagm. Max. pressure
500 psi.
(5) Kynar bottom housing.
Max. Pressure Temp.
200 psi
180°F
Size
Code
02T
04T
TO ORDER 100, 200 & 300 THREADED SERIES DIAPHRAGM SEAL:
10 100
S S
04T
Connection to
Temperature
Instrument
Limits Range °F Code
Direct Only
0/400
CG
Direct or Remote Line
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
–10/200
–50/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
See page 168-169 for X variations.
/4 NPT
1
/2 NPT
1
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Table 6 – Optional Features
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Connection
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
X
CG
_________
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
(6) Process connections for for Type 100, 200
PVC bottom housing solvent cement joint to
be coded as process connection.
Process
Conn. Size
Code
1/4˝
SA
1/2˝
SB
3/4˝
SC
1˝
SD
(7) PVC, Kynar both offer only 1/4 & 1/2 NPT
process connections.
*See Table A on page 170-171 for instrument
compatibility.
155
Diaphragm Seal
In-Line Process Connection
Type 104, 204 Threaded
Type 106, 206 Flanged
Types 104/106 are top housing
and diaphragm capsule designs.
The diaphragm capsule is threaded
to the top housing. The diaphragm
and top housing are then clamped
to the bottom housing.Viton O-ring,
compatible with all fill fluid and Teflon
backup ring provide a seal between
the diaphragm capsule and the top
housing.
Types 204/206 are welded or
bonded designs. Metallic diaphragms
are welded to the top housing.
Elastomeric diaphragms are bonded
to the top housing. The diaphragm and
top housings are then clamped to the
bottom housing.
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft
Seals will meet a variety of applications
and installation requirements. It also
includes the In-line threaded and
In-line flanged process connections.
These connections are recommended
for applications where continuous flow
will prevent clogging and buildup of
process media. Fill port is standard in
all designs in-line threaded rated for
pressures rated up to 2500 psi, unless
noted otherwise.
Features:
• A thin Teflon PTFE gasket between
the diaphragm and the bottom
housing ensures a leak-tight,
corrosion resistant seal.
Type 104
Type 106
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number
Size 1/4
Code 25
•
Process Connection
In-line – threaded NPT
In-line – flanged
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material
Material
316L SS
304 SS
Monel 400
Nickel
Carpenter 20
Tantalum
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Titanium
Teflon
Viton(1)
Kalrez(1)
Halar Coated Monel
Temp.
Limits
–40/400°F
–40/350°F
30/212°F
–40/300°F
204/
Code 104/
106 206
S
C
P
N
D
U
G
J
H
TI
T
Y
K
F
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
/2
50
•
•
1
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches
3
/4
1
11/2
2
3
4
75
10
15
20
30 40
•
•
•
•
•
6
60
8
80
•
•
•
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing Material
Material
Steel
304 SS
316L SS
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Carpenter 20
Monel 400
Inconel 600
Nickel
104/
106
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Code
B
C
S
G
J
H
D
M
W
N
Type Number
Welded
Capsule & Bonded
104
204
106
206
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
204/
106
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Table 4 – Instrument Connection
Table 6 – Optional Features
Connection
See page 168-169 for X variations.
Threaded – female NPT
Threaded – female NPT
Size
Code
/4 NPT
1
/2 NPT
02T
04T
1
Table 8 – Flange Type
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
NOTES
(1) Viton and Kalrez diaphragm max. pressure 500 psi.
(2) Type 202, 203 monel diaphragm must be ordered
w/monel top housing (XYM).
*See Table A on page 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
(for Types 106/206 only)
Type
Raised Face
Ring Joint
Flat Face
TO ORDER 104 & 204 SERIES IN-LINE
THREADED PROCESS CONNECTION:
Code
RF
RJ
RF
Standard
Standard
Standard
TO ORDER 106 & 206 SERIES IN-LINE FLANGED PROCESS CONNECTION:
50 -104 - S S - 04T X CG - ______
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
10 - 106 - S S - 04T X CG - ______ - 150
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
7. Flange Class (150 only)
8. Flange Type
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
RF
156
Diaphragm Seal
Types 105 & 205 Saddle
Types 107 & 207 Socket Weld
Types 108 & 208 Butt Weld
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft
Seals will meet a variety of applications
and installation requirements. This
includes the In-line threaded, In-line
Socket Weld, In-line Butt Weld and
In-line Saddle Seal. These connections
are recommended to prevent clogging
and buildup of process media. Rated
for pressures up to 2500 psi, unless
noted otherwise.
Features:
• A thin Teflon PTFE gasket between
the diaphragm and the bottom
housing ensures a leak-tight, corrosion resistant seal.
• Top Housing and pressure instruments
are removable.
Types 105, 107 & 108. The
diaphragm capsule is threaded to
the top housing. The diaphragm
and top housing are then clamped
to the bottom housing. Viton O-ring,
compatible with all fill fluid and Teflon
backup ring provide a seal between
the diaphragm capsule and the top
housing.
Types 205, 207 & 208 are welded or
bonded designs. Metallic diaphragms
are welded to the top housing.
Elastomeric diaphragms are bonded
to the top housing. The diaphragm and
top housings are then clamped to the
bottom housing.
Type 105/205
Type 108/208
Type 107/207
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number
Size 1/4
Code 25
Process Connection
Saddle
In-line – Butt Weld
In-line – Socket Weld
•
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material
Material
316L SS
304 SS
Monel 400
Nickel
Carpenter 20
Tantalum
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Titanium
Teflon
Viton(1)
Kalrez(1)
Halar Coated Monel
Temp.
Limits
–40/400°F
–40/350°F
30/212°F
–40/300°F
105/ 205/
207/
Code 107/
108 208
S
•
•
C
•
•
P
•
• (2)
N
•
•
D
•
•
U
•
•
G
•
•
J
•
•
H
•
•
TI
•
•
T
•
Y
•
K
•
R
•
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches
3
/4
1
11/2
2
3
4
6
8
75
10
15
20
30
40
60
80
•
AND LARGER
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
/2
50
1
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing Material
Material
Steel
304 SS
316L SS
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Carpenter 20
Monel 400
Inconel 600
Nickel
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
105/ 107/ 108/
Code 205 207 208
B
•
•
•
C
•
•
•
S
•
•
•
G
•
•
•
J
•
•
•
H
•
•
•
D
•
•
•
M
•
•
•
W
•
•
•
N
•
•
•
Table 4 – Instrument Connection
Connection
Threaded – female NPT
Threaded – female NPT
Size
Code
/4 NPT
1
/2 NPT
02T
04T
1
Type Number
Welded
Capsule & Bonded
105
205
108
208
107
207
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
-
04T - X
CG - _________
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
NOTES
(1) Viton and Kalrez diaphragm max. pressure 500 psi.
(2) Type 205, 208 and 207 monel diaphragm must be
ordered w/monel top housing (XYM).
*See Table A on page 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
TO ORDER 105/205, 107/207, 108/208 SERIES DIAPHRAGM SEAL:
20 - 108 - S S
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
157
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded & Flanged
Process Connection
Type 400/500 Series All-Welded
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft
Seals will meet a variety of applications
and installation requirements.
Features:
• Recommended for applications
where clamped design are not
acceptable
• Prevent potential leakage of
hazardous chemicals
• Tamper proof design
• All stainless steel construction is
standard. Other materials available
• Types 401 and 403 are standard with
flushing connection
Types 400, 401, 402 and 403 are all
welded design with black epoxy painted
clamp rings.
Types 500 and 501 are all welded
designs. No clamp rings. Type 501 is
standard with flushing connection.
Type 400
Type 500
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches
1
1
3
/4
/2
/4
1
11/2
2
Female 25
50
75
10
15
20
Male 02
04
06
08
Process Connection
F/M F/M F/M
F
Threaded
F
F
F
F
Threaded (with Flushing Connection)
•
•
•
•
•
Flanged
•
•
•
•
•
Flanged (with Flushing Connection)
F/M F/M F/M F/M
Threaded
F/M
F
F
F
Threaded (with Flushing Connection)
3
30
Size
Type
No.
400
401
402
403
500
501
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material
Temp.
Limits
Material
316L SS
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Tantalum(3)
Monel 400
Titanium
Code
S
G
J
H
M
TI
•
•
•
•
•
•
Top Material
316L SS
316L SS
316L SS
316L SS
Monel
Titanium
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Size
Code
/4 NPT
1
/2 NPT
02T
04T
1
•
•
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
•
Table 3 – Bottom Housing Materials
Bottom Material
316L SS
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Monel
Titanium(4)
(1)
4400 psi
4400 psi(1)
Per ASME B16.5(2)
Per ASME B16.5(2)
500 psi
500 psi
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Code
S
G
J
H
U
M
TI
Pressure
Rating
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Table 8 – Flange Types for 402 & 403 Only
Type
Raised Face
Ring Joint
Flat Face
Code
RF
RJ
FF
Standard
Optional
Optional
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
NOTES:
(1) Type 400 XHP rated to 9000 psi.
Type 401 XHP rated to 5000 psi.
(2) Flange ratings 150 class through 1500 class.
(3) Not available with monel or titanium bottom housing.
(4) Supplied with titanium top housing.
*See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
attached to the diaphragm seal.
TO ORDER FLANGED TYPE 402 & 403 SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
TO ORDER THREADED TYPE 400, 401, 500 & 501
SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
20 - 402 - S S - 04T- X CG - ______ -150
10-400 - S S - 04T - X CG - ______
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
7. See page 153 for flange ratings
8. Flange Type
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
RF
158
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded Process Connection
Types 510/511 Series, All Welded
This compact seal is small enough in
design to be used in confined spaces,
but provides sufficient displacement to
drive a wide variety of instrumentation.
Its all-welded tamper proof design prevents possible process media leakage.
FEATURES:
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Rating
1500 psi @ 100°F
Optional 5000 psi @ 100°F (XHP)
Accuracy (typical)
Seal will add 1⁄2% to the stated full scale
accuracy of the instrument attached.
• Compact size
• Light weight
• All-welded design
• Continuous duty design
• Minimized fill volume
• Male connections eliminate
adapters/fittings
• Type 511 furnished with 1/8 NPT flushing connection
• Dual inch and metric wrench flats
Type 510
Type 511HP
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 –
Process Connection
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Process Connection
Code
Threaded – 1/2 NPT male
04
Table 2 –
Diaphragm Materials
Material
316L stainless steel
Temp.
Limits
Code
S
Hastelloy C276(2)
H
Monel(1)
M
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing Materials
Material
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
NOTES:
Code
(1) Available only with monel top and bottom housing.
316L stainless steel
S
(2) Available with hastelloy top and bottom housing.
Monel
M
*See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Hastelloy C276
H
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Size-NPT
Code
/2
04T
1
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 510 / 511 SERIES THREADED PROCESS CONNECTION:
04 - 510 - S S - 04T - X CG
-
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
______
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
159
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded Process Connection
Type 311/312 All Welded
Midi-Diaphragm Seal
This compact isolator is small
enough in design to be used in space
restricted areas, with sufficient displacement to drive 31/2˝ and 41/2˝ gauges with
ranges from 30 psi to 1000 psi.
FEATURES:
• All welded metal construction,
prevents leakage of process media
• No gaskets or bolts
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Top housing material 316L stainless
steel standard
Pressure Rating
15 psi to 1000 psi @ 100°F
• Type 312 furnished with 1/8 NPT
flushing connection
• Type 312 not available in male
process connections
Type 311
Type 312
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number
Type
No.
311
312
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches
1
3
/2
/4
1
Size 1/4
Female 25
50
75
10
Male 02
04
06
08
Process Connection
F/M F/M
F
F
Threaded NPT
F
F
Threaded NPT (w/Flushing Connection)
Table 2 –
Diaphragm Materials
1000 psi
1000 psi
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Materials
Code
316L stainless steel
Tantalum
Hastelloy C 276
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
S
U
H
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing Materials
Materials
Code
316L stainless steel
Hastelloy C-276
S
H
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
1
1
Size
Code
/4 NPT
/2 NPT
02T
04T
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
*See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 311 / 312 SERIES THREADED PROCESS CONNECTION:
50 - 311 - S S - 04T - X
CG
-
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
NOTES:
Instrument Connection
Threaded – female NPT
Threaded – female NPT
Pressure
Rating
______
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
160
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded Process Connection
Type 310 & 315 All Welded
Mini-Diaphragm Seal
This compact isolator is designed to
fit space restricted areas. Specifically
designed to protect from transducer mini
switches and 31/2˝ or smaller gauges.
FEATURES:
• All welded metal construction,
prevents leakage of process media
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
• No gaskets or bolts
Pressure Rating
Rated for 2500 psi at 100°F
• Type 315 furnished with 1/8 NPT
flushing connection
• Fill/bleed connection is standard
Type 310
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number
Process Connection Size/Code—Inches
Size
Femalei
Male
Process Connection
Threaded NPT
Threaded NPT w/flushing connection
⁄4
1
50
04
F/M
F/M
310
2500 psi @ 100°F
F
F
315
2500 psi @ 100°F
Table 2
Diaphragm Material
Code
310/315
316L stainless steel
Hastelloy C 27
Tantalum
Monel(1)
S
H
U
P
•
•
•
•
Table 3 – Bottom
Bottom Housing Materials
Material
Code
Top
Material
310/
315
316L SS
Hastelloy C 276
Monel
Hastelloy B
S
H
M
G
316L SS
316L SS
Monel
316 SS
•
•
•
Size
Code
/4 NPT
1
/8 NPT
02T
01T
1
Pressure Rati
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
NOTES:
(1) Top housing material is 316L SS (standard). Monel mini-seal
standard with monel top housing.
*See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
attached to the diaphragm seal.
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 310 /315 THREADED SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
25 - 310 - S S - 02T - X CG
-
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
•
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Threaded – female NPT
Threaded – female NPT
Type Number
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Material
Connection
⁄2
1
25
02
______
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
161
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded & Flanged
Process Connection
Type 700 Series
lows gauges, inches of water ranges
and low differential pressure gauges
• For instruments ranging from 10˝ H2O
to 750 psi
• Types 701 and 703 are standard with
¼˝ flushing connection
• Silicone is the recommended fill fluid.
Glycerin not recommended with vacuum, inch H2O, or compound ranges
This large volumetric displacement
isolator is designed to drive low pressure
gauges, switches and other instruments.
Types 740, 741, 702 and 703 are all
welded design. A metallic diaphragm is
welded to the top housing. The top
housing and diaphragm are then
clamped to the bottom housing.
FEATURES:
• Diaphragm is electron beam welded
to the top housing
• For applications requiring a large
volumetric displacement such as bel-
Type 702/703
Type 740/741
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number
Process Connection Size/Code – Inches(2)
Process Connection
Threaded NPT
Threaded NPT (with flushing connection)
Size 1⁄4
Code 25
F
⁄2
50
F
3
⁄4
75
F
F
F
F
F
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Raised Face Flange
Raised Face Flange (with flushing connection)
Table 2 –
Diaphragm Materials
Material
316L stainless steel
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 276
Tantalum
Monel(1)
Titanium
Material
Top Material
S
G
H
U
M
TI
316L SS
316L SS
316L SS
316L SS
Monel 400
Titanium
Code
B
316L stainless steel
S
G
J
H
D
M
TI
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C 22
Hastelloy C 276
Carpenter 20
Monel
Titanium
1
1
⁄4
⁄2
3
30
4
40
6
60
8
Type No.
80
740
741
702
703
Pressure
Rating
750 psi
750 psi
Flange Rating
150
to lass
300
c
150 o t 300
lass c
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Table 7 – Flange Class for 702 & 703
150, 300 (see page 170-171 for pressure ratings.)
Table 8 – Flange Types
(for 702 & 703 Only)
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Size – NPT
1 11⁄2 2
10 15 20
F
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Code
Table 3 – Bottom
Housing Materials
Steel
1
Type
Code
Raised Face
Ring Joint
Flat Face
RF
RJ
FF
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
NOTES:
(1) Monel top housing standard with monel diaphragm.
*See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
attached to the diaphragm seal.
Standard
Optional
Optional
Code
02T
04T
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 740 & 741 THREADED SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
50 - 740 - S S - 04T - X CK - ______
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 702 & 703 FLANGED SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
10 - 702 - S S - 04T - X CK - ______-150
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
7. Flange Class
8. Flange Type
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
RF
162
Diaphragm Seal
Quick-Connect Type 320
The Ashcroft® Type 320 quickconnect diaphragm seal is designed for
applications requiring ease of dismantling and reassembly and do not require
a 3A standard rating in accordance
with sanitary standard 74-00.
Typical applications include the pharmaceutical, dairy, food processing,
biotechnology, and filtration markets.
Also included are breweries,
distilleries, wineries and citrus juice
production plants.
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS:
•
•
•
•
•
Quick-connect clamps, gaskets or
bottom housings are not supplied
Can be used with pressure instruments such as gauges, switches
and transducers
Maximum operating pressure and
temperature is determined by the
gaskets and clamping devices
used in the piping system
FEATURES:
• Compatible with Tri-Clover and
Cherry Burrell S line connections
Type 320
The 11⁄2˝-Type 320 is for use on
most 31⁄2˝ and smaller size gauges
The 2˝-Type 320 can be attached
to gauges 41⁄2˝ and larger size
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection
Type
Number
320
Piping
System
11⁄2˝ (1)
320
2˝
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Code
15
20
Table 2 –
Diaphragm Materials
Temp.
Limits
Materials
Code
316L stainless steel
316L stainless steel
S
S
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing Materials(1)
Materials
X
Table 4 – Instrument Connection
Connection
Threaded – female NPT
Threaded – female NPT
Size
Code
320
/4 NPT
1
/2 NPT
02T
04T
2˝ process
conn. only.
1
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
*See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
attached to the diaphragm seal.
X
TO ORDER THIS QUICK CONNECT TYPE 320 SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
15 - 320 - S X - 02T - X CK
-
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
NOTES:
(1) For use with most 31/2˝ and smaller gauges. Movementless
gauge 41/2˝ (exception).
Code
Non Required
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
______
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
163
Diaphragm Seal
Flush Threaded Type 330
This compact isolator is designed
for applications where the diaphragm
must be flush mounted to the process
connection.
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
• For use on pressure gauges up to
31/2˝ from 45 to 3000 psi
• Adds an additional 1% tolerance to
the gauge
FEATURES
• All welded metal construction,
prevents leakage of process media
• Flush design eliminates pockets that
could cause clogging or build-up of
process media
• Diaphragm area easy to clean up
• Compact size to fit space-restricted
areas
• No gaskets or bolts
Type 330
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Table 1 –
Process Connection
Process Connection
Size
Code
1˝
08
Threaded – male NPT
Table 2 –
Diaphragm Materials
Temp.
Limits
Materials
Code
316L stainless steel
S
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing
Materials
Code
Non Required
X
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Connection
Threaded – female NPT
Threaded – female NPT
Size
Code
/4 NPT
1
/2 NPT
02T
04T
1
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
NOTES:
*See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
attached to the diaphragm seal.
TO ORDER THIS FLUSH TYPE 330 THREADED SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
08 -330 - S X - 02T - X CT
-
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
______
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
164
Isolation Ring
Types 80/81
The isolation ring has a flexible inner
cylinder. A 360-degree flexible cylinder
means no clogging, assuring reliable
and accurate pressure readings.
A built-in threaded needle valve is
standard. This permits the removal of
a pressure instrument for calibration,
repair, or replacement without shutting
down the process flow. The needle
valve also allows for throttling of the
process when excessive pulsation is
present.
Adaptable to a variety of process
conditions and applications, the Ashcroft isolation ring can be used for
protection of instrumentation such as
pressure gauges, switches, transmitters, recorders and transducers. The
isolation ring fits between customersupplied piping flanges like many
butterfly valves, and is available for
piping diameters from 2˝ to 20˝. It can
be used at any pressure within the
limitations of ASME classes 150 and
300, and even in most vacuum applications.
Type 80 Isolation Ring (Wafer)
Type 81 Isolation Ring (Bolt Thru)
SELECTION TABLES
Table 1 – Pipe Size/Type Number
Size
Code
1 11⁄2 2
01 15 02
•
•
Pipe Size/Code—Inches
4
6
8 10 12 14
04 06 08 10 12 14
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3
03
•
•
16
16
•
18
18
•
20
20
•
Table 2
Inner Flexible Wall(2)
Material
Buna N
Teflon(1)
Silicone
Viton
Natural Rubber
Carbon steel
316 stainless steel
Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride
Carbon
Steel
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Code
B
S
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
Size
Code
/4
02T
/2
04T
Threaded – female NPT
1
Threaded – female NPT
1
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
TO ORDER THIS ISOLATION RING TYPE 80/81 SERIES:
80 - 02 - E B - 02T - X
CG
-
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
NOTES:
(1) Not available in sizes 12˝ or larger.
(2) Temperature limits of both inner flexible wall and fill fluid
must not be exceeded.
CP
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection
Instrument Connection
800
810
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
up to 225°F (107°)
up to 350°F (177°)
up to 450°F (232°)
up to 350°F (177°)
up to 225°F (107°)
Table 3
Assembly Flanges
Material
Housing
Material
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Code Temp. Limits
E
T
SI
Y
NR
Type
Number
______
1. Isolation Ring Type
Process Connection
2. Flexible Inner Wall Material
3. Assembly Flange Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
165
Isolation Spool
Types 85/86
The isolation spool has a flexible
inner cylinder. A 360-degree flexible
cylinder means no clogging, assuring
reliable and accurate pressure readings. A built-in threaded needle valve
is provided standard. This permits
the removal of a pressure instrument
for calibration, repair, or replacement
without shutting down the process
flow. The needle valve also allows for
throttling of the process when excessive pulsation is present.
Adaptable to a variety of process
conditions and applications, the
Ashcroft isolation spool can be used
for protection of instrumentation such
as pressure gauges, switches, transmitters and transducers. The isolation
spool fits between customer-supplied
piping flanges like many butterfly
valves, and is available for piping diameters 1˝, 11/ 2˝ and 2˝. It can be used
at any pressure within the limitations
of ASME classes 150 and 300, and in
most vacuum applications.
Type 86 Isolation Spool (Flanged)
Type 85 Isolation Spool (Threaded)
SELECTION TABLES
Table 1 – Pipe Size/Type Number
Pipe Size/Code—Inches
Size
1 11⁄2 2
Type
Housing
Number
Material
Code 01 15 02
•
•
•
•
85(1)0
86(2)0
•
Carbon
Steel
Table 2 – Inner Flexible Wall(3)
Material
Buna N
Teflon
Viton
Natural Rubber
Code Temp. Limits
E
T
Y
NR
up to 225°F (107°)
up to 350°F (177°)
up to 350°F (177°)
up to 225°F (107°))
Table 3
Assembly Flanges
Material
Code
Carbon steel
316 stainless steel
Chlor. Polyvinyl Chloride
Teflon Enveloped
Polypropylene
B
S
CP
CT
PP
Code
⁄4
1
⁄2
02T
04T
1
Table 8 – Flange Types
(for Type 86 Only)
Type
Code
Raised Face
Ring Joint
RF
RJ
Standard
Optional
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Filling
Glycerin
Silicone
Service
Pressure
Pressure/Vacuum
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon
of strong oxidizing agent
Syltherm
Pressure/Vacuum
Food Grade Silicone
Pressure/Vacuum
Distilled Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Ethylene Glycol & Water
Pressure/Vacuum
Propylene Glycol
Pressure/Vacuum
Mineral Oil
Pressure/Vacuum
Silicone 10 CST
Pressure/Vacuum
Connection to
Instrument
Direct Only
Direct or Remote Line
Temperature
Limits Range °F Code
0/400
CG
–40/600
CK
Direct or Remote Line
–80/392
CF
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
Direct or Remote Line
–40/750
–40/500
40/185
20/–325
20/325
10/400
–40/500
HA
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
HY
DJ
NOTES:
(1) Female threaded ends.
(2) Flanged ends.
(3) Temperature limits of both inner flexible wall and fill fluid
must not be exceeded.
Table 4
Instrument Connection
Size – NPT
Table 7 – Flange Class Available
(Type 86 only)
TO ORDER THIS ISOLATION SPOOL TYPE 86 FLANGE:
TO ORDER THIS ISOLATION SPOOL TYPE 85 SERIES:
85 - 01 - E B - 02T - X CG - ______
1. Isolation Spool Type
Process Connection Size
2. Flexible Inner Wall Material
3. Assembly Flange Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
86- 01 - E B - 02T - X CG -______-150
1. Isolation Spool Type
Process Connection Size
2. Flexible Inner Wall Material
3. Assembly Flange Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features
7. Flange Class
8. Flange Type
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
RF
166
Line Assemblies
Type 1115A/1115P
All Welded
When a gauge is installed on a process line containing hot liquid or gas,
one solution to protect the gauge from
damage and/or accuracy degradation
from elevated temperature is to simply
include an extra five feet of capillary (to
600°F process) between the process
media and the gauge. The slow rate of
heat transfer through the added capillary and dead-ended process fluid will
generally protect the gauge from damage and/or accuracy degradation.
Ashcroft® line assemblies are offered
in a wide variety of configurations to suit
all of your applications. Our standard
assembly is in an all welded design of
300 series stainless components. The
capillary is 304 stainless steel with an
O.D. of .125 x .062 I.D. A spiral wound
armor shields the assembly.
1
/4˝ or 1/2˝ male or female connections
are available. Other connections available upon request.
FEATURES
• All welded construction
• Type 1115A is our standard stainless
steel armored capillary
• Type 1115P stainless steel armored
capillary, with the addition of PVC
sheathing for maximum corrosion
resistance
• The assemblies have standard line
lengths of five feet in increments of
five feet
• Line lengths in one foot increments
are available with one foot being the
minimum allowed, 100 feet being the
maximum
• Maximum working pressure 10,000 psi
• Temperature limits: –300°F to 750°F
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 –
Instrument Connection
NPT
/4 Female
1
/2 Female
1
/4 Male
1
/2 Male
1
Table 4 –
Example Lengths
Code
Example Lengths
Feet
Code
02
04
25
50
Increments of
Increments of
Increments of
01
05
25
Max0
001
005
025
100
Table 2 –
Type
Description
Code
Stainless steel armored capillary
Stainless steel armored capillary
w/PVC sheathing
1115A
1115P
Table 3 –
Process Connection
NPT
/4 Female
1
/2 Female
1
/4 Male
1
/2 Male
1
Code
02
04
25
50
TO ORDER THIS LINE ASSEMBLY TYPE 1115A/1115P SERIES:
50 - 1115A - 04
1.
2.
3.
4.
Type 1115P
- 005
Instrument Connection
Type
Process Connection
Length
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Type 1115A
167
Diaphragm Seals
Engineered Assemblies
Unique implementation of pressure
measurement and monitoring equipment often requires a combination of
devices to accomplish the necessary
tasks. To meet this end, Ashcroft offers
custom engineered assemblies that
can include local indication, remote
sensing, control and media isolation
capabilities. The selection guide below
outlines the choices of instruments,
isolators an pressure conduits that
can be incorporated into the assembly
to precisely meet the application
requirements.
SELECTION TABLES*
Variation
F1
F2
F3
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
FC
FL
FN
H2
H3
H5
H6
H7
H8
JD
JH
Seal or
Iso-Ring
Siphon
Pulsation
Dampner
(Chemquip)
Snubber “D”
Flexible
Porosity when Line/Remote Multiple
Instruments
Applicable
Mounting
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DIAPHRAGM SEAL DISPLACEMENT
Type
Material
100, 200
200, 300
200, 300
300
310
311,312
320 (11/2˝ process)
320 (2˝ process)
330
400
500
702/703
740/741
Metal
Teflon
Viton
Kalrez
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
Metal
MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT
Cubic
Cubic
Inches
Centimeters
0.07
0.14
0.5
0.5
0.025
0.032
0.025
0.07
0.018
0.07
0.07
0.43
0.43
1.14
2.23
8
8
0.41
0.52
0.41
1.14
0.41
1.14
1.14
7
7
RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS
Where high temperatures and pulsation are present.
Where high temperatures is present.
Where high temperatures is present.
Where pulsation, vibration and corrosion are present.(1)
Where pressure spikes, high temperatures or corrosion are present.(1)
Where remote mounting, pressure spikes or corrosion are present.(1)
Where remote mounting, pressure spikes or corrosion are present.(1)
Where remote mounting, pressure spikes or corrosion are present.(1)
Where high temperatures and pulsation are present.(2)
Where pulsation, vibration and corrosion are present.(2)
Where pressure spikes are present.
Where remote mounting is needed.
Where multiple instruments are needed.(3)
Where multiple instruments are needed.(4)
Where multiple instruments are needed.(5)
Where multiple instruments are needed.(6)
Where multiple instruments are needed.(7)
Where pulsation is present.(8)
Where pulsation is present.(9)
The volumetric displacement of a diaphragm
seal is the volume of fill fluid a diaphragm can
move. The volume must be greater than the
volume needed to obtain full deflection of the
pressure sensor. The table below lists Ashcroft
diaphragm seals volumetric displacement.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
NOTES
(1) Not available with Glycerin fill fluid.
Not applicable for gauge type 1188,
1189 & 1490.
(2) Not available with Glycerin fill fluid.
(3) Gauge and Transducer assembly.
Not available with Glycerin fill fluid.
(4) Gauge and Instrument assembly.1/2
NPT instrument connections. Not
available with Glycerin.
(5) Gauge and 2 instruments.1/2
NPT instrument connections. Not
available with Glycerin.
(6) Gauge and Instrument assembly.1/4
NPT instrument connections. Not
available with Glycerin.
(7) Gauge and 2 instruments.1/4
NPT instrument connections. Not
available with Glycerin.
(8) Snubber Type 1106.
(9) Not available with Glycerin fill fluid.
Not applicable for gauge type 1188,
1189 & 1490.
168
Diaphragm Seals
Options
Ashcroft offers a variety of customization and options to the diaphragm
seal line. These additional options are called X-variations.
FLUSHING OPTIONS
QUICK ISOLATION
CONN. RINGS
IN-LINE
FLANGED
THREADED
1/2˝
Dual 1/2˝
Dual 1/4˝
Flushing
Flushing
Flushing
Connection Connections Connections
100
101
200
201
300
301
104
204
310
315
311
312
330
400
401
500
501
510
511
740
741
102
103
202
203
302
303
106
206
402
403
702
703
105
107
108
205
207
208
80
81
85
86
TOP HOUSING OPTIONS
Hastelloy
C 276 Top
Housing
Monel 400
Top
Housing
316 SS
Top
Housing
SS
Clamping
Bolts
SS
Rings &
Bolts
Hi Pressure
Clamp
Rings
SS
Locking
Device
HB
YM
YT
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SB
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SE
•
•
•
•
•
•
HP
•
•
•
•
LD
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
AW
DB
DK
PU
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
HARDWARE
Piping
Plugs
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
320
(1) Instrument connection and top housing must have like materials.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
•
•
SS Tag
Paper Tag
NH
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
NN
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Teflon
Free
Seal
Instrument
Welded to
Seal(1)
N
•
•
DU
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
169
Diaphragm Seals
Options
QUICK ISOLATION
CONN. RINGS
IN-LINE
FLANGED
THREADED
Ashcroft offers a variety of customization and options to the diaphragm
seal line. These additional options are called X-variations.
100
101
200
201
300
301
104
204
310
315
311
312
330
400
401
500
501
510
511
740
741
102
103
202
203
302
303
106
Dye
Penetrant
Test on Seals
Oxygen
Cleaned
MQ
•
•
•
•
W1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
6B
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CD-5
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
206
402
403
702
703
105
107
108
205
207
208
80
81
85
86
320
CERTS & TESTS
Positive
Material
Identification
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
316SS
Center Body
for Iso-Rings
CP
CT
NV
SD
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Iso-Ring
without
Needle Valve
•
•
•
RF
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CPVC
Assembly
Flanges
•
•
•
•
FF
ISO-RINGS
Teflon Env.
Assembly
Flanges
•
•
•
Raised
Face
•
•
•
•
Flat
Face
•
•
•
FLANGE OPTIONS
•
•
•
•
NACE(2)
Compliant
Certificate
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(2) See PI page ASH/PI-60C
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
•
•
•
•
170
Min/Max Operating
Pressure Guideline
For Diaphragm Seals
TABLE A
Process Connection Type
THREADED
Diaphragm Seal Type
Duragauge & 4 ⁄2˝ & Larger Gauges(2,6)
Unigauge, 21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝, Type 1009(1,6)
1259, 5500/6500(6)
Low Pressure Bellows Gauges
(1188 Series)(3,6)
100/101/200/201 METAL DIAPH.
15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to
2500psi (XHP to 5000#)
Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#)
15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to 2500psi
(XHP to 5000#)
N/A
200/201/300/301 TEFLON DIAPH.
Vac to 2500psi
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
200/201/300/301 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
310/315 ("MINI")
N/A
15psi & Vac (compound),
30psi to 1000psi
Vac to 2500 psi
N/A
15psi & Vac (compound),
30psi to 1000psi
1
311/312 ("MIDI")
330 (FLUSH)
N/A
510/511
30psi to 1500 psi (XHP to 5000 psi)
740/741 (LP)
Vac to 750 psi
Vac to 750 psi
Vac to 750 psi
104/204 METAL DIAPH.
15psi & Vac (compound),
30psi to 2500psi
Vac to 2500 psi
15psi & Vac (compound),
30psi to 2500psi
204 TEFLON DIAPH.
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
204 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to
Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1 Materials,
Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 900# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to
Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1 Materials,
Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 900# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
30 psi to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
15psi & Vac (compound),
30psi to 2500psi
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
15psi & Vac (compound),
30psi to 2500psi
207 TEFLON DIAPH.
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
207 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
108/208-METAL DIAPH.
15 psi & Vac (comp.) 30 psi to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
208 TEFLON DIAPH.
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
208 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
202/203/302/303 TEFLON DIAPH.
202/203/302/303 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
702/703
106/206-METAL DIAPH.
206 TEFLON DIAPH.
206-VIT0N OR KALREZ DIAPH.
107/207-METAL DIAPH.
IN-LINE SOCKET WELD
IN-LINE BUTT WELD
SADDLE
ISOLATION RING
QUICK CONNECT
TYPE 320
Vac to 500 psi
15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to
Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1 Materials,
Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 900# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
15psi & Vac (comp.) 30psi to
Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Materials,
Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
15psi & Vac (compound),
30psi to 2500psi
102/103/202/203/402/403 METAL DIAPH.
IN-LINE FLANGED
(400 XHP to 9000psi) (401 XHP to 5000psi)
N/A
N/A
15psi & Vac (comp.) 30psi to 4400psi
(400 XHP to 9000psi) (401 XHP to 5000psi)
15 psi & Vac (compound)
30psi to 500psi
Vac to 1500 psi (XHP to 5000psi)
500/501 (WELDED)
FLANGED
45psi & Vac (compound),
60psi to 3000psi
Vac to 4400psi
15psi & Vac (comp.) 30psi to 4400psi
(400 XHP to 9000psi) (401 XHP to 5000psi)
15 psi & Vac (compound)
30psi to 500psi
30psi to 1500 psi (XHP to 5000 psi)
400/401 (WELDED)
IN-LINE THREADED
Vac to 1000psi
30IWV & 30IWC
(compound), 60IWC to 10psi
5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
10IWC to 10psi
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15IWV & 15IWC,
30IWC to 10psi
N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
(compound), 60IWC to 10psi
5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
10IWC to 10psi
N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
(compound), 60IWC to 10psi
5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
10IWC to 10psi
15IWV & 15IWC
(compound), 30IWC to 10psi
N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
(compound), 60IWC to 10psi
5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
10IWC to 10psi
N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
60IWC to 10psi
5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
10IWC to 10psi
N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
(compound), 60IWC to 10psi
5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
10IWC to 10psi
N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
(compound), 60IWC to 10psi
5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
10IWC to 10psi
105/205 META DIAPH.
15 psi & Vac (comp.) 30 psi to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
105/205 TEFLON DIAPH.
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
205-VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
TYPE 80
TYPE 81
TYPE 85
TYPE 86
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
N/A
Vac to 1000psi (w/High Pressure Clamps)
(2˝ Tri-Clamp Only)
Vac to 1000psi
(with High Pressure Clamps)
Vac to 1000psi
(2˝ Tri-Clamp Only)
N/A
320
NOTES: 1. 1008 not available with seals.
2. 1125/1127/1128 same system as Duragauge, use
static pressure of the system to define compatibility.
3. 1188 gauges/seal assemblies NOT available with glycerine.
4. 5503 must be assembled with capillaries.
5. Glycerine NOT available for Vac and compound ranges.
6. Lower limits are guidlines for direct mount only. For remote
mount consult factory.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
171
Min/Max Operating
Pressure Guideline
For Diaphragm Seals
TABLE A
Process Connection Type
THREADED
IN-LINE THREADED
FLANGED
IN-LINE FLANGED
IN-LINE SOCKET WELD
IN-LINE BUTT WELD
SADDLE
ISOLATION RING
QUICK CONNECT
TYPE 320
Diaphragm Seal Type
5503 DP Gauge
100/101/200/201 METAL DIAPH.
200/201/300/301 TEFLON DIAPH.
(continued)
Digital Gauges(5,6)
Transducers(6)
Switches
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#)
Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#)
6 psi & Above Setpoint
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#)
6 psi & Above Setpoint
(4)
200/201/300/301 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
10 psid to 400 psid
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
10˝ H2O & Above (B Series only)
20˝ H2O & Above All Others
310/315 (“MINI”)
N/A
6 psi & Above Setpoint
N/A
Vac to 1000psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
330 (FLUSH)
N/A
Vac to 3000psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
400/401 (WELDED)
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac,
15 psi to 1000psi
Vac,
15 psi to 3000psi
Vac to 4400 psi (400XHP to 9000 psi)
(401XHP to 5000 psi)
Vac to 2500 psi
311/312 (“MIDI”)
Vac to 4400 psi (400XHP to 9000 psi)
(401XHP to 5000 psi)
6 psi & Above Setpoint
500/501 (WELDED)
N/A
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
510/511
N/A
100psi to 1500psi (XHP to 5000psi)
100psi to 1500psi (XHP to 5000psi)
6 psi & Above Setpoint
740/741 (LP)
10 psid to 400 psid
Vac to 750 psi
Vac to 750 psi
30˝ H2O & Above Setpoint
104/204 METAL DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to 750 psi
Vac to 750 psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
204 TEFLON DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#)
Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#)
6 psi & Above Setpoint
204/304 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
10 psid to 400 psid
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
10˝ H2O & Above (B Series only)
20˝ H2O & Above All Others
102/103/202/203/402/ 403 METAL DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
6 psi & Above Setpoint
202/203/302/303 TEFLON DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to Class 900# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 900# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
10˝ H2O & Above (B Series only)
20˝ H2O & Above All Others
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
6 psi & Above Setpoint
202/203/302/303 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
10 psid to 400 psid
702/703
10 psid to Class 300#
106/206-METAL DIAPH.
N/A
106/206 TEFLON DIAPH.
N/A
206-VIT0N OR KALREZ DIAPH.
10 psid to 400 psid
107/207-METAL DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
207 TEFLON DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
30˝ H2O & Above Setpoint
6 psi & Above Setpoint
6 psi & Above Setpoint
6 psi & Above Setpoint
6 psi & Above Setpoint
207 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
10 psid to 400 psid
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
10˝ H2O & Above (B Series only)
20˝ H2O & Above All Others
108/208-METAL DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
208 TEFLON DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
208 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
10 psid to 400 psid
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
10˝ H2O & Above (B Series only)
20˝ H2O & Above All Others
105/205 META DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
105/205 TEFLON DIAPH.
N/A
Vac to 2500 psi
Vac to 2500 psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
205-VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
10 psid to 400 psid
Vac to 500 psi
Vac to 500 psi
10˝ H2O & Above (B Series only)
20˝ H2O & Above All Others
TYPE 80
TYPE 81
TYPE 85
TYPE 86
N/A
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
6 psi & Above Setpoint
320
N/A
Vac to 1000 psi
Vac to 1000 psi
6 psi & Above Setpoint
NOTES: 1. 1008 not available with seals.
2. 1125/1127/1128 same system as Duragauge, use
static pressure of the system to define compatibility.
3. 1188 gauges/seal assemblies NOT available with glycerine.
4. 5503 must be assembled with capillaries.
5. Glycerine NOT available for Vac and compound ranges.
6. Lower limits are guidlines for direct mount only. For remote
mount consult factory.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
172
Diaphragm Seals Style Chart
Threaded Process Connection
Types 101, 201, 301 – (Clamped)
Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT with flushing connection
Types 100, 200, 300 – (Clamped)
Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
Type 500 All Welded –
Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
A
A
A
B
B
B
/ NPTforfor1⁄4,1/14⁄2, &1/32⁄4 & 3/4 process
process connections,
1
/8 NPT for 1˝
connections,
1⁄8 NPT for 1.0 NPT
NPT
process
connections.
process
connections
11⁄4 NPT
4
C
C
in
33⁄4
A
mm
(95)
in
27⁄8
(wrench flats)
B
mm
(73)
in
113⁄16
C
mm
(46)
Type 400 – All Welded
Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
in
33⁄4
A
mm
(95)
B
in
27⁄8
mm
(73)
in
C
113⁄16
mm
(46)
Type 401 – All Welded
Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT with flushing connection
C
in
21⁄2˝
A
mm
(63)
1⁄4,1/
14
⁄2,&1/32⁄4 & 3/4 process
/⁄44 NPT
NPTforfor
process connections,
1
/8 NPT for 1˝
connections,
1⁄8 NPT for 1.0 NPT
NPT
process
connections.
process
connections
C
C
A
mm
(95)
in
27⁄8
B
mm
(73)
(wrench flats)
in
113⁄16
C
Type 510 – All Welded Threaded
Diaphragm Seal
mm
(46)
in
33⁄4
A
mm
(95)
in
27⁄8
B
mm
(73)
in
113⁄16
C
mm
(46)
Type 510 XHP – All Welded Threaded
High Pressure Diaphragm Seal
1/2 NPT
Instrument
Connection
Ø31 mm
1.22˝
in
21⁄2˝
3
/⁄44 NPT
NPTfor
for1⁄41,/41,⁄21&/23⁄&
/4 process
4
1
process connections,
/8 NPT for 1˝
connections,
1⁄8 NPT for 1.0 NPT
NPT
process connections.
process connections
A
mm
(63)
in
27⁄8
57 mm
2.244˝
B
mm
(73)
in
113⁄16
C
mm
(46)
Type 511 – All Welded Threaded
Diaphragm Seal with Flushing Connection
Ø57.5 mm
2.26˝
1/2 NPT
Instrument
Connection
Ø31 mm
1.22˝
1/2 NPT
Process
Connection
Across Flats SW
28.6 mm / 1.13˝
Ø37.5 mm
1.48˝
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
1/2 NPT
Instrument
Connection
Across
Flats SW
27 mm / 1.06˝
23 mm
0.91˝
64.4 mm
2.54˝
33 mm
1.30˝
106.6 mm
4.20˝
86.5 mm
3.41˝
Across
Flats SW
27 mm / 1.06˝
23 mm
0.91˝
1/2 NPT
Process
Connection
33 mm
1.30˝
Lower
Housing
mm
(46)
11
C
Upper
Housing
81 mm
3.188˝
C
B
11
in
33⁄4
in
113⁄16
A
B
B
mm
(73)
Type 501 – All Welded
Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT with flushing connection
A
A
B
in
27⁄8
1/2 NPT
Process
Connection
Across Flats SW
28.6 mm / 1.13˝
Ø50 mm
1.97˝
173
Diaphragm Seals Style Chart
Process Connection
Threaded & Flanged
Types 311/312 – All Welded
Threaded Process Connection
Female NPT
Type 310 Mini-Seal – All Welded
Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2 NP
Type 311 Midi-Seal – All Welded
Threaded Process Connection
Male NPT
A
A
A
B
B
B
Bottom of Housing
to CL of 1/8 NPT
Flushing Port
(Type 312 only)
D
C
C
C
TYPE 311 MIDI-SEAL
MALE NPT PROCESS CONNECTION
TYPE 311 & 312 MIDI-SEAL –
THREADED 1/4, 1/2 NPT
(with and without
B flushing connection)
C
Size
Code
/4
/2
3
/4
1
02
04
06
08
1
1
in
A
mm
2
in
(51)
B
13/8
mm
(35)
in
13/4
C
mm
(44)
Type 330 Flush Mini-Seal – All Welded
Threaded Instrument Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2 NPT
A
in
11⁄2
mm
in
(38)
13⁄16
B
C
mm
in
(30)
111⁄32
A
mm
in
(34)
2.00
Types 740, 741 – High Displacement –
Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
(51)
2.65
(67)
1.75
(44)
0.94
Types 102, 202, 103, 203 – Flanged 1˝
(raised face only) (1 piece bottom housing)
with and without flushing connection
D
B
Bottom of Housing
to CL of 1/4 NPT
Flushing Port
(Type 741 Only)
B
C
D
B
“E”
111⁄32˝
TYPE 330 FLUSH MINI-SEAL –
THREADED 1/4 & 1/2
INSTRUMENT CONNECTION
in
(34)
24⁄64
B
BOTTOM OF HOUSING
TO CL OF 1/8 NPT
FLUSHING PORT
TYPES 103 & 203 ONLY)
C
1 NPT
mm
Flange
Size
mm
in
(54)
13⁄8
C
mm
in
(35)
5.25
A
mm
in
(133)
1.5
B
mm
in
(38)
2.0
C
mm
in
(51)
0.437
D
1
(11)
in.
150
300 or 600
4-1/4
5
A
mm
Size
Flange
Rating #
in.
150
300 or 600
1-5/8
(100)
(127) 2-9/16
D
A
B
D
B
1⁄4
NPT
flushing
connection
mm
103 & 203 only
E
in.
mm
(41)
3/8
1⁄2˝
3⁄4˝
mm
(89)
in
215⁄16
33⁄4
(95)
3
900 or 1500
43⁄4
(121)
33⁄16
(81)
150
37⁄8
(98)
213⁄16
(71)
300 or 600
45⁄8
(117)
3
(76)
900 or 1500
51⁄8
(130)
33⁄16
(81)
300 or 600
in
31⁄2
mm
(75)
(76)
1⁄2˝
3⁄4˝
in
mm
1-23/32 (69)
(9)
BOTTOM OF HOUSING
TO CL OF 1/8 NPT
FLUSHING PORT
TYPES 103 & 203 ONLY)
C
A
C
“E”
Nuts & flange by user
Flange
Size
Rating #
(65)
in.
B
Nuts & flange by user
B
mm
A
A
A
B
in.
Types 102, 202, 103, 203 – Flanged 1˝
(raised face only) (1 piece bottom housing)
with and without flushing connection
Types 103, 203, 303 –
Flanged Process Connection
1
⁄2, 3⁄4 NPT with flushing connection
Types 102, 202, 302 –
Flanged Process Connection
1
⁄2, 3⁄4 NPT
Rating #
mm
1
Flange
Size
Rating #
150
(24)
A
C
A
mm
A
A
in
D
B
NOTE: NUTS, BOLTS, AND LOWER FLANGE BY USER
Types 102, 202, 103 & 203 – Flanged 1˝ (raised face only)
mm
in
150
31⁄2
(89)
215⁄16
mm
(75)
300 or 600
33⁄4
(95)
3
(76)
900 or 1500
43⁄4
(121)
33⁄16
(81)
150
37⁄8
(98)
213⁄16
(71)
300 or 600
45⁄8
(117)
3
(76)
900 or 1500
51⁄8
(130)
33⁄16
(81)
Flange
B
C
(1 piece bottom housing) –Awith and without flushing
connection.
Size
Rating #
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
900 or 1500 5-7/8
2500
6-1/4
1
Size
Flange
1
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Rating #
in.
900 or 1500 3-3/8
2500
(149)
(159)
D
2-7/8
(73)
mm
103 & 203 only
E
in.
mm
(86)
3/8
(9)
2-1/4
(57)
174
Diaphragm Seals Style Chart
Flanged & In-Line
Clamped Designs
Process Connections
Types 102, 202, 302 – Flanged Process
Connection – (one piece bottom housing)
– 11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ (raised face only) – all materials
except PVC, Teflon and Kynar.
A
Types 402, 403 Raised Face –
Flanged Process Connection – 1˝, 11⁄2˝, 2˝
Types 104, 204, 304 – In-Line Threaded
Process Connection – 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
A
A
B
B
C
C
B
C
Nuts, bolts & flange by user
Flange
Rating (#)
150
1´
300 or 600
900 or 1500
150
11⁄2´ 300 or 600
900 or 1500
150
2´
300 or 600
900 or 1500
in
41⁄4
5
6
5
61⁄4
7
6
61⁄2
81⁄2
150
300 or 600
900 or 1500
150
300 or 600
900 or 1500
150
300 or 600
900 or 1500
41⁄4
5
6
5
61⁄4
7
6
61⁄2
81⁄2
Size
Size
Flange
Rating #
150
11/2˝ 300 or 600
900 or 1500
150
2˝ 300 or 600
900 or 1500
150
3˝ 300 or 600
900 or 1500
in
5
61⁄4
7
6
61⁄2
81⁄2
71⁄2
81⁄4
101⁄2
A
mm
in
B
mm
in
C
11⁄2
(127)
(159) 23⁄8
(178)
(152)
(165) 115⁄16
(216)
(191)
2
(206) 21⁄16
11
(267) 2 ⁄16
(61)
(38)
(38)
(38)
(35)
(38)
(54)
(41)
(47)
(82)
11⁄2
11⁄2
13⁄8
11⁄2
21⁄8
15⁄8
17⁄8
31⁄4
(49)
(51)
(52)
(68)
mm
1´
11⁄2´
Types 102, 202, 302 – Flanged Process
Connection – (raised face only)
(two piece bottom housing) – 11⁄2˝ , 2˝ –
PVC, Teflon & Kynar
2´
A
Type 402
B
mm
in
mm
(108)
1
(127) 2 ⁄8 (54)
(152)
(127)
(159) 27⁄16 (62)
(178)
(152)
(165) 215⁄32 (63)
(216)
Type 403
(108)
(127) 27⁄8 (73)
(152)
(127)
(159) 215⁄16 (75)
(178)
(152)
(165) 215⁄16 (75)
(216)
in
13⁄16
11⁄4
11⁄4
C
27⁄16
mm
(30)
(32)
(32)
Process
Connection
(62)
NPT
1⁄2 NPT
3⁄4 NPT
1 NPT
215⁄32 (63)
115⁄16
2
2
17⁄8
(49)
(51)
(51)
(48)
23⁄16
(56)
in
A
mm
in
(102)
25⁄8
35⁄8
37⁄8
37⁄8
1⁄4
4
B
mm
in
(67)
(92)
(98)
(98)
21⁄8
23⁄4
3
3
C
mm
(54)
(70)
(76)
(76)
Types 106, 206 – In-Line Flanged
Process Connection – 1⁄2˝, 1˝, 11⁄2˝, 2˝, 3˝
A
B
A
B
C
B
“D”
Bottom of Housing
to CL of 1/4 NPT
Flushing Port
(Type 703 only)
Nuts, bolts & flange by user
C
Size
11⁄2˝
2˝
Flange
Rating #
150
150
A
in
5
6
B
mm
(127)
(152)
in
25⁄16
21⁄8
(59)
(54)
in
mm
B
Rating #
Size
in.
1/2˝
3/4˝
1˝
1-1/2˝
2˝
2-1/2˝
3˝
5-5/16
5-5/16
5-5/16
5-5/16
6
7-1/2
7-1/2
Rating #
C
Nuts, bolts & flange by user
Flushing connection
1⁄8 NPT for 11⁄2"
1⁄4 NPT for 2" & 3"
Flange
Rating #
150
300 or 600
900 or 1500
150
2˝ 300 or 600
900 or 1500
150
300 or 600
3˝
900
1500
A
in
5
61⁄4
7
6
61⁄2
81⁄2
71⁄2
81⁄4
91⁄2
101⁄2
B
mm
in
(127)
(159)
3
(178)
(152)
(165) 311⁄32
(215)
(191) 33⁄32
(210) 33⁄16
(241)
23
(267) 3 ⁄32
C
mm
in
mm
(76)
21⁄16
(52)
(84)
23⁄8
(60)
(79)
(81)
27⁄32
27⁄32
(56)
(57)
(94)
23⁄4
(70)
Size
in.
1/2˝
3/4˝
1˝
1-1/2˝
2˝
2-1/2˝
3˝
5-5/16
5-5/16
5-5/16
6-1/2
6-1/2
7-1/2
8-1/2
Rating #
Size
in.
1/2˝
3/4˝
1˝
1-1/2˝
2˝
2-1/2˝
3˝
5-5/16
5-5/16
5-5/16
6-1/2
6-1/2
7-1/2
8-1/2
A
mm
150#
B
in.
mm
(135) 2-9/16
(135) 2-9/16
(135) 2-1/2
(135) 2-1/2
(152) 2-5/8
(191) 2-1/2
(191) 2-3/8
A
mm
A
(65)
(65)
(64)
(64)
(67)
(64)
(60)
300#
B
in.
mm
(135) 2-9/16
(135) 2-3/4
(135) 2-3/4
(165) 2-3/4
(165) 2-5/8
(191) 2-5/8
(216) 2-5/8
mm
in.
(135)
(135)
(135)
(165)
(165)
(191)
(216)
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
2-5/8
2-5/8
2-5/8
Size
1⁄2˝
1˝
*with
flushing
connection
TYPES 702
& 703 L – THREADED
(with and without flushing connection)
113⁄32 (39)
19⁄16 (40)
A
11⁄2˝
A
C
mm
Types 103, 203, 303 – Flanged 11⁄2, 2˝, 3˝
(raised face only) (one piece bottom
housing with flushing connection)
Size
C
Types 702, 703* High Displacement –
Flanged – 1⁄2˝ through 3˝
(65)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(67)
(67)
(67)
600#
B
mm
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(67)
(67)
(67)
in.
C
1-15/32
1-15/32
1-15/32
1-15/32
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-1/16
in.
1-15/32
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-11/16
2-1/16
2-11/16
2-11/16
in.
1-15/32
1-15/32
1-15/32
1-15/32
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-1/16
2˝
1-1/16
1-1/16
1
1
1-1/8
1
1-1/16
(27)
(27)
(25)
(25)
(29)
(25)
(27)
3˝
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
150
300
in
7
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
11
12
A
mm
in
(178)
(178)
(178)
(203)
(203)
(229)
(229)
(254)
(279)
(305)
mm
(37)
(37)
(37)
(37)
(52)
(52)
(52)
1-1/16
1-1/16
1
1
1-1/8
1
1-1/16
(27)
(27)
(25)
(25)
(29)
(25)
(27)
B
mm
in
27⁄16
(62)
27⁄16
(62)
211⁄16
(68)
215⁄16
(75)
35⁄8
(92)
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄4
47⁄8
5
61⁄8
6
61⁄2
71⁄2
81⁄4
C
mm
(89)
(98)
(108)
(123)
(127)
(155)
(152)
(165)
(229)
(254)
Types 106, 206 – In-Line Flanged –
4˝, 6˝, 8˝
A
703 Only, All Sizes
D
mm
in.
mm
(37)
(52)
(52)
(68)
(52)
(68)
(68)
C
1 ⁄2 ˝
703 Only, All Sizes
D
mm
in.
mm
(37)
(37)
(37)
(37)
(52)
(52)
(52)
C
1
Flange
Rating #
B
C
703 Only, All Sizes
D
in.
mm
1-1/16
1-1/16
1
1
1-1/8
1
1-1/16
(27)
(27)
(25)
(25)
(29)
(25)
(27)
Size
4˝
6˝
8˝
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Flange
Rating #
150
300
150
300
150
in
13
14
16
17
16
A
mm
in
(330)
(356)
(406)
(432)
(406)
33⁄8
47⁄16
57⁄16
B
mm
in
9
10
11
(113)
121⁄2
(138) 131⁄2
(86)
C
mm
(229)
(254)
(279)
(318)
(343)
175
Diaphragm Seals Style Chart
Saddle, In-Line, Welded,
Butt Welded, Quick
Process Connection
Types 105, 205 – Saddle – 3˝ Pipe Only
Saddle
A
Types 107, 207 – In-Line Welded
Process Connection –
1
⁄4˝, 1⁄2˝, 3⁄4˝, 1˝, 11⁄2˝, 2˝
Type 320 Quick Connect – 1⁄4, 1⁄2 NPT
A
A
C
B
B
Top of pipe
B
C
D
E
in
A
31⁄2
mm
in
(89)
21⁄4
B
mm
in
(57)
17⁄8
C
PIPE & WELD BY USER
mm
in
(48)
13⁄4
D
mm
E
in mm
(44)
21⁄8 (54)
Pipe
Size
in
in
B
mm
211⁄32
(60)
1⁄2˝, 3⁄4˝
211⁄32
(60)
1˝
215⁄32
(63)
223⁄32
(69)
231⁄32
(75)
4
(102)
2˝
Types 105, 205 – Saddle – 4˝ Pipe and
Large Saddle
A
C
mm
1⁄4˝
11⁄2˝
B
A
Size*
in
11⁄2˝
2˝
Types 108, 208 – Butt-Welded –
(Clamped Design) Process Connection –
1
⁄4˝, 1⁄2˝, 3⁄4˝, 1˝, 11⁄2˝, 2˝
A
Top of pipe
E
B
D
in
31⁄2
A
mm
in
B
mm
in
C
mm
in
(89) 115⁄16 (50) 13⁄16 (31)
3
D
mm
in
E
mm
C
(76) 231⁄32 (75)
Pipe
Size
in
A
mm
in
B
mm
1⁄4˝
211⁄32 (60)
1⁄2˝, 3⁄4˝
211⁄32 (60)
1˝
11⁄2˝
2˝
4
(102)
215⁄32 (63)
223⁄32 (69)
231⁄32
in
C
mm
6
(153)
(75)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
A
mm
in
121⁄32
(42)
2
(51)
B
C
mm
in
7⁄8
(22)
2
mm
(50)
11⁄8
(29)
21⁄2
(63)
176
Diaphragm Seals Style Chart
• Threaded
• Flanged
• In-line
• Saddle
Dimensions: Table A(1)
Type 80 Isolation Ring – 2˝-20˝
Type
B
C
{
C
A
D
Type 85 Isolation Spool – 1˝, 11/2˝
A
{
{
B
Type 86 Isolation Spool – 1˝, 11/2˝, 2˝
B
Nominal
Pipe
Size
2˝
3˝
4˝
6˝
Type
8˝
800
10˝
Iso-Ring*
12˝
14˝
16˝
18˝
20˝
Type 850
Iso-Spool
(Female Threaded)
1˝
11⁄2˝
D
A
B
C
3.69˝
(94mm)
4.31˝
(110mm)
4.72˝
(120mm)
5.78˝
(147mm)
6.84˝
(174mm)
7.97˝
(202mm)
9.00˝
(229mm)
10.16˝
(258mm)
11.19˝
(284mm)
12.31˝
(313mm)
13.25˝
(337mm)
3.56˝
(90mm)
4.38˝
(111mm)
5.22˝
(133mm)
5.84˝
(148mm)
6.25˝
(159mm)
7.34˝
(187mm)
8.38˝
(213mm)
9.53˝
(242mm)
10.53˝
(267mm)
11.72˝
(298mm)
12.72˝
(323mm)
13.88˝
(352mm)
14.78˝
(375mm)
7.63˝
(194mm)
7.88˝
(200mm)
4.22˝
(107mm)
5.47˝
(139mm)
6.28˝
(160mm)
8.44˝
(214mm)
10.53˝
(267mm)
12.81˝
(325mm)
14.84˝
(377mm)
17.20˝
(437mm)
19.22˝
(488mm)
21.50˝
(546mm)
23.34˝
(593mm)
Class 150
(Flanged**)
Approximate
Shipping
Weight
Chlorinated
Carbon Steel/
PVC Thickness 316SS Thickness
2.25˝
(57mm)
2.25˝
(57mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2.00˝
(51mm)
2.00˝
(51mm)
1.50˝
(38mm)
1.50˝
(38mm)
1.50˝
(38mm)
1.50˝
(38mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
3 lbs (1.35kg)
6 lbs (2.7kg)
8 lbs (3.6kg)
12 lbs (5.4kg)
16 lbs (7.3kg)
20 lbs (9.7kg)
25 lbs (11.4kg)
50 lbs (22.7kg)
60 lbs (27.2kg)
70 lbs (31.8kg)
80 lbs (36.3kg)
10 lbs (4.5kg)
12 lbs (5.4kg)
Class 300
Class 150
4.25˝
4.88˝
5.38˝
(108mm) (124mm) (136mm)
5˝
6.13˝
5.38˝
11⁄2˝
(127mm) (156mm) (136mm)
6˝
5.38˝
2˝
–
(152mm)
(136mm)
1˝
Type 860
Iso-Spool
• Quick-Connect
• All Welded
• Mini-Seal
• Isolation Ring/Isolation Spool
Class 300
8 lbs (3.6kg) 8 lbs (3.6kg)
10 lbs (4.5kg) 12 lbs (5.4kg)
15 lbs (6.8kg)
**Centering gages supplied with Iso-Ring.
**Specify FF (Flat Face Flange) or RF (Raised Face Flange) when ordering.
(1) All dimensions ±.12˝ (3mm).
A
Dimensions: Table B
A
Type
Type 81 Isolation Ring – 2˝-10˝
A
D – NO. OF
BOLT HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED
E – BOLT HOLE Ø
F – BOLT CIRCLE Ø
B
{
B
Nominal
Pipe
Size
A
B
D
E
F
2˝
5.06˝
(129mm)
2.00˝
(51mm)
2.25˝
(57mm)
6.00˝
(152mm)
4
.75˝
(19mm)
4.75˝
(121mm)
3˝
5.81˝
(148mm)
2.00˝
(51mm)
2.25˝
(57mm)
7.50˝
(191mm)
4
.75˝
(19mm)
6.00˝
(152mm)
4˝
6.56˝
(167mm)
1.50˝
(38mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
9.00˝
(229mm)
8
.75˝
(19mm)
7.50˝
(191mm)
6˝
7.56˝
(192mm)
1.50˝
(38mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
13.00˝
(330mm)
8
.88˝
(22mm)
9.50˝
(241mm)
8˝
8.75˝
(222mm)
1.50˝
(38mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
13.50˝
(343mm)
8
.88˝
(22mm)
11.75˝
(298mm)
10
˝
10.00˝
(254mm)
1.50˝
(38mm)
1.75˝
(44mm)
16.00˝
(406mm)
12
1.00˝
(25mm)
14.25˝
(362mm)
Type 810
Iso-Ring
(w/CPVC End
Flanges
C
C – O.D.
Specifications: Table C
Housing
Assembly Flanges
Inner Flexible Wall(4)
Fill Fluid(4)
Iso-Ring
Carbon Steel
Carbon Steel
316 StainlessSteel
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride(2)
Iso-Spool
Carbon Steel
Carbon Steel
316 Stainless Steel
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride
Teflon Encased(1,3)
Buna N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 225°F (107°C)
Teflon(1,2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 350°F (177°C)
Silicone(3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 450°F (232°C)
Viton(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 350°F (177°C)
White Neoprene . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 225°F (107°C)
Natural Rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 212°F (100°C)
Glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°F to 400°F ( –5°C to 204°C)
Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .–40°F to 600°F (–29°C to 316°C)
Halocarbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . .–70°F to 300°F (–29°C to 149°C)
Food Grade Silicone . . . . . . . . .0°F to 300°F ( –5°C to 149°C)
Distilled Water. . . . . . . . . . . . .45°F to 180°F (– °C to
°C)
Ethyl Glycol and Water. . . . . . –30°F to 220°F (– °C to
°C)
Propylene Glycol. . . . . . . . . .–50°F to 200°F (– °C to
°C)
(1) Trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours and Company.
(2) Not available in sizes 12˝ or larger .
Code
B
S
CP
CT
E
T
SI
Y
CR
NR
CG
CK
CF
CZ
FJ
CT
CV
(3) Iso-Spool only.
(4) Temperature limits of both wall and fill fluid must not be exceeded.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
177
Diaphragm Seals Style Chart
• Threaded
• Flanged
• In-line
• Saddle
Type 510 Diaphragm Seal
Type 510 High Pressure Diaphragm Seal
1/2 NPT
Instrument
Connection
Ø31 mm
1.22˝
• Quick-Connect
• All Welded
• Mini-Seal
• Isolation Ring/Isolation Spool
Type 511 Low Pressure Diaphragm Seal
with Flushing Connection
Ø57.5 mm
2.26˝
1/2 NPT
Instrument
Connection
Ø31 mm
1.22˝
57 mm
2.244˝
33 mm
1.30˝
33 mm
1.30˝
1/2 NPT
Process
Connection
Across
Flats SW
27 mm / 1.06˝
23 mm
0.91˝
Lower
Housing
1/2 NPT
Process
Connection
1/2 NPT
Process
Connection
Across Flats SW
28.6 mm / 1.13˝
Across Flats SW
28.6 mm / 1.13˝
Ø50 mm
1.97˝
Ø37.5 mm
1.48˝
510 Process Connection Thread
1
/2 NPT Female
Code
04T
510 Process Connection Thread
/2 NPT Male
Code
04
1
1/2 NPT
Instrument
Connection
Across
Flats SW
27 mm / 1.06˝
23 mm
0.91˝
106.6 mm
4.20˝
86.5 mm
3.41˝
81 mm
3.188˝
64.4 mm
2.54˝
Upper
Housing
510 Process Connection Thread
/2 NPT Female
Code
04T
510 Process Connection Thread
/2 NPT Male
Code
04
1
1
Diaphragm Seals
Options all Types
Optional Features
Code
316 stainless steel top housing
YT
Stainless steel clamp rings and flanged ring – includes 300 stainless steel clamping bolts
(1500 psi max)
SE
300 series stainless steel clamping bolts (maximum pressure is 1500 psi)
SB
Pipe plugs for flushing connections – pipe plugs are available in the same materials as bottom
housings.
PU
5000 psi pressure rating – (Type 100/200 only) threaded inlet only, no flushing connection
(metal diaphragm only) 7500 psi pressure rating (T-400)
HP
Welded instrument to diaphragm seal
DU
Dual flushing connections (1/2 NPT) (Limited to 2˝ thru 3˝ flanged seals
DB
Ring joint
RJ
Multiple Instruments Attached
to Diaphragm Seals
Code
XH3
XH5
Flat face
FF
No Teflon gasket. Special matching on bottom housing (2)
NX
Clean for gaseous oxygen or strong oxidizing agent applications (3)
6B
Description
02L Gauge Connection,
1
/4 NPT Transducer, 02T Seal Connection
04L Gauge Connection,
/2 NPT Switch, 02T Seal Connection
1
XH6
04L Gauge Connection,
(2) 1/2 NPT Switches, 02T Seal Connection
XH7
02L Gauge Connection,
1
/4 NPT Female Switch, 02T Seal Connection
XH8
02L Gauge Connection,
(2) 1/4 NPT Instruments, 02T Seal Connection
XH9
02L Gauge Connection,
1
/2 NPT Female Switch, 04T Seal Connection
XL3
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
02L Gauge Connection,
/4 NPT Female Switch, 02T Seal Connection,
1
/4 NPT Snubber (separate line item)
1
178
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
179
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCERS/
TRANSMITTERS
(Refer to product specifications for accuracies)
HIGH PRESSURE
GC31 Digital Pressure Sensor ....................181
GC35 Digital Pressure Sensor ....................182
GC51 Rangeable Pressure Transmitter ......183
GC55 Wet/Wet Differential
Pressure Transmitter ...............................184
T2 High Performance Pressure Transducer 185
G2 Pressure Transducer ..............................186
A2 Pressure Transmitter..............................187
A2X Pressure Transmitter............................188
A4 Pressure Transmitter..............................189
H2 Pressure Transducer ..............................190
KM15 Pressure Transducer .........................191
K1 Pressure Transducer/Transmitter ..........192
K2 Pressure Transducer .............................193
K8 Pressure Transducer ..............................194
KX Pressure Transducer/Transmitter ..........195
KS Sanitary Pressure Transducer/
Transmitter ...............................................196
LOW PRESSURE
GC30 Digital Differential Pressure Sensor .197
GC52 Rangeable Wet/Wet
Differential Pressure Transmitter ............198
CXLdp Differential Pressure Transmitter .....199
DXLdp Ultra-Low Pressure Differential
Transducer/Transmitter ............................200
RXLdp Ultra-Low Differential Pressure
Transducer/Transmitter ...........................201
XLdp Ultra-Low Differential
PressureTransducer/Transmitter..............202
IXLdp Industrial Ultra-Low Differential
Pressure Transducer/Transmitter .............203
ANALOG DISPLAY
Type 2279 Duratran® Transmitter ...............204
Type DM61 Digital Panel Meter ...................205
Type 4080, 4480 Pneumatic Transmitters...206
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
180
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
181
Model GC31 Ultra-Compact
Digital Pressure Sensor
APPLICATIONS
The GC31 utilizes Ashcroft’s field proven
thin film sensor which provides high
cycle life and output stability, typically
required in:
• Hydraulic presses, stamping equipment, lifts
• Tire press vulcanization, pressure
monitoring
• Water, refrigerant or ammonia based
cooling systems
• Pressure monitoring on lubrication
systems
FEATURES
• Ultra-compact design 1.2˝ x 1.2˝
(30mm x 30mm)
• Combined three-in-one digital
pressure gauge, switch and
transducer
• Simple “Push-Button” configurability
allows user to adjust switch settings,
analog scaling
• Numerous standard ranges available
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Analog Output (1-5Vdc):
Accuracy: ± 1.0% Span
(accuracy includes effects of linearity, hysteresis
and repeatability)
Response Time: 50msec
Output Resolution: 25mV
Analog Scaling: User may configure analog output
scaling to any range within full scale of sensor
range
Pressure Switch Output:
Type: NPN or PNP open collector up to 30Vdc/80ma
Setting Accuacy: ±1.0% Span
Number of Contacts: 2
Time Delay: 5 msec –2.0 sec (by user)
Hysteresis: Variable (by user)
Switch Setting: User may adjust switch actuation
and deadband to any points within full scale
sensor range
Display:
Type: 31⁄2 digit, 10mm LED
Accuracy: ± 1.0% Span ± last digit
Display Setting: User may re-configure display
scaling, set to capture MIN or MAX value, and
adjust display update rate
PSI Ranges:
Standard Ranges (Gauge):
0 to 50 psig, 100 psig, 150 psig, 300 psig, 500
psig, 1000 psig, 1500 psig
Standard Ranges (Compound):
−15 to 75 psig −15 to 150 psig, −15 to 300 psig
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –22 to 140°F (–30 to 60°C)
Operating: –4 to 140°F (–20 to 60°C)
Compensated: 14 to 122°F (–10 to 50°C)
Temperature Effects:
Zero/Span: ±0.03% Span/F (±0.05% F.S./C) from
73°F (23°C) reference temperature
Humidity: 0-85% RH (Non-Condensing)
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Proof Pressure: 2X range: 500 psi & below
1.5X range: 1000 psi & above
Burst Pressure: 8X range
Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
Pressure Connection: 1⁄4 NPT (Male)
Enclosure: ABS, polycarbonate, aluminum
Environmental Rating: IP40
Electrical Connection: 6ft (2m) cable pigtail
Weight: Approx. 110 grams
Mounting: Panel mounting bracket included
(back connect only)
Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 304 SS
(sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS (sensor
diaphragm)RTV
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply Requirements:
Supply Voltage: 11-27Vdc
Current Consumption: 30mA (max)
Switch Contacts: (2) NPN or PNP open collector
outputs
NPN Type: 30Vdc / 80mA (max)
PNP Type: voltage drop 1Vdc (max)/80mA (max)
TO ORDER THE GC31 ULTRA-COMPACT DIGITAL PRESSURE SENSOR:
G C 3 1
7
Type
(GC31)
Accuracy
(7) ±1.0%
X
F 4
Connection
(M02L) 1⁄4 NPT Male
w/lower connect
(MO2B) 1⁄4 NPT Male
w/back connec
Electrical
Output Signal
Connection
(1N) 1-5Vdc:
Analog w/2X NPN (F4) 6´ (2m) cable
Type switches
(1P) 1-5Vdc:
Analog w/2X PNP
Type switches
Pressure Ranges
Gauge:
(50#G)
0/50 psig
(100#G) 0/100 psig
(150#G) 0/150 psig
(300#G) 0/300 psig
(500#G) 0/500 psig
(1000#G) 0/1000 psig
(1500#G) 0/1500 psig.
Compound:
(75#&V) −15 to 75 psig
(150#&V) −15 to 150 psig
(300#&V) −15 to 300 psig
Options
XRH
9 pt. NIST traceable
calibration certificate
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
182
Model GC35 Ultra-Compact
Digital Pressure Sensor
APPLICATIONS
The GC35 utilizes Ashcroft’s field proven
thin film sensing technology in a design
to provide exceptional overpressure and
cycle life, typically required in:
• Hydraulic presses, stamping
equipment, lifts
• Water/wastewater pressure control
• Water, refrigerant or ammonia based
cooling systems
• Pressure monitoring on lubrication
systems
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Analog Output (4-20mA):
Accuracy: ± 1.0% Span (Accuracy includes the
effects of linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, zero
offset and span setting errors)
Response Time: 30msec–10sec (by user)
Output Resolution: ±0.05% Span
Analog Scaling: User may configure analog output
scaling to any range within −100 to +150% Full Scale
of the sensor range
Pressure Switch Output:
Type: NPN or PNP open collector up to 80ma
Setting Accuracy: ±1.0% Span
Response Time: 5msec – 10.0 sec (by user)
Hysteresis: Variable (by user)
Switch Setting: User may adjust switch actuation
and deadband to any points within Full Scale
sensor range
Display:
Type: 4 digit, 8mm LED
Accuracy: ±1.0% Span (URL) + last digit
Display Update Rate: 200msec−10.0 sec (by user)
Display Setting: User may re-configure display
scaling, set to capture MIN or MAX value and adjust
display update rate
Standard Ranges (Gauge):
0 to 50 psig, 100 psig, 150 psig, 300 psig,
500 psig, 1000 psig, 1500 psig, 3000 psig,
5000 psig, 7500 psig
Standard Ranges (Compound):
–15 to 75 psig, –15 to 150 psig –15 to 300 psig,
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –20 to 70°C (–4 to 158°F)
Operating: –20 to 70°C (–4 to 158°F)
Compensated: –20 to 70°C (–4 to 158°F)
Temperature Effects:
Zero/Span: ±0.1%Span/°C (from 23°C reference
temp.)
Humidity: 0-85% RH (Ranges 150 psi & below)
0-100% RH (Ranges 300 psi & above)
FEATURES
• Combined 3-in-1 digital pressure
gauge, switch and transducer
• High overpressure capability
• All stainless steel wetted materials
• Simple “Push-Button” configurability
allows user to adjust switch settings,
analog scaling
• Rugged aluminum housing
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Proof Pressure:
4X Range (ranges 1500 psi & below)
2.5X Range (ranges 3000 psi & above)
Burst Pressure:
10X Range (ranges 1500 psi & below)
5X Range (ranges 3000 psi & below)
3X Range (ranges 5000 psi & above)
Withstand Voltage: 350Vac 1 minute
Insulation Voltage: 50Vdc 100MV min
Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
Stability: ±0.25% Span/year
GloBand Display
Full 360° Visability
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply Requirements:
Supply Voltage: 16-36Vdc (with analog output option)
11-36Vdc (switch output version only)
Current Consumption: 50mAdc max
Switch Contacts:
User selectable NPN or PNP open collector outputs
NPN Type: 30Vdc / 80mA (max)
PNP Type: Supply Voltage 80mA (max)
Voltage Drop 1Vdc (max)
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connection: 1⁄4 NPT (Male)
Connection Location: Lower, back
Enclosure: Nickel plated aluminum
Environmental Rating: IP65 (ranges 150 psi and
below); IP67 (ranges 300 psi and above)
Electrical Connection: M12 connector (4 pin)
Weight: Approx. 150 grams
Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 316SS
pressure connection and 17-4pH SS (sensor
diaphragm)
User configurable LED light ring
changes color with switch setpoints
TO ORDER THE GC35 ULTRA-COMPACT DIGITAL PRESSURE SENSOR:
G C 3 5
7
Type
(GC35)
Accuracy
(7) ±1.0%
X
E W
Connection
(M02L) 1⁄4 NPT Male
w/lower connect
(MO2B) 1⁄4 NPT Male
w/back connec
Electrical
Output Signal
Connection*
(41) 4-20mA
(EW) M12 Type
& 1X switch
(4 pin)
(N2) 2X switch
(no 4-20mA output)
*To obtain M12 mating connection (3 ft.)
order part number 611C175-03.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Pressure Ranges
Gauge:
(50#G)
0/50 psig
(100#G) 0/100 psig
(150#G) 0/150 psig
(300#G) 0/300 psig
(500#G) 0/500 psig
(1000#G) 0/1000 psig
(1500#G) 0/1500 psig
(3000#G) 0/3000 psig
(5000#G) 0/5000 psig
(7500#G) 0/7500 psig.
Compound:
(75#&V) −15 to 75 psig
(150#&V) −15 to 150 psig
(300#&V) −15 to 300 psig
Options
XRH
Traceable 9 Point
Calibration Report
183
Model GC51 Rangeable
Pressure Transmitter
APPLICATIONS
The GC51 utilizes Ashcroft’s proven
polysilicon thin film sensor which makes
the design suitable for applications
where high overpressure and high cycle
life are necessary, typically required in:
• Pump Control
• Hydraulic Systems
• Compressor Control
• Process Automation
• Municipal Water Tank Level
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –20 to 70°C (–4 to 158°F)
Operating: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F)
Compensated: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F)
Temperature Effects: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F)
±0.02% FS (URL)/°C from 23°C reference
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Proof
200%
150%
120%
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Condition: 23°C ±2° (73°F)
Accuracy: ±0.25% Span (URL)
(Accuracy includes the effects of linearity,
hysteresis, and repeatability)
Stability: ±0.25% Span/year
Response Time: 30msec (user adjustable)
Output Resolution: 0.1% Span (URL)
Standard Ranges (Compound):
–15 to 15psi, –15 to 30psi, –15 to 50psi
Standard Ranges (Gauge):
0-50psi, 100psi, 150psi, 300psi, 500psi,
1000psi, 1500psi, 3000psi, 5000psi, 7500psi
Overpressure (F.S.):
1500psi and below
3000, 5000psi
7500psi
Vibration: 5g’s 150Hz
Shock: 10g’s 16ms
FEATURES
• Up to 8 times smaller than a conventional process transmitter
• Robust NEMA 4X (IP65) aluminum die
cast housing
• Bright backlit 4 digit LCD display
• All stainless steel wetted parts
• 2 wire 4-20mA
• Internal “Push Button” configurability
allows quick range changes
• Scaling function allows display to
indicate arbitrary physical units
• “Loop Check” function allows unit to output 4-20mA without applying pressure
• “Min / Max Hold” function allows dis
play to capture pressure events
• Easily rotatable display, 90° increments
• Key lock
Burst
500%
300%
150%
Output Signal: 4-20mA (2 Wire)
Supply Voltage: 12-32Vdc
Rangeablility / Adjustment*:
Zero –10% to +110% Span
Span –10% to +110% Span
*Note: Accuracy and output resolution based upon
full scale (URL) value
Insulation Resistance: 50Vdc (>100Mohms)
Approvals/Certifications: CE
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connection: 1⁄4 Female NPT
Enclosure: Aluminum
Environmental Rating: IP65 / NEMA 4X
Electrical Connection (Options):
– 1⁄2˝ Female NPT Conduit
– Cable Gland (Cable Diameters 0.35˝ to 0.47˝)
Weight: Approx. 1.0 lb
Mounting: Mounting Bracket included
Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 316SS
and pH17-4 stainless steel
TO ORDER THE GC51 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER:
G C 5 1
7
Type
Configuration
(GC51)
Accuracy
(7) ±0.25% FS
X
Output Signal
(42) 4-20mA
Pressure Fitting
(F02) 1/4˝ FNPT
Electrical Connection
(CG) = Cable Guard
(CD) = 1/2˝ FNPT Conduit
Pressure Ranges
(Compound)
15#&VACG = Vac-15psi
30#&VACG = Vac-30psi
50#&VACG = Vac-50psi
Pressure Ranges
(Gauge)
50# = 50 psi
100# = 100 psi
150# = 150 psi
300# = 300 psi
500# = 500 psi
1000# = 1000 psi
1500# = 1500 psi
3000# = 3000 psi
5000# = 5000 psi
7500# = 7500 psi
Optional
X-Variations
XRH
9 pt. NIST traceable
calibration certificate
X6B
Oxygen cleaned
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
184
Model GC55 Wet/Wet
Differential Pressure Transducer
APPLICATIONS
The GC55 utilizes two polysilicon thin
film sensors to achieve a wet-wet, high
differential, pressure measurement. Fully
welded assembly of all stainless steel
with high overpressure capability makes
the GC55 ideal for pump systems in
applications such as:
• Level measurement in large size and/
or pressurized tanks
• Pump monitoring of building hydronic
heating and cooling systems
• Filter monitoring in water purification
or hydraulic systems
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Analog Output (4-20mA or 1-5Vdc):
Accuracy: ± 0.5% Span (Accuracy includes the
effects of Linearity, Hysteresis and Repeatability)
Response Time: 20msec
Output Resolution: 0.2% Span
Stability: ±0.5%/yr
Pressure Switch Output:
Type: TTL/CMOS up to 40Vdc/200mA
Setting Accuacy: ± 1.0% Span
Number of Contacts: 2
Response Time: 20msec – 2.0 sec (by user)
Hysteresis: Variable (by user)
Display:
Type: 31⁄2 digits
Accuracy: ± 1.0% Span
Standard Ranges (Differential):
75psi
100psi
250psi
150psi
300psi
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –20 to 60°C (–4 to 140°F)
Operating: –10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F)
Compensated: –10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F)
Temperature Effects:
Zero/Span:
±0.05%Span/°C (from 23°C reference temperature)
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Static (Line) Pressure:
Pressure Range Proof
All
2X F.S. (URL)
Burst
10X F.S. (URL)
FEATURES
• Robust aluminum die cast housing
• Bright LED display of pressure and
switch status
• All stainless steel wetted parts
• 4-20mA or 1-5Vdc outputs
• Internal “Push-Button” configurability
allows quick user pressure range
changes or relay adjustments
• External “Push-Button” allows user to
display P1, P2 or DP without opening
cover
• Two sensor design well suited for
high DP ranges
Static (Line) Pressure Effects: None
Single Side (Differential Limits):
Pressure Range Proof
Burst
All
2X F.S. (URL) 10X F.S. (URL)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Transducer
Supply
Supply
Output Signal
Voltage
Current
4-20mA (3 wire)
15-27 Vdc
80mA
1-5Vdc (3 wire)
11-27 Vdc
60mA
Switch Contacts: (2) Photo M0S relay outputs; Load
200mA (max), 40Vdc; Hysteresis (variable)
Rangeablility / Adjustment*:
Zero –105% to +105% Span
Span –105% to +105% Span
*Note: Accuracy based upon full scale (URL) value
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connection: 1⁄8˝ Female NPT (2)
Enclosure: Aluminum
Environmental Rating: IP66
Electrical Connection:
External Options:
– 1⁄2˝ Female NPT Conduit
– Cable Gland (Cable Diameters 0.16˝ to 0.31˝)
Weight: Approx. 1.0 lb
Mounting: (2) 5.2mm mounting holes (see installation drawings)
Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 304SS
(sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS (sensor
diaphragm)
TO ORDER THE GC55 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
G C 5 5
7
Type
Configuration
(GC55)
Accuracy
(7) ±0.50%
X
Output Signal
(15) 1-5Vdc
(42) 4-20mA
Pressure Fitting
(F01) 1⁄8˝ FNPT
Pressure Range Differential*
75# = 75 psi
100# = 100 psi
150# = 150 psi
Electrical Connection
250# = 250 psi
(CG) = Cable Guard
300# = 300 psi
(CD) = 1⁄2˝ FNPT Conduit
Optional
X-Variations
XRH
9 pt. NIST traceable
calibration certificate
*Note: Maximum operating static (line)
pressure is equal to the pressure range
(URL) of the unit ordered.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
185
Type T2 – High Performance
Pressure Transducer for General
Industrial Applications
APPLICATIONS:
An Ashcroft pressure transducer
to meet demanding requirements in
general industrial applications:
• Process automation
• Compressor control
• Hydraulic systems
• Engine monitoring
• Pump control
• Pneumatics
• Refrigeration equipment
• Presses
• Machine Tools
• Other general industrial applications
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Ref. Temperature, 21°C ±1°C (70°F, ±2°F)
Accuracy:
Static Accuracy Class: ±0.25% of span (BFSL
Method) including non-linearity, hysteresis, nonrepeatability at reference temperature
Temperature Effect:
–20°C to 85ºC <±1% of Span – Total Error Band
–40°C to –20ºC <±1.5% of Span – Total Error Band
–85°C to 125ºC <±1.5% of Span – Total Error Band
Total Error Band includes the combined effects of non-linearity (Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability, temperature and zero offset and span setting errors. For
higher performance availability consult factory
Stability: Less than ±0.25% span/year
Durability: Tested to 50 million cycles
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Compensated
–40 to 125°C
(–40 to 257°F)
Operating
–40 to 125°C
(–40 to 257°F)
Storage
–40 to 125°C
(–40 to 257°F)
Humidity: 0 to 100% R.H., no effect
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Select from over 25 pressure ranges starting at 30 psi
and running through 20,000 psi. Compound (vacuum
& pressure) ranges are also available, see below.
Overpressure (F.S.):
Proof
Burst
750 psi & below
200% F.S. 1000% F.S.
1500-3000 psi
200% F.S.
500% F.S.
4000-6000 psi
150% F.S.
500% F.S.
7500 psi
120% F.S.
500% F.S.
10,000-20,000 psi
120% F.S.
240% F.S.
Vibration: Random vibration (20 g) over temperature
range (–40° to 125°C). Exceeds typical MIL. STD.
requirements
Important features include:
• 0.25% accuracy class
• Ranges 30 psi through 20,000 psi
• Broad temperature capability
• All-welded pressure construction
• Proven polysilicon thin film sensor
• Precision ASIC based electronics
• High EMI/RFI immunity rating
• Highly configurable
• Voltage and current outputs
• Choice of electrical connections
• Optional Panel Meter, see Ashcroft
model DM61
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
Shock: 100gs, 6 ms
Drop Test: Withstands 1 meter on concrete 3 axis
Response Time: Less than 1 msec
Warm-up Time: Less than 500 msec typical
Position Effect: Less than ±0.01% span, typical
ELECTRICAL TERMINATION
• Pigtail: 3 feet of shielded cable, PVC jacket, 24 AWG,
leads
• DIN 43 650-A
• Bendix style 4 pin, PTO 2A-8-4P or similar
• M12 x 1, 4 pin, circular style
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signals Available:
Supply
Voltage Output
Excitation
Current
0-5 Vdc, 3 wire
9-36 Vdc
5mA
0-10 Vdc, 3 wire
14-36 Vdc
5mA
1-5 Vdc, 3 wire
9-36 Vdc
4mA
1-6 Vdc, 3 wire
9-36 Vdc
4mA
Ratiometric Output
0.5-4.5 Vdc, 3 wire 5 Vdc ±0.5 Vdc
3.5mA
Current Output
4-20mA, 2 wire
9-36 Vdc
Reverse Polarity & Miswired Protected: Yes
Insulation Breakdown Voltage: 100 Vac
Insulation Resistance: Greater than 100 megohms at
100 Vdc
Approvals/Certifications: CE
DIMENSION DRAWINGS
SHIELDED CABLE
DIN FORM-A
Mates to Hirschmann
GDM 3009 or similar
PVC Jacket, 3´ Length
Standard, 24 AWG Leads
ø 1.32
ø 1.32
MATING CONNECTOR
LOCATION AND SIZE
.30
MATING CONNECTOR
LOCATION AND SIZE
"L"
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
.75
Pressure Connection: 304 stainless steel
Sensor Material: 17-4PH SS
Housing: 20% Glass Reinforced Nylon,
Fire retardant to UL94 V1
Available Process Connections (Male):
1
/8 NPT, 1/4 BSP, 1/4 NPT, G1/4 B, 7/16-20 UNF-2A
For other connections consult factory
Environmental Rating: Enclosure meets NEMA 4X,
IP65
.32
3.450
2.04
2.03
.23
.23
27mm
1.06˝
HEX
27
1.063
M12 and Bendix style termination designs share similar
dimensions to those shown above.
TO ORDER THE T2 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
T 2
G
7
Type
Configuration
(T2)
Accuracy ±0.25% Static Accuracy Class (BFSL)
±1.00% Total Error Band –20°C to +85°C
±1.50% Total Error Band –40°C to –20°C, 85°C to 125°C
Output Signal
05= 0-5 Vdc
10 = 0-10 Vdc
15 = 1-5 Vdc
16 = 1-6 Vdc
42 = 4-20mA
RM = 0.5-4.5 Vdc
Ratio Metric
to 5Vdc supply
Pressure Connection
M01 ⁄8 NPT-male
M02 1⁄4 NPT-male
MEK 7⁄16-20 SAE-male
MS2 1⁄4-19 BSP male
MG2 G 1⁄4 B male
M76 7⁄16-20 SAE UNJF-3A
w/37°Cone (–4AN)
Consult Factory Other Connections
1
Electrical Connection
DIN 43 650-A – Mates to Hirschmann
GDM 3009 or similar
DN = no mating conn.
D0 = w/mating conn., no cable
D2 = w/mating conn. 3´ shielded cable
M12 – Mates to Hirschmann
933 172-100 or similar
EW = no mating conn.
E0 = w/mating conn. no cable
E2 = w/mating conn. & 3´ shielded cable
Circular 4 Pin – Mates to Amphenol
Bendix PTO6A-8-4S-SR or similar
B4 = no mating conn.
H1 = w/mating conn., no cable
L1 = w/mating conn. 3´ shielded cable
Pigtail – Shielded cable with PVC
Jacket and 24 AWG leads
F2 = w/3´ cable length
P1 = w/3´ cable length
F3 = w/6´ cable length
Consult factory for additional cable lengths
Pressure Ranges
psi Ranges
30# =
50# =
60# =
100# =
150# =
200# =
300# =
400# =
500# =
750# =
1000# =
1500# =
2000# =
3000# =
4000# =
5000# =
6000# =
7500# =
10000# =
15000# =
20000# =
30 psi
50 psi
60 psi
100 psi
150 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
500 psi
750 psi
1000 psi
1500 psi
2000 psi
3000 psi
4000 psi
5000 psi
6000 psi
7500 psi
10000 psi
15000 psi
20000 psi
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Measurement Type
G = Gauge pressure,
vented housing
X
Optional
X-Variations
Consult factory for
available options
For sealed housing
(PSIS) consult factory
Compound Ranges
30# & vac
45# & vac
60# & vac
85# & vac
100# & vac
150# & vac
200# & vac
300# & vac
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
30 psi/-14.7 psi
45 psi/-14.7 psi
60 psi/-14.7psi
85 psi/-14.7 psi
100 psi/-14.7 psi
150 psi/-14.7 psi
200 psi/-14.7 psi
300 psi/-14.7 psi
Ranges in bar, kPa and mPa are also available
186
Type G2 – Patented High
Performance Pressure Transducer
for Tough OEM Applications
APPLICATIONS:
A new Ashcroft pressure transducer
to meet demanding requirements in
applications involving:
• Off-road vehicles
• Construction machinery
• Compressor control
• HVAC and refrigeration
• Agricultural implements
• Process automation and control
• Hydraulic and pneumatic sensing
• Pump monitoring
Important features include:
• 1% total error band accuracy†
• Broad temperature capability
• All-welded pressure construction
• High EMI/RFI rating
• Ranges 30 psi through 20,000 psi
• Housing IP67 rating
• Diagnostic rails
• Polysilicon thin film sensor
Hirschmann Connection
Cable
Connection
Metri-Pack
Connection
Flying Lead
Connection
†Tighter accuracy performance available, consult factory.
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Ref. Condition 21°C ±1°C (70°F ±2°F)
Accuracy:
Total Error Band includes combined effects of temperature,
non-linearity (Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non
repeatabilty, zero offset and span setting errors
±1% of Span: From –20 to 85ºC (–4 to 185ºF)
±1.5% of Span: From –40 to –20ºC (–40 to –4ºF)
±1.5% of Span: From 85 to 125ºC (185 to 257ºF)
Note: Static accuracy ±0.25% of span BFSL (Best Fit
Straight Line Method); includes non-linearity, hysteresis
and non-repeatable effects at reference temperature
72°F (21°C)
Stability: Less than ±0.25% span/year
Durability: Tested to 50 million cycles
Shock: 100gs, 6 ms
Drop Test: Withstands 1 meter on concrete 3 axis
Response Time: Less than 1 msec
Warm-up Time: Less than 500 msec typical
Position Effect: Less than ±0.01% span, typical
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signals Available:
Supply
Voltage Output
Excitation
Current
0-5 Vdc, 3 wire
9-36 Vdc
5mA
0-10 Vdc, 3 wire
14-36 Vdc
5mA
1-5 Vdc, 3 wire
9-36 Vdc
4mA
1-6 Vdc, 3 wire
9-36 Vdc
4mA
0.5-4.5 Vdc, 3 wire
9-36 Vdc
4mA
Ratiometric Output
0.5-4.5 Vdc, 3 wire 5 Vdc ±0.5 Vdc
3.5mA
Current Output
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
4-20mA, 2 wire
9-36 Vdc
Mates to Metri-Pack
Temperature:
Connector Body
12065286Polarity & Miswired Protected: Yes
Reverse
Compensated
–40 to 125°C
(–40 to 257°F)
Insulation Breakdown Voltage: 100 Vac
Operating
–40 to 125°C
(–40 to 257°F)
Optional
Insulation
Resistance: Greater than 100 megohms
Storage
–40 to 125°C
(–40 to 257°F)
atMating
100 Vdc
Connector
Humidity: 0 to 100% R.H., no effect
Approvals/Certifications: CE
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Select from over 25 pressure ranges starting at 30 psi
and running through 20,000 psi gauge. Compound
(vacuum & pressure) ranges are also available, see
“To Order” below.
Overpressure (F.S.):
Proof
Burst
750 psi & below
200% F.S. 1000% F.S.
1500-3000 psi
200% F.S.
500% F.S.
4000-6000 psi
150% F.S.
500% F.S.
7500 psi
120% F.S.
500% F.S.
10,000-20,000 psi
120% F.S.
240% F.S.
Vibration: Random vibration (20 g) over temperature
range (–40° to 125°C). Exceeds typical MIL. STD.
requirements
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connection: 304 stainless steel
Sensor Material: 17-4PH SS
Housing: 20% Glass Reinforced Nylon,
Fire retardant to UL94 V1
Available Process Connections (Male):
See How to Order section below
For other connections consult factory
Environmental Rating: IP67
ELECTRICAL TERMINATION
• Shielded Cable: 3´ standard, 24 AWG,
PVC Jacket
• Flying Lead: 3´ standard, 18 AWG
• Metri-Pack 150 series*
• Hirschmann G series**
*Metri-Pack is a trademark of Delphi Packard Electric Systems
** Trade Mark of Richard Hirschmann of America, Inc.
DIMENSION DRAWINGS
3-PIN METRI-PACK*
MINI HIRSCHMANN**
(27)
1.06
(27)
1.06
Wire
Length
(36)
.30 (8) 1.40
.71
(18)
.94
(24)
2.05
(52)
2.24
(57)
(24)
.94
.23
(6)
1.59
(40)
.23
(6)
Shielded cable and flying lead designs share similar
dimensions to those shown.
TO ORDER THE G2 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
G 2
7
Output Signal
05 = 0-5 Vdc
10 = 0-10 Vdc
15 = 1-5 Vdc
Accuracy
16 = 1-6 Vdc
±1.0% Total Error Band
42 = 4-20mA
–20°C to 85°C
45 = 0.5-4.5 Vdc
±1.5% Total Error Band
9-36 Vdc supply
– 40°C to -20°C, 85 to 125°C
RM = 0.5-4.5 Vdc
Ratio Metric
to 5Vdc
supply
Pressure Connection
M01 1⁄8 NPT-male
MEV 9⁄16-18 SAE-male
M02 1⁄4 NPT-male
w/Buna-N O-ring
M33 3⁄8-24 UNJF3A
MEK 7⁄16-20 SAE-male
w/Buna-N O-ring
(w/37° cone seat)
M38 3⁄8-24 SAE-male
M76 7⁄16-20 UNJF3A
w/Buna-N O-ring
(w/37° cone seat)
MS2 1⁄4-19 BSP male
MG2 G 1⁄4 B male
Type
Configuration
(G2)
G
Electrical Connection
Pressure Ranges
Deutsch DT Series DT04-3P
Metri-Pack*
psi Ranges
DT = w/out mating conn.
GN = no mating conn.
30# = 30 psi
T2 = w/1m, 3´cable
G2 = mating aconn. 3´ cable
50#
= 50 psi
T3
=
w/3m,
10´cable
G3 = mating conn. 10´ cable
60# = 60 psi
G1 = mating conn. w/customer T1 = w/mating conn. cable
100# = 100 psi
customer defined length
specified length
Deutsch DTM Series DTM04-3P 150# = 150 psi
Hirschmann G Series**
DS = w/out mating conn.
200# = 200 psi
HM = no mating conn.
M1 = with mating conn. no cable S2 = w/1m, 3´cable
300# = 300 psi
S3 = w/3m, 10´cable
M2 = mating conn. 3´ cable
400# = 400 psi
P9 = mating conn. w/customer S1 = w/mating conn. cable
500# = 500 psi
customer defined length
specified length
750# = 750 psi
AMP Superseal
Flying Leads
1000# = 1000 psi
AP = w/out mating conn.
W2 = 1m flying leads
1500# = 1500 psi
W9 = customer specified length A2 = w/1m, 3´cable
2000# = 2000 psi
A3 = w/3m, 10´cable
Shielded Cable
3000# = 3000 psi
A1 = w/mating conn. cable
F2 = 3´ shielded cable
customer defined length
4000# = 4000 psi
F3 = 10´ shielded cable
5000# = 5000 psi
P1 = customer specified length DIN 43650 Form C
DC
=
no
mating
conn.
6000#
= 6000 psi
M12, 4-pin
N1 = with mating conn. no cable
EW = w/out mating conn.
7500# = 7500 psi
N2 = mating conn. 3´cable
E0 = w/mating conn. No cable
10000#
= 10000 psi
E2 = w/mating conn./Cable 3 ft. N3 = mating conn. 10´cable
15000# = 15000 psi
N9 = mating conn. w/customer
E1 = w/mating conn./Cable
20000#
= 20000 psi
specified length
Customer defined length
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Measurement
Type
G = Gauge Pressure
X
Optional
X-Variations
Consult Factory for
Available Options
Compound Ranges
30#&vac = 30 psi/–14.7 psi
45#&vac = 45 psi/–14.7 psi
60#&vac = 60 psi/–14.7 psi
85#&vac = 85 psi/–14.7 psi
100#&vac = 100 psi/–14.7 psi
150#&vac = 150 psi/–14.7 psi
200#&vac = 200 psi/–14.7 psi
300#&vac = 300 psi/–14.7 psi
Ranges in Bar,m kPa and mPa are also available
Consult Factory for Other Connections
*Metri-Pack is a trademark of Delphi Packard Electric Systems.
**Trademark of Richard Hirschmann of America, Inc.
187
Type A2 Heavy Industrial
Pressure Transducer
APPLICATIONS
Test stands, compressor control,
hydraulic systems, process automation,
pump and pneumatic systems control
BENEFITS AND FEATURES
• Pressure ranges from 5 psi through
10,000 psi
• CE mark
• 316L SS wetted materials
• 304 SS case
• Six output signals to choose from
• Optional absolute pressure ranges
available
• Optional external zero and span
potentiometers
• Optional Panel Meter, see Ashcroft
model DM61
The Ashcroft® A2 pressure transmitter is
ideal for a broad spectrum of pressure sensing requirements found in heavy industrial,
and test and measurement applications. It
offers the instrument specifier a wide choice
of construction and performance variables.
The Ashcroft® A2 is designed and manufactured to provide the user with accurate,
reliable, and stable output data. This is
accomplished through the use of an on
board microprocessor, that is programmed
during a unique digital compensation
process, to provide extremely linear and
precise performance over the entire specified pressure and temperature range.
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F (21°C)
Accuracy, Three Classes (% Span):
Includes non-linearity
±.25 ±0.5 ±1.0
(Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability, zero
offset and span setting errors)
Best Fit Straight Line* (BFSL):
±.20 ±.40 ±.50
*Add ±.05% for ranges above 5000 psi
Stability:
Sensor Material 316L SS or 17-4PH SS: #±0.25%
Span/year @ reference conditions
Durability: Greater than 10 million cycles
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Process:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Operating:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Compensated*: –20 to +85°C ( –4 to 185°F)
*Consult factory for other options
Temperature Effects: –20 to +85°C (–4 to 185°F)
• 1.0% of Span for .25% Accuracy Class
• 2.0% of Span for .50% and 1.0% Accuracy Classes
Humidity Effects: No performance effects from
0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing,
0-100% RH with “W” enclosure.
Response Time: <2ms
Pressure Ranges: Vacuum, gauge, compound and
absolute pressure from 0-5 psi through 0-10,000.
Equivalent ranges in bar available. See order guide
section (below.)
Vibration Effect:
Shock:
100g Peak, 11ms
Random: 10g RMS, 20-2000Hz
Sweep:
50-2000Hz, 5g peak
Position Effect: ± 0.02% Typical
Approvals/Certifications: CE
Overpressure (F.S.)*: Proof
Burst
0#/vac. to 300 psi
1.5 x F.S.
min. 2 x F.S.
500-10,000 psi
1.2 x F.S.
1.5 x F.S.
*For higher overpressure ratings use XK8 option.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: Supply Voltage: (unregulated)
Minimum
Maximum
0-5Vdc
(3 Wire)
12Vdc
36Vdc
0-10Vdc
(3 Wire)
14Vdc
36Vdc
1-5Vdc
(3 Wire)
10Vdc
36Vdc
1-6Vdc
(3 Wire)
10Vdc
36Vdc
4-20mA* (2 Wire)
12Vdc
36Vdc
Power Requirements:
Supply Current: <5mA for voltage outputs
Electrical Terminations:
See To Order below for Options
Circuit Protection:
Reverse polarity and mis-wire proected
Insulation Resisance (Circuit to Case):
100Mohm @ 30Vdc
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Case: Material 304SS
Wetted Materials: 316L SS diaphragm and pressure
port. Optional 17-4PH SS diaphragm and 316L SS
pressure port (see How to Order Section).
Environmental Rating:
Enclosure
Code
Rating
Basic
(S)
IP65, NEMA 4X
Zero/Span
(Z)
IP65, NEMA 4X
All Welded (w/Z/S)
(Y)
IP65, NEMA 4X
All Welded (w/o Z/S)
(W)
IP67, NEMA 6*
NOTE:
Refer to Ashcroft Model A2X for Explosion / Flame Proof
configurations and Ashcroft Model A4 for Intrinsically Safe/
Non-Incendive applications.
*(varies with pressure range)
.
TO ORDER THE A2 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS:
A 2
Type
Configuration
(A2)
X
Accuracy/Temp. Effects
(A) 0.25%/≤0.5% (–20°C to +85°C)
(B) 0.50%/≤1.0% (–20°C to +85°C)
(C) 1.00%/≤1.0% (–20°C to +85°C)
Enclosure
(S) Basic
(Z) Zero & Span Access
(Y) Welded with Zero &
Span Access
(W) Welded w/out Zero &
Span Access
Output Signal
(05) 0-5 Vdc
(10) 0-10 Vdc
(15) 1-5 Vdc
(16) 1-6 Vdc
(42) 4-20mA
Pressure Connection
⁄8 NPT-M
(F04) 1⁄2 NPT-F
⁄4 NPT-M
(MG4) G 1⁄2 M
1
⁄4 NPT-F
(VM2) VCR inlet fitting
7
1
⁄16-20 SAE-M
⁄4˝ VCR gland with
9
9
⁄16-18 (1⁄4)-F
⁄16-18 male nut
(Aminco)
(VF2) VCR inlet fitting
1
1
(M04) ⁄2 NPT-M
⁄4˝ VCR gland with
9
⁄16-18 female nut
(M01)
(M02)
(F02)
(MEK)
(F09)
1
1
(others available upon request)
Note: All A2 units include a 9 point NIST traceable calibration report.
Electrical Termination
Integral Cable (Pigtail)
(F2) 3´ shielded cable(1)
(P1) (specify length)(1)
Hirschmann Style Form A
DIN 43650-A
(DN) w/o mating conn.(1)
(D0) with mate, no cable(1)
(D2) with mate, 3´ cable(1)
(D1) with mate, (specify length)(1)
4-Pin Bendix Style
(B4) w/o mating conn.(2)
(H1) with mate, no cable(2)
(L1) with mate, 3´ cable(2)
(P2) with mate, (specify length)(2)
1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit w/Pigtail
(C1) 3´ shielded cable(3)
(P7) (specify length)(3)
1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit
(C2) 3´ flying leads(3)
(C5) 10´ flying leads(3)
Hirschmann “E” Series
M12 Threaded
(EW) w/o mating conn.(1)
(E0) with male, no cable(1)
(E2) with male, 3´ cable(1)
(E1) with male, (specify length)(1)
Pressure Range
Measurement
Type
(1.5#) 1.5 psi(5),(6) (750#) 750 psi
(5),(6)
(G) Gauge
(1000#) 1000 psi
(5#) 5 psi
Pressure
(10#) 10 psi(5),(6) (1500#) 1500 psi
Sensor
(2000#) 2000 psi
(15#) 15 psi(5)
(A) Absolute
(3000#) 3000 psi
(30#) 30 psi(5)
Pressure
(5000#) 5000 psi
(50#) 50 psi
Sensor
(7500#) 7500 psi
(60#) 60 psi
(10,000#) 10,000 psi(4)
(75#) 75 psi
(5),(6)
(100#) 100 psi (0# & vac.) 0 psi/vac.
(150#) 150 psi (15# & vac.) Vac./15 psi(5),(6)
(200#) 200 psi (30# & vac.) Vac./30 psi(5),(6)
(300#) 300 psi (45# & vac.) Vac./45 psi(6)
(500#) 500 psi (60# & vac.) Vac./60 psi
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
(1) Available with enclosure code (S, Z)
(2) Available with enclosure code (S, Z, W)
(3) Available with enclosure code (W, Y)
(4) 17-4PH SS Sensor Required
(5) 17-4PH SS Sensor Not Available
(6) Gauge pressure only
Optional
X-Variations
(XCL)
Non-standard**
calibration
(XK8)
17-4pH SS
Sensor Material
(X6B)
Cleaned For
Oxygen Service
**Minimum
10 pieces for
non-standard
pressure ranges
188
Type A2X Explosion/Flame Proof
Pressure Transmitter
APPLICATIONS
Oil field equipment, upstream oil and gas
production, natural gas compression and
transfer control, alternative energy projects
BENEFITS AND FEATURES
• cUL and ATEX listed
• FM intrinsically safe approvals (see
note under Optional Hazardous Area
Classifications below)
• CSA intrinsically safe approvals (see
note under Optional Hazardous Area
Classifications below)
• Choice of 0.25, 0.50 or 1.0% accuracy
• Pressure ranges from 5 psi through
10,000 psi
• CE mark
• 316L SS wetted materials, 17-4 PH optional
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F (21°C)
Accuracy, Three Classes (% Span):
Includes non-linearity
±.25
(Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability, zero
offset and span setting errors)
Best Fit Straight Line* (BFSL):
±.20
*Add ±.05% for ranges above 5000 psi
±0.5 ±1.0
±.40 ±.50
Stability:
Sensor Material 316L SS or 17-4PH SS: #±0.25%
Span/year @ reference conditions
Durability: Greater than 10 million cycles
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Process:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Operating:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Compensated*: –20 to +85°C ( –4 to 185°F)
*Consult factory for other options
Temperature Effects: –20 to +85°C (–4 to 185°F)
• 1.0% of Span for .25% Accuracy Class
• 2.0% of Span for .50% and 1.0% Accuracy Classes
Humidity Effects: No performance effects from
0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing,
0-100% RH with “W” enclosure.
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Response Time: <2ms
Pressure Ranges: Vacuum, gauge, compound and
absolute pressure from 0-5 psi through 0-10,000.
• 304 SS case
• Six output signals to choose from
• Optional absolute pressure ranges available
The Ashcroft® AX2 pressure transmitter
is ideal for a broad spectrum of pressure
sensing requirements requiring approvals
for explosion/flame proof.
The Ashcroft® A2X is designed and
manufactured to provide the user with accurate, reliable, and stable output data. This
is accomplished through the use of an on
board microprocessor, that is programmed
during a unique digital compensation
process, to provide extremely linear and
precise performance over the entire specified pressure and temperature range.
Equivalent ranges in bar available. See order guide
section (below.)
Vibration Effect:
Shock:
100g Peak, 11ms
Random: 10g RMS, 20-2000Hz
Sweep:
50-2000Hz, 5g peak
Position Effect: ±0.02% Typical
Approvals/Certifications: CE, Hazardous Area
Certifications - see following section for details
Overpressure (F.S.)*: Proof
Burst
0#/vac. to 300 psi
1.5 x F.S.
min. 2 x F.S.
500-10,000 psi
1.2 x F.S.
1.5 x F.S.
*For higher overpressure ratings use XK8 option.
See below for additional option.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal:
Supply Voltage: (unregulated)
Minimum
Maximum
12Vdc
30Vdc
14Vdc
30Vdc
10Vdc
30Vdc
10Vdc
30Vdc
12Vdc
30Vdc
0-5Vdc
(3 Wire)
0-10Vdc
(3 Wire)
1-5Vdc
(3 Wire)
1-6Vdc
(3 Wire)
4-20mA
(2 Wire)
Power Requirements:
Supply Current: <5mA for voltage outputs
Electrical Terminations:
See To Order below for Options
Circuit Protection:
Reverse polarity and mis-wire proected
Insulation Resistance (Circuit to Case):
100Mohm @ 30Vdc
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Case: Material 304SS
Wetted Materials: 316L SS diaphragm and pressure
port. Optional 17-4PH SS diaphragm and 316L SS
pressure port (see How to Order Section).
Environmental Rating: IP65; NEMA 7,9
HAZARDOUS AREA CERTIFICATIONS
Explosion Proof – cUL (USL/CNL):
Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups A, B, C and D
Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F and G
Flame Proof – ATEX: Specify A2X
II 2 G
Ex d IIC T4
NOTE: For 4-20mA units following approvals also apply:
Intrinsically Safe – FM/CSA:
Class I, Div. 1
Class I, Div. 2, Non-Incendive
Refer to Ashcroft drawing #825A022 for wiring
and installation requirements.
NOTE: Refer to Ashcroft Model A2 for Heavy Industrial,
non-Hazardous rated configurations and Ashcroft Model A4
for Intrinsically Safe/non-Incendive applications.
TO ORDER THE A2X EXPLOSION/FLAME PROOF PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS:
A 2 X
Type
Configuration
(A2X)
X
Accuracy/Temp. Effects
(A) 0.25%/≤0.5% (–20°C to +85°C)
(B) 0.50%/≤1.0% (–20°C to +85°C)
(C) 1.00%/≤1.0% (–20°C to +85°C)
Output Signal
(05) 0-5 Vdc
(10) 0-10 Vdc
(15) 1-5 Vdc
(16) 1-6 Vdc
(42) 4-20mA
Pressure Connection
(M01)
(M02)
(F02)
(MEK)
(F09)
⁄8 NPT-M
(MG4) G 1⁄2 M
1
⁄4 NPT-M
(VM2) VCR inlet fitting
1
1
⁄4 NPT-F
⁄4˝ VCR gland with
7
9
⁄16-20 SAE-M
⁄16-18 male nut
9
1
⁄16-18 ( ⁄4)-F (VF2) VCR inlet fitting
1
(Aminco)
⁄4˝ VCR gland with
9
(M04) 1⁄2 NPT-M
⁄16-18 female nut
1
(F04) ⁄2 NPT-F
1
Electrical Termination
1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit
Flying Leads
(C2) with 3´leads
(C5) with 10´leads
Shielded Cable
(C1) with 3´cable
(C6) with 15´cable
(C7) with 30´cable
(P7) with customer
defined length
Pressure Range
Measurement
Type
(1.5#) 1.5 psi(5),(6) (750#) 750 psi
(G) Gauge
(5#) 5 psi(5),(6) (1000#) 1000 psi
(5),(6)
Pressure
(1500#) 1500 psi
(10#) 10 psi
Sensor
(2000#) 2000 psi
(15#) 15 psi(5)
(A) Absolute
(3000#) 3000 psi
(30#) 30 psi(5)
Pressure
(5000#) 5000 psi
(50#) 50 psi
Sensor
(7500#) 7500 psi
(60#) 60 psi
(4)
(10,000#) 10,000 psi
(75#) 75 psi
(100#) 100 psi (0# & vac.) 0 psi/vac.(5),(6)
(150#) 150 psi (15# & vac.) Vac./15 psi(5),(6)
(200#) 200 psi (30# & vac.) Vac./30 psi(5),(6)
(300#) 300 psi (45# & vac.) Vac./45 psi(6)
(500#) 500 psi (60# & vac.) Vac./60 psi
(4) 17-4PH SS Sensor Required
(5) 17-4PH SS Sensor Not Available
(6) Gauge pressure only
Note: All A2X pressure transmitters include a 9 pt. NIST traceable calibration report
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Optional
X-Variations
(XCL)
Non-standard**
calibration
(XK8)
17-4pH SS
Sensor Material
(X6B)
Cleaned For
Oxygen Service
**Minimum 10 pieces
for non-standard
pressure ranges.
189
Type A4 Intrinsically Safe
and Non-Incendive
Pressure Transmitter
APPLICATIONS
Oil field equipment, upstream oil and gas
production, natural gas compression and
transfer control, alternative energy projects
BENEFITS AND FEATURES
• FM and CSA listings
• Choice of 0.25, 0.50 or 1.0% accuracy
• Pressure ranges from 5 psi through
10,000 psi
• CE mark
• 316L SS wetted materials, 17-4 PH optional
• 304 SS case in standard, welded or
explosion proof construction
• Optional absolute pressure ranges available
• Zero and span access (Basic Enclosure)
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F (21°C)
Accuracy, Three Classes (% Span):
Includes non-linearity
±.25
(Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability, zero
offset and span setting errors)
Best Fit Straight Line* (BFSL):
±.20
*Add ±.05% for ranges above 5000 psi
The Ashcroft® A4 pressure transmitter is
ideal for a broad spectrum of pressure sensing requirements where Intrinsically Safe or
Non-Incendive hazardous location ratings
are required.
The Ashcroft® A4 is designed and manufactured to provide the user with accurate,
reliable, and stable output data. This is
accomplished through the use of an on
board microprocessor, that is programmed
during a unique digital compensation
process, to provide extremely linear and
precise performance over the entire specified pressure and temperature range.
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
±0.5 ±1.0
±.40 ±.50
Stability:
Sensor Material 316L SS or 17-4PH SS: #±0.25%
Span/year @ reference conditions
Durability: Greater than 10 million cycles
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Process:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Operating:
–40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Compensated*: –20 to +85°C ( –4 to 185°F)
*Consult factory for other options
Temperature Effects: –20 to +85°C (–4 to 185°F)
• 1.0% of Span for .25% Accuracy Class
• 2.0% of Span for .50% and 1.0% Accuracy Classes
Humidity Effects: No performance effects from
0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing,
0-100% RH with “W” enclosure.
Response Time: <2ms
Pressure Ranges: Vacuum, gauge, compound and
absolute pressure from 0-5 psi through 0-10,000.
Equivalent ranges in bar available. See order guide
section (below.)
Vibration Effect:
Shock:
100g Peak, 11ms
Random: 10g RMS, 20-2000Hz
Sweep:
50-2000Hz, 5g peak
Position Effect: ±0.02% Typical
Approvals/Certifications: CE, Hazardous Area
Certifications - see following section for details
Overpressure (F.S.)*: Proof
Burst
0#/vac. to 300 psi
1.5 x F.S.
min. 2 x F.S.
500-10,000 psi
1.2 x F.S.
1.5 x F.S.
*For higher overpressure ratings use XK8 option.
See below for additional option.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal:
Supply Voltage: (unregulated)
Minimum
Maximum
(2 Wire)
12Vdc
30Vdc*
4-20mA*
Ratiometric
Power Requirements & Entity Parameters:
See I&M manual
Electrical Terminations:
See To Order below for Options
Circuit Protection:
Reverse polarity and mis-wire protected
Insulation Resistance (Circuit to Case):
100Mohm @ 30Vdc
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Case: Material 304SS
Wetted Materials: 316L SS diaphragm and pressure
port. Optional 17-4PH SS diaphragm and 316L SS
pressure port (see How to Order Section).
Environmental Rating:
Enclosure
Code
Rating
Basic
(S)
IP65, NEMA 4X
All Welded (w/o Z/S)
(W)
IP67, NEMA 6*
HAZARDOUS AREA CERTIFICATIONS
Intrinsically Safe – FM/CSA:
Intrinsic Safety: Class I, II and III Div.1 and 2,
Groups A, B, C, D, F and G per entity requirements
see Ashcroft drawing # 825A022
Non-Incendive: Class I, II and III Div. 2, Groups A, B,
C, D, F and G, no barriers needed
NOTE:
Refer to Ashcroft Model A2 for Heavy Industrial,
non-hazardous rated configurations and Ashcroft
Model A2X for Explosion/Flame Proof applications.
*(varies with pressure range)
TO ORDER THE A4 INTRINSICALLY SAFE & NON-INCENDIVE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
A 4
X
Type
Configuration
(A4)
Accuracy/Temp. Effects
(A) 0.25%/#0.5% (–20°C to +85°C)
(B) 0.50%/#1.0% (–20°C to +85°C)
(C) 1.00%/#1.0% (–20°C to +85°C)
Enclosure
(S) Basic
(W) Welded w/out
Zero & Span
Access
Output Signal
(42) 4-20mA
Pressure Connection
(M01) 1⁄8 NPT-M
(MG4) G 1⁄2 M
(M02) 1⁄4 NPT-M
(VM2) VCR inlet fitting
1
1
(F02) ⁄4 NPT-F
⁄4˝ VCR gland with
9
(MEK) 7⁄16-20 SAE-M
⁄16-18 male nut
9
1
(F09) ⁄16-18 ( ⁄4)-F
(VF2) VCR inlet fitting
1
(Aminco)
⁄4˝ VCR gland with
9
(M04) 1⁄2 NPT-M
⁄16-18 female nut
(F04) 1⁄2 NPT-F
Others available upon request
Note: All A4 units include a 9 point NIST traceable calibration report
Electrical Termination
Integral Cable (Pigtail)
(F2) 3´ shielded cable(1)
(P1) (specify length)(1)
Hirschmann Style Form A
DIN 43650-A
(DN) w/o mating conn.(1)
(D0) with mate, no cable(1)
(D2) with mate, 3´ cable(1)
(D1) with mate, (specify length)(1)
4-Pin Bendix Style
(B4) w/o mating conn.(2)
(H1) with mate, no cable(2)
(L1) with mate, 3´ cable(2)
(P2) with mate, (specify length)(2)
1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit w/Pigtail
(C1) 3´ shielded cable(3)
(P7) (specify length)(3)
1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit
(C2) 3´ flying leads(3)
(C5) 10´ flying leads(3)
Hirschmann “E” Series
M12 Threaded
(EW) w/o mating conn.(1)
(E0) with male, no cable(1)
(E2) with male, 3´ cable(1)
(E1) with male, (specify length)(1)
Pressure Range**
Measurement
Type
(1.5#) 1.5 psi(5),(6) (750#) 750 psi
(G) Gauge
(5#) 5 psi(5),(6) (1000#) 1000 psi
(5),(6)
Pressure
(1500#) 1500 psi
(10#) 10 psi
Sensor
(2000#) 2000 psi
(15#) 15 psi(5)
(A) Absolute
(3000#) 3000 psi
(30#) 30 psi(5)
Pressure
(5000#) 5000 psi
(50#) 50 psi
Sensor
(7500#) 7500 psi
(60#) 60 psi
(4)
(10,000#) 10,000 psi
(75#) 75 psi
(5),(6)
(0# & vac.) 0 psi/vac.
(100#) 100 psi
(15# & vac.) Vac./15 psi(5),(6)
(150#) 150 psi
(30# & vac.) Vac./30 psi(5),(6)
(200#) 200 psi
(45#
& vac.) Vac./45 psi(6)
(300#) 300 psi
(60# & vac.) Vac./60 psi
(500#) 500 psi
(1) Available with enclosure code (S)
(2) Available with enclosure code (S, W)
(3) Available with enclosure code (W)
(4) 17-4PH SS Sensor Required
(5) 17-4PH SS Sensor Not Available
(6) Gauge pressure only
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Optional
X-Variations
(XCL)
Non-standard**
calibration
(XK8)
17-4pH SS
Sensor Material
(X6B)
Cleaned For
Oxygen Service
**Minimum
10 pieces for nonstandard pressure
ranges.
190
Type H2 Precision
Pressure Transducer
APPLICATIONS
Engine / Turbine Test Stands, Remote Monitoring Systems, On-Vehicle Test Installations.
FEATURES
• Compact Design
• Choice of 0.15% or 0.20% Accuracy
• All Stainless Steel Wetted Materials
• Standard Nine-Point NIST Traceable
Calibration Report
The Ashcroft® H2 precision pressure
transducer is ideal for measuring and controlling challenging hydraulic and pneumatic
applications. This is accomplished through
the use of a unique digital compensation
process. The high-accuracy and performance combined with its rugged construction provides the user with a highly reliable
and safe sensor platform.
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Analog Output (4-20mA / 0-5Vdc / 0-10Vdc):
Accuracy: ±0.20% Span or ±0.15% Span
(includes zero/span offsets, non-linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability)
Temperature Effects:
Zero / Span: ±0.01% Span /°C – from 23°C (73.4°F)
reference temperature
Stability: < ±0.25% span/year
Durability: Tested to 10 million cycles
Vibration: 20g (IEC 68-2-6 and IEC 68-2-36)
Shock: 1000g (IEC 68-2-32)
Response Time: 4msec (10-90%)
Position Effect: None
Output Resolution: ±0.02% Span
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–40 to +105°C (–40 to 221°F)
Operating:
–20 to +85°C ( –4 to 185°F)
Compensated*: –10 to +80°C (–14 to 176°F)
*Consult factory for other options
Humidity Effects: 0 to 95% relative humidity,
non-condensing
Proof Pressure: 2X Range (2000 psi & below)
1.5X Range (3000 to 5000 psi
1.2X Range (7500 psi & above)
Burst Pressure: 8X Range (2000 psi & below)
3X Range (3000 psi to 5000 psi)
1.5X Range (7500 psi & above)
Insulation Voltage: 50Vdc 100MV min
Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: 4-20mA / 0-5Vdc / 0-10Vdc
Supply Voltage: 9-32Vdc (4-20mA Version); 2 wires
12-32Vdc (Voltage Versions); 3 wires
Circuit Protection: Overvoltage and reverse polarity
protection 36V
Insulation Resistance: <100MV @ 30V
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Enclosure: 304SS
Ingress Rating: IP65 (Ranges 300 psi & below)
IP67 (Ranges above 300 psi)
Electrical Termination: Refer to “How to Order” section
Pressure Connection: Refer to “How to Order” section
Weight: Approx. 120 grams (3.86 ounces)
Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 304SS
(pressure connection) and 17-4 pH SS (sensor
diaphragm)
TO ORDER THE H2 PRECISION PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
H 2
Type
Configuration
(H2)
X
Accuracy
(2) ±0.15%
(3) ±0.2%
Pressure Connection
(M02) 1⁄4 NPT-male
7
(M76)* ⁄16-20 UNJF-3A 37° Cone
(MEK) 7⁄16-20 UNF-2A (SAE #4)
(MGA) 1⁄4 A (DIN3852-E)
Output Signal
(42) 4-20mA
(05) 0-5 Vdc
(10) 0-10 Vdc
Electrical Connection
(B6) 6 Pin Bendix (MIL-C-26482)
(EW) M12 Type 4 pin)
(F2) 3´ Shielded Cable
(DN) Hirschmann 43650-A
Pressure Ranges
Gauge
Compound
15#G = 0/15 psig
15#&V = 15 to 15 psig
30#G = 0/30 psig
30#&V = 15 to 30 psig
50#G = 0/50 psig
75#&V = 15 to 75 psig
100#G = 0/100 psig
150#&V = 15 to 150 psig
150#G = 0/150 psig
300#&V = 15 to 300 psig
300#G = 0/300 psig
Absolute
500#G = 0/500 psig
15#A = 0/15 psia
1000#G = 0/1000 psig
30#A = 0/30 psia
1500#G = 0/1500 psig
50#A = 0/50 psia
3000#G = 0/3000 psig
100#A = 0/100 psia
5000#G = 0/5000 psig
150#A = 0/150 psia
7500#G = 0/750 psig
10,000#G = 0/10,000 psig
15,000#G = 0/15,000 psig
20,000#G = 0/20,000 psig
Note: Consult factory for special ranges or for
other units (ie. bar / mPa / kPa)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Optional
X-Variations
(XRH)
NIST Traceable 9
Point Calibration
Report
(XNH)
Wired Stainless
Steel Tagging
(X6B)
Oxygen Cleaning
191
Type KM15 Rugged,
Compact Transducer for
the High Volume OEM
APPLICATIONS:
High Volume Pressure Sensing in: Off
Road Equipment, Construction Machinery, Compressors, Pump Control
BENEFITS & FEATURES
• RoHS compliant
• Compact size
• All welded sensor
• –40/120°C operating temp
• Rugged SS construction
• IP 67 ingress rating
• Ranges through 7500 psi
The Ashcroft® KM15 Pressure Transducer is the ideal choice for the high
volume OEM who requires an economical yet durable pressure transducer. The
KM15 marries a proven polysilicon thin
film sensor to a high performance ASIC
to provide a highly accurate, stable, and
rugged pressure sensing instrument.
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connection Options: see “To Order” below
Pressure Connection: 304 SS
Housing: 304 SS
Sensor Material: 17-4 PH SS
Electrical Termination: see “To Order” below
• Metri Pack 150 Series
• Shielded Cable
Dimensions:
Inches (mm )
METRI-PACK 150 Series
MATES TO OPTIONAL METRI-PACK
CONNECTOR 12065287
COMMON
OUTPUT(+)
POWER(+)
.98˝ DIA.
(25 DIA.)
(7)
0/750 psi
0/1000 psi
0/1500 psi
0/2000 psi
0/3000 psi
0/5000 psi
0/7500 psi
OPTIONS
Throttle screws
Custom mating harness
Special cleaning (for O2)
Non-standard pressure ranges
Alternate process connections
Special calibration/accuracy
(14.5)
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Ranges:
vac/0 psi*
0/15 psi
vac/15 psi*
0/30 psi
vac/30 psi*
0/50 psi
vac/50 psi*
0/75 psi
vac/75 psi*
0/100 psi
vac/100 psi*
0/150 psi
vac/150 psi*
0/200 psi
vac/200 psi*
0/300 psi
vac/300 psi*
0/500 psi
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal Options:
Supply
Output
Excitation
Current
0.5-4.5 Vdc
5 Vdc ± .5 Vdc 10mA typical
(ratiometric)
1-5 Vdc
8-32 Vdc
10mA typical
Reverse Polarity Protection: Yes
Insulation Breakdown Voltage: (Circuit to case)
150 Vac/1 min.
Insulation Resistance: (Circuit to Case)
100M ohm min.@50 Vdc.
Warm-up Time: <25 msec
Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
• Flying Lead
• Sumitomo HW090
Environmental Rating: IP67
Weight: Approx. 2 oz. (60g)
2.8˝
(71.6)
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Storage
–40/120°C (–40/250°F)
Operating
–40/120°C (–40/250°F)
Compensated
–30/120°C (–25/250°F)
Humidity: 0/100%R.H., no effect
Thermal Coefficients: –30 to 120°C (–25 to +250°F)
Zero
Span
±0.01%/°C (±0.0055%/°F)
±0.01%/°C (±0.0055%/°F)
Overpressure (F.S.):
Proof
Burst
750 psi & below
2 x range
10 x range
1500 psi
2 x range
5 x range
3000 psi
2 x range
5 x range
5000 psi
1.5 x range
5 x range
7500 psi
1.2 x range
5 x range
Vibration: Random to 1 KHz, 20 g’s
Shock: 50 g’s, 11 msec
Drop Test: No effect 1 meter drop on concrete
Response Time: Less than 1msec
Position Effect: Less than 0.01% F.S.
.57˝ .27˝
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Ref. Condition 23°C ±2° (73°F)
Accuracy: Includes non-linearity, hysteresis, nonrepeatability, zero offset and span setting errors
– Terminal Point method:
±0.5% Span, 100 psig Span and above
±1.0% Span, 75 psig Span and below
Stability: ±0.25% Span/year
Interchangeability: < .5% Span
Durability: Tested to 50 million cycles
Shielded cable termination and flying lead
termination is also available.
TO ORDER THE KM10 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
#
K M 1 5
Model Type
(KM15)
Accuracy Class
(5) 0.50%
(100 psi & above)
(7) 1.0%
(75 psi & below)
Pressure Connection
(MO1) 1⁄8 NPT-M
(MO2) 1⁄4 NPT-M
(M38) 3⁄8-24 UNF-2A
(MEK) 7⁄16-20 UNF-2A
(FRW) 7⁄16-20 UNF-2B
(M10) M10 x 1
(M14) M14 x 1.5
(MR3) R 3⁄8
(MR2) R 1⁄4
(MG3) G 3⁄8
(MG2) G 1⁄4
Output Signal
(15) 1-5 Vdc
(RM) Ratiometric
0.5-4.5 Vdc
Electrical Termination
For Metri-Pack 150 Series
Integral Connector
(GN) No mating connector
(G2) Mating connector
w/36˝ cable
(G1) Mating connector
w/custom length
For Shielded Cable
(F2) 36˝PVC sheath
(P1) Other length
For Flying Leads
(12) 12 inch length
(24) 24 inch length
(36) 36 inch length
Pressure Range
PSI
PSI*
Vac./0
0/100
Vac./15
0/150
Vac./30
0/200
Vac./50
0/300
Vac./75
0/500
Vac./100
0/750
Vac./150
0/1000
Vac./200
0/1500
Vac./300
0/2000
0/15
0/3000
0/30
0/5000
0/50
0/7500
0/75
*Sealed Sensor
X
Special Features
(XTS) Throttle
(X6B) Oxygen cleaning
Additional Options
(Consult Factory)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection and minimum order quantities required
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
192
Type K1 Thin Film Pressure
Transducer/Transmitter
For Industrial Applications
APPLICATIONS:
Hydraulic, refrigeration, machine tool,
test/measurement, pump control, HVAC,
medical, construction equipment and
all general purpose industrial process
applications
BENEFITS & FEATURES:
• 0.5% and 1.0% accuracy
• Vac.-20,000 psi pressure range
• FM approved (optional)
• Superior long-term stability
and repeatability
• Stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure
• Current/voltage output
• Wide range of electrical
connections available
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy Class (Span):
See page 270-271 for definitions
Includes non-linearity
±0.5%
±1.0%
(Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability, zero offset
and span setting errors
Interchangeability
±0.5%
±1.0%
Durability: 108 cycles with negligible performance
change
Stability: ±0.5% Span/yr
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–54 to 121°C
(–65 to +250°F)
Operating:
–28 to 82°C
(–20 to +180°F)
Comp. Range: –28 to 71°C
(–20 to +160°F)
Thermal Coefficients: (68°F (20°C) ref.)
% Span/°F
Standard:
0.5%
1%
ZERO
±0.028%
±0.04%
SPAN
±0.028%
±0.04%
Optional:
ZERO
±0.014%
N/A
SPAN
±0.014%
N/A
Multiply thermal zero coefficients by 1.5 on 0/30 psi,
vac/15 range and by 3 on 0/15 and vac/0 ranges
Humidity:
No performance effect at 95% relative
humidity-noncondensing
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Ranges (psi) gauge, compound:
0/15*
0/300
0/5000* vac./60*
0/30*
0/500
0/7500* vac./45*
0/60*
0/750
0/10,000* vac./30*
0/100
0/1000
0/15,000* vac./15*
0/150
0/2000
0/20,000* vac./0*
0/200
0/3000
*1% accuracy ranges only.
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges.
The Ashcroft® K1 is a proven and versatile pressure transducer/transmitter
incorporating polysilicon thin film technology. Modern low-pressure chemical
vapor deposition methods provide simple,
stable molecular bonds between a proven
metal diaphragm and a polysilicon strain
gage bridge. There are no epoxies or
bonding agents to contribute to signal
instability or drift.
The integral metal diaphragm and polysilicon bridge are virtually unaffected by
shock, vibration or mounting.
These transmitters are offered in many
standard pressure ranges with either
current or voltage output signals. Transmitter performance is directly traceable
Overpressure Limits (F.S.):
15300075002000
5000
20,000
Proof
200%
150%
120%
Burst
800%
300%
150%
Vibration Sweep:
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 0-2000 Hz at
20 g’s in any axis
Shock: Less than ±0.05% Span effect for 100 g's,
20ms shock in any axis
Response Time: Less than 5 ms
Position Effect: Less than 0.01% Span
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal (consult factory for options):
4-20mA (2 wire)
1-5 Vdc (3 wire)
1-6 Vdc (3 wire)
1-11 Vdc (3 wire) (minimum excitation 15 Vdc)
Power Requirements: 10-36 Vdc unregulated,
<3mA for voltage output
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X (NEMA 1 only if
<500 psig if electrical termination is Bendix® or
Hirschmann®)
Weight: 2 oz. (approx. w/o cable)
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
to the NationaI Institute of Standards
and Technology and specifications are
conservatively stated. A calibration test
certificate is available with each transmitter.
Reverse Polarity Protected
Supply Current: <3mA for voltage output
MATERIALS:
Case: 300 series stainless steel
Cable: No. 24 AWG, 36˝ PVC, shielded, vented,
UL approved
Diaphragm: 17-4 PH stainless steel
Standard Process Connections:
(316 stainless steel)
1
/8 NPT male or female
1
/4 NPT male or female
1
/4 SAE-J-514 (male)
9
/16-18 UNF 2B AMINCO (female) required for
pressures over 10,000 psi
Other connections available
HAZARDOUS LOCATION CERTIFICATIONS
Factory Mutual FM Approvals*
Intrinsically Safe for use in:
Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C,D, F, G when
used with safety barriers in accordance with Ashcroft drawing 71B212 Sht (1-3).
Nonincendive for: Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
Special Protection for: Class II, III, Div. 2, Group F, G
*Note: Available with 4-20mA output only
TO ORDER THIS TYPE K1 TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Select:
K 1
1. Type Configuration (K1)
2. Accuracy/TC
(3) 0.50%, ±0.014%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.028%/°F
(7) 1.0%, ±0.040%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(M01) 1/8 NPT-M (F01) 1/8 NPT-F (M02) 1/4 NPT-M (F02) 1/4 NPT-F
(MEK) 7/16 -20-M (FO9) aminco 9/16-18-Female
4. Output Signal
(42) 4-20mA (15) 1/5 Vdc
(16) 1/6 Vdc
(11) 1/11 Vdc
5. Electrical Termination
(F2) 36˝ cable, shielded, PVC sheathing (B4) Bendix 4-pin # PT02A-8-4P*
(HM) Hirschmann
(B6) Bendix 6-pin # PT02A-10-6P*
(B8) WP Bendix 4-pin # PT02E-8-4P*
miniature
(B9) WP Bendix 6-pin # PT02E-10-6P*
(C1) 1/2 NPT-M Conduit w/36˝ Cable
6. Pressure Range
(Vac./0) Vac./0 through (20000) 20,000 psi (see standard ranges). Call for more options.
7. Hazardous Area Approvals
(XFM) FM Approval Option: 4-20mA output only
*Mating connector available as necessary
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
193
Type K2 Thin Film Pressure
Transducer with Conditioned
MilliVolt Output
APPLICATIONS:
Hydraulic, machine tool, test and
measurement, and all general pur-pose
industrial process applications
BENEFITS & FEATURES:
• 0.5% and 1.0% accuracy
• Vac.-20,000 psi pressure range
• Superior long-term stability
and repeatability
• Stainless steel NEMA 4X
enclosure
• Conditioned millivolt output
• Wide range of pressure and
electrical connections available
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy Class (Span):
See page 258-259 for definitions
Includes non-linearity
±.5% ±1.0%
(Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability errors
Interchangeability
±.5% ±1.0%
Durability: 108 with negligible performance change
Stability: ±0.5% Span/yr
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–54 to 121°C
(–65 to +250°F)
Operating:
–28 to 82°C
(–20 to +180°F)
Comp. Range: –28 to 71°C
(–20 to +160°F)
Thermal Coefficients:
(68°F (20°C) ref.) %Span/°F
Standard:
0.5%
1%
ZERO
±0.028% ±0.04%
SPAN
±0.028% ±0.04%
Optional:
ZERO
±0.014%
N/A
SPAN
±0.014%
N/A
Multiply zero thermal coefficients by 1.5 on 0/30
psi range and by 3 and 0/15 and vac/0 ranges
Humidity:
No performance effect at 95% relative
humidity – noncondensing
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Ranges (psi)
0/15*
0/300
0/5000*
0/30*
0/500
0/7500*
0/60*
0/750
0/10,000*
0/100
0/1000
0/15,000*
0/150
0/2000
0/20,000*
0/200
0/3000
*1% accuracy ranges only.
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges.
vac./60*
vac./45*
vac./30*
vac./15*
vac./0*
The K2 is similar to the K1 Series
except offering mV/V output options. The
K2 is a proven and versatile pressure
transducer incorporating polysilicon thin
film technology. Modern low- pressure
chemical vapor deposition methods
provide simple, stable molecular bonds
between a proven metal diaphragm and a
polysilicon strain gage bridge. There are
no epoxies or bonding agents to contribute to signal instability or drift.
The integral metal diaphragm and
polysilicon bridge are virtually unaffected
by shock, vibration or mounting.
These transducers are offered in many
standard pressure ranges with highquality millivolt output signal ratiometric to
supply voltage. Transducer performance
Overpressure Limits (F.S.):
1530002000
5000
Proof
200%
150%
Burst
800%
300%
750020,000
120%
150%
Vibration: Less than ±0.1% Span effect for
0-2000 Hz at 20 g’s in any axis
Shock: Less than ±0.05 Span effect for 100 g’s,
20 ms shock in any axis
Response Time: Less than 5 ms
Position Effect: Less than 0.01% Span
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output (Sensitivity):
2mV/V
3mV/V
10mV/V
20mV/V
Power Requirements: 5-10 Vdc regulated, <3mA
Zero Offset: ±0.5% Span or ±1.0% Span dependent
on accuracy class
Circuit to Case Insulation Resistance:
100 M ohms @ 50 Vdc
is directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology and
specifications are conservatively stated.
A calibration test certificate is available with
each transducer.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X
(NEMA 1 only if <500 psig if electrical termination
is Bendix® or Hirschmann®)
Weight: 2 oz. (approx. w/o cable)
MATERIALS:
Case: 300 series stainless steel
Cable: No. 24 AWG, 36˝ PVC, shielded, vented,
UL approved
Diaphragm: 17-4 PH stainless steel
Standard Process Connections:
(316 stainless steel)
1
/8 NPT male or female
1
/4 NPT male or female
1
/4 SAE-J-514 male
1
/4 AMINCO female required for pressures over
10,000 psi
Other connections available
Shunt calibration feature is available as an
option. Calibration report is standard with 0.5%
and optional with 1% accuracy units. Consult
factory for pricing, availability and required
minimums for nonstandard products.
Bendix® is a registered trademark of Amphenol Corp.
Hirschmann® is a registered trademark of Richard
Hirschmann of America Inc.
TO ORDER THIS TYPE K2 TRANSDUCER:
K 2
Select:
1. Type Configuration (K2)
2. Accuracy/TC
(3) 0.50%, ±0.014%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.028%/°F
(7) 1.0%, ±0.040%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(M01) 1/8 NPT-M (F01) 1/8 NPT-F
(MEK) 7/16-20 SAE-J-514
4. Sensitivity
(02) 2mV/V
(03) 3mV/V
(M02) 1/4 NPT-M (F02) 1/4 NPT-F
(FO9) aminco 9/16-18-Female
(10) 10mV/V
(20) 20mV/V
5. Electrical Termination
(F2) 36˝ cable, shielded, PVC sheathing (B4) Bendix 4-pin # PT02A-8-4P*
(B6) Bendix 6-pin # PT02A-10-6P*
(C1) 1/2 NPT-M Conduit w/36˝ cable
(HM) Hirschmann miniature
6. Pressure Range
(Vac./0) Vac./0 through (20000) 20,000 psi (see standard ranges). Call for more options.
*Mating connector available as necessary
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
194
Type K8 Thin Film Pressure
Transducer with Unconditioned
MilliVolt Ouput
APPLICATIONS:
Hydraulic, hand tools, machine tool,
compressor, HVAC, medical, control
valves, construction equipment and all
general purpose industrial process and
OEM applications
BENEFITS & FEATURES:
• 0.5% and 1.0% accuracy
• 45-20,000 psi pressure ranges
• Superior long-term stability
and repeatability
• Wide range of pressure and
electrical connections available
• Miniature size and light weight
• Millivolt output
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy Class (Span):
See page 270-271 for definitions
Includes non-linearity
±.5% ±1.0%
(Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability
Durability: 108 cycles with negligible performance
change
Stability: ±0.5% Span/yr
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–54 to 121°C
(–65 to +250°F)
Operating:
–28 to 82°C
(–20 to +180°F)
Comp. Range: –28 to 82°C
(–20 to +180°F)
Thermal Coefficients:
(68°F (20°C) ref.) %Span/°F
Standard:
0.5%
1%
ZERO
±0.028%
±0.04%
SPAN
±0.028%
±0.04%
Optional:
ZERO
±0.014% N/A
SPAN
±0.014% N/A
Humidity:
No performance effect at 95% relative
humidity – noncondensing
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Ranges (psi)
0/45*
0/300
0/3000
0/20,000*
0/60*
0/500
0/5000*
0/100
0/750
0/7500*
0/150
0/1000
0/10,000*
0/200
0/2000
0/15,000*
*1% accuracy ranges only.
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges.
Overpressure Limits (F.S.):
4530002000
5000
Proof
200%
150%
Burst
800%
300%
750020,000
120%
150%
The Ashcroft ® K8 is a proven pressure
transducer incorporating polysilicon thin
film technology. Modern low-pressure
chemical vapor deposition methods
provide simple, stable molecular bonds
between a proven metal diaphragm and a
polysilicon strain gage bridge. There are
no epoxies or bonding agents to contribute to signal instability or drift.
The K8 is offered in many standard
pressure ranges with high quality millivolt
output. Signal output is proportional to
supply voltage, and sensitivity varies
between 6-18 mV/V at full scale. Transducer performance is directly traceable
to the National Institute of Standards and
Technology.
Vibration Sweep:
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 0-2000 Hz at
20 g’s in any axis
Shock: Less than ±0.05% Span effect for 100 g’s,
20ms shock in any axis
Response Time: Less than 5 ms
Position Effect: Less than 0.01% Span
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Sensitivity: Output signal varies from
6-18mv/V at full scale, output proportional to
supply voltage.
Excitation: 3-10 Vdc regulated
Supply Current: 1.4mA (nominal)
Zero Offset: ±3mV/Vdc
Bridge Resistance: 3500 ohms (nominal)
Circuit to Case Insulation Resistance:
100 M ohms @ 50 Vdc
Diaphragm: 17-4 PH stainless steel
Standard Process Connections:
(316 stainless steel)
1
/8 NPT male or female
1
/4 NPT male or female
1
/4 SAE-J-514 (male)
1
/4 AMINCO (female) required for pressures over
10,000 psi
Other connections available
DIMENSIONS:
FIG. 1
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Weight: 2 oz (approx. without cable F1 Type)
MATERIALS:
Socket: 300 series stainless steel
Cable: 4˝ polyethylene coated, 30 AWG or UL
approved 36˝, shielded, vented cable (24 AWG)
K 8
0.5
2.2
5/8
HEX
M V
2. Accuracy/TC
(3) 0.50%, ±0.014%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.028%/°F
(7) 1.0%, ±0.040%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(M01) 1/8 NPT-M (F01) 1/8 NPT-F (M02) 1/4 NPT-M (F02) 1/4 NPT-F
(MEK) 7/16-20 SAE-J-514 (FO9) 9/16-18 UNF (T01) 1/4 Comp. Fit (000) None
4. Sensitivity
(MV) mV/V
5. Electrical Termination
(F1) 4˝ leads, see Fig. 2/3 for dimensions (F2) 36˝ shielded PVC jacketed cable, see Fig. 1 for dimensions
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
0.5
0.34
1.2
1. Type Configuration (K8)
6. Pressure Range
(45) 45 psi through (20000) 20,000 psi (see standard ranges).
F1 Electrical
Termination
F1 Electrical
Termination
TO ORDER THIS TYPE K8 TRANSDUCER:
Select:
FIG. 3
FIG. 2
F2 Electrical
Termination
195
Type KX Flush Mount Thin Film
Pressure Transducer/Transmitter
For Pulp and Paper Applications
APPLICATIONS:
Pulp/paper, waste water, spray booths
and all heavy medium pumping processes
BENEFITS & FEATURES:
• Available with PMC adapter (shown)
• Flush-mounted integral
316 stainless steel diaphragm
• Stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure
• Current /voltage output
The Ashcroft® KX transmitter combines
the proven benefits of poly-silicon thin
film performance with the utility of a flushmounting sensing diaphragm. Modern
low-pressure chemical vapor deposition
methods provide simple, stable molecular
bonds between a proven metal diaphragm
and a polysilicon strain gage bridge. There
are no epoxies or bonding agents to conPERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy Class (Span):
Includes non-linearity,
±1%
(Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability, zero offset
and span setting errors)
Best fit straight line (BFSL)
±0.75%
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature
Storage
–65/+250°F
Operating
–20/+180°F
Compensated –20/+160°F
Thermal Coefficients: (68°F ref.) % Span/°F
Standard:
ZERO
±0.04%
SPAN
±0.04%
Humidity:
No performance effect at 95% relative humidity –
noncondensing
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Ranges (psi)
0/100
0/500
0/3000
0/150
0/750
0/5000
0/200
0/1000
0/300
0/2000
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges.
Overpressure: (F.S.)
Proof
Burst
0/1000/2000
200%
800%
tribute to signal instability or drift.
The flush sensing element is provided
by an integral, silicone filled stainless steel
diaphragm seal. The small sensing area
and low internal volume ensure accurate
measurement under severe conditions.
The polysilicon strain resistors combine
very low noise levels with very high signal
output. There are no semiconductor (p-n)
junctions to change with temperature, time
or use. The integral metal diaphragm and
polysilicon bridge are virtually unaffected
by shock, vibration or mounting position.
These transmitters are offered in many
standard pressure ranges with either current or voltage output signals. Transmitter
performance is directly traceable to the
National Institute of Standards and
Technology and specifications are
conservatively stated.
MATERIALS
Case: 300 series stainless steel
Connection: 316 stainless steel
Cable:
No. 24 AWG, 36 PVC, shielded, vented, UL
approved
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal:
4-20mA (2 wire)
1-5 Vdc (3 wire)
1-6 Vdc (3 wire)
Power Requirements:
10-36 Vdc unregulated
Diaphragm: 316Ti stainless steel
Supply Current:
Less than 3mA for voltage output
Output Impedance: 100 ohms
Circuit to Case Insulation Resistance:
100 M ohms @ 50 Vdc
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Process Connection:
G-1/2 metric pipe thread*
O-ring seal (max. 150 psi)
1
/2 NPT male pipe thread used in conjunction
with XWB, XWC and XWE screw-on adapters
*Mating connector available upon request
OPTIONS
Flush weldnut (XWB)
Recessed weldnut (XWC)
Weldnut plug (XWD)
Paper mill adapter (shown in photo) (XWE)
Halocarbon fill (XWG)
Warning: Sensitive Diaphragm
Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X
Weight:
10 oz (approx. without cable)
TO ORDER THIS TYPE KX TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
0/3000
0/5000
150%
300%
Vibration Sweep:
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 0-400 Hz at
20 g’s in any axis
Shock:
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 20 g’s 20ms
shock in any axis
Select:
K X
7
1. Type Configuration (KX)
2. Accuracy
(7)1.0%, ±0.04%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(MG4) G 1/2 (RS1) O-Ring Seal (max. 150 psi) (M04) 1/2 NPT M
4. Output Signal
(15) 1-5 Vdc (16) 1-6 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
5. Electrical Termination
(DN) 43650 connector (RT) 1/2 NPT with RTD Head (4-20mA only)
(C1) 1/2 NPT-M Conduit w/36˝ cable
(M1) DIN 43650 with mating connector G4WIF (M2) DIN 43650 with mating connector G4WIF w/36˝ cable
6. Pressure Range (See standard ranges)
7. Optional X-Variations (See above options)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
#
196
Type KS Thin Film Pressure
Transducer/Transmitter For
Sanitary Applications
APPLICATIONS:
Dairy, food, pharmaceutical and any 3A
sanitary application
BENEFITS & FEATURES:
• 316L stainless steel electropolished
(11/2˝-2˝) Tri-Clamp® style diaphragm
• Vac.-1000 psi pressure range
• Stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure
• Superior long-term stability
and repeatability
• Current/voltage/millivolt output
• Wide range of electrical
connections available
• All-welded construction
Ashcroft® combines the proven polysilicon thin film technology with its longtime
know-how of diaphragm seals to create
the KS sanitary pressure transmitter. The
all-welded stainless steel construction
meets the 3A Sanitary Standard 74-02.
The KS Sanitary Pressure Transmitter
features the benefits of polysilicon thin
film performance at an affordable price.
Modern chemical vapor deposition methods provide simple, stable, molecular
bonds between a proven metal diaphragm
and polysilicon strain gage bridge. There
are no epoxies or bonding agents to contribute to signal instability or drift.
The integral metal diaphragm and polysilicon bridge are virtually unaffected by
shock, vibration or mounting position.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Transmitter Output Signal:
4-20mA (2 wire)
1-5 Vdc (3 wire)
1-6 Vdc (3 wire)
Supply Current:
Less than 3mA for voltage output
Power Requirements:
10-36 Vdc unregulated
Reverse polarity protected
Transducer Output Signal:
2m V/V ratiometric
3m V/V ratiometric
10m V/V ratiometric
20m V/V ratiometric
Power Requirements: 5-10 Vdc regulated
Circuit to Case Insulation Resistance:
100 M ohms @ 50 Vdc
Accuracy Class (Span):
Includes non-linearity,
1%
(Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatability, zero offset
and span setting errors)
Best fit straight line (BFSL)
±0.75%
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature
Storage
–65/+250°F (–54 to +120°C)
Operating
–20/+180°F (–28 to +82°C)
Compensated
+30/+130°F
(0 to +50°C)
Thermal Coefficients: (68°F (20°C) ref.) % Span/°F
Standard:
ZERO
±0.04%
SPAN
±0.04%
Humidity:
No performance effect at 95% relative humidity –
noncondensing
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Ranges (psi)
0/30*†
0/300†
vac./30*†
0/60*†
0/500
vac./60*†
0/100†
0/750
vac./100†
0/150†
0/1000
0/200†
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges.
Weight:
13.5 oz (approx. without cable)
MATERIALS
Case: 300 series stainless steel
Cable:
No. 24 AWG, 36˝ PVC, shielded, vented, UL
approved
Diaphragm: 316L stainless steel
Standard Process Connections:
316L stainless steel electropolished
Tri-Clamp® style 11/2˝, 2˝
Fill: USP grade 99.5% glycerin fill, contact
factory for other fill fluids
Consult factory for pricing, availability and
required minimums for nonstandard products.
WARNING! Sensitive Diaphragm!
TO ORDER THIS TYPE KS TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Select:
K S
7
1. Type Configuration (KS)
*T/C multiply by 1.5 times.
†NEMA 4X only with F2 and C1 electrical connections.
2. Accuracy/TC
(7) 1.0%, ±0.040%/°F
Overpressure: (F.S.)
Proof
200%
Burst
800%
Vibration Sweep:
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 0-2000 Hz at
20 g’s in any axis
3. Sanitary Seal
(S15) 11/2 inch Sanitary Connection
Shock:
Less than ±0.05% Span effect for 100 g's, 20ms
shock in any axis
Position Effect: Less than 0.01% Span
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X
(S20) 2 inch Sanitary Connection
4. Output Signal
(42) 4-20mA (16) 1/6 Vdc (15) 1/5 Vdc (02) 2mV/V
(03) 3mV/V (10) 10mV/V (20) 20mV/V
5. Electrical Termination
(F2) 36˝ cable, shielded, PVC sheathing
(B6) Bendix 6-pin # PT02A-10-6P*
(B9) WP Bendix 6-pin # PT02E-10-6P*
(B4) Bendix 4-pin #
PT02A-8-4P*
(B8) WP Bendix 4-pin # PT02E-8-4P*
(HM) Hirschman miniature
(C1) 1/2 NPT-M Conduit w/36˝ cable
6. Pressure Range
(Vac./30) vac./30 through (1000) 1000 psi (see standard ranges).
*Mating connector available as necessary
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
197
Model GC30 Ultra-Compact
Digital Differential Pressure
Sensor
APPLICATIONS
The GC30 utilizes Ashcroft’s proven,
typically required in:
• Filter monitoring
• Clean room pressure differential
• Vacuum/suction pressure sensing and
control
• Fan speed control
FEATURES
• Ultra-compact design 1.2˝ x 1.2˝
(30mm x 30mm)
• Combined three-in-one digital pressure
gauge, switch and transducer
• Simple “Push-Button” configurability
allows user to adjust switch settings,
analog scaling
• Numerous standard ranges available
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Analog Output (1-5Vdc):
Accuracy: ± 1.5% Span
(accuracy includes effects of linearity, hysteresis
and repeatability)
Response Time: 50msec
Output Resolution: 25mV
Analog Scaling: User may configure analog output
scaling to any range within full scale of sensor
range
Pressure Switch Output:
Type: NPN or PNP open collector up to 30Vdc/80ma
Setting Accuacy: ±1.5% Span
Number of Contacts: 2
Time Delay: 5 msec –2.0 sec (by user)
Hysteresis: Variable (by user)
Switch Setting: User may adjust switch actuation
and deadband to any points within full scale
sensor range
Display:
Type: 31⁄2 digit, 10mm LED
Accuracy: ± 1.5% Span + last digit
Display Setting: User may re-configure display
scaling, set to capture MIN or MAX value, and
adjust display update rate
Inches of Water Column (˝ W.C.) Ranges:
Standard Ranges (Gauge):
0 to 0.25˝ W.C., 0.50˝ W.C., 1.0˝ W.C., 2.5˝
W.C., 5.0˝ W.C., 10˝ W.C., 25˝ W.C.
Standard Ranges (Compound):
±0.25˝ W.C., ±0.50˝ W.C., ±1.0˝ W.C., ±2.5˝
W.C., ±5.0˝ W.C., ±10˝ W.C., ±25˝ W.C.i
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –22 to 140°F (–30 to 60°C)
Operating: –4 to 140°F (–20 to 60°C)
Compensated: 14 to 122°F (–10 to 50°C)
Temperature Effects:
Zero/Span: (from 73°F/23°C reference temperature)
±0.09%/°F (±0.15%/°C) ±2.5˝ W.C., 0/2.5˝ W.C.
and below
±0.06%/°F (±0.10%/°C) ±5.0˝ W.C., 0/5.0˝ W.C.
and above
Pressure Connection: 4mm barb
Enclosure: ABS, polycarbonate, aluminum
Environmental Rating: IP40
Electrical Connection: 6ft (2m) cable pigtail
Weight: Approx. 75 grams
Mounting: Panel mounting bracket included
Media: Clean, dry air/gases compatible with
Aluminum, ABS, Ceramic, Silicon, and Silicone
RTV
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Proof Pressure: 7.5psid (50kPa)
Burst Pressure: 25psig (170kPa)
Max Static (Line) Pressure: 7.5psi (50kPa)
Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply Requirements:
Supply Voltage: 11-27Vdc
Current Consumption: 30mA (max)
Switch Contacts: (2) NPN or PNP open collector
outputs
NPN Type: 30Vdc / 80mA (max)
PNP Type: voltage drop 1Vdc (max)/80mA (max)
TO ORDER THE GC30 ULTRA-COMPACT DIGITAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR:
G C 3 0
9
M 5 B
Type
(GC30)
Accuracy
(9) ±1.5%
Connection
(M5B) 4mm ID Barb
X
F 4
Output Signal
(1N) 1-5Vdc:
Analog w/2X NPN
Type switches
(1P) 1-5Vdc:
Analog w/2X PNP
Type switches
Electrical
Connection
(F4) 6´ (2m) cable
Pressure Ranges
Diff. or Gauge:
(P25IW) 0.25˝W.C.
(P5IW)
0.50˝W.C.
(1IW)
1.0˝W.C.
(2P5IW) 2.5˝W.C.
(5IW)
5.0˝W.C.
(10IW)
10˝W.C.
(25IW)
25˝W.C.
Compound:
(P25IWL) ±0.25˝W.C.
(P5IWL) ±0.50˝W.C.
(1IWL)
±1.0˝W.C.
(2IWL)
±2.5˝W.C.
(5IWL)
±5.0˝W.C.
(10IWL) ±10˝W.C.
(25IWL) ±25˝W.C.
Optional
X-Variations
XRH
9 pt. NIST traceable
calibration certificate
X6B
Oxygen cleaned
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
198
Model GC52 Rangeable
Wet/Wet Differential
Pressure Transmitter
APPLICATIONS
The GC52 utilizes Ashcroft’s proven
Si-Glas™ silicon variable capacitance
sensor technology in a wet-wet package
ideal for applications where reliable, low
differential pressure measurement is
required with line (static) pressure
to 300 psi.
Applications include:
• Pressurized & non-pressurized tank
levels
• Flow (liquid/gas) measurement
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Condition: 23°C ±2° (73°F)
Accuracy: ±0.50% Span (URL)
(Accuracy includes the effects of linearity,
hysteresis, and repeatability)
Stability: ±0.25% Span/year
Response Time: 100msec (user adjustable)
Output Resolution: 0.1% Span (URL)
Standard Ranges (Bi-Directional, Inches W.C.):
±4, ±8, ±20, ±40, ±80, ±200
Standard Ranges (Uni-Directional, Inches W.C.):
0-4, 8, 20, 40, 80, 200, 400
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –15 to 65°C (5 to 150°F)
Operating: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F)
Compensated: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F)
Temperature Effects (–10 to 60°C):
±0.03% FS/C° (from reference, 23°C (73°F)
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Static (Line) Pressure:
Pressure Range
Proof
Burst
All
300 psi
800 psi
Static (Line) Pressure Effects:
Pressure Range
Effect
$20˝W.C., ±8˝ W.C.
±0.3% FS/100psi
8˝W.C., ±4˝ W.C.
±0.7% FS/100psi
4˝W.C.
±1.5% FS/100psi
Single Side (Differential) Limits:
FEATURES
• Up to 8 times smaller than a conventional process transmitter
• Robust NEMA 4X (IP65) aluminum
die cast housing
• Bright backlit 4 digit LCD display
• 2 Wire 4-20mA
• Flow measurement and totalization
(square root extraction)
• Internal “Push Button” configurability
allows quick range changes
• Scaling function allows display to indicate arbitrary physical units
• Easily rotatable display, 90° increments
• Square root extractions for flow
measurements
• Key lock
Pressure Range
Proof
#8˝ W.C., ±4˝ W.C.
30 psid
$20˝ W.C., ±8˝ W.C. 100 psid
Vibration: 5g’s 150Hz
Shock: 10g’s 16ms
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
Burst
130 psid
130 psid
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: 4-20mA (2 Wire)
Supply Voltage: 12-32Vdc
Rangeablility / Adjustment*:
Zero –10% to +110% Span
Span –10% to +110% Span
*Note: Accuracy and output resolution based upon
full scale (URL) value
Insulation Resistance: 50Vdc (>100Mohms)
Approvals/Certifications: CE
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connection: 1⁄4˝ Female NPT
Enclosure: Aluminum
Environmental Rating: IP65 / NEMA 4X
Electrical Connection:
External Options:
– 1⁄2˝ Female NPT Conduit
– Cable Gland (Cable Diameters 0.35˝ to 0.47˝)
Weight: Approx. 1.0 lb
Mounting: Mounting Bracket included
Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 316SS,
Viton and Alumina Ceramic
TO ORDER THE GC52 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER:
G C 5 2
7
Type
Configuration
(GC52)
Accuracy
(7) ±0.50% Span
X
Output Signal
(42) 4-20mA
Pressure Fitting
(F02) 1⁄4˝ FNPT
Pressure Ranges
(Compound/Bidirectional)
4IWL = ±4˝ W.C.
8IWL = ±8˝ W.C.
Electrical Connection
20IWL
= ±20˝ W.C.
(CG) = Cable Gland
40IWL = ±40˝ W.C.
(CD) = 1⁄2˝ FNPT Conduit
80IWL = ±80˝ W.C.
200IWL = ±200˝ W.C.
Pressure Range
(Differential Gauge)
4IW = 0-4˝ W.C.
8IW = 0-8˝ W.C.
20IW = 0-20˝ W.C.
40IW = 0-40˝ W.C.
80IW = 0-80˝ W.C.
200IW = 0-200˝ W.C.
400IW = 0-400˝ W.C.
Optional
X-Variations
XRH
9 pt. NIST traceable
calibration certificate
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
199
CXLdp Differential Pressure
Transmitter
APPLICATIONS
Static or velocity pressure measurement
for four stations, ducts, building pressure, filter efficiency, VAV boxes or room
pressurization
EXCLUSIVE CXLdp FEATURES:
• Rugged ABS package capable
of DIN rail or standard panel mounting
• LED power status indicator to assist
in trouble shooting, correct wiring
or quickly locating the instrument
on a duct
• Detachable Euro style terminal block
reduces wiring errors and field wiring
time
• 20 standard pressure ranges all capable
of withstanding 15 psi without damage
or calibration change
• Digitally compensated. NIST traceable
0.4% Span and 0.8% Span accuracy
models
• RoHS compliant
3 Year Warranty
The Ashcroft® CXLdp transmitter uses
the patented Ashcroft Si-Glas™ variable
capacitance sensor. This MEMS sensor
provides extraordinary sensitivity and long
term stability. New digital compensation is
accomplished using a highly reliable application specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C)
Accuracy Class (Span): ±0.8% ±0.4%
Includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability,
zero offset and span setting errors.
Stability – Max. Change
(Span/year):
±0.25%
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.)
Unidirectional Ranges:
Differential
0/0.1
0/1.0
0/5.0
0/0.25
0/2.0
0/10.0
0/0.5
0/2.5
0/15.0
0/0.75
0/3.0
0/25.0
Bidirectional Ranges:
Compound
±0.1
±1.0
±10.0
±0.25
±2.0
±15.0
±0.5
±5.0
Response Time: 250 msec
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage
–40 to 180°F (–40 to 82°C)
Operating
+0 to 160°F (–15 to 70°C)
Compensated Range +35 to 130°F (0 to 55°C)
(10-95% R.H. non-condensing)
Temperature Coefficients:
Zero & Span
±0.03% Span/°F
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Overpressure Limits:
Proof Pressure
15 psid
Burst Pressure
25 psid
Max. static line pressure 25 psi
Mounting Position Effect: ±1% /g (lowest range)
Note: Calibration in vertical position is standard
Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal:
Power:
4-20mA (2 wire)
12-36 Vdc (unregulated)
0-10Vdc (3 Wire)*
24Vdc/24Vac
Output signal is independent of power supply
changes
Reverse Wiring Protected
Zero and Span Adjustment:
Externally accessible
Zero: ±5% Span
Span: ±5% Span
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connections:
1
⁄4˝ brass barbed fittings
1
⁄8 NPT Female brass
Electrical Connection: Euro style pluggable terminal block accepts 12-26 gauge wire
Environmental Rating: NEMA Type 1 Fireretardant ABS (meets UL 94-5VA)
LED visual indicator standard
Weight: Approx. 2.5 oz
Media: Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas
Mounting: Threaded fastener and 35mm DIN rail
mount standard
Option: 1⁄2˝ plenum/conduit mounting bracket and
cover kit (order part #101A213-01)
XRH: (9 point NIST Calibration Certification)
HOW TO ORDER THIS CXLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
C X
Select:
1. Type Configuration (CXLdp)
2. Accuracy/TC
(8) 0.8%, ±0.03%/°F
(4) 0.4%, ±0.03%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(MB2) 1/4 Barbed Male
(FO1) 1/8 NPT Female
(MB1) Board only (Consult factory)
4. Output Signal
(10) 0-10Vdc* (42) 4-20mA
5. Pressure Range
Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝ W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝ W.C. (P75IW) 0.75˝ W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝ W.C.
(2IW) 2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IW) 2.50˝ W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝ W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝ W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝ W.C. (15IW) 15.00˝ W.C. (25IW) 25.00˝ W.C.
Compound: (P1IWL) ±0.10˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.5˝ W.C. (1IWL) ±1.0˝ W.C. (2IWL) ±2.0˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C.
(10IWL) ±10.00˝ W.C. (15IWL) ±15.00˝ W.C.
*User selectable 0-5Vdc output
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
200
DXLdp Low Pressure
Differential
Transducer/Transmitter
APPLICATIONS:
High reliability HVAC, bio-pharm, biotech, room pressurization and control,
velocity pressure
BENEFITS AND FEATURES:
• The exclusive patented Ashcroft® SpoolCal™ actuator provides in-place system
calibration without disturbing process
tubes
• Front access test jacks provide on-line
signal reference without removing
wiring
• LED range status indicators for instant
troubleshooting information
• DIN Rail Mount – dramatically reduces
installation and calibration costs
• 2:1 range turndown options
• CE standard with all outputs
• On-board voltage regulation allows
use of lower cost, unregulated power
supply
The Ashcroft® DXLdp is a variable
capacitance sensor within a glass-clad
silicon chip. The patented Si-Glas™ technology combines the inherent high sensitivity of a variable capacitance transducer
with the repeatability of a micro-machined,
ultra-thin silicon diaphragm.
The Ashcroft Si-Glas sensor enables
precise measurement and control of very
low pressure. Although the ultra-thin silicon diaphragm deflects only a micron, the
sensor is 100 times more sensitive to pressure than available silicon piezo-resistive
pressure sensors.
The Si-Glas sensor is composed of only
sputtered metals and glass molecularly
bonded to silicon. There are no epoxies or
other organics in the sensor to contribute to
drift or mechanical degradation over time.
The glass-clad silicon diaphragm with-
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C)
Accuracy Class (Span): 0.25% 0.5% 1.0%
Non-linearity
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.15% ±0.3% ±0.6%
Hysteresis
±0.02% ±0.02% ±0.05%
Non-repeatability
±0.03% ±0.05% ±0.10%
Stability – Max. Change (Span/year): ±0.25%
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.)
Unidirectional Ranges:
Differential or Gauge
0/0.1
0/1.0
0/3.0
0/20.0
0/0.25 0/1.5
0/5.0
0/25.0
0/0.5
0/2.0
0/10.0 0/50.0
0/0.75 0/2.5
0/15.0 0/100.0
Bidirectional Ranges:
Compound
±0.05
±0.5
±2.0
±5.0
±0.1
±0.75
±2.5
±10.0
±50.0
±0.25
±1.0
±3.0
±25.0
±100.0
Custom Ranges: Special range calibration,
(XCL) – Consult factory
Standard Response Time: 250m sec
(Consult factory for optional damping times)
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–40 to 180°F
Operating:
–20 to 160°F
(10-95% R.H. noncondensing)
Compensated Range: +35 to 135°F
Thermal Coefficients:
ZERO
±0.02% Span/°F
SPAN
±0.02% Span/°F
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Overpressure Limits:
Proof
15 psid
Burst
25 psid
Max. Static Line Pressure: 25 psi
Mounting Position Effect:
0.5˝ W.C. and higher 0.1% Span/g
Below 0.5˝ W.C.
0.25% Span/g.
Note: Mounting Position Effect easily corrected
with zero potentiometer.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal:
Power:
4-20mA (2 wire)
12-36 Vdc
1-5 Vdc
12-36 Vdc
1-6 Vdc
12-36 Vdc
0-5 Vdc
12-36 Vdc
0-10 Vdc
12-36 Vdc
Output signal is independent of power
supply changes:
12-36 Vdc range without effect on output signal
Reverse Wiring Protected
Zero and Span Potentiometers:
Front accessible, non-interactive
Zero: ±5% Span Span: ±3% Span
Supply Current: < 10mA for voltage
Warm-up Time: 5 sec. max. to meet stated specifications from initial power-up
Approvals/Certifications: CE
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Conn.: 1⁄8 NPT Female; 1⁄4 Barbed Male
Weight: 4.5 oz.
Environmental Rating: NEMA 1 Case
MATERIALS:
Enclosure: Glass-filled polycarbonate (UL94-V-1)
Media: Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas (consult
factory for use on other media).
NOT FOR USE ON LIQUIDS
Mounting: DIN rail types EN50022, 35 & 45
3 Year Warranty
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
stands extreme overpressure as well as
severe shock and vibration.
OPTIONS
• Option XDL: LED for quick process diagnostics:
Zero Pressure.........Center Amber LED
In Range ± .............Adjacent Green LED’s
Out of Range ± ......Adjacent Red LED’s
Includes: front access test jacks for on-line data
access without disturbing wiring
• Option XNL: Front access jacks without LED’s
• Option XPV: SpoolCal™ process valve actuator provides in-place system calibration without
disturbing process tubes. From Off position the
removable SpoolCal™ actuator tool provides the
following functions:
- A 90 degree clockwise rotation puts the DXLdp in
the CAL mode isolating it from the process and
allowing direct external pressure input
- A 90 degree counter clockwise rotation puts the DXLdp
in the MONITOR mode to tee the process pressure to
the DXLdp sensor and out, providing external measurement or recording capabilities. Includes SpoolCal™
actuator tool with 7˝ silicon tubing (as shown in
front photo). (Refer to Ashcroft® ATE series calibrator for data collection and instrumentation)
• Option X21: 2:1 turn down, 0.25% accuracy is
maintained on initialized range
• Option XCL: Special range calibration
• Option XX1: Fast response (10msec)
• Option XX2: Slow response (1sec)
HOW TO ORDER THIS DXLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Select:
D X
F O 1
S T
1. Type Configuration (DXLdp)
2. Accuracy/TC
(3) 0.25%, ±0.02%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.02%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(FO1) 1/8 NPT Female (MB2) 1/4 Barbed Male
4. Output Signal
(05) 0/5 Vdc (10) 0/10 Vdc (15) 1/5 Vdc (16) 1/6 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
5. Output Connection
(ST) Screw Terminal
6. Pressure Range
Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝ W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝ W.C. (P75IW) 0.75˝ W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝ W.C.
(1P5IW) 1.5˝ W.C. (2IW) 2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IW) 2.50˝ W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝ W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝ W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝ W.C.
(25IW) 25.00˝ W.C. (50IW) 50.00˝ W.C.
Compound: (P05WL) ±0.05˝ W.C. (P1WL) ±0.10˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.5˝ W.C. (P75IWL) ±0.75˝ W.C.
(1IWL) ±1.0˝ W.C. (2IWL) ±2.0˝ W.C. (2P5IWL) ±2.5˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C. (10IWL) ±10.00˝ W.C. (25IWL) ±25.00˝ W.C.
7. Optional Variation
(XDL) LED (XPV) SpoolCal™ Process Valve Actuator (X21) 2:1 Turn Down (XNL) Test Jacks (XCL) Special Range Calibration
(XX1) Fast Response (10msec) (XX2) Slow Response (1sec)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
X
201
RXLdp Differential
Pressure Transmitter
APPLICATIONS:
HVAC, fume hood control, lab/clean room
pressurization, laminar flow, leak
detection, medical, fan tracking, glovebox
and velocity measurements
FEATURES:
• 0.1˝-50˝-H2O pressure ranges
• CE approval
• High overpressure protection
• Stainless steel & Lexan NEMA 1
construction
• Five types of output signals
available
• Mounts inside standard 31/2˝
electrical box
• Board level OEM versions available
• On-board voltage regulation allows
use of lower cost unregulated power
supply
The Ashcroft® RXLdp transmitter introduces a variable-capacitance sensor
using a glass-clad silicon chip. The patented Si-Glas™ technology combines
the inherent high sensitivity of a variable
capacitance transducer with the repeatability of a micro-machined, ultra-thin
single crystal silicon diaphragm.
The Ashcroft Si-Glas sensor enables
precise measurement
and control of very low pressure. Although
the ultra-thin silicon diaphragm deflects
only a micron, the sensor is 100 times
more sensitive to pressure than available
silicon piezo-resistive pressure sensors.
The Si-Glas sensor is composed of
sputtered metals and glass molecularly
bonded to silicon.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C)
Accuracy Class (Span):
1%
Non-linearity
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.6%
Hysteresis
±0.05%
Non-repeatability
±0.10%
Stability – Max. Change (Span/year): ±0.5 %
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.)
Unidirectional Ranges:
Differential or Gauge
0/0.1
0/1.0
0/3.0
0/50.0
0/0.25
0/1.5
0/5.0
0/0.5
0/2.0
0/10.0
0/0.75
0/2.5
0/25.0
Bidirectional Ranges:
Compound
±0.05
±0.5
±5.0
±50.0
±0.1
±1.0
±10.0
±0.25
±2.5
±25.0
Custom Ranges: Special range calibration,
(XCL) – Consult factory
Response Time Standard: 250ms (factory set)
(Consult factory for damping options)
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–40 to 180°F
Operating:
0 to 160°F
(10-95% R.H. noncondensing)
Compensated Range:
40 to 125°F
Thermal Coefficients:
ZERO
±0.025% Span/°F
SPAN
±0.025% Span/°F
Vibration Sweep:
Less than ±0.05% Span temporary effect with
5 g’s 0-60Hz
EMC: CE model compliant to EN61326: 1997
Annex A. Harmonized heavy industrial transmitter
specification
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Overpressure Limits:
Proof
15 psid
Burst
25 psid
Max. Static Line Pressure: 25 psi
Mounting Position Effect:
0.5˝ W.C. and higher 0.1% Span/g
Below 0.5˝ W.C.
0.25% Span/g
Note: Calibrated horizontally standard, unless
otherwise specified. Mounting Position Effect
easily corrected with zero potentiometer.
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
3 Year Warranty
Approvals/Certifications: CE (4-20mA output with
XCE option)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal:
Power:
4-20mA* (2 wire)
12-36 Vdc
1-5 Vdc
12-36 Vdc
1-6 Vdc
12-36 Vdc
0-5 Vdc
12-36 Vdc
0-10 Vdc
12-36 Vdc
*Optional CE versions available
Output signal is independent of power
supply changes:
12-36 Vdc range without effect on output signal
Reverse Wiring Protected
Zero Span Potentiometers: Externally accessible;
non-interactive
ZERO
±5% Span
SPAN
±3% Span
Supply Current: <6mA for voltage output
There are no epoxies or other organics in the sensor to contribute to drift or
mechanical degradation over time.
Warm-up Time:
Five seconds max. to meet stated specifications
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connections:
SS 1/8 NPF, 1/4˝ and 1/8˝ barbed connection
Electrical Connections: Terminal strip
Weight: 4.5 oz.
Environmental Rating: NEMA 1 Case
MATERIALS:
Case/Cap: SS/Lexan
Media: Clean, dry and noncorrosive gas (consult
factory for use on other media)
NOT FOR USE ON LIQUIDS
OPTIONS
• (XRK) Back plate adapter
• (XRH) Calibration report
• (XCL) Custom calibration
• (XCE) CE compliant 4-20mA only
NOTES:
• Consult factory on other pressure range,
temperature compensation, packaging
variations or response times available
TO ORDER THIS TYPE RXLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Select:
R X
7
S T
1. Type Configuration (RXLdp)
2. Accuracy/TC
(7) 1.0%, ±0.025%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(MB2) 1/4 Barbed (MB1) No Case OEM Option (MB8) 1/8 Barbed (FO1) 1/8 FNPT
4. Output Signal
(05) 0/5 Vdc (10) 0/10 Vdc (15) 1/5 Vdc (16) 1/6 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
5. Output Connection
(ST) Screw Terminal
6. Pressure Range
Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝ W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝ W.C. (P75IW) 0.75˝ W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝ W.C.
(1P5IW) 1.5˝ W.C. (2IW) 2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IW) 2.50˝ W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝ W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝ W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝ W.C.
(25IW) 25.00˝ W.C. (50IW) 50.00˝ W.C.
Compound: (P05IWL) ±0.5˝ W.C. (P1IWL) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.50˝ W.C. (1IWL) ±1.00˝ W.C.
(2P5IWL) ±2.50˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C. (10IWL) ±10.00˝ W.C. (25IWL) ±25.00˝ W.C.
7. Optional X-Variation
(XRK) Back Plate Adapter (XRH) 9pt. Calibration Report (XZE) CE Approval Option (4–20mA output)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
202
Type XLdp – Ultra-Low
Variable Capacitance Pressure
Transducer/Transmitter
APPLICATIONS:
HVAC, fume hood control, lab/clean/
hospital room pressurization, medical
lung function or breathing equipment,
fan tracking, filter monitoring, or very low
velocity measurements
FEATURES:
• Certified 0.25% and 0.5% accuracy
• 0.1˝-50˝-H2O pressure ranges
• CE approved
• High overpressure protection
• NEMA 2 stainless steel construction
• Three output signals available
• Easy installation
• On-board voltage regulation allows use
of lower cost, non-precise, unregulated
power supply
• 9 point NIST Traceable Calibration
Certificate
The Ashcroft® XLdp is a variable
capacitance sensor within a glass- clad
silicon chip. The patented
Si-Glas™ technology combines the inherent high sensitivity of a variable capacitance transducer with the repeatability
of a micro-machined, ultra-thin silicon
diaphragm.
The Ashcroft Si-Glas sensor
enables precise measurement and control of very low pressure. Although the
ultra-thin silicon dia-phragm deflects only
a micron, the sensor is 100 times more
sensitive to pressure than available silicon piezo-resistive pressure sensors.
The Si-Glas sensor is composed of
only sputtered metals and glass molecularly bonded to silicon. There are no
epoxies or other organics in the sensor
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C)
Accuracy Class (Span):
0.25% 0.50%
Non-linearity
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.15% ±0.30%
Hysteresis
±0.02% ±0.02%
Non-repeatability
±0.03% ±0.05%
Stability – Max. Change (Span/year): ±0.25 %
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.)
Unidirectional Ranges:
Differential or Gauge
0/0.1
0/1.0
0/3.0
0/25.0
0/0.25
0/1.5
0/5.0
0/50.0
0/0.5
0/2.0
0/10.0
0/100.0
0/0.75
0/2.5
0/15.0
Bidirectional Ranges:
Compound
±0.05
±1.0
±5.0
±100.0
±0.1
±2.0
±10.0
±0.25
±2.5
±25.0
±0.5
±3.0
±50.0
Custom Ranges: Special range calibrations
(XCL) – consult factory
Standard Response Time: 250msec
(Consult factory for damping options)
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage:
–40 to 180°F
Operating:
–20 to 160°F
(10-95% R.H. non-condensing)
Compensated Range:
+35 to 135°F
Thermal Coefficients:
ZERO
±0.015% Span/°F
SPAN
±0.015% Span/°F
Vibration Sweep: Less than 0.05% Span temporary effect with 5 g’s 0-60 Hz
EMC: CE model compliant to EN61326: 1997
Annex A. Harmonized heavy industrial transmitter
specification
Mounting Position Effect:
0.5˝ W.C. and higher
± 0.10% Span/g
0.25˝ W.C.
± 0.25% Span/g
0.1˝ W.C.
± 0.50% Span/g
Note: Calibrated horizontally standard unless
otherwise specified. Mounting Position Effect
easily corrected with zero potentiometer.
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Overpressure Limits:
Proof
15 psid
Burst
25 psid
Max. static line pressure 25 psi
Approvals/Certifications: CE (4-20mA output wihen
XCE is specified)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal:
Power:
4-20mA (2 wire)*
12-36 Vdc
1-5 Vdc (3 wire)
12-36 Vdc
1-6 Vdc (3 wire)
12-36 Vdc
*Optional CE version
Output Signal is Independent at Power Supply
Changes: 12-36 Vdc range without effect on
output signal
Reverse Wiring Protected
Zero and Span Potentiometers: Externally accessible, non-interactive, ±10% Span adjustment
Supply Current: <6mA for voltage output
Warm-up Time: 5 seconds max. to meet
stated specifications
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connections: 1/4˝ barbed stainless steel
3 Year Warranty
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
to contribute to drift or mechanical degradation over time. The glass-clad silicon
diaphragm withstands extreme overpressure as well as severe shock and vibration.
/8˝ barbed stainless steel (optional)
/4 NPT female stainless steel (optional)
Electrical Connections: Teminal strip
Weight: 14 oz.
Environmental Rating: NEMA 2 Case
MATERIALS:
Case: 300 series stainless steel
Media: Clean, dry, non-corrosive gas (consult
factory for use on other media)
DO NOT USE ON LIQUIDS
NOTES:
• Consult factory for use with media other than
air or nonconducting gases
• Ca libration curve (0.25%) or data (0.50%)
supplied with each transmitter
• Cons ult factory on other pressure range, temperature compensation or packaging variations
1
1
OPTIONS
• (XCL) Cus tom calibration
• (XCE) CE c ompliant 4-20mA only
• (XV9) Ca librated vertically
• (XX1) – F ast response time 5 msec.
• (XX2) – Sl ow response time 1 sec.
NOTES:
• Consult factory for additional options including
pressure ranges, temperature compensation,
packaging variations and signal response time.
TO ORDER THIS TYPE XLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Select:
X L
S T
1. Type Configuration (XLdp)
2. Accuracy % Span.
(3) 0.25%, ±0.015%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.015%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(FO2) 1/4 NPTF (MB2) 1/4 Barbed (MB8) 1/8 Barbed
4. Output Signal
(15) 1-5 Vdc (16) 1-6 Vdc
(42) 4-20mA
5. Output Connection
(ST) Screw Terminal
6. Pressure Range
Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝W.C. (P75IW) 0.75˝W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝W.C. (1P5IW) 1.50˝W.C.
(2IW) 2.00˝W.C. (2P5IW) 2.50˝W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝W.C. (15IW) 15.00˝W.C. (25IW) 25.00˝W.C.
(50IW) 50.00˝W.C.
Compound: (PO5IWL) ±0.05˝ W.C. (P1IWL) ±0.10˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.50˝ W.C. (1IWL) ±1.00˝ W.C.
(2PIWL) ±2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IWL) ±2.50˝ W.C. (3IWL) ±3.00˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C. (10IWL) ±10.00˝ W.C. (25IWL) ±25.00˝ W.C.
7. Optional X-Variations (Includes all options in noted in “Options” section above)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
203
Industrial IXLdp Ultra-Low
Variable Capacitance
Pressure Transmitter
APPLICATIONS:
HVAC, fume hood control, lab/clean room
pressurization, laminar flow, furnace/
stack draft, leak detection, or pollution
monitoring, medical equipment, fan
tracking, filter monitoring and velocity measurements
BENEFITS & FEATURES:
• Certified 0.25% and 0.5% accuracy
• 0.1˝-200˝-H2O pressure ranges
• High overload protection
• FM approved for hazardous
locations
• NEMA 4X metal construction
• Six types of output signals available
• 5:1 turndown option
• Variable dampening option
• On-board voltage regulation allows use
of lower cost, non-precise, unregulated
power supply
• Hazardous environments
The Ashcroft® Industrial IXLdp was
designed for the measurement and
control of very low pressure and flow
in industrial and process plant environments. The Industrial IXLdp transmitter
features a rugged NEMA 4X enclosure,
built-in electrical terminal box isolated
from the electronics and threaded process connections.
The Ashcroft IXLdp transmitter utilizes
a state-of-the-art variable capacitance
sensor with a glass-clad silicon chip. The
Si-GlasTM technology combines the inherent high sensitivity of a variable capacitance transducer with the repeatability of
a micro-machined, single-crystal silicon
diaphragm. The Si-Glas sensor is composed of sputtered metals and glass
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C)
Accuracy Class (Span):
0.25% 0.50%
Non-linearity
Terminal point
±0.20% ±0.40%
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.15% ±0.30%
Hysteresis
±0.02% ±0.02%
Non-repeatability
±0.03% ±0.05%
Stability – Max. Change (Span/year): ±0.25 %
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.)
Unidirectional Ranges:
Differential or Gauge
0/0.1
0/2.0
0/10
0/50
0/0.25
0/2.5
0/15
0/100
0/0.50
0/3.0
0/20
0/150
0/1.0
0/5.0
0/25
0/200
Bidirectional Ranges:
Compound
±0.05
±0.5
± 5.0
± 25.0
±0.10
±1.0
±10.0
± 50.0
±0.20
±2.0
±15.0
±100.0
±0.25
±2.5
±20.0
Custom Ranges: Special range calibrations
(XCL) – consult factory
Response Time: Standard: 250ms
(Consult factory for damping options)
Optional variable damping (0-30 sec) (X1D)
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –40 to 210°F
Operating: –20 to 185°F (0-95% relative humidity)
Compensated: 0 to 160°F
Thermal Coefficients:
0.25% Acc.
0.5% Acc.
ZERO
±0.01% Span/°F ±0.02% Span/°F
SPAN
±0.01% Span/°F ±0.02% Span/°F
Vibration Sweep:
Less than 0.2% Span/g temporary effect 10-130 Hz
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Overpressure Limits:
Proof: 20 psid
Burst differential pressure: 50 psid
Maximum static (line) pressure: 100 psi
Static pressure effect: less than 0.5% Span
Mounting Position Effect:
1˝ W.C. and higher
0.1% Span/g
0.25˝ up to 0.5” W.C.
0.5% Span/g
0.1˝ W.C.
0.8% Span/g
Note: Calibrated horizontally standard unless
otherwise specified. Mounting Position Effect
easily corrected with zero potentiometer.
FM
3 Year Warranty
molecularly bonded to silicon. There
are no epoxies or other organics in the
sensor to contribute to drift or mechanical
degradation over time.
conduit connections isolated from the electronics.
Separate access cover for terminal connections
Media: Clean, dry and noncorrosive gas (consult
factory for use on other media)
NOT FOR USE ON LIQUIDS
OPTIONS
(XX1) – Fast Response: 8 ms
(X41) – 5:1 Turndown
(X1D) – Variable damping (0-30 sec.)
(XNH) – Paper tag
(XCL) – Custom pressure range calibration
(XFM) – FM approval
Approvals/Certifications: FM intrinsically safe and
non-incedive when XFM is specified, see options.
Output Signal:
Current: 4-20mA two wire current loop
Voltage: All voltage outputs are 3 wire
0-5 Vdc
1-6 Vdc
±5 Vdc
1-5 Vdc
±2.5 Vdc
Output Signal is Independent of Power Supply
Changes: 12-36 Vdc range without effect on
output signal
Reverse Wiring Protected
Internal Zero and Span: ±10% Span Adjustment
Supply Current: 2.6mA typical for voltage output
Warm-up Time:
Full specification: Less than one second
Fast Response, Turndown & Variable Damping
Optional
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Enclosure: 300 series stainless steel
Process Connections: Two 1⁄4 NPT female
Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X Case
Electrical Connections: Two 1⁄2˝ female electrical
• Consult factory on other pressure range,
temperature compensation, packaging
variations or response times
Factory Mutual
intrinsically safe approvals
for use in (specify XFM* option noted above):
Intrinsically Safe:
Class I, II, III: Div. 1 & 2, Groups A - G, when
wired in accordance with Ashcroft dwgs 71B241
(pages 1-3)
Non-incendive:
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A - D
Class I I, Div. 2, Groups F, G
Class I II
*FM option (XFM) cannot be combined options
X41 or X1D
TO ORDER THIS TYPE IXLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Select:
I
X
F
0 2
S T
1. Type Configuration (XLdp)
2. Accuracy/TC
(3) 0.25%, ±0.01%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.02%/°F
3. Pressure Connection
(F02) 1/4 NPT-Female
4. Output Signal
(05) 0/5 Vdc (15) 1/5 Vdc (16) 1/6 Vdc (25) ±2.5 Vdc (50) ±5.0 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
5. Electrical Terminal
(ST) Screw Termination
6. Pressure Range
Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝ W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝ W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝ W.C. (2IW) 2.00˝ W.C.
(2P5IW) 2.50˝ W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝ W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝ W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝ W.C. (15IW) 15.00˝ W.C. (20IW) 20.00˝ W.C.
(25IW) 25.00˝ W.C. (50IW) 50.00˝ W.C. (100IW) 100.00˝ W.C. (150IW) 150.00˝ W.C. (200IW) 200.00˝ W.C.
Compound: (P05IWL) ±0.05˝ W.C. (P1IWL) ±0.10˝ W.C. (P2IWL) ±0.20˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.5˝ W.C.
(1IWL) ±1.00˝ W.C. (2IWL) ±2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IWL) ±2.50˝ W.C. (3IWL) ±3.00˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C. (10IWL) ±10.0˝ W.C.
(15IWL) ±15.00˝ W.C. (20IWL) ±20.00˝ W.C. (25IWL) ±25.00˝ W.C. (50IWL) ±50.00˝ W.C. (100IWL) ±100.00˝ W.C.
7. Optional X-Variation (XFM) FM Approval Option (Includes all options in list)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
X F M
204
Duratran® Transmitter
Type 2279, ASME B 40.1
Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
Duratran® Transmitter/Gauge, takes
the place of an electronic transmitter and
a mechanical gauge
• 4-20mA, 2 wire output
• Zero and span adjustments
• 41/2˝ solid-front phenolic case
• Accuracy: ±0.5% Span including
linearity, hysteresis and repeatability
Duratran®PLUS! Option:
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry gauge
- Minimizes vibration and pulsation wear
without liquid-filled headaches
- Order as option XLL
The result is reliable, local, analog pressure indication with an economical transmitter . . . A niche solution for any facility
The Duratran® solution is a reliable
Duragauge® pressure gauge fitted with
optical circuitry to provide a 4-20mA
output.
The 41/2˝ phenolic case is hermetically
sealed, chemical and heat resistant.
The wide selection of system materials
and corrosion-proof housing meets a variety of demanding applications . . . even
those with vibration and pulsation.
This transmitter/gauge allows you to
save money, replacing two instruments
with one Duratran.
TABLE B – STANDARD psi RANGES
TABLE A – BOURDON TUBE SELECTION
Ordering
Code
S
Bourdon Tube
and Tip Material
(all joints
TIG welded)
Socket
Material
316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel
P
K Monel
Monel 400
Pressure Range
Type
Drawn
“C” Tube
Drawn
Helical Tube
Drawn
“C” Tube
Drawn
Helical Tube
(psi)
NPT Connection
12/1500
⁄2
1
2000/20,000
12/1500
⁄2
1
2000/20,000
SPECIFICATIONS
PERFORMANCE
Functional Service:
Ranges:
Output:
Power Supply:
Zero Adjustment:
Span Adjustment:
Temperature Limit:
Overpressure Limits:
Accuracy:
Liquid, gas or vapor
See Table B
4-20mA, 2 wire
12/40 Vdc
±20% of Span
±10% of Span
–40°F to 160°F
130% of range without
damage to tube
Humidity Limits:
Up to 90% relative humidity
noncondensing
Signal Damping:
Fixed electronic damping
time constant of 0.2
seconds
Turn On Time:
Less than 1 second
Environmental Rating: IP65
0/12
0/15
0/30
0/60
0/100
0/160
0/200
0/300
0/400
Stability:
Temperature Effect:
Position Effect:
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
PHYSICAL
±0.5% including linearity,
hysteresis, and repeatability
±0.25% Span for 6 months
Less than 0.02% of span/°F
Vertical mounting
recommended
May be re-zeroed to correct
error in other positions
Dial Size:
Case:
41⁄2˝
Solid front, black phenolic
hermetically sealed
Ring:
Threaded, glass-filled
polypropylene
Mounting:
Stem, surface, flush (with
1278 M ring)
Pressure Connection: 1⁄2 NPT
Window:
Laminated safety glass
Calibration:
Transmitter—Span and zero
adjustment on dial
Gauge—Zero adjustment
with micrometer pointer
Electrical Connection: 30˝ #18 wire AWG, 1⁄2 NPT
liquid tight conduit
connection at case
Weight:
3 lb
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 2279 DURATRAN TRANSMITTER:
Select:
1. Dial Size
2. Case Type Number
3. Bourdon System (ordering code)—Table A
4. Connection: Location & Size—1/2 NPT (04) Lower (L)
5. Variation (if required)
6. Range—Table B
MADE IN U.S.A.
41⁄2˝
2279
(S)SH
04L
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
XPD
0/100 psi
205
Digital Panel Meter
DM61
APPLICATIONS
Tank Level Monitoring & Control / Pump
and Flow Control / Remote Pressure
Indication
FEATURES:
• Large Two Line 6-Digit Display
• Field Selectable Inputs
• Dual Scale Display Feature – Single
Input
• Programmable Display and Function
Keys
• User-Defined Peak / Valley (Min. / Max.)
Indication
• Alarm Status Indicator
• On-Board Digital Input
• 3 Tier Password Protection
The Ashcroft DM61 digital panel meter
is ideal for fulfilling application requirements where monitoring and/or datalogging is necessary. Incorporating userfriendly functions, it allows for quick set-up
and programming. Its dual-line indication
offers a distinct benefit for level measurement and the large panel display supplies
high accuracy and precision due to an
internal 24-bit A/D converter. This model
also offers Modbus communication and expansion modules, thereby making it one
of the most advanced meters available.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Note: Except where noted all specifications apply
to operation at +25°C (+77°F).
Inputs: Field selectable: 0-20, 4-20 mA, ±10 Vdc
(0-5, 1-5, 0-10 V), Modbus PV (slave)
Display: 2 lines of 6 Digits; display reads –99999
to 999999, red LEDs with leading 0 blanking
Character Height: upper line: 0.60” (15 mm) /
lower line: 0.46˝ (12 mm)
Intensity (Adjustable): 8 settings
Update Rate: 200 msec
Function Key Assignment: Programmable upper
& lower displays may be assigned to PV1, PV2,
PCT (%), max/min, alternate max and min, setpoints,
units (lower display only), and Modbus input.
Accuracy: ±0.03% of calibrated span ±1 count,
square root & programmable exponent accuracy
range: 10-100% of calibrated span
Programming Methods: Panel buttons, digital
input, PC and DPM ProView software, Modbus
registers, or cloning with Copy function.
Noise filter: Selectable from 2 to 199
(0 disables filter)
Filter Bypass: Selectable from 0.1 to 99.9% of
calibrated span
Max/Min (PV) Display: Stored until reset or
power cycled to the meter
Password Protection: 3-level programmable
passwords for allowing / restricting user access.
LEVEL-I. Allows use of function keys and digital
inputs.
LEVEL-II. Provide access to function keys, digital
inputs and editing set/reset points.
LEVEL-III. Prohibits all programming, function
keys and digital inputs.
Non-Volatile Memory: Programmed settings
stored for 10 years (min.) in the event power is lost.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Options: 85-265 Vac 50/60 Hz, 90-265
Vdc 20 W max or jumper selectable 12/24 Vdc
±10%, 15W (max.)
Fuse: Required external fuse: UL Recognized,
5 Amp (max.), slow blow; up to 6 meters may
share one 5 Amp fuse
Isolated Transmitter Power Supply: Terminals
P+ & mp; P-: 24 Vdc ±5% @ 200 mA max (standard), (12/24 VDC powered models rated @ 100
mA max); 5 or 10 Vdc @ 50 mA max, selectable
with internal jumper J4.
Normal Mode Rejection: Greater than 60 dB at
50/60 Hz
Isolation: 4 kV input/output-to-power line. 500 V
input-to-output or output-to-P+ supply
Overvoltage Category: Installation Overvoltage
Category II: Local level with smaller transient
over-voltages than Installation Overvoltage
Category III.
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range: –40/65°C
(–40/149°F)
Storage Temperature Range: –40 to 85°C
(–40/185°F)
Relative Humidity: 0-90% R.H. non-condensing.
Temperature Coefficients: 0.005% of calibrated
span/°C max from 0/65°C (32/149°C) ambient,
0.01% of calibrated span/°C max from –40/0°C
(–40/32°F) ambient
MADE IN U.S.A.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Front Panel: NEMA 4X, IP65
Enclosure: 1⁄8 DIN, high impact plastic, UL
94V-0, color: black
Electrical Connections: Removable screw terminal blocks accept 12 to 22 AWG wire, RJ45 for
external relays, digital I/O, and serial communication adapters
Mounting: Panel (mounting brackets included)
Weight: 9.5 oz
UL File Number: UL & c-UL Listed. E160849;
508 Industrial Control Equipment
DIMENSIONS [inches]
BOTTOM VIEW
[118.87]
4.68
FRONT VIEW
[14.99]
.59
[62.48]
2.46
[128.52]
5.06
[143.51]
5.65
[91.69]
3.61
REAR VIEW
[135.64]
5.34
[106.17]
4.18
[120.65]
4.75
[44.70]
1.76
NOTES:
1. MOUNTING BRACKETS ARE REPRESENTATIVE ONLY,
HOW TOSIZE
ORDER
AND LOCATION MAY VARY BY INSTALLATION.
2. INTERNAL ELECTRONICS AND MOUNTING GASKET NOT SHOWN.
D M3. RECOMMENDED
6 1
A
1
/8 DIN INSTALLATION
CUTOUT SIZE OF 3.622˝ x 1.772˝ (92 mm x 45 mm) (W x H).
D C
POWER SUPPLY
MODEL
OUTPUT(1.0
OPTIONS
4. PANEL THICKNESS 0.04˝-0.25˝
mm-6.4 mm).
5. ALLOW
AT LEASTA6˝- BEHIND
AC- 85-265 Vac
DM61-Single
Output
None PANEL FOR WIRING.
6.
RECOMMENDED
MINIMUM
PANEL
THICKNESS
TO
MAINTAIN
TYPE 4X:
DC- 12-24
Vdc
Digital Panel Metter
B - 4-20mA Output
0.06˝ (1.5 mm) STEEL PANEL
C - 2 Relays
0.16˝ (4.1 mm) PLASTIC PANEL
D - 2 Relays & 20mA Output
E - 4 Relays
F - 4 Relays & 20mA Output
Accessory
Part#
101B224-01
101B224-03
101B224-04
101B224-05
101B224-08
101B224-06
101B224-09
101B224-07
101B224-02
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Description
Din Rail Mounting for Two Modules
(pertains to 101B224-03,-04, -06, -07)
4 Relays Expansion Module
4 Digital Inputs & 4 Digital Outputs
Module
Meter Copy Cable
DProM to USB Adapter
(connects meter to PC & software)
RS-232 Serial Adapter
USB to RS-232 Non-Isolated
Converter
RS-422/485 Serial Adapter
Suppressor (Snubber)
206
Pneumatic Transmitter,
Type 4080, ASME B 40.1 Grade 1A (±1.0% of span)
Type 4480, ASME B 40.1 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
Providing plus-values which will coordinate key functional areas in your plant,
this Ashcroft® pneumatic transmitter
serves pressure applications throughout
all industries.
A positive report of process fluid
and media performance is provided at
designated operational check points
by a signal accurately transmitted with
maximum efficiency, assuring operating
economies and safety.
The Ashcroft transmitter is a selfnulling motion- balance instrument,
using a pneumatic relay operating on the
nonbleed force balance principle for converting input pressures into proportional
low air pressure signals for transmittal to
remote indicators or controllers.
SPECIFICATIONS
Types
STANDARD RANGES
4080
Ranges
4480
see Standard Ranges
Output ranges, psi
3-15 & 3-27 (see note below
for vacuum application)
Supply air requirements
18-20 psi for 3-15 psi range;
30-35 psi for 3-27 psi range
Air consumption SCFM
Speed of response
0.1
time constant of 4 seconds per
500 ft of tubing
Air connection
Calibration adjustments
Accessories
⁄4 NPT Female
0/8 psi*
0/10 psi*
0/15 psi
0/30 psi
0/60 psi
0/100 psi
0/160 psi
* Applies to 4480 only.
⁄2 Male
NPT
Lower
1
Vacuum
Pressure
0/200 psi
0/300 psi
0/400 psi
0/600 psi
0/800 psi
0/1000 psi
0/1500 psi
0/2000 psi*
0/3000 psi 10/0 in.Hg*
0/5000 psi 15/0 in.Hg*
0/10,000 psi* 20/0 in.Hg*
30/0 in.Hg
0/20,000 psi
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi
30 in.Hg/30 psi
30 in.Hg/60 psi
30 in.Hg/100 psi
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/200 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
1
5
2
see optional features and accessories
Transmission distance
1000 ft
Mounting weight
approximate weight 9 lb
Accuracy ±% of span
1.0
Sensitivity ±% of span
0.1
0.5
TUBE MATERIALS
Type Number
4080
(indicating)
4480
(nonindicating)
Range Limits
Ordering Code
Bourdon Tube Material
Vacuum to
20,000 psi
S
316 stainless steel
0.001
Repeatability % of span
0.15
Actuation
Bourdon tube
Input sensing element material
316 SS
Ambient temperature effect
Process connection
Process
Connection
1
⁄2% per 50°F
⁄2 NPT (ordering code 04L)
1
Note: Vacuum application: The transmitted air pressure increases
as the measured vacuum approaches zero.
TO ORDER THESE TYPE 4080, 4480 PNEUMATIC TRANSMITTERS:
Pressure transmitters (specify the following):
1. Type number: 4080 indicating, 4480 nonindicating
2. Bourdon Tube material. Specify material ordering code letter
3. Range or span (process pressure)
4. Output range. The standard 3-15 psi range will be supplied unless specified otherwise
5. Accessories (see page 261-266) or optional features (see page 267-268)
Example: 4480S-04L, 3-15# Range 0/100 psi
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
207
BIMETAL
THERMOMETERS
BIMETAL THERMOMETERS
Product Selection Information .................... 209
Bimetal Thermometers EI Series .............. 210
Bimetal Thermometers CI Series .............. 211
Bimetal Thermometers EL Series ............. 212
Bimetal Thermometers Case Dimensions 213
Options and Thermowells ................... 228-229
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
208
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
209
Product Selection Information
Bimetal Thermometers
Inner Dial
Case
Stem
Bearing
Dial Ring
Gasket
Ring
Bushing
Shaft
Coil
Process
Connection
External
Adjustment
Warning: When selecting all bimetal
thermometers, consider the media and the
ambient operating conditions. Improper
application can be detrimental to the thermometer and can cause failure and possibly
personal injury or property damage. Inaccuracies resulting from improper setting of the
external adjustment by the user may cause
personal injury or property damage. Consult
ASME B40.200 (B40.3) for guidance in
selection and use of bimetal thermometers.
Temperature Ranges: Standard Fahrenheit and Celsius ranges have been
established to encompass all normal
temperature measurement requirements.
A bimetal thermometer can be used at an
operating temperature anywhere throughout its dial range. Provision should be made
for extreme temperature conditions. No
bimetal thermometer should be exposed
continuously to process temperatures over
800°F (425°C).
Operating Conditions: The maximum
ambient temperature of the case should be
no more than 200°F (95°C); liquid-filled
series 150°F (65°C). Temperatures beyond
this value may cause discoloration of the
dial or result in increased pressure inside
the casing which would ultimately lead to
failure of the window. The lowest ambient
temperature should not exceed –40°F (–40°C).
Thermowells: Thermowells must be used
on any application where the stem of the
bimetal thermometer may be exposed to
pressure, corrosive fluids or high velocity.
Additionally, the use of a thermowell permits instrument interchange or calibration
check without disturbing or closing down
the process.
Pointers: The pointers are balanced to
close tolerances, and the paint finishes
are controlled to assure long-term stability
under adverse ultraviolet conditions.
Cases: There are three case styles. The Cl
series has no adjustment but is hermetically
sealed. The hermetic seal prevents entry
of moisture into the casing, minimizing the
Pinion
Gear
possibility of icing or fogging inside the
case. The EL series provides the same
features as the El plus the added benefit of
liquid filling which prolongs instrument life.
Potential wear problems caused by excessive vibration are minimized through dampening, and the liquid medium improves
readability. The instruments are leak-tested
to ensure the integrity of the joints. Case
and stem material is 304 stainless steel.
Coils: The bimetallic coils are carefully
wound and inspected. Each is heat treated
for optimum stability and overtemperature
capability. Each coil is silicone dampened
for improved vibration resistance. Available
as optional silicone free.
Bearings: The bearings are made of Teflon
or other low-friction material.
Shafts: Shafts are made of specially drawn
stainless steel wire with a very smooth finish.
Dials: The dials are based on computercalculated temperature deflection data and
have the Maxivision® format to minimize
parallax error.
Windows: The standard window on EI and
CI series are heavy-duty glass. Plastic and
shatterproof glass are optional. The standard window on EL series is polycarbonate.
No other options are available.
The complete line of Ashcroft® industrial
bimetal thermometers and accessories
provides quality choices for your temperature applications. There is a long history of
superior quality in engineering, manufacturing and customer service of these products.
Each Ashcroft industrial bimetal thermometer is backed by a limited five year warranty.
Each instrument is manufactured to a
standard accuracy of 1% of span (ASME
B40.3, Grade A) traceable to the National
Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST). The bimetal coils are heat treated
for stability and overtemperature capability.
A single helix is used to reduce lag time.
The bearings are made of a low-friction
long-life material. The shafts are made of
Screws
Pointer
Window
specially drawn stainless steel with a very
smooth finish. All joints are welded, and the
weld between the stem and the outlet is
located at the bottom of the threads to eliminate the possibility of crevice corrosion.
Silicone dampening is included for
improved vibration resistance. The Ashcroft
Maxivision® dial eliminates parallax error
by placing the pointer in the same plane as
the graduations. The dial can be rotated 360
degrees and can be angled 180 degrees
with the Everyangle™ connection.
Everyangle – Case Connection: The
Ashcroft Everyangle™ industrial bimetal
thermometer dial face with Maxivision dial
can be rotated 360 degrees and angled 180
degrees. It is available in the EI and EL (5˝
only in EL) series with either a threaded or
compression type union connection.
This design provides maximum utility.
Since the entire case can be rotated and
angled, the instrument can be installed
almost anywhere and adjusted so that the
dial face can be easily read.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
210
Bimetal Thermometers
Series EI, ASME B40.200 (B40.3)
Grade A (±1% of span)
• Hermetically sealed
This series has a hermetic seal
and an external adjustment in the
rear of the case. As with other
Ashcroft® industrial bimetal thermometers, it has a Maxivision® dial which
eliminates parallax by placing the
pointer on the same plane as
the graduations. The connection
locations are rear, lower, and
Everyangle.™
The hermetic seal prevents entry
of moisture into the casing, thus minimizing the possibility of icing or fogging inside the case. The window
stays clear, and with the Maxivision
dial, precise readings are certain.
• External adjustment
• Maxivision® dial
• ±1% full-span accuracy
(ASME B40.3 Grade A)
• All-welded stainless steel
construction
• Silicone on the coil provides
vibration dampening and superior
time response
• Heavy-duty glass standard; plastic
or shatterproof glass optional
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
Case Size
Dial
Code
2˝
20
Stem
Style
Code
Connection
40
Rear
R
Rear
R
21⁄2
025
–20/120††
Rear
R
4
040
30/130††
6
060
0/200
EI
⁄4 NPT
60
⁄2 NPT Union
42
⁄2 NPT
60
1
⁄2 NPT
1
50
°F*
Fahrenheit
50
1
5˝
Code
Plain
1
30
Location
TemperatureRange
Pointed Plain
1
3˝
Code
Stem Lengths
Available
“S”
Length
Code
(inches)
⁄2 NPT Union
⁄2
1
NPT
⁄2 NPT
1
60
42
60
60
–80/120
Everyangle
E
9
090
0/250
Rear
R
12
120
50/300
Lower
L
15
150
50/400
Everyangle
E
Rear
R
100/800†
Lower
L
200/1000**†
**Dual scale ranges available for all standard °F ranges (3˝ and 5˝
case only)
**Satisfactory for continuous service up to 800°F or 425°C. Can
be used for intermittent service from 800 to 1000°F, or 425 to
500°C.
Use Ashcroft Duratemp® thermometers for ranges above and
below those listed above.
††Minimum stem length for these ranges is 4˝.
††Minimum stem length for lower connection and Everyangle is 4˝.
°/Div. Fig.
Inter.
18
180
50/550
240
200/700†
Thermowells must be used on all pressure or velocity
applications, to protect the stem of thermometer from
corrosion and physical damage, and to facilitate removal
of the thermometer without disturbing the process.
Maximum ambient temperature is 200°F (95°C).
1
10
2
20
10
0/50††
1
5
20
0/100
1
10
2
20
5
50
1
10/150
0/200
50
5
EI
60
R
040
0/250°F
XNH
2. Style: Code EI
3. Stem Conn: 1⁄2 NPT Code 60
4. Stem Location: Rear Code R
5. Stem Length: 4˝ Code 040
6. Range: Code 0/250°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag (see Page 228)
MADE IN U.S.A.
0/300 † †
50/450**†
100/500**†
10
100
Overtemperature Limits
Maximum
Top of Range °F
Overtemperature
TO ORDER THIS EI SERIES BIMETAL THERMOMETER:
30
Fig.
Inter.
–50/50
20
up to 250
100% of span
300/550
50% of span
600/1000
Select:
1. Case Size: 3˝ Code 30
°/Div.
–20/120
2
2
24
°C
Celsius
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
800°F **
211
Bimetal Thermometers
Series CI, ASME B40.200 (B40.3)
Grade A (±1% of span)
• Hermetically sealed
This series is tamper proof, hermetically sealed and has the Maxivision® dial. The connection locations
are rear and lower. The CI series of
Ashcroft® industrial bimetal thermometers was designed for applications
where external adjustment or pointer
reset are not desired.
The hermetic seal prevents entry of
moisture into the casing, thus minimizing the possibility of fogging inside
the case. The Maxivision dial provides
accurate temperature readings.
• Tamper resistant
• Maxivision® dial
• ±1% full-span accuracy
(ASME B40.3 Grade A)
• All-welded stainless steel
construction
• Silicone on the coil provides
vibration dampening and superior
time response
• Heavy-duty glass standard; plastic
or shatterproof glass optional
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
Case Size
Dial
Code
2˝
20
Stem
Style
Code
Connection
30
CI
Location
50
°F*
Fahrenheit
Plain
40
Rear
R
50
Rear
R
21⁄2
025
–20/120††
⁄4 NPT
60
Rear
R
4
040
30/130††
Rear
R
6
060
0/200
Lower
L
9
090
0/250
12
120
50/300
15
150
50/400
18
180
50/550
24
240
200/700†
⁄2 NPT
1
60
Rear
5˝
Code
TemperatureRange
Pointed Plain
1
3˝
Code
Stem Lengths
Available
“S”
Length
Code
(inches)
⁄2 NPT
1
–80/120
R
60
Lower
°/Div. Fig.
Inter.
L
200/1000**†
**Dual scale ranges available for all standard °F ranges (3˝ and 5˝
case only)
**Satisfactory for continuous service up to 800°F or 425°C. Can
be used for intermittent service from 800 to 1000°F, or 425 to
500°C.
Use Ashcroft Duratemp® thermometers for ranges above and
below those listed above.
††Minimum stem length for these ranges is 4˝.
††Minimum stem length for lower connection is 4˝.
Thermowells must be used on all pressure or velocity
applications, to protect the stem of thermometer from
corrosion and physical damage, and to facilitate removal of
the thermometer without disturbing the process.
Maximum ambient temperature is 200°F (95°C).
1
10
2
20
10
0/50††
1
5
20
0/100
1
10
2
20
5
50
1
10/150
0/200
50
5
CI
60
R
040
0/250°F
XNH
2. Style: Code CI
3. Stem Conn: 1⁄2 NPT Code 60
4. Stem Location: Rear Code R
5. Stem Length: 4˝ Code 040
6. Range: Code 0/250°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag (see Page 228)
MADE IN U.S.A.
0/300 † †
50/450**†
100/500**†
10
100
Overtemperature Limits
Maximum
Top of Range °F
Overtemperature
TO ORDER THIS CI SERIES BIMETAL THERMOMETER:
30
Fig.
Inter.
–50/50
20
up to 250
100% of span
300/550
50% of span
600/1000
Select:
1. Case Size: 3˝ Code 30
°/Div.
–20/120
2
2
100/800†
°C
Celsius
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
800°F **
212
Bimetal Thermometer
Series EL, ASME B40.200 (B40.3)
Grade A (±1% of span)
• Silicone liquid filled
This series – liquid filled – is
available in 3˝ rear, 5˝ rear and 5˝
Everyangle™ connections. The external adjustment is standard.
The Ashcroft® liquid-filled thermometer provides the same features as
the EI style with the added benefit of
liquid filling.
The potential wear problem
caused by excessive vibration is
minimized through dampening and
the instrument life is prolonged.
The liquid medium also improves
readability.
• External adjustment
• Durable polycarbonate window
• Maxivision® dial
• ±1% full-span accuracy
(ASME B40.3 Grade A)
• All-welded stainless steel
construction
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
Case Size
Dial
3˝
Code
Stem
Style
Code
30
Connection
Code
⁄2 NPT
60
1
EL
⁄2 NPT
Union
1
Location
Rear
50
1
⁄2 NPT
1
⁄2 NPT
R
42
Everyangle
5˝
Code
Stem Lengths
Available
“S”
Length
Code
(inches)
E
60
60
Rear
R
TemperatureRange
°F*
Fahrenheit
30
EL
60
R
Fig.
Inter.
–40/160
2
20
–20/120
2
20
4
040
–20/120†
2
20
–10/110
2
10
6
060
30/130†
1
10
9
090
0/200
2
20
0/50†
1
5
12
120
0/250
2
50
0/100
1
10
15
150
50/300
2
50
10/150
2
20
18
180
50/550
5
50
0/300 †
5
50
24
240
Overtemperature Limits
Maximum
Top of Range °F
Overtemperature
040
0/250°F
XNH
2. Style: Code EL
3. Stem Conn: 1⁄2 NPT Code 60
4. Stem Location: Rear Code R
5. Stem Length: 4˝ Code 040
6. Range: Code 0/250°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag (see Page 228)
MADE IN U.S.A.
°/Div.
025
TO ORDER THIS EL SERIES BIMETAL THERMOMETER:
Select:
1. Case Size: 3˝ Code 30
°C
Celsius
21⁄2
• Thermowells must be used on all pressure or velocity
applications, to protect the stem of thermometer from
corrosion and physical damage, and to facilitate removal
of the thermometer without disturbing the process.
Maximum ambient temperature is 150°F (65°C).
*Dual scale ranges available for all standard °F ranges.
†Minimum stem length for Everyangle connection is 4˝.
• Use Ashcroft Duratemp® thermometers for ranges above and
below those listed above.
°/Div. Fig.
Inter.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
up to 160
100% of span
180/300
300°F
350/550
550°F
213
Case Dimensions
A
A
A
20EI40R
A
C
B
B
B
C
C
S
S
C
C
B
H
A
B
B
B
D
A
20CI60R
20EI60R
1.00"
C
B
S
A
S
S
H
A
S
E
20CI50R
20EI50R
G
30EI42E
50EI42E
50EL42E
S
A
B
A
30EI60L
50EI60L
C
B
A
G
A
20CI40R
D
30CI60R
50CI60R
30EI60R
30EL60R
50EI60R
50EL60R
B
S
S
S
S
B
30CI60L
50CI60L
C
30EI60E
50EI60E
50EL60E
S
E
Weight in ounces3
S – 21⁄2˝
Case Series
Case
Series
Dial
Size
Connection
Location
A
B
C
CI, EI
2˝
Rear
(Plain)
23⁄32
(53)
3⁄8
(10)
5⁄16
CI, EI
2˝
Rear (Plain, 23⁄32
pointed stem) (53)
3⁄8
(10)
5⁄16
CI, EI
2˝
Rear
(Threaded)
23⁄32
(53)
3⁄8
(10)
5⁄16
CI, EI, EL
3˝
Rear
35⁄32
(80)
19⁄32
(15)
5⁄16
CI, EI
3˝
Lower
35⁄32
(80)
127⁄32
(47)
EI
3˝
Everyangle
35⁄32
(80)
19⁄32
(15)
CI, EI, EL
5˝
Rear
51⁄32
(128)
23⁄32
(18)
CI, EI
5˝
Lower
51⁄32
(128)
115⁄16
(49)
EI, EL
5˝
Everyangle
51⁄16
(128)
23⁄32
(18)
D
E
G
H
S
NPT
CI
EI
EL
–
–
–
–
–2
–
11
41⁄2
41⁄2
–
–
–
–
–
–2
–
11
41⁄2
41⁄2
–
–
–
–
–
–2
1
11
41⁄2
41⁄2
–
–
–
–
–
–2
1
7
⁄8
7
7
8
–
25⁄8
(67)
1⁄4
(6)
–
–
–2
1
7
⁄8
11
11
–
–
–
–
121⁄32
(42)
37⁄16
(87)
–2
1
7
⁄8
–
10
–
–
–
–
–
–2
1
7
⁄8
15
16
18
–
35⁄8
(92)
1⁄4
(6)
–
–
–2
1
7
⁄8
24
26
–
–
–
–
17⁄8
(48)
39⁄16
(91)
–2
1
7
⁄8
–
25
28
(8)
(8)
(8)
(8)
5⁄16
(8)
NOTES
1 Figures in parenthesis ( ) are in millimeters. All other dimensions are in inches.
2 Standard “S” dimensions are 21⁄2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18 and 24 inches.
Standard stem diameter is 1⁄4 inch.
3 Add 1 oz. for every 2 inches of stem length.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
⁄4
⁄2
⁄2
⁄2
⁄2
⁄2
⁄2
Hex
⁄16
⁄16
⁄16
214
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
215
DURATEMP
THERMOMETERS
®
REMOTE READING
THERMOMETERS
Product Selection Information .................... 217
Duratemp Thermometer, Remote Mount,
600A-01 Series ......................................... 218
Duratemp Thermometer, Remote Mount,
600A-02 Series ....................................... 219
Duratemp Thermometer, Remote Mount,
600A-03 Series ........................................ 220
Duratemp Thermometer, Remote Mount,
600A-04 Series ........................................ 221
Duratemp Thermometer, Remote Mount,
600H-45 Series........................................ 222
DIRECT READING
THERMOMETERS
Duratemp Thermometer, Direct Mount,
600B Series ............................................. 223
Duratemp Thermometer, Case,
Bulb and Armor Dimensions.................... 224
Case Dimensions ............................. 225-226
Thermowells .............................................. 227
Bimetal and Duratemp®
Thermometer Options.............................. 228
Accessories ................................................ 229
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
216
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
217
Product Selection Information
Duratemp® Remote-Mount
Thermometers
Plastic Mounting
Frame
Dial
Indicator
Ring
Gasket
Snap
Ring
Phenolic Case
Pointer
Armor
Screws
Window
Bulb
The superiority of a Duratemp® thermometer
is revealed by comparison to conventional
thermometry. Conventional gas thermometers operate on the principle that the absolute pressure is proportional to the absolute
temperature. To obtain a usable temperature
span, elevated working pressures must be
used which frequently produce high stresses
in the Bourdon tube. These high stresses
reduce instrument life and may be hazardous.
The Duratemp thermometer on the other
hand utilizes a combination of inert gas and
activated carbon called a molecular sieve.
This combination produces much lower
internal pressures than conventional thermometers for the same temperature span.
These lower pressures are transmitted to a
compact helical Bourdon tube. The Bourdon
tube connects directly to the pointer shaft
thus eliminating the traditional movement
assembly.
With this advantage the Duratemp thermometer is able to provide long life and
sustained accuracy under the most adverse
shock and vibration conditions.
Accuracy: ±1% of range span.
Bulb Size: 3˝ long by 3⁄8˝ O.D. bulb.
Bulb Material: 316SS
Ambient Error: Ambient error is a function
of line length, ambient temperature and
other system parameters. The error at midscale will be ±1⁄2% of range span for a ±25°F
change in ambient temperature, for a typical
thermometer. Consult factory for details.
Vibration and Shock Resistance: Extreme
resistance similar to that required by MILT-19646.
Actuation: Gas/activated carbon. Pointer
driven directly by lightweight helical Bourdon tube which is silicone damped.
Field Zero Adjustment: Adjustable pointer.
Over-range: Minimum 25% of span beyond
top of range. If greater over-range is anticipated, consult Customer Service.
Head Error: None. No correction required
for any mounting configuration.
Capillary Material: 300 SS
Line Length: 5-80 ft in standard increments.
Armor: AISI 302 Spring Armor as standard.
Dial Sizes: Maxivision® anti-parallax two
piece dial design 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ sizes – Celcius
or Fahrenheit. Single plane design for all
dual scales and 81⁄2˝ size.
Ranges: Standard Fahrenheit ranges available from –320°F to 1200°F. Celsius and
dual scale also available.
Cases: 5 basic cases with lower or back
connections, surface or flush mounted in
stainless steel, phenolic or aluminum. All
remote mount cases are field interchangeable, within the same range. Direct mount
units available 41⁄2˝ stainless steel case only.
(Everyangle)
Direct Mount Stem Lengths: Eight standard increments of semi-rigid stainless steel
from 6 inches to 36 inches.
Direct Mount Union: 1⁄2 NPT union connection fixed at the top of the stem.
Operating Conditions: The maximum
case temperature should not exceed 160°F
(71°C). The line should be laid so that it will
not be exposed to extreme temperatures
such as nearby steam pipes, ovens or other
heated surfaces.
Thermowells: Thermowells must be used
on any application where the bulb of the
thermometer may be exposed to pressure,
corrosive fluids or high velocity. Additionally,
the use of a thermowell permits instrument
interchangeability or recalibration without
shutting down the process.
Dials: Aluminum dials have highly legible
black markings on a white background. The
Maxivision dial is a linear anti-parallax dial
for excellent readability in the 41⁄2˝ and 6˝
sizes. The divisions and the pointer are in
the same plane which allows readability
from any angle without parallax error.
Windows: The standard window for the
Duratemp thermometer is glass. Shatterproof glass and plastic disc windows are
optional.
MERCURY FREE
Gas Filled: NIOSH and OSHA compliance
for mercury contamination hazards. Protects
personnel and processes from accidental
contamination.
No Head or Elevation Error: Gear and
pinion movements are eliminated, resulting
in increased instrument life and reduced
replacement costs.
Silicone damped Bourdon tube eliminates
damage from shock and vibration.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
218
Duratemp® Thermometer
Series 600A-01
Accuracy (±1% F.S.)
• Exclusive movementless design
resists shock and vibration – no
gears to wear or misalign resulting
in increased instrument life
• Gas-operated molecular sieve
• No elevation error
• Mercury free
A high impact-resistant polished
stainless steel case. Bayonet ring
facilitates easy removal for glass
replacement and pointer adjustment.
A versatile case that enables surface or flush mounting. Available in
41⁄2˝ dial size.
• One bulb size for all ranges
• ±1% full-span accuracy
• Maxivision® dial
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
600A
01
Table 1
CASE STYLE
CODE DESCRIPTION
01
ST. ST.
BAYONET
RING
C01
Table 2
CASE SIZE
CODE
SIZE
C01
C11
41/2
41/2
B01
Table 3
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
CONNECTION
SURFACE FLUSH LOWER REAR




BULB STYLES*
CODE
B01
B03
600A
B08
B17
B18
A1
Table 4
L07
Table 5(1)
ARMOR STYLE
LINE LENGTH
L01
5´
L03
10´
Plain bulb with
rigid extension,
1
⁄2 NPT union on
armor
L07
20´
18˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L09
30´
24˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L13
50´
12˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
Plain bulb
with rigid
extension,
no union
A1
RANGES
LINE LENGTH
CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
Stainless
Steel
Spring
CODE
AB
AE
AG
AK
AL
AN
AR
AT
AY
BL
BN
BS
BT
BU
BW
BJ
CE
CF
*Minimum recommended
insertion length
(“u” dimension) in liquids
is 4 inches and in gases
is 6 inches for standard
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb
(1)
AK
Table 6
DR
L19
80´
DT
SINGLE RANGES
–320/200°F
–100/100°F
–40/180°F
20/240°F
50/300°F
50/550°F
50/750°F
400/1200°F
–200/100°C
–80/40°C
–40/80°C
0/120°C
10/150°C
0/300°C
0/400°C
200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
20/240°F
0/120°C
50/550°F
0/300°C
50/300°F
10/150°C
–40/180°F
–40/80°C
Capillary length is measured from bottom of case to top of bulb extension.
TO ORDER THIS DURATEMP 600A-01 THERMOMETER:
Select:
1. Case Style: Stainless Steel/Bayonet Ring
2. Case Size & Mounting: 41⁄2˝ Surface, Lower
3. Bulb Style: 12˝ Bendable Extension
with Union Connection
4. Armor Style: Stainless Steel Spring
5. Line Length: 20 feet
6. Temperature Range: 20/240°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag
MADE IN U.S.A.
600A
01
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
(See Page 228)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
C01
B01 A1
L07
AK
XNH
219
Duratemp® Thermometer
Series 600A-02
Accuracy (±1% F.S.)
• Exclusive movementless design
resists shock and vibration – no
gears to wear or misalign resulting
in increased instrument life
• Gas-operated molecular sieve
• No elevation error
An aluminum case with a durable
epoxy finish. Designed specifically for
panel mounting. A hinged ring permits glass replacement and pointer
adjustment. Available in 41⁄2˝, 6˝ and
81⁄2˝ sizes.
• Mercury free
• One bulb size for all ranges
• ±1% full-span accuracy
• Maxivision® dial
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
600A
02
Table 1
CASE STYLE
CODE DESCRIPTION
02
ALUMINUM
HINGED
RING
C12
Table 2
CASE SIZE
CODE
SIZE
C12
C27
C35
41/2
61/2
81/2
B01
Table 3
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
CONNECTION
SURFACE FLUSH LOWER REAR






BULB STYLES*
CODE
B01
B03
600A
B08
B17
B18
A1
Table 4
L07
Table 5(1)
ARMOR STYLE
CODE DESCRIPTION
RANGES
LINE LENGTH
CODE
LINE LENGTH
L01
5´
L03
10´
Plain bulb with
rigid extension,
1
⁄2 NPT union on
armor
L07
20´
18˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L09
30´
24˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L13
50´
DESCRIPTION
12˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
Plain bulb
with rigid
extension,
no union
A1
Stainless
Steel
Spring
CODE
AB
AE
AG
AK
AL
AN
AR
AT
AY
BL
BN
BS
BT
BU
BW
BJ
CE
CF
*Minimum recommended
insertion length
(“u” dimension) in liquids
is 4 inches and in gases
is 6 inches for standard
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb
(1)
AK
Table 6
DR
L19
80´
DT
SINGLE RANGES
–320/200°F
–100/100°F
–40/180°F
20/240°F
50/300°F
50/550°F
50/750°F
400/1200°F
–200/100°C
–80/40°C
–40/80°C
0/120°C
10/150°C
0/300°C
0/400°C
200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
20/240°F
0/120°C
50/550°F
0/300°C
50/300°F
10/150°C
–40/180°F
–40/80°C
Capillary length is measured from bottom of case to top of bulb extension.
TO ORDER THIS DURATEMP 600A-02 THERMOMETER:
Select:
1. Case Style: Aluminum/Hinged Ring
2. Case Size & Mounting: 41⁄2˝ Flush, Rear
3. Bulb Style: 12˝ Bendable Extension
with Union Connection
4. Armor Style: Stainless Steel Spring
5. Line Length: 20 feet
6. Temperature Range: 20/240°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag
MADE IN U.S.A.
600A
02
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
(See Page 228)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
C12
B01 A1
L07
AK
XNH
220
Duratemp® Thermometer
Series 600A-03
Accuracy (±1% F.S.)
• Exclusive movementless design
resists shock and vibration – no
gears to wear or misalign resulting
in increased instrument life
A black-coated aluminum case
with excellent impact resistance.
Threaded ring permits adjustment.
Available in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ sizes.
• Gas-operated molecular sieve
• No elevation error
• Mercury free
• One bulb size for all ranges
• ±1% full-span accuracy
• Maxivision® dial
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
600A
03
Table 1
CASE STYLE
CODE DESCRIPTION
03
ALUMINUM
THREADED
RING
C02
Table 2
CASE SIZE
CODE
SIZE
C02
C15
41/2
61/2
B01
Table 3
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
CONNECTION
SURFACE FLUSH LOWER REAR




BULB STYLES*
CODE
B01
B03
600A
B08
B17
B18
A1
Table 4
L07
Table 5(1)
ARMOR STYLE
CODE DESCRIPTION
RANGES
LINE LENGTH
CODE
LINE LENGTH
L01
5´
L03
10´
Plain bulb with
rigid extension,
1
⁄2 NPT union on
armor
L07
20´
18˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L09
30´
24˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L13
50´
DESCRIPTION
12˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
Plain bulb
with rigid
extension,
no union
A1
Stainless
Steel
Spring
CODE
AB
AE
AG
AK
AL
AN
AR
AT
AY
BL
BN
BS
BT
BU
BW
BJ
CE
CF
*Minimum recommended
insertion length
(“u” dimension) in liquids
is 4 inches and in gases
is 6 inches for standard
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb
(1)
AK
Table 6
DR
L19
80´
DT
SINGLE RANGES
–320/200°F
–100/100°F
–40/180°F
20/240°F
50/300°F
50/550°F
50/750°F
400/1200°F
–200/100°C
–80/40°C
–40/80°C
0/120°C
10/150°C
0/300°C
0/400°C
200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
20/240°F
0/120°C
50/550°F
0/300°C
50/300°F
10/150°C
–40/180°F
–40/80°C
Capillary length is measured from bottom of case to top of bulb extension.
TO ORDER THIS DURATEMP 600A-03 THERMOMETER:
Select:
1. Case Style: Aluminum/Threaded Ring
2. Case Size & Mounting: 41⁄2˝ Surface, Lower
3. Bulb Style: 12˝ Bendable Extension
with Union Connection
4. Armor Style: Stainless Steel Spring
5. Line Length: 20 feet
6. Temperature Range: 20/240°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag
MADE IN U.S.A.
600A
03
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
(See Page 228)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
C02
B01 A1
L07
AK
XNH
221
Duratemp® Thermometer
Series 600A-04
Accuracy (±1% F.S.)
The phenolic case construction is
ideal for most ambient conditions.
Flush or surface mounting. Snap ring
permits pointer adjustment. Available
in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝sizes.
• Exclusive movementless design
resists shock and vibration – no
gears to wear or misalign resulting
in increased instrument life
• Gas-operated molecular sieve
• No elevation error
• Mercury free
• One bulb size for all ranges
• ±1% full-span accuracy
• Maxivision® dial
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
600A
04
Table 1
CASE STYLE
CODE DESCRIPTION
04
PHENOLIC
SNAP
RING
C03
Table 2
CASE SIZE
CODE
SIZE
C03
C08
C38
C16
41/2
41/2
41/2
61/2
B01
Table 3
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
CONNECTION
SURFACE FLUSH LOWER REAR








BULB STYLES*
CODE
B01
B03
600A
B08
B17
B18
A1
Table 4
L07
Table 5(1)
ARMOR STYLE
CODE DESCRIPTION
RANGES
LINE LENGTH
CODE
LINE LENGTH
L01
5´
L03
10´
Plain bulb with
rigid extension,
1
⁄2 NPT union on
armor
L07
20´
18˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L09
30´
24˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L13
50´
DESCRIPTION
12˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
Plain bulb
with rigid
extension,
no union
A1
Stainless
Steel
Spring
CODE
AB
AE
AG
AK
AL
AN
AR
AT
AY
BL
BN
BS
BT
BU
BW
BJ
CE
CF
*Minimum recommended
insertion length
(“u” dimension) in liquids
is 4 inches and in gases
is 6 inches for standard
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb
(1)
AK
Table 6
DR
L19
80´
DT
SINGLE RANGES
–320/200°F
–100/100°F
–40/180°F
20/240°F
50/300°F
50/550°F
50/750°F
400/1200°F
–200/100°C
–80/40°C
–40/80°C
0/120°C
10/150°C
0/300°C
0/400°C
200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
20/240°F
0/120°C
50/550°F
0/300°C
50/300°F
10/150°C
–40/180°F
–40/80°C
Capillary length is measured from bottom of case to top of bulb extension.
TO ORDER THIS DURATEMP 600A-04 THERMOMETER:
Select:
1. Case Style: Phenolic Snap Ring
2. Case Size & Mounting: 41⁄2˝ Surface, Lower
3. Bulb Style: 12˝ Bendable Extension
with Union Connection
4. Armor Style: Stainless Steel Spring
5. Line Length: 20 feet
6. Temperature Range: 20/240°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag
MADE IN U.S.A.
600A
04
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
(See Page 228)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
C03
B01 A1
L07
AK
XNH
222
Duratemp® Thermometer
Series 600H-45
Accuracy (±1% F.S.)
• Exclusive movementless design
resists shock and vibration – no
gears to wear or misalign resulting
in increased instrument life
This hermetically sealed case
is designed for applications where
extreme moisture or dust is present.
Available in a 41⁄2˝ solid front phenolic
turret case, lower connection.
• Gas-operated molecular sieve
• No elevation error
• Mercury free
• One bulb size for all ranges
• ±1% full-span accuracy
• Maxivision® dial
• Limited five-year warranty
• IP 65
SELECTION TABLE
600H
45
Table 1
CASE STYLE
CODE DESCRIPTION
45
PHENOLIC
HERMETICALLY
SEALED
C60
Table 2
CASE SIZE
CODE
SIZE
C60
41/2
B01
Table 3
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
CONNECTION
SURFACE FLUSH LOWER REAR


BULB STYLES*
CODE
B01
600H
B03
B08
B17
B18
A1
Table 4
L07
Table 5(1)
LINE LENGTH
L01
5´
L03
10´
Plain bulb with
rigid extension,
1
⁄2 NPT union on
armor
L07
20´
18˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L09
30´
24˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
L13
50´
12˝ Bendable
extension
with 1⁄2 NPT union
connection
Plain bulb
with rigid
extension,
no union
CODE DESCRIPTION
A1
RANGES
LINE LENGTH
ARMOR STYLE
CODE
DESCRIPTION
Stainless
Steel
Spring
CODE
AB
AE
AG
AK
AL
AN
AR
AT
AY
BL
BN
BS
BT
BU
BW
BJ
CE
CF
*Minimum recommended
insertion length
(“u” dimension) in liquids
is 4 inches and in gases
is 6 inches for standard
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb
(1)
AK
Table 6
DR
L19
80´´
DT
SINGLE RANGES
–320/200°F
–100/100°F
–40/180°F
20/240°F
50/300°F
50/550°F
50/750°F
400/1200°F
–200/100°C
–80/40°C
–40/80°C
0/120°C
10/150°C
0/300°C
0/400°C
200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
20/240°F
0/120°C
50/550°F
0/300°C
50/300°F
10/150°C
–40/180°F
–40/80°C
Capillary length is measured from bottom of case to top of bulb extension.
TO ORDER THIS DURATEMP 600H-45 THERMOMETER:
Select:
1. Case Style: Phenolic Hermetically Sealed
2. Case Size & Mounting: 41⁄2˝ Surface, Lower
3. Bulb Style: 12˝ Bendable Extension
with Union Connection
4. Armor Style: Stainless Steel Spring
5. Line Length: 20 feet
6. Temperature Range: 20/240°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag
MADE IN U.S.A.
600H
45
Table 1
Table 2
Table 3
Table 4
Table 5
Table 6
(See Page 228)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
C60
B01 A1
L07
AK
XNH
223
Duratemp® Thermometer
Direct-Mounted Series 600B
Accuracy (1% F.S.)
• Exclusive movementless design
resists shock and vibration – no
gears to wear out – or misalign
resulting in increased instrument
life
The direct-reading thermometer
(stainless steel case only) offers the
same unique features of the Ashcroft®
Duratemp® remote-reading thermometer for those critical applications where
only a direct-connected instrument can
be used. Available in 41⁄2˝ dial size.
• Gas-operated molecular sieve
• Mercury free
• 1% full-span accuracy
The Everyangle™
Duratemp® thermometer
may be rotated 360° for
readability and the stem
turned 180° for the most
challenging installations.
• Everyangle Duratemp® thermometer can be rotated 360° and can be
angled 180°, ensuring readability
in any installation
• Maxivision® dial
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
600B
—
01
Type
600B
D
I
R
E
C
T
M
O
U
N
T
E
D
—
AB
Table 1
CODE
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Table 2
STEM LENGTH
Semirigid
Stainless Steel 6˝
Semirigid
Stainless Steel 9˝
Semirigid
Stainless Steel 12˝
Semirigid
Stainless Steel 15˝
Semirigid
Stainless Steel 18˝
Semirigid
Stainless Steel 24˝
Semirigid
Stainless Steel 30˝
Semirigid
Stainless Steel 36˝
CODE
AB
AE
AG
AK
AL
AN
AR
AT
AY
BL
BN
BS
BT
BU
BW
BJ
SINGLE RANGES
–320/200°F
–100/100°F
–40/180°F
20/240°F
50/300°F
50/550°F
50/750°F*
400/1200°F*
–200/100°C
–80/40°C
–40/80°C
0/120°C
10/150°C
0/300°C
0/400°C*
200/650°C*
CODE
DUAL RANGES
CE
20/240°F
0/120°C
CF
50/550°F
0/300°C
DR
50/300°F
10/150°C
DT
–40/180°F
–40/80°C
*For these ranges a minimum
“S” dimension (stem length) of 9
inches is required. This removes
case from exposure to high
temperature which may damage
the instrument.
NOTE: Thermowells must be used whenever an Ashcroft Duratemp® thermometer is installed
on a pressurized application or where fluid velocity or corrosive media is present.
TO ORDER THIS 600B DURATEMP THERMOMETER:
SELECT
1. Stem Length: Length: 6˝
2. Temperature Range: –320/200°F
3. Options: Stainless Steel Tag
MADE IN U.S.A.
600B
Table 1
Table 2
(See Page 228)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
01
AB
XNH
224
Bulb and Armor Dimensions
Style B01, B17 and B18
Style B03
Style B08
Bendable Extension,
Union Connection
Plain
Long Extension, Locking Fitting
13/16 Hex (21)
7/16 Hex (11)
Adjustable Union Connector
5/8 Wrench Flats (16)
1/2 NPT
15/16 (24) Clearance Hole
Adjustable
Union
Connection
on Armor
7/8 Hex (22)
1/2˝ NPT
1-1/16˝ (27)
Dia.
Clearance
Hole
13-1/4˝
(336)
3/16 (4,7) Dia.
S
A Bendable Extension
S
Min. 7-1/4˝
(184)
Max. Line
Length
3/8 (10) Dia.
7-1/4˝
(184)
B Sensitive Portion
Bulb
Code
Bulb
Size “B”
“A”
“S” Max.
“S” Min.
B01
3
(76)
12
(305)
15
(381)
4
(102)
B17
3
(76)
18
(457)
21
(533)
4
(102)
B18
3
(76)
24
(610)
27
(686)
4
(102)
3˝
(66)
Sensitive
Portion
3˝
(76)
Sensitive
Portion
3/8˝ Dia.
(10)
3/8˝ Dia.
(10)
600B Everyangle
FOR TEMPERATURES 750°F AND ABOVE
USE WELL WITH 3˝ LAG
FOR TEMPERATURES BELOW 750°F
D
S
U-Dimension
(Insertion Length)
6
(152)
41⁄2
(114)
9
(229)
12
(305)
B
E
A
C
C
S
Well Lag
U-Dimension
(Insertion Length)
9
(229)
3
41⁄2
(114)
71⁄2
(191)
12
(305)
3
71⁄2
(191)
101⁄2
(268)
15
(381)
3
101⁄2
(268)
F
G
7/8˝ Hex
(22)
1 /2
S
H
NPT
Dial
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
41⁄2
423⁄32
(120)
21⁄16
(52)
51⁄32
(128)
311⁄64
(81)
413⁄16
(122)
3
(76)
1
(25)
3⁄8
(10)
Inches
NOTE: Dimensions in inches, ( ) are miliimeters.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
225
Case Dimensions
600A-01 Stainless Steel Case
FLUSH PANEL MOUNTING
C
FF
EE
S
SURFACE MOUNTING
HH
B
CC
A
A
DD
AA
V
2-E Dia.
Holes
Dial
Size
41⁄2
B
A
Inches
M
J
HH
D
D
E
423⁄32 23⁄16 51⁄8 11⁄16
(120) (56) (130) (27)
F
J
U
C
JJ
C
Dia. hole
in panel
F
M
S
U
AA
CC
DD
FF
EE
HH
JJ
7⁄32
15⁄8 1⁄16 425⁄32 7⁄16 17⁄16 25⁄8
1
21⁄4 15⁄8
3
31⁄2
#10-32
(6) (141) (2) (121) (11) (37) (67)
(25) (57) (41) (76) (89)
NOTE: Dimensions in inches, ( ) are miliimeters.
600A-02 Hinged Ring Case
B
FLUSH PANEL MOUNTING
FLUSH PANEL MOUNTING
B
B
S
C
S
C
U
Nuts & washers
not supplied by
Ashcroft
Nuts & washers
not supplied by
Ashcroft
A
A M
Dia. hole
in panel
F
F
K
3 Mounting studs CC threaded
equally spaced on E dia. B.C.
LL
P
Inches
41⁄2
6
81⁄2
F
K
M
S
U
6.03
53⁄8
(153) (137)
15⁄8
(41)
11⁄16
(27)
47⁄8
(124)
5⁄8
3⁄4
(16)
(19)
7.50
7
4.87
(123.7) (57) (190.5) (178)
21⁄8
11⁄16
61⁄2
5⁄8
3⁄4
(54)
(27)
(165)
(16)
(19)
4.75
21⁄4
(120.7) (57)
21⁄8
(54)
11⁄16
(27)
9
(229)
5⁄8
(16)
3⁄4
(19)
A
B
4.75 23⁄16
(120.7) (56)
C
E
21⁄4
9.96
95⁄8
(253) (244)
LL
81⁄2˝ Back Connection
41⁄2˝ and 6˝ Back Connection
Case
Size
K
3 Mounting studs CC threaded
equally spaced on E dia. B.C.
D
CC
10-24
LL
1⁄8
1⁄2
(3) (13)
1⁄4-20
1⁄2
1⁄8
(3) (13)
1⁄4-20
1⁄2
1⁄8
(3) (13)
NOTE: Dimensions in inches, ( ) are miliimeters.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
M
Hole in
panel
226
Case Dimensions
600A-03 Aluminum-Threaded Ring Case
A
B
J
C
F
V
3-L dia. holes
on E dia. B.C.
D
Case
Size
Inches
A
B
C
D
E
J
L
V
41⁄2
5⁄8
513⁄16 23⁄8 51⁄32 17⁄32 53⁄8
(148) (57) (126) (24) (137) (10)
7⁄32
(5,5)
23⁄8
(60)
6
7⁄16
75⁄8
21⁄4
61⁄2 15⁄16
7
(194) (57) (165) (24) (178) (11)
9⁄32
31⁄8
(79)
(7)
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT (LBS.)
FOR ALL REMOTE READING
DURATEMP THERMOMETERS
Case Size
Line
Length
41⁄2˝
6˝
81⁄2˝
5´
10´
20´
30´
50´
80´
1.75
2.05
2.65
3.25
4.45
6.25
2.55
2.85
3.45
4.05
5.25
7.05
3.40
3.70
4.30
4.90
6.10
7.90
600A-04, 600H-45 Phenolic Case
SURFACE MOUNTING
FLUSH MOUNTING
A
B
Mounting hardware
supplied by Ashcroft
J
CC
M
Hole in
panel
C
V
F
3-L dia. holes
on E dia. B.C.
Model
S
D
LL
Case
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
J
L
S
V
AA
41⁄2
513⁄16
(148)
25⁄16
(59)
51⁄16
(129)
1
(25)
53⁄8
(137)
15⁄8
(41)
9⁄16
(14)
7⁄32
(5,5)
3⁄16
25⁄8
(67)
6
(154)
537⁄64 1⁄16 -1⁄2
#10-24 x 7⁄8
(148) (2)-(13)
6
75⁄8
(194)
23⁄8
(60)
65⁄8
(168)
11⁄16
(27)
7
(178)
21⁄8
(54)
5⁄8
(16)
9⁄32
3⁄16
(7)
(5)
31⁄2
(89)
73⁄4
(197)
717⁄64 1⁄16 -1⁄2
#1⁄4-20 x 7⁄8
(185) (2)-(13)
41⁄2
513⁄16
(148)
33⁄8
(86)
51⁄16
(129)
15⁄8
(41)
53⁄8
(137)
—
1
(25)
7⁄32
(5,5)
3⁄16
25⁄8
(67)
6
(154)
537⁄64 1⁄16 -1⁄2
#10-24 x 7⁄8
(148) (2)-(13)
Inches
600A-04
600H-45
AA
(5)
(5)
NOTE: Dimensions in inches, ( ) are miliimeters.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
M
LL
PP
227
Thermowells
TYPICAL ORDER CODE EXAMPLE (THREADED)
75
W
Size
Code
50
75
10
12
15
20
30
40
Inches
⁄2
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
3
4
1
0750
U-Dimesion Thread
Code
0162
0250
0450
0750
1050
1350
1650
1950
2250
Inches
Code
15⁄8
21⁄2
41⁄2
71⁄2
101⁄2
131⁄2
161⁄2
191⁄2
221⁄2
H
Lagging
–
L
T
Shank
Inches
Without
With
Code
T
W
F
V
S
M
G
C
Code
–
Internal Thread
1
⁄2 NPSM
Type: Straight (Uniform) Shank, Threaded
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
Materials: Brass, Carbon Steel
304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Type: Stepped Shank, Threaded
Bore Size: .260
Process Conn.: 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
Materials: Brass, Carbon Steel
304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Type: Tapered Shank, Threaded
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
Materials: Brass, Carbon Steel
304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Type: Socket Weld
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 3⁄4˝, 1˝ Pipe Size
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel,
Carbon Steel
Type: Van Stone
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 1,˝ 11⁄2˝ Pipe Size
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Type: Weld-in
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 11⁄2˝ Dia.
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Type: Flanged
Bore Size: 260, .385
Process Conn.: 1,˝ 11⁄2˝, 2˝ Pipe Size
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Type: Sanitary
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: Tri-Clamp connection® 1,˝ 11⁄2˝, 2˝
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
MADE IN U.S.A.
Code
H
S
R
B
260
Type
Shank
Tapered
Straight
Stepped
Built-up
C
Bore
Type
NPT Thd.
Weld-in
Flanged
Van Stone
Socket
Weld
Limited
Space
Threaded
Ground
Joint
Sanitary
Material
Code
Cap & Chain Facing
Type
Special
Lagging Length
Code Rating #
AA Brass
B Carbon Steel
C AISI 304
S AISI 316
150
300
600
1500
2500
150
300
600
1500
2500
Code Material
1
2
Code Diameter
260
385
Rating
.260˝
.385˝
Brass
Stainless
Steel
Code
Facing
F Flat Face
R Raised Face
J Ring Joint
L Lap Joint
Standard Configuration
Lagging Configuration
Standard Configuration
Lagging Configuration
Standard Configuration
Lagging Configuration
Standard Configuration
Lagging Configuration
Standard Configuration
Standard Configuration
Standard Configuration
Standard Configuration
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
Lagging Configuration
228
Bimetal Thermometer and
Duratemp® Thermometer
Options
DURATEMP AND BIMETAL OPTIONS
Code
Description
Bimetal
Duratemp
Dual scale


XDM
Dial marking


XED2
High and low electric contacts

XEE2
Double high-electric contacts

XEF2
Double low-electric contacts

XEG
Electric contacts off at low or high and on in-between

Externally adjustable red set hand

XCS1
2
XEO
XEP
Externally adjustable maximum pointer

XEQ
Externally adjustable minimum pointer

XNG
Nonglare

XNN
Paper tag


XNH
Stainless steel tag


XPD3 Plastic window


XSG3 Shatterproof glass

XSH
Stationary red set hand
XTK
Tank car thermometer
X3B4
3
X025
1



⁄8˝ stem diameter with 1⁄2 NPT

⁄4 NPT when 1⁄2 NPT is standard

1. 3˝ and 5˝ case only.
2. 41/2˝ and 6˝ – 600A02, 600A03 and 600A04 styles only.
3. Not available on EL liquid filled thermometers. Polycarbonate is the standard window on EL series.
4. Not available on 2˝ case.
5. Only available on rear connect.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
229
Accessories
B03
B08
A1
BULB AND ARMOR STYLED – REMOTE MOUNTED
Styles B01, B17 and B18 are bendable extensions with union connections. B01 (12˝ bendable extension) is the standard Duratemp® bulb style and is suitable for a variety of insertion
lengths and lagging requirements. B17 is a 18˝ bendable extension, B18 is a 24˝ bendable
extension. The union connection on all three styles is pressure tight and can be freely moved
the entire length of the bendable portion. After installation, the bendable extension may be
formed to suit the application.
Style B03
13˝ plain bulb for applications used in open tanks where pressures and velocities are
negligible.
Style B08
The compression fitting fastens anywhere along the armored line. This bulb style is well
suited for insertion requirements in excess of 131⁄2˝. The B08 style is not a pressure tight connection. A thermowell is recommended for this style and for all bulb styles.
ARMOR STYLE
Style A1
AISI 302 stainless steel spring armor is supplied as standard. Originally designed for U.S.
Navy Hi Shock thermometers.
TANK CAR THERMOMETER
Code XTK
Ashcroft’s Duratemp® movementless
design is well suited for severe vibration and
shock applications as seen in railroad tank
cars or other rolling stock apllications, such
as milk, chemical and produce transportation.
The option XTK is available in a 81⁄2˝ case
with a large adjustable pointer and a maximum indicating pointer. The range available
is 20/240°F and the dial is marked “Tank
Car Thermometer.” The maximum indicating
pointer illustrates the highest temperature
sensed by the thermometer. Case size and
pointer size makes the Duratemp easily read
from a distance.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
230
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
231
PRESSURE AND
TEMPERATURE
SWITCHES
Switch Selection Information ............ 233-234
Additional Application Information ... 235-236
PRESSURE, DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE &
TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
(Watertight construction for industrial
applications. Explosion-proof construction
for hazardous locations)
A-Series, Miniature Pressure, Watertight ... 237
A-Series, Miniature Pressure,
Stainless Body, Explosion Proof .............. 238
B400 B-Series, Pressure
& Differential Pressure, Watertight .......... 239
B400 B-Series, Temperature, Watertight.... 240
B700 B-Series, Pressure & Differential
Pressure, Explosion-Proof ....................... 241
B700 B-Series, Temperature, ExplosionProof Enclosure ....................................... 242
F-Series, Pressure,
Compact Explosion-Proof ........................ 243
G-Series, Pressure & Differential
Pressure, Watertight Stainless Steel ....... 244
G-Series, Temperature,
Watertight Stainless Steel ....................... 245
H-Series, Pressure, Watertight ................... 246
L-Series, Pressure & Differential
Pressure, Watertight ................................ 247
L-Series, Temperature, Watertight ............. 248
N-Series, Pressure, Electronic ................... 249
N-Series, Pressure, Electronic
with Indication ......................................... 250
P-Series, Pressure & Differential
Pressure, Explosion-Proof or Watertight . 251
P-Series, Temperature,
Explosion-Proof or Watertight ................. 252
Deadbands and Ranges, B-Series ............ 253
Deadbands and Ranges, P-Series ............. 254
Deadbands and Ranges, L- and G-Series ..... 255
Options A, B, L, P, G, F, N, H Series ....... 256-257
DDS Series Differential Pressure Switch
Diaphragm Sensing Element................... 258
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
232
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
233
Product Selection Information
PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE AND
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH
SELECTION
Before making your selection, consider the
following:
1. Actuator
The actuator responds to changes in pressure,
temperature or differential pressure and operates
the switch element in response to these changes.
The actuator is normally exposed to process fluid
and must therefore be chemically compatible
with it. The following may be used to help select
actuator type:
For nominal pressure ranges 0-15 psi through
0-3000 psi, the standard actuator is a diaphragmsealed piston. In this actuator, process pressure
acting on the piston area causes it to overcome
the adjustment spring force and actuate a snapaction switch. A diaphragm and O-ring seal the
process media from this mechanism. These are
available in various materials, i.e.: Buna N, Teflon
and Viton. The standard process connection is
stainless steel. Optional monel pressure connection is available.
For ˝ H2O Pressure and Differential Pressure
Ranges, a diaphragm actuator is used. In this
design, the standard pressure connections are
carbon steel. Diaphragms are available in Viton,
Buna N and Teflon. Always review process temperature limits before making seal selections.
Optional stainless steel pressure connections are
available (option XTA).
For High Differential Pressure Actuator Ranges,
3-15 to 60-600 psid, a Dual Diaphragm-Sealed
Piston Actuator is used. This actuator is designed
to for high static-pressure applications. The standard pressure connections are nickel-plated
brass. Diaphragms are available in Viton, Buna N
and Teflon. Always review process temperature
limits before making seal selections. Optional
stainless steel pressure connections are available
(option XUD).
For all temperature ranges the standard
Ashcroft® temperature actuator operates on the
vapor pressure principle: the vapor pressure in a
sealed thermal system is applied to a sensing
element, which in turn actuates a switch. This is
known as a SAMA Class II system. Various filling
materials are used, including Propane, Butane,
Methyl Alcohol, N Propyl Alcohol and Xylene.
High overtemperature capability is possible with
this type of system. The interface between liquid
and vapor is the point at which sensing occurs.
This is the “sensitive” portion of the bulb. Bulb
extensions and capillary are normally filled with
vapor, and have little effect on the setpoint,
regardless of ambient temperature variations;
therefore, no ambient compensation is required.
For best results, the bulb should be mounted
within 60 degrees of vertical to assure the liquid
remains in the bulb.
2. Enclosure
The enclosure protects the switch element and
mechanism from the environment and has provisions for mounting and wiring. All Ashcroft
switch enclosures are epoxy-coated aluminum or
stainless steel for maximum corrosion resistance.
Choose between watertight NEMA 4, 4X for most
industrial applications and explosion-proof NEMA
7/9 for most process applications.
Ashcroft enclosures include watertight cover gaskets, external mounting holes and one or two 3/4
NPT electrical conduit holes for ease of installation. Pressure switches may also be mounted
directly to the process by means of the standard
1
/4 NPTF or optional 1/2 NPT pressure connection.
Note: When installing Ashcroft switches, refer to
instruction sheets included with each switch, the
National Electrical Code, and any other local
codes or requirements to assure safety.
3. The Switching Function
Next, consider the switching function. Most applications for alarm and shutdown are satisfied by
single setpoint, fixed deadband models. For high/
low or alarm and shutdown, the dual setpoint
models may be selected. For pump, compressor,
level and other control applications, an adjustable
deadband model is often the best choice.
4. The Switch Element
Finally, the electrical switching element must be
compatible with the electrical load being
switched. For ease of selection, all electrical
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
234
Product Selection Information
switching elements are snap acting, SPDT (single
pole-double throw), or 2 (SPDT). Select a switch
element with electrical rating that exceeds the
electrical rating of the device being controlled by
the switch. For better reliability and safety,
optional Hermetically Sealed switching elements
may be specified.
ADDITIONAL SWITCH TERMINOLOGY
Accuracy – (See repeatability) Accuracy normally
refers to conformity of an indicated value to an
accepted standard value. There is no indication in
switch products; thus, instead, the term repeatability is used as the key performance measure.
Ashcroft switch accuracy is 1% of nominal
range.
Automatic Reset Switch – Switch which returns
to normal state when actuating variable (Pressure or Temperature) is reduced.
Adjustable or Operating Range – That part of
the nominal range over which the switch setpoint
may be adjusted. Normally about 15% to 100%
of the nominal range for pressure and differential
pressure switches and the full span for temperature switches.
Burst Pressure – The maximum pressure that
may be applied to a pressure switch without
causing leakage or rupture. This is normally at
least 400% of nominal range for Ashcroft
switches. Switches subjected to pressures above
the nominal range can be permanently damaged.
Deadband – The difference between the setpoint
and the reset point, normally expressed in units
of the actuating variable. Sometimes referred to
as differential.
Division 1 – A National Electrical Code Classification of hazardous locations. In Division 1 locations, hazardous concentrations of flammable
gases or vapors exist continuously, intermittently
or periodically under normal conditions; frequently because of repair or maintenance
operation/leakage or due to breakdown or faulty
operation of equipment or processes which
might also cause simultaneous failure of electrical equipment. Explosion-proof NEMA 7/9 enclosures are required in Division 1 locations.
Division 2 – A National Electrical Code Classification of Hazardous locations. In Division 2 hazardous locations, flammable or volatile liquid or
flammable gases are handled, processed or
used, but will normally be confined within closed
containers or closed systems from which they
can escape only in case of accidental rupture or
breakdown or in case of abnormal operation of
equipment. Either Nema 7/9 explosion-proof
enclosures or any enclosure with hermetically
sealed switch contacts may be used in Division
2 locations.
Explosion Proof – A term commonly used in
industry referring to enclosures capable of withstanding an internal explosion of a specified gas
without igniting surrounding gases. Strict installation practices in accordance with the national
electrical code are also required for safety.
Fixed Deadband – The difference between the
setpoint and the reset point of a pressure or temperature switch. It further signifies that this deadband is a fixed function of the pressure switch
and not adjustable.
Hermetically Sealed Switch – A switch element
whose contacts are completely sealed from the
environment to provide additional safety and reliability. Contact arc cannot cause an explosion
and atmospheric corrosive elements cannot
affect the contacts.
Manual Reset Switch – Pressure or Temperature switch in which contacts remain actuated
even after the actuating variable returns to
normal. On Ashcroft manual reset switches, a
button must be pushed to reset the contacts.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) – This group has defined several categories of enclosures, usually referred to as “types.”
Further, they designate certain features and capabilities each type must include. For example,
among other features, a NEMA 4 enclosure must
include a threaded conduit connector, external
mounting provision and cover gaskets. When
selecting a NEMA 4 enclosure from any manufacturer, a buyer is assured of receiving these
features.
NEMA 4 – Watertight and dusttight enclosures
intended for use indoors or outdoors to protect the equipment against splashing, falling
or hose-directed water, external condensation
and water seepage. They are also sleet-resistant.
NEMA 4X – Watertight, dusttight and corrosionresistant enclosures with same qualifications as
NEMA 4, but with added corrosion resistance.
NEMA 7 – Enclosures for indoor Class I, Division
1 hazardous locations with gas or vapor
atmospheres.
NEMA 9 – Enclosures for indoor Class II, Division
1 hazardous locations with combustible dust
atmospheres.
Normal Switch Position – Contact position
before actuating pressure (or variable) is applied.
Normally closed contacts open when the switch
is actuated. Normally open contacts close when
the switch is actuated.
Overpressure Rating(s) – A nonspecific term
that could refer to either burst or proof pressure,
or both.
Proof Pressure – The maximum pressure which
may be applied without causing damage. This is
determined under strict laboratory conditions
including controlled rate of change and temperature: This value is for reference only. Consult
factory for applications where switch must operate at pressures above nominal range or reference temperature (70°F).
Repeatability (Accuracy) – The closeness of
agreement among a number of consecutive measurements of the output setpoint for the same
value of the input under the same operating conditions, approaching from the same direction, for
full-range traverses. Ashcroft switch repeatability is 1% of nominal range.
Note: It is usually measured as nonrepeatabil-ity
and expressed as repeatability in percent of span
or nominal range. It does not include hysteresis
or deadband.
Reset Point – The reset point is the Pressure,
Temperature or Differential Pressure Value where
the electrical switch contacts will return to their
original or normal position after the switch has
activated.
Setpoint – The setpoint is the Pressure, Temperature or Differential Pressure value at which
the electrical circuit of a switch will change state
or actuate. It should be specified either on
increase or decrease of that variable. (See also
reset point.)
Single-Pole Double Throw (SPDT) Switching
Element – A SPDT switching element has one
normally open, one normally closed, and one
common terminal. The switch can be wired with
the circuit either normally open (N/O) or normally
closed (N/C). SPDT is standard with most
Ashcroft pressure and temperature switches.
Snap Action – In switch terminology, snap action
generally refers to the action of contacts in the
switch element. These contacts open and close
quickly and snap closed with sufficient pressure
to firmly establish an electrical circuit. The term
distinguishes products from mercury bottle
types that were subject to vibration problems.
Static Pressure – For differential pressure
switches, static pressure refers to the lower of
the two pressures applied to the actuator.
Normally Closed – Refers to switch contacts
that are closed in the normal switch state or position (unactuated). A pressure change opens the
contacts.
Normally Open Switch – Refers to the contacts
that are open in the normal switch state or position (unactuated). A pressure change closes the
contacts.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
235
Additional Pressure and
Temperature Switch
Application Information
DIFFICULT PROCESS MEDIA
When specifying pressure or temperature
switches, the material in contact with media
must be compatible with it. Otherwise, failure could occur, resulting in leakage, injury,
loss of life, property or production. The user
should review prior experience with materials
of construction in the process for guidance
in material selection. If this is not appropriate, contact Customer Service for assistance.
Relevant information such as process media,
concentration of each constituent, temperature, pressure, the presence of contaminants,
particulate, vibration or pulsation is necessary
to make the best recommendation.
Some applications are best handled by adding
an Ashcroft diaphragm seal to isolate the fluid
media from the pressure or differential pressure switch.
Diaphragm seals are recommended where:
• The process media being sensed could
clog the pressure element.
• The process media temperature is above
or below the ratings of the actuator seal
materials.
• The application calls a for sanitary process
connection.
Note: The addition of a diaphragm seal may
increase the deadband and response time
of the pressure switch to process pressure
changes. Please consult Customer Service
for details.
OXIDIZING MEDIA
When specifying a pressure switch for use
in oxidizing media, such as chlorine, oxygen
and several other chemical compounds, the
wetted materials must be compatible with the
media, and the switch should be cleaned for
oxygen service. This is necessary to remove
any residue that might react violently with the
oxidizing media. Specify option X6B (clean for
oxygen service).
STEAM SERVICE
In order to prevent live steam from coming
into contact with the switch actuator, a siphon
filled with water should be installed between
the switch and the process line. We recommend the optional stainless steel welded process connection and diaphragm even though
viton is rated for use with steam. Experience
has shown that in many steam applications,
the 300°F high temperature limit of viton is
exceeded by steam under pressure.
In some boiler applications, a special U.L. listing, “MBPR,” which requires unique features
is needed. Ashcroft offers these features with
option XG8.
NACE
NACE is the acronym for the National Associations of Corrosion Engineers. Their standard
MRO175-93 titled “Sulfide Stress Cracking
Resistant Metallic Materials for Oilfield Equipment,” is cited when ordering instruments for
oilfield applications involving sour oil or gas
with traces of hydrogen sulfide. It is a legal
requirement in many states. NACE instruments
are also suitable for use in sewage treatment
plants and other applications with traces of
hydrogen sulfide in the process.
For high concentrations of hydrogen sulfide
in a diaphragm seal should be used; a Tantalum diaphragm and Hastelloy C (C276) lower
housing are recommended. For over 3% or
30,000ppm, a seal is essential.
HIGH TEMPERATURE PROCESS
Refer to the actuator seal table for process
temperature limits for pressure switch actuators. Pressure switches mounted directly to
the process can withstand up to 300°F when
equipped with optional viton, stainless steel
or monel wetted parts. If process temperature
exceeds 300°F, four feet of 1/2˝ tubing between
the process and the switch will generally protect the switch from damage.
Alternatively, an Ashcroft diaphragm seal,
can be used to isolate the switch from the
hot process.
because the switch can react to pressure
pulses less than one second duration, it might
be desirable to include a dampening device.
Several Ashcroft accessories, such as snubbers address this situation. Consult Customer
Service for more information.
MOUNTING
All Ashcroft pressure, temperature and
differential pressure switches with snap acting
contacts may be mounted in any position.
This includes the sensing bulbs of temperature
switches. This is an important advantage of
snap acting switch designs.
SWITCH ELEMENT SELECTION
B-Series switches are available with a wide
variety of snap acting switch elements to meet
most electrical requirements. The standard
contact arrangement is single pole, double
throw (SPDT). This includes both normally
open and normally closed contacts. Standard
contact material is fine silver which generally is
suitable for switching 8 volts or more, up to the
rating in the Switch Element Selection Table.
When switching less than 8 volts, optional
Gold Alloy contacts are recommended.
Optional Dual, or 2 SPDT contacts may be supplied in B-Series enclosures for applications
requiring two switch functions at the same
setpoint. These contacts are technically not
double pole, double throw (DPDT). They are
synchronized at the factory to actuate within
1% of nominal range of each other. For simultaneous actuation of 2 SPDT contacts, option
XG3 should be ordered.
VIBRATION
Generally, vibration will not harm Ashcroft
pressure switches. However, premature tripping may occur under severe conditions. This
tends to be annoying, but repeatable for a
given situation and might be in the order of 5%
to 10% of switch range from the setpoint, i.e.
a 100 psi switch set at 50 psi on increasing
pressure might trip somewhere between 40
and 45 psi on increasing pressure. This would not
reduce the life of the pressure switch.
The best approach in this type of application is
to mount the switch remotely, connecting the
switch to the process or equipment with flexible tubing. If this is not possible, consider the
use of the Belleville actuator, option XG3.
PULSATION
Pressure pulsation below the range of the
pressure switch will not harm it. However,
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
236
Additional Pressure and
Temperature Switch
Application Information
INFORMATION & GUIDELINES
FOR SETTING ASHCROFT PRESSURE,
TEMPERATURE AND DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE SWITCHES
All Ashcroft pressure, temperature and differential pressure switches can be set at any
point between about 15% and 100% of the
range as designated on the label or the nominal range table.
Ashcroft pressure and temperature switches
can be either set in the field or ordered from
the factory preset to your requirements. When
set at the factory, the specification is ±1% of
the nominal range.
Factory setting, or XFS, is a very popular
option, and as a result, we often get orders
that do not have enough information or have
incorrect information.
HOW TO ORDER
When “XFS” is desired:
1. Setpoint must be indicated.
2. Increasing or decreasing pressure must be
indicated.
Ex: B424B XFS 100#
Set: 60# decreasing
3. For differential pressure switches, static
operating pressure must be given also.
HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
a. Division I.
Ashcroft 700 series or other explosion
proof enclosures are required to meet
the requirements of Division I Hazardous Locations as defined by the National
Electrical Code.
b. Division II.
These enclosures also meet the less stringent requirements for Division II Hazardous Locations. Alternatively, Ashcroft 400
series or other watertight enclosures, with
hermetically sealed switch elements are
approved for use in Division II hazardous
locations.
Ashcroft is the leader in providing pressure
and temperature switches for alarm, shutdown
and control in hazardous locations.
Models are available with single or dual setpoints, fixed or adjustable deadbands.
Choose from standard, miniature or compact
enclosures, construction of epoxy coated aluminum or stainless steel.
c. Intrinsic Safety.
Any Ashcroft pressure or temperature
switch may be used with an approved
barrier in most intrinsically safe systems.
These switches do not create or store
energy and are therefore designated
“simple devices’’ in these systems.
Exception: Ashcroft N series electronic
pressure switches require power and may
not be suitable for use in all intrinsically
safe systems.
c. ATEX.
ATEX is a European designation that
deals with standards for equipment and
protective systems intended for use in
potentially explosive atmospheres. This
approval is required for switches intended
for use in hazardous locations, especially
important to OEMs who export to Europe
and contractors specifying or purchasing
products for European applications.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
237
Miniature Pressure Switches,
Watertight Stainless Steel Body,
A-Series
• Wide variety of electrical connections including wire leads, spade
and DIN connectors
• 316L stainless steel body sealed
for environmental protection
• Precision snap-acting switch
element
• Choice of field-adjustable or
factory set only
• UL and CSA listed CRN, RoHS
• SIL 3 capable
1 - FUNCTION
2 - BODY (ENCLOSURE)
N4 - Watertight 316 stainless steel body
3 - MICRO SWITCH, FIRST CHARACTER
Single Switch – SPDT
Dual Switch – DPDT (not available with “S”
actuator) with <100 psi range
Code
01
02
03
25
05
06
07
12
13
75
3 - MICRO SWITCH, SECOND CHARACTER
15
Code
G
20
H
L
P
Gold Contact –
Higher Current –
0.1A @ 125 Vac,
0.1A @ 30 Vdc
5A @ 125/250 Vac,
5A @ 28 Vdc resistive,
3A @ 28 Vdc inductive
Higher Current
Gold Contacts –
1A @ 125 Vac,
1A @ 28 Vdc resistive,
0.5A @ 28 Vdc inductive
General Purpose – 3A @ 125/250 Vac,
2A @ 30 Vdc
4 - ELECTRIC CONNECTION
Code
012C‡
000H
00MH
012L‡
000N
000T
/2 NPT male conduit connction with
3-18 AWG wires 12˝ length
Micro DIN Connector – Watertight DIN 43650
FORM C cable socket with mating connector,
not available with DPDT switching
Micro DIN Connector – Watertight DIN 43650
FORM C cable socket with mating connector,
not available with DPDT switching
Wire leads, 3-18 AWG PVC insulated wires
12˝ length
Nonstandard, customer specified see
# variation
Spade terminals, 4 – 0.187˝ male spade, not
available with DPDT switching
1
5 - ACTUATOR SEAL
Code
B
V
S
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
6 - PRESSURE CONNECTION CODE
APS - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband,
factory set, not field adjustable
APA - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband,
field adjustable
Code
1
2
The Ashcroft® A-Series pressure
switches are designed for tough industrial and OEM applications requiring a
durable, high-quality miniature switch.
Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,
or control on heavy vehicles, machine
tools, electronic equipment, engines,
compressors, and wherever size is a
consideration or equipment is being
downsized.
316 SS piston & Buna O-ring, ranges ≥100 psi
316 SS piston & Viton O-ring, ranges ≥100 psi
316 SS welded diaphragm, ranges ≤200 psi
‡ First three digits represent the length of the wire leads
in inches. 012, 024, 048 & 072 are standard available
lengths. Consult factory for custom length availability.
Description
⁄8 NPT Male
1
⁄4 NPT Male
1
⁄8 NPT Female*
1
⁄4 NPT Female*
7
⁄16-20 SAE Male
VCR Fixed*
VCO Fixed*
G1⁄4A (Type E Stud End)
G1⁄4B
0.75˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes
3A Approval)†
1.5˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes
3A Approval)†
2.0˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes
3A Approval)†
1
9 - SETPOINT DIRECTION
Code
R
D
10 - OPTIONS
Code
XC4
XFP
XMQ
XNC
XNO
7 - PRESSURE RANGE
Actuator
psi
S
–15/15#
S
30#
S
60#
B,S,V
100#
B,S,V
200#
B,V
500#
B,V
1000#
B,V
2000#
B,V
5000#
B,V
7500#
Bar
–1/1BR
2BR
4BR
7BR
14BR
35BR
70BR
140BR
350BR
500BR
kPa
–100/100KP
200KP
400KP
700KP
1400KP
3500KP
7000KP
14000KP
35000KP
50000KP
Description
Rising Pressure (Increasing Pressure)
Decreasing Pressure
Kg/cm
–1/1KSC
2KSC
4KSC
7KSC
14KSC
35KSC
70KSC
140KSC
350KSC
500KSC
2
8 - SETPOINT
5 characters maximum representing setpoint of the
switch in the same units as the range of the switch. For
setpoints in Vacuum specify as “–” pressure.
XNH
XNN
X6B
XGO
Description
Individual certified calibration chart
Fungus proofing
Positive material identification
(75, 15 & 20 process conn. only)
2 wire leads plus ground wire – wired
for normally closed operation
2 wire leads plus ground wire – wired
for normally open operation
Stainless Steel tag
Paper tag
Cleaned for oxygen service
Ground Wire Omitted
Pressure Connection Notes:
*Available with “S” activator only.
†Ranges ≤500 psi.
Setpoint Notes:
If no setpoint is required on an APA switch use either
“NSR” or “NSD”. If direction is not known use “NSR”
as the default.
Option Notes:
The X character will only appear before the first option,
additional options will just be the two characters.
Example: XC4NC6B
If the switch is mounted to a diaphragm seal other than
(75, 15, 20 connection) the seal fill fluid is also listed
as an X option.
TO ORDER THIS A-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
APS
N4
1H 012C
Function:
Enclosure:
Micro Switch:
Electrical Connection:
Actuator Seal:
Pressure Connection:
Pressure Range:
Setpoint:
Setpoint Direction:
Options:
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
S
02
30# - 15 R - X6B
238
Miniature Pressure Switches,
Explosion-Proof Stainless Steel
Body, A-Series
• 316L stainless steel body sealed
for environmental protection
• Precision snap-acting switch
element
• Choice of field-adjustable or
factory-adjusted to setpoint
requirements
• UL, FM and CSA listed
• ATEX & IECEX
Explosion proof, flame proof
• Dual seal rated; CRN, CE, RoHS
• SIL 3 capable
The Ashcroft® A-Series pressure
switches are designed for tough industrial and OEM applications requiring a
durable, high-quality miniature switch.
Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,
or control on heavy vehicles, machine
tools, electronic equipment, engines,
compressors, and wherever size is a
consideration or equipment is being
downsized.
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
6 - PRESSURE CONNECTION CODE
1 - FUNCTION
APS - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband,
factory set, not field adjustable
APA - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband,
field adjustable
2 - BODY (ENCLOSURE)
N7 - Explosion proof 316 stainless steel body
Code
01
02
03
25
05
06
07
12
13
75
3 - MICRO SWITCH, FIRST CHARACTER
Code
1
2
Single Switch – SPDT
Dual Switch – DPDT (not available with “S”
actuator or P&G micro switch)
3 - MICRO SWITCH, SECOND CHARACTER
Code
G
Gold Contact –
H
Higher Current –
L
Higher Current
Gold Contacts –
P
0.1A @ 125 Vac,
0.1A @ 30 Vdc
5A @ 125/250 Vac,
5A @ 28 Vdc resistive,
3A @ 28 Vdc inductive
1A @ 125 Vac,
1A @ 28 Vdc resistive,
0.5A @ 28 Vdc inductive
General Purpose – 3A @ 125/250 Vac,
2A @ 30 Vdc
4 - ELECTRIC CONNECTION
Code
012C‡
1
/2 NPT male conduit connction with
3-18 AWG wires 12˝ length
5 - ACTUATOR SEAL
Code
B
V
S
316 SS piston & Buna O-ring, ranges ≥100 psi
316 SS piston & Viton O-ring, ranges ≥100 psi
316 SS welded diaphragm, ranges ≤200 psi
‡ First three digits represent the length of the wire leads
in inches. 012, 024, 048 & 072 are standard available
lengths. Consult factory for custom length availability.
15
20
Description
⁄8 NPT Male
1
⁄4 NPT Male
1
⁄8 NPT Female*
1
⁄4 NPT Female*
7
⁄16-20 SAE Male
VCR Fixed*
VCO Fixed*
G1⁄4A (Type E Stud End)
G1⁄4B
0.75˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes
3A Approval)†
1.5˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes
3A Approval)†
2.0˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes
3A Approval)†
1
7 - PRESSURE RANGE
Actuator
psi
S
–15/15#
S
30#
S
60#
B,S,V
100#
B,S,V
200#
B,V
500#
B,V
1000#
B,V
2000#
B,V
5000#
B,V
7500#
Bar
–1/1BR
2BR
4BR
7BR
14BR
35BR
70BR
140BR
350BR
500BR
kPa
–100/100KP
200KP
400KP
700KP
1400KP
3500KP
7000KP
14000KP
35000KP
50000KP
Kg/cm2
–1/1KSC
2KSC
4KSC
7KSC
14KSC
35KSC
70KSC
140KSC
350KSC
500KSC
8 - SETPOINT
9 - SETPOINT DIRECTION
Code
R
D
Description
Rising Pressure (Increasing Pressure)
Decreasing Pressure
10 - OPTIONS
Code
XC4
XFP
XMQ
XNC
XNO
XNH
XNN
X6B
XGO
Description
Individual certified calibration chart
Fungus proofing
Positive material identification
(75, 15 & 20 process conn. only)
2 wire leads plus ground wire – wired
for normally closed operation
2 wire leads plus ground wire – wired
for normally open operation
Stainless Steel tag
Paper tag
Cleaned for oxygen service
Ground Wire Omitted
Pressure Connection Notes:
*Available with “S” activator only.
†Ranges ≤500 psi.
Setpoint Notes:
If no setpoint is required on an APA switch use either
“NSR” or “NSD”. If direction is not known use “NSR”
as the default.
Option Notes:
The X character will only appear before the first option,
additional options will just be the two characters.
Example: XC4NC6B
If the switch is mounted to a diaphragm seal the seal fill
fluid is glycerin standard.
5 characters maximum representing setpoint of the
switch in the same units as the range of the switch. For
setpoints in Vacuum specify as “–” pressure.
TO ORDER THIS A-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
APS
N7
1H 012C
Function:
Enclosure:
Micro Switch:
Electrical Connection:
Actuator Seal:
Pressure Connection:
Pressure Range:
Setpoint:
Setpoint Direction:
Options:
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
S
02
30# - 15 R - X6B
239
Pressure and Differential
Pressure Switches, Watertight
Enclosure, Type 400, B-Series
This general purpose Ashcroft®
switch series is ideal for use in
virtually all Industrial and OEM
applications.
• Choice of actuators, including
designs for fire-safe and NACE
applications(8)
• Watertight NEMA 4X enclosure,
IP66
• Standard pressure connection
materials:
• Choice of switch elements for all
applications, including hermetically sealed
• Wide choice of wetted materials,
including all-welded Monel or
stainless steel
• Fixed or limited adjustable
deadband
• Readily available
Pressure psi ranges
- 316L stainless steel
Differential psid ranges
- Nickel-plated brass(9)
Pressure and differential inches
of water ranges
- Epoxy coated carbon steel
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Approved for UL, CSA and FM(8)
ratings
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
1 - ENCLOSURE
B4 - Pressure switch, type 400, watertight
enclosure meets NEMA 3, 4, 4X and 13,
IP66 requirements
D4 - Differential pressure switch, type 400,
watertight enclosure meets NEMA 3, 4, 4X
and 13, IP66 requirements
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS
Order
Code
20(4)
21(9)
22(3)
23
24(1)
25
26(4)
27
28
29
31
32
50
61(4)
62(4)
63
64
65
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed SPDT
Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Ammonia service 5A, 125/250 Vac
Hermetically sealed
switch, narrow
5A, 125/250 Vac
deadband
Heavy duty ac
20A,125/250 Vac
15A,125/250/480 acV
General purpose
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Heavy duty dc
10A,125/ Vac or dc
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc
Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
Manual reset trip
15A, 125/250 Vac
on ncreasing
i
Manual reset trip
15A, 125/250 Vac
on creasing
de
Low level (gold)
1A,125/250 Vac
contacts
Hermetically sealed
switch, general
11A, 125/250 Vac
purpose
5A, 30 Vdc
Variable deadband 15A,125/250 Vac
UL/CSA Listed Dual SPDT(2)
Dual narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Dual narrow environ- 15A, 125/250 Vac
ment proof
Dual high temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
Dual general purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Dual ammonia service 5A, 125/250/480
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
or corrosive environments. The Ashcroft 400 Series is
also approved for installation in Division II hazardous
areas when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
3 - ACTUATOR SEAL(7)
Code
&
Material
B-Buna N
V-Viton
T-Teflon
S-SS(5)(10)
P-Monel(5)(10)
Process
Temp.(6)
Limits
°F
0 to 150
20 to 300
0 to 150
0 to 300
0 to 300
Range
Vac 0-600 1000 2000in.H2O psi psi 3000
psi















4 - OPTIONS
(See pages 256-257)
5 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
(See page 253)
NOTES:
1. Standard switch.
2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches not
independently adjustable.
3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5. Available on pressure only.
6. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
all styles. Setpoint shift of ±1% of range per 50°F
is normal. Switch calibrated at 70°F reference.
7. Items are wetted by process fluid.
8. Refer to Option Table.
9. Order Option XUD, stainless steel process connection.
10. On differential switches, stainless steel is
available in 15, 30, 60 and 90 psid ranges only.
Includes Teflon O-ring and 316 SS connection.
TO ORDER THIS B-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
1. Enclosure:
2. Switch Element:
3. Actuator Seal:
4. Options (See pages 256-257):
5. Pressure Range (See page 253):
B4
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
20
B
XPK 600#
240
Temperature Switches
Watertight Enclosure,
Type 400, B-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series
is easy to use and readily retrofits to
virtually all process, industrial and
OEM applications.
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP66
enclosure
• Choice of switch elements
for all applications, including
hermetically sealed (NEMA 4 meets
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, & D
with hermetically sealed switch)
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
• Wetted material is all-welded
stainless steel
• Fixed or limited adjustable
deadband
• Readily available
• UL, CSA listings standard
1 - ENCLOSURE
T4 - Temperature switch, type 400, watertight
enclosure meets NEMA 3, 4, 4X and 13,
IP66 requirements
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS
Order
Code
20(4)
21(7)
22(3)
23
24(1)
25
26(4)
27
28
29
31
32
50
61(4)
62(4)
63
64
65 (7)
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed SPDT
Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Ammonia service 5A, 125/250 Vac
Hermetically sealed
switch, narrow
5A, 125/250 Vac
deadband
Heavy duty ac
20A,125/250 Vac
15A,125/250/480 acV
General purpose
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Heavy duty dc
10A,125/ Vac or dc
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc
Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
Manual reset trip
15A, 125/250 Vac
on ncreasing
i
Manual reset trip
15A, 125/250 Vac
on creasing
de
Low level (gold)
1A,125/250 Vac
contacts
Hermetically sealed
switch, general
11A, 125/250 Vac
purpose
5A, 30 Vdc
Variable deadband 15A,125/250 Vac
UL/CSA Listed Dual SPDT(2)
Dual narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Dual narrow environ- 15A, 125/250 Vac
ment proof
Dual high temp. 300°F
15A, 125/250 Vac
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
Dual general purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Dual ammonia service 5A, 125/250/480
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
3 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION(5)
Order Code
TS
Order Code
T05
T10
T15
T20
T25
DIRECT MOUNT
System Material
Style
316 stainless steel
Rigid
REMOTE MOUNT
System Material Line Length Style
316 stainless steel
5´
Capillary
316 stainless steel
10´
with
316 stainless steel
15´
302 SS
316 stainless steel
20´
Spring
316 stainless steel
25´
Armor
NOTES:
1. Standard switch.
2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches not
independently adjustable.
3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
4. Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5. Additional line lengths available, call factory.
6. Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
7. Not UL listed
Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
4 - BULB LENGTH SELECTION(6)
DIRECT MOUNT
Order Code
“S” Dimension
Minimum
Thermowell
“U” Dimension
027
040
060
090
120
23⁄4˝
4˝
6˝
9˝
12˝
—
21⁄2˝
41⁄2˝
71⁄2˝
101⁄2˝
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
or corrosive environments. The Ashcroft 400 Series is
also approved for installation in Division II hazardous
areas when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
REMOTE MOUNT
030
3˝
21⁄2˝
5 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
6 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
See page 253
TO ORDER THIS B-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
Select:
1. Enclosure:
2. Switch Element:
3. Thermal System:
4. Bulb Length:
5. Options (see pages 256-257):
6. Temperature Range (see page 253):
T4
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
20
T05
030
XNH
150° to 260°F
241
Pressure and Differential
Pressure Switches, Explosion-Proof
Enclosure, Type 700, B-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series
is ideal for use in virtually all process and industrial applications.
• Explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP66
enclosure (explosion-proof enclosure Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups
B, C, & D and Class II, Div. 1 & 2,
Groups E, F & G)
• Choice of switch elements for all
applications, including hermetically sealed
• Wide choice of wetted materials,
including all-welded Monel or
stainless steel
• Fixed or limited adjustable
deadband
• UL listed
• Various actuators available
• Belleville actuator(8)
1 - ENCLOSURE
B7 - Pressure switch, type 700, explosion-proof
enclosure meets Div.1 & 2, NEMA 7/9, IP66
requirements
D7 - Differential pressure switch, type 700,
explosion-proof enclosure meets Div. 1 & 2,
NEMA 7/9, IP66 requirements
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS
Order
Code
20(4)
21(9)
22(3)
23
24(1)
25
26(4)
27
31
32
50
61(4)
62(4)
63
64
65
67(3)
68
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed SPDT
Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Ammonia service 5A, 125/250 Vac
Hermetically sealed
switch, narrow
5A, 125/250 Vac
deadband
Heavy duty ac
20A,125/250 Vac
15A,125/250/480 acV
General purpose
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Heavy duty dc
10A,125/ Vac or dc
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc
Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
Low level (gold)
1A,125/250 Vac
contacts
Hermetically sealed
switch, general
11A, 125/250 Vac
purpose
5A, 30 Vdc
Variable deadband 15A,125/250 Vac
UL/CSA Listed Dual SPDT(2)
Dual narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Dual narrow environ- 15A, 125/250 Vac
ment proof
Dual high temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
Dual general purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Dual ammonia service 5A,125/250/480 Vac
Hermetically sealed
switch, narrow
5A, 125/250 Vac
deadband
Dual he
rmetically
sealed switch,
11A,125/250 Vac
general purpose
5A, 30 Vdc
• Readily available
• Standard pressure connection
materials:
Pressure psi ranges
- 316L SS
Differential psid ranges
- Nickel plated brass(9)
Pressure and differential inches
of water ranges
- Epoxy coated carbon steel
• ATEX models available(8)
• IECEx models available(10)
• CSA models available(8)
• FM models available(8)
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
• Dual Seal Rating models available(8)
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
ATEX model shown
ATEX APPROVAL FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
3 - ACTUATOR SEAL(7)
Code
&
Material
B-Buna N
V-Viton
T-Teflon
S-SS(5)(10)
P-Monel(5)
Process
Temp.(6)
Limits
°F
0 to 150
20 to 300
0 to 150
0 to 300
0 to 300
ATEX is a European designation that deals with standards for
equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres. This approval is required for
switches intended for use in hazardous locations, especially
important to OEMs who export to Europe and contractors
specifying or purchasing products for European applications.
XCN option adds special features to Ashcroft 700-Series
switch enclosures that meet the requirements for the highest
levels of security and danger, such as:
• Special locking device requiring an Allen wrench to remove
cover
• Special vents that blow out should the diaphragm rupture,
thus preventing pressure build-up in the enclosure
• Special conduit plug requiring an Allen wrench for removal
• Available on pressure, temperature and differential
pressure models
• Meets Explosion Class EEx d IIC T6
Range
Vac 0-600 1000 2000in.H2O psi psi 3000
psi















4 - OPTIONS
(See pages 256-257)
5 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
(See page 253)
NOTES:
1. Standard switch.
2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches not
independently adjustable.
3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5. Available on pressure only.
6. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
all styles. Setpoint shift of ±1% of range per 50°F
is normal. Switch calibrated at 70°F reference.
7. Items are wetted by process fluid.
8. Refer to Option Table.
9. Order Option XUD, stainless steel process connection.
10. On differential switches, stainless steel is
available in 15, 30, 60 and 90 psid ranges only.
Includes Teflon O-ring and 316 SS connection.
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
TO ORDER THIS B-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
1. Enclosure:
2. Switch Element:
3. Actuator Seal:
4. Options (see pages 256-257):
5. Pressure Range (see page 253):
B7
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
20
B
X06 600#
242
Temperature Switches
Explosion-Proof Enclosure,
Type 700, B-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series
ideal for use in virtually all process,
industrial and OEM applications.
• Explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP66
enclosures
• Choice of switch elements
for all applications, including
hermetically sealed
• Fixed or limited adjustable
deadband
• Readily available
• UL listings standard
• CSA listings available(7)
• ATEX models available(7)
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
• IECEx models available(7)
3 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION(5)
1 - ENCLOSURE
T7 - Temperature switch, type 700, explosion
proof enclosure meets Div. 1 & 2, NEMA
7/9, IP66 requirements
Order Code
TS
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS
Order
Code
20(4)
21
22
(3)
23
24(1)
25
26(4)
27
31
32
50
61(4)
62(4)
63
64
65
67(3)
68
Order Code
T05
T10
T15
T20
T25
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed SPDT
Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Ammonia service 5A, 125/250 Vac
Hermetically sealed
switch, narrow
5A, 125/250 Vac
deadband
Heavy duty ac
20A,125/250 Vac
15A,125/250/480 acV
General purpose
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Heavy duty dc
10A,125/ Vac or dc
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc
Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
Low level (gold)
1A,125/250 Vac
contacts
Hermetically sealed
switch, general
11A, 125/250 Vac
purpose
5A, 30 Vdc
Variable deadband 15A,125/250 Vac
UL/CSA Listed Dual SPDT(2)
Dual narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Dual narrow environ- 15A, 125/250 Vac
ment proof
Dual high temp. 300°F
15A, 125/250 Vac
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
Dual general purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Dual ammonia service 5A, 125/250/480
Hermetically sealed
switch, narrow
5A, 125/250 Vac
deadband
Dual he
rmetically
11A,125/250 Vac
sealed switch,
5A, 30 Vdc
general purpose
DIRECT MOUNT
System Material
Style
316 stainless steel
Rigid
REMOTE MOUNT
System Material Line Length Style
316 stainless steel
5´
Capillary
316 stainless steel
10´
with
316 stainless steel
15´
302 SS
316 stainless steel
20´
Spring
316 stainless steel
25´
Armor
4 - BULB LENGTH SELECTION(6)
DIRECT MOUNT
Order Code
“S” Dimension
Minimum
Thermowell
“U” Dimension
027
040
060
090
120
23⁄4˝
4˝
6˝
9˝
12˝
—
21⁄2˝
41⁄2˝
71⁄2˝
101⁄2˝
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
or corrosive environments.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
REMOTE MOUNT
030
3˝
21⁄2˝
5 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
6 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
See page 253
NOTES:
1. Standard switch.
2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches
not independently adjustable.
3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
4. Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL
listed).
5. Additional line lengths available, call factory.
6. Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
7. Refer to Options Table.
Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
TO ORDER THIS B-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
Select:
1. Enclosure:
2. Switch Element:
3. Thermal System:
4. Bulb Length:
5. Options (see pages 256-257):
6. Temperature Range (see page 253):
T7
20
T05
030
XNH
150° to 260°F
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
243
Compact Pressure Switch
Explosion-Proof Body
F-Series
Special features:
• Diaphragm-sealed piston actuator
for long, reliable service
• Choice of wetted materials and
pressure connections for all
applications
• Watertight anodized aluminum
body for environmental protection
• Hermetically sealed snap-acting
switch element
• Field adjustable
• Standard 1/2 NPT Male electrical
conduit connection
• Factory sealed leads
• Directly interchangeable with many
similar models for convenience
• UL and CSA listed standard
• Setpoints adjustble from 15-100%
of range. Exception: stainless steel
welded (codes) adjustable from
20-100%
2 - ENCLOSURE (BODY)
N7 - NEMA 3, 4, 7 & 9, IP66
Anodized aluminum for hazardous locations
3 - SWITCH ELEMENT CODE
P
J
L
SPDT Switch Elements
UL/CSA Listed
Hermetically Sealed, 5A, 125/250 Vac
Narrow Deadband
Hermetically Sealed, 11A, 125/250 Vac
General Purpose
5A, 30 Vdc
Hermetically Sealed, 1A, 125 Vac
Gold Contacts
4 - ACTUATOR SEAL
Code
B
V
T
R
S
H
Material
Buna N
Viton
Teflon
SS Diaphragm/Viton O-Ring
316 SS Welded
SS Piston/Viton O-Ring
Proc. Temp.
Limits (°F)
0-150
20-200
0-150
0-150
0-200
20-200
5 - PRESSURE CONNECTION
Code
25
07
Description
⁄4 NPT Female
1
⁄2 NPT Female (Standard)
1
6 - F-SERIES OPTIONS
Code
XFP
XFS
XK3
XNH
X6B
• Engines and compressors
• Process applications
• Offshore applications
• Panels
• Pipelines
• Hazardous locations
• Corrosive environments
• Machine tools
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Replacement and retrofit
• Where size is a consideration or
equipment is being downsized
7A - NOMINAL RANGE & PERFORMANCE TABLE – BUNA (CODE B)
1 - FUNCTION
FPS - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband,
field adjustable
Code
Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,
control on:
Description
Fungus proofing
Factory adjusted setpoint
Terminal blocks
Tagging stainless steel
Cleaned for oxygen service
Nominal Range
psi
bar
30 in.Hg Vac.†
–1
30
2
60
4
100
7
200
14
400
28
600
40
10000
70
Proof Pressure
psi
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1600
2400
4000
Deadband (by Switch Element)
Code J
Code P,L
1.8-8.0
0.4-5.00
0.2-1.5
0.1-1.30
0.2-2.5
0.3-1.50
0.5-4.0
0.5-2.50
1.5-8.0
0.5-5.00
1.0-15.00
1.5-9.00
4.0-28.00
2.0-15.000
6.0-50.00
3.0-30.000
7B - NOMINAL RANGE & PERFORMANCE TABLE – HIGH PRESSURE (CODE H)
1000
2000
3000
4000
70
140
210
280
12,000
12,000
12,000
16,000
50-100
100-200
150-300
150-350
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
7C - NOMINAL RANGE & PERFORMANCE TABLE – WELDED SS (CODE S)
30
60
100
200
400
600
10000
2
4
7
14
28
40
70
1000
1000
1000
1000
1600
2400
4000
1.0-4.50
1.0-5.00
1.5-10.0
2.0-18.0
5.0-32.0
9.0-50.0
15.0-80.00
0.5-3.50
0.5-4.00
1.0-6.00
1.0-12.0
2.0-20.0
4.0-30.0
7.0-50.0
7D - NOMINAL RANGE & PERFORMANCE TABLE – BUNA (CODE V, T, R)
30 in.Hg Vac.†
30
60
100
200
400
600
10000
–1
2
4
7
14
28
40
70
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1600
2400
4000
1.5-10.0
0.5-3.50
0.5-4.00
1.0-7.00
12.5-12.00
5.0-30.0
8.0-48.0
10.0-80.00
0.5-7.00
0.2-2.500
0.5-3.00
1.0-4.50
1.0-8.50
2.0-17.00
4.0-34.0
5.0-55.0
Note: Switches calibrated at 70°F reference.
TO ORDER THIS F-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
FPS N7
1. Function:
2. Body:
3. Switch Element (Table 3):
4. Actuator Seal (Table 4):
5. Pressure Port: Standard 1/2 NPTF
6. Options (see table 6):
7. Nominal Range (see Tables 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D):
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
P
B
07
XFS
30#
244
Pressure and Differential
Pressure Switches, Watertight
316 SS Enclosure, G-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series
is easy to use and readily retrofits to
virtually all process, industrial and
OEM applications.
• Single or dual independently
adjustable setpoints meet all
setpoint requirements
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP65 enclosure
• 316 SS construction
• Choice of switch elements for all
applications, including hermetically
sealed
• Fixed or fully adjustable deadband
• Approved for UL and CSA ratings
• Wide choice of actuators, including
1 - FUNCTION
GPA - Pressure control, single setpoint,
adjustable deadband
GPD - Pressure control, two independently
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband
GPS - Pressure control, single setpoint,
fixed deadband
GDA - Differential pressure control, single
setpoint, adjustable deadband
GDD - Differential pressure control, two independently adjustable setpoints, fixed
deadband
GDS - Differential pressure control, single
setpoint, fixed deadband
2 - ENCLOSURE
N4 - NEMA 4/4X, IP65
(watertight and corrosion resistant)
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR GPA & GDA
CONTROLS
Code
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed
10A,125/250 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
H
General purpose
J
Hermetically sealed
11A, 125/250 Vac
switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR GPD, GPS,
GDD & GDS CONTROLS
Code
Switch Elements
UL/CSA ListedS
(GS) (GD)
K(4) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
F(4) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
G(5) GG General purpose
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed
5A, 125/250 Vac
P(3) PP switch, narrow
deadband
Hermetically sealed
11A,125/250 Vac
J
JJ switch, ge
neral
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
Single Dual
•
•
•
•
designs for fire-safe and NACE
applications(7)
Standard pressure connection
materials:
Pressure psi ranges
- 316L stainless steel
Differential psid ranges
- 316 stainless steel standard
Pressure and differential inches
of water ranges
- 316 stainless steel standard
Readily available
3A sanitary connection available(7)
Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
4 - ACTUATOR SEAL(1)
Code
&
Material
B-Buna N
Process
Temp.(2)
Limits
°F
Range
Vac. 0-600 1000 2000in.H2O psi psi 3000
psi
0 to 150



V-Viton
20 to 300



T-Teflon
0 to 150



S-SS(6)
0 to 300


P-Monel(6)
0 to 300




HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements for
improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh or
corrosive environments. The Ashcroft G Series is also
approved for installation in Division II hazardous areas
when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
5 - PRESSURE PORT(1)
Order Code
25
06
07
⁄4 NPT Female
1
⁄4 NPT Female and
⁄2 NPT Male Combination
1
1
1
⁄2 NPT Female
6 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
See page 255
NOTES:
1. These items are wetted by process fluid.
2. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
all styles. Setpoint shift of ±1% of range per 50°F
temperature change is normal. Switches calibrated at
70°F reference.
3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5. Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
6. Available on pressure only.
7. Refer to Option Table.
TO ORDER THIS G-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
GPD
1. Function:
2. Enclosure:
3. Switch Element:
4. Actuator Seal:
5. Pressure Port:
6. Options (see pages 256-257):
7. Pressure Range (see page 255):
N4
GG
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
B
25
X07
30#
245
Temperature Switches,
Watertight 316 Stainless Steel
Enclosure, G-Series
This Ashcroft® specialty switch
series is ideally suited for harsh and
corrosive environments often found
in many process, industrial and
OEM applications.
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP65
enclosure
• 316 SS construction
• Choice of switch elements for all
applications, including hermetically
sealed (NEMA 4 meets Class I,
Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, & D with
hermetically sealed switch
• Single or dual independently
adjustable setpoints meet all
setpoint requirements
1 - FUNCTION
GTA - Temperature control, single setpoint,
adjustable deadband
GTD - Temperature control, two independently
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband
GTS - Temperature control, single setpoint,
fixed deadband
2 - ENCLOSURE
N4 - NEMA 4/4X, IP65
(watertight and corrosion resistant)
• Fixed or fully adjustable deadband
• Readily available
• UL, CSA listings standard
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements for
improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh or
corrosive environments. The Ashcroft G Series is also
approved for installation in Division II hazardous areas
when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
4 - LINE LENGTH SELECTION(4)
Order Code
00
DIRECT MOUNT
Line
Length ft
Not Applicable
6 - BULB LENGTH SELECTION(5)
DIRECT MOUNT
Style
05
10
15
20
25
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR
PTA CONTROLS
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed
10A,125/250 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
H
General purpose
J
Hermetically sealed
11A, 125/250 Vac
switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
5
10
15
20
25
027
040
060
090
120
23⁄4˝
4˝
6˝
9˝
12˝
—
21⁄2˝
41⁄2˝
71⁄2˝
101⁄2˝
Capillary
with
Armor
(Std.)
REMOTE MOUNT
030
Order Code
A7
3˝
21⁄2˝
7 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
LINE MATERIAL
DIRECT MOUNT
Description
No entry required for Direct Mount
REMOTE MOUNT
Stainless Steel Armor (Std.)
8 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
See page 255
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Code
Switch Elements
UL/CSA ListedS
(GS) (GD)
K(2) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
F(2) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
G(3) GG General purpose
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed
5A, 125/250 Vac
P(1) PP switch, narrow
deadband
Hermetically sealed
11A,125/250 Vac
J
JJ switch, ge
neral
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
Minimum
Thermowell
“U” Dimension
Rigid
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR
GTD & GTS CONTROLS
Single Dual
“S” Dimension
REMOTE MOUNT
5 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION
Order
Code
Order Code
Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
Additional line lengths available, call factory.
Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
TO ORDER THIS G-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
Select:
GTA
1. Function:
2. Enclosure:
3. Switch Element:
4. Line Length:
5. Thermal System:
6. Bulb Length:
7. Options (see pages 256-257):
8. Temperature Range (see page 255):
N4
H
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
05
A7
030
XNH
150° to 260°F
246
Hydraulic Pressure Switches,
Watertight Enclosure,
H-Series
This Ashcroft® specialty switch is
designed for applications such as
trash compactors, balers and similar
types of hydraulic control systems.
• Fixed or limited adjustable
deadband
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP66
enclosure
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
• Readily available
• High overpressure protection
• Vibration resistant O-ring sealed
piston actuator
• Choice of switch elements for
all applications, including hermetically sealed
1 - FUNCTION
H4 - Hydraulic switch, type 400, watertight
enclosure meets NEMA 4, 4X and 13, IP66
requirements
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS
Order
Code
20(3)
23
24(1)
25
26(3)
27
28
32
50
61(3)
62(3)
63
64
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
SPDT
Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Heavy duty ac
20A,125/250 Vac
15A,125/250/480 acV
General purpose
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Heavy duty dc
10A,125/ Vac or dc
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc
Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
High limit, manual 15A, 125/250 Vac
reset
Hermetically sealed, 11A, 125/250 Vac
general purpose
5A, 30 Vdc
Variable deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Dual SPDT(2)
Dual narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Dual narrow environ- 15A, 125/250 Vac
ment proof
Dual high temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
Dual general purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
3 - ACTUATOR SEAL
Order Code
V-Viton
NOTES:
1. Standard switch.
2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches not
independently adjustable.
3. Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed)..
Viton O-ring, 304 SS press. conn.
Connection style 1/4 NPT Female
4 - OPTIONS
(see pages 256-257)
5 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
Range
psi
1000
2000
3000
5000
7500
Adjustable
Setpoint
Limits psi
150-1000
300-2000
450-3000
750-5000
1125-7500
Proof
Pressure
psi
12,000
12,000
12,000
10,000
10,000
TO ORDER THIS H-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
1. Enclosure:
2. Switch Element:
3. Actuator Seal:
4. Options (see pages 256-257):
5. Pressure Range (from table 5):
H4
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
24
V
XFS
3000#
247
Pressure and Differential
Pressure Switches,
Watertight Enclosure, L-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series
is easy to use and readily retrofits
to virtually all process, industrial
and OEM applications.
• Single or dual independently
adjustable setpoints meet all
setpoint requirements
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP66 enclosure
• Choice of switch elements for all
applications, including hermetically
sealed
• Fixed or adjustable deadband
• Standard pressure connection
materials:
1 - FUNCTION
LPA - Pressure control, single setpoint,
adjustable deadband
LPD - Pressure control, two independently
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband
LPS - Pressure control, single setpoint,
fixed deadband
LDA - Differential pressure control, single
setpoint, adjustable deadband
LDD - Differential pressure control, two independently adjustable setpoints, fixed
deadband
LDS - Differential pressure control, single
setpoint, fixed deadband
2 - ENCLOSURE
N4 - NEMA 4/4X, IP66
(watertight and corrosion resistant)
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR LPA & LDA
CONTROLS
Code
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed
•
Pressure psi ranges
- 316L SS
Differential psid ranges
- Nickel-plated brass(7)
Pressure and differential inches
of water ranges
- Epoxy coated carbon steel
Approved for UL, CSA and FM (7)
ratings
Wide choice of actuators, including
designs for fire-safe and NACE
applications(7)
Readily available
Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
•
•
•
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
4 - ACTUATOR SEAL(1)
Code
&
Material
B-Buna N
Process
Temp.(2)
Limits
°F
Range
Vac. 0-600 1000 2000in.H2O psi psi 3000
psi
0 to 150



V-Viton
20 to 300



T-Teflon
0 to 150



S-SS(6),(8)
0 to 300


P-Monel(6)
0 to 300




5 - PRESSURE PORT(1)
Order Code
25
06
07
⁄4 NPT Female
1
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
or corrosive environments. The Ashcroft L Series is also
approved for installation in Division II hazardous areas
when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
⁄4 NPT Female and
1
⁄2 NPT Male Combination
1
1
NOTES:
1. These items are wetted by process fluid.
2. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
all styles. Setpoint shift of ±1% of range per 50°F
temperature change is normal. Switches calibrated at
70°F reference.
3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5. Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
6. Available on pressure only.
7. Refer to Option Table.
8. Order Option XUD, stainless steel process connection.
⁄2 NPT Female
6 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
See page 255
10A,125/250 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
H
General purpose
J
Hermetically sealed
11A, 125/250 Vac
switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR LPD, LPS,
LDD & LDS CONTROLS
Code
Switch Elements
UL/CSA ListedS
(PS) (PD)
K(4) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
F(4) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
G(5) GG General purpose
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed
5A, 125/250 Vac
P(3) PP switch, narrow
deadband
Hermetically sealed
11A,125/250 Vac
J
JJ switch, ge
neral
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
Single Dual
TO ORDER THIS L-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
LPD
1. Function:
2. Enclosure:
3. Switch Element:
4. Actuator Seal:
5. Pressure Port:
6. Options (see pages 256-257):
7. Pressure Range (see page 255):
N4
GG
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
B
25
XK3
30#
248
Temperature Switches,
Watertight Enclosure, L-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series
is easy to use and readily retrofits to
virtually all process, industrial and
OEM applications.
• Single or dual independently
adjustable setpoint(s) meet all
setpoint requirements
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP66
enclosure
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
or corrosive environments. The Ashcroft L Series is also
approved for installation in Division II hazardous areas
when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
• Choice of switch elements for all
applications, including hermetically
sealed (NEMA 4 meets Class I, Div.
2, Groups A, B, C, & D with hermetically sealed switch
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Fixed or fully adjustable deadband
• Readily available
• UL, CSA listings standard
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
1 - FUNCTION
LTA - Temperature control, single setpoint,
adjustable deadband
LTD - Temperature control, two independently
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband
LTS - Temperature control, single setpoint,
fixed deadband
2 - ENCLOSURE
N4 - NEMA 4/4X, IP66
(watertight and corrosion resistant)
4 - LINE LENGTH SELECTION(4)
Order Code
00
DIRECT MOUNT
Line
Length ft
Not Applicable
6 - BULB LENGTH SELECTION(5)
DIRECT MOUNT
Style
05
10
15
20
25
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR
LTA CONTROLS
H
J
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed
General purpose
10A,125/250 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
5
10
15
20
25
027
040
060
090
120
23⁄4˝
4˝
6˝
9˝
12˝
—
21⁄2˝
41⁄2˝
71⁄2˝
101⁄2˝
Capillary
with
Armor
(Std.)
REMOTE MOUNT
030
Order Code
A7
LINE MATERIAL
DIRECT MOUNT
Description
No entry required for Direct Mount
REMOTE MOUNT
Stainless Steel Armor (Std.)
3˝
21⁄2˝
7 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
8 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
See page 255
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Hermetically sealed
11A, 125/250 Vac
switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
Code
Switch Elements
UL/CSA ListedS
(LS) (LD)
K(2) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
F(2) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
G(3) GG General purpose
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed
5A, 125/250 Vac
P(1) PP switch, narrow
deadband
Hermetically sealed
11A,125/250 Vac
J
JJ switch, ge
neral
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
Minimum
Thermowell
“U” Dimension
Rigid
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR
LTD & LTS CONTROLS
Single Dual
“S” Dimension
REMOTE MOUNT
5 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION
Order
Code
Order Code
Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
Additional line lengths available, call factory.
Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
TO ORDER THIS L-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
Select:
LTA
1. Function:
2. Enclosure:
3. Switch Element:
4. Line Length:
5. Thermal System:
6. Bulb Length:
7. Options (see pages 256-257):
8. Temperature Range (see page 255):
N4
H
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
05
A7
030
XNH
150° to 260°F
249
Electronic Pressure Switches,
Watertight or Explosion-Proof
Enclosure, N-Series
Special features:
• Ashcroft® K Series polysilicon thin
film pressure sensor (transducer)
for long, stable life (minimum 10
million cycles at rated load)
• Setpoint repeatability of 0.5% of
range
• Choice of watertight, NEMA 4 or
explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP66
enclosures for safety and reliability
• Pressure setpoints to 20,000 psi
• Deadbands adjustable between
0.1% and 95% of nominal range
• Multi-turn potentiometers make
setpoint and deadband adjustments easy
• Status lights indicate switch state
• Continuous power assures operation first time and every time even
after years of inactivity
Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,
control on:
• Machine tools
• Injection molding machines
• Presses
• Pumps
• Hydraulic systems
• Turbines and compressors
• Most process applications
7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
Range
Setpoint(1)
Proof
psi
Limits psi
psi
60
3-60
120
100
5-100
200
200
10-200
400
300
15-300
600
500
25-500
1000
750
35-750
1500
1000
50-1000
2000
2000
100-2000
4000
3000
150-3000
4500
5000
250-5000
7500
7500
375-7500
9000
10,000(2)
500-10,000 12,000
15,000(2)
750-15,000 18,000
20,000(2) 1000-20,000 24,000
1 - FUNCTION
NPA - Single setpoint with adjustable deadband
2 - ENCLOSURE
N4
NEMA 4, IP66, watertight
N7
NEMA 7/9, IP66, explosion proof
3 - OUTPUT
D
SPDT Relay
I
SPDT Relay and
current output
10A, 250 Vac
10A, 30 Vdc
10A, 250 Vac
10A, 30 Vdc
and 4-20mA
4 - POWER REQUIREMENTS
Code
Power Supply
L
110 Vac, 50/60 Hz
C
24 Vdc
V
250 Vac, 50/60 Hz
5 - PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
Code
Description
S01
S02
S03
S04
S05
S06
S07
S08
1
⁄8 NPT male
1
⁄4 NPT male
1
⁄8 NPT female
1
⁄4 NPT female
7
⁄16 -20 SAE-male
1
⁄2 NPT male
1
⁄4 AMINCO-female
7
⁄16 -20 SAE-J514-female
6 - OPTIONS
Code
Description
XEA
External adjustment (N4 only)
Burst
psi
480
800
1600
2400
4000
6000
8000
16,000
15,000
25,000
22,500
30,000
45,000
60,000
(1) Switch setpoint is adjustable throughout these limits.
(2) Pressure connection S07 only on these ranges.
NOTES:
Temperature Specifications (70°F ref.)
–20°F to 160°F ambient and process
Setpoint shift of up to 2% of range per 50°F change can
be expected
NEMA 7 (N7) Model Shown
Hysteresis
±0.2%
Nonrepeatability
±0.07%
Interchangeability
±1.0%
*Includes hysteresis
Stability: ±0.5% F.S./year
Durability: 108 cycles 20/80% F.S. with negligible
performance change
Response Time: Less than 5msec
ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS
Temperature Limits:
Storage
–65/+250°F
Operating
–20/+180°F
Compensated
–20/+160°F
Thermal Coefficients (70°F ref.):
Accuracy
Zero and Span
1%
±0.040% F.S./°F
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: Supply Voltage:
4-20mA (2 wire)12-36 Vdc unregulated
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Construction Materials:
Wetted Parts:
Diaphragm – 17-4PH SS
Pressure Connection – 316SS
Reverse wiring protected.
Zero Offset: ±1.0%F.S.
OPTIONAL TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Accuracy Class (F.S.):
1%
Nonlinearity
Terminal Point*
±0.7%
B.F.S.L.
±0.4%
1250
1091
1000
750
545
500
TO ORDER THIS N-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
1. Function:
2. Body:
3. Electrical Output:
4. Power Requirements:
5. Pressure Port:
6. Options (see table 6):
7. Pressure Range (see table 7):
Load Limitations 4-20mA Output
Load Limitations
4-20mA
Loop
Resistance
(Ω) Output
Loop Resistance Ω
NPA
N4
D
L
S02
XEA 100#
OPERATING
REGION
250
0
0
10 12
20
24
30
36
Vmin = 12V+ [.022A*(RL)]
*Includes a 10% safety factor
RL = RS + RW
RL = Loop Resistance (ohms)
RS = Sense Resistance (ohms)
RW = Wire Resistance (ohms)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
40
250
Electronic Pressure Switches,
Watertight Enclosure with
Pressure Indication, N-Series
Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,
control on:
• Machine tools
• Injection molding machines
• Presses
• Pumps
• Hydraulic systems
• Turbines and compressors
• Most process applications
Special features:
• Ashcroft® K Series polysilicon thin
film pressure sensor (transducer)
for long, stable life (minimum 10
million cycles at rated load)
• Setpoint repeatability of 0.5% of
range
• Watertight, NEMA 4X, IP66 enclosures for safety and reliability
• Pressure setpoints to 20,000 psi
• Deadbands adjustable between
0.5% and 95% of nominal range
• Multi-turn potentiometers
make setpoint and deadband
adjustments easy
• Status lights indicate switch state
• Continuous power assures operation first time and every time even
after years of inactivity
1 - FUNCTION
NPI - Single setpoint with adjustable deadband
and indication
2 - ENCLOSURE
7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
Range
Setpoint(1)
Proof
psi
Limits psi
psi
60
3-60
120
100
5-100
200
200
10-200
400
300
15-300
600
500
25-500
1000
750
35-750
1500
1000
50-1000
2000
2000
100-2000
4000
3000
150-3000
4500
5000
250-5000
7500
7500
375-7500
9000
10,000(2)
500-10,000 12,000
15,000(2)
750-15,000 18,000
20,000(2) 1000-20,000 24,000
N4
NEMA 4, IP66, watertight
3 - OUTPUT
D
SPDT Relay
10A, 250 Vac
10A, 30 Vdc
I
SPDT Relay and 10A, 250 Vac
current output
10A, 30 Vdc
and 4-20mA
4 - POWER REQUIREMENTS
Code
Power Supply
L
110 Vac, 50/60 Hz
C
24 Vdc
V
250 Vac, 50/60 Hz
5 - PRESSURE CONNECTIONS
Code
Description
1
S01
⁄8 NPT male
1
S02
⁄4 NPT male
1
S03
⁄8 NPT female
1
S04
⁄4 NPT female
7
S05
⁄16 -20 SAE-male
1
S06
⁄2 NPT male
1
S07
⁄4 AMINCO-female
7
S08
⁄16 -20 SAE-J514-female
6 - OPTIONS
Code
XEA
External adjustment (N4 only)
Burst
psi
480
800
1600
2400
4000
6000
8000
16,000
15,000
25,000
22,500
30,000
45,000
60,000
(1) Switch setpoint is adjustable throughout these limits.
(2) Pressure connection S07 only on these ranges.
NOTES:
Temperature Specifications (70°F ref.)
–20°F to 160°F ambient and process
Setpoint shift of up to 2% of range per 50°F change can
be expected
Hysteresis
±0.2%
Nonrepeatability
±0.07%
Interchangeability
±1.0%
*Includes hysteresis
Stability: ±0.5% F.S./year
Durability: 108 cycles 20/80% F.S. with negligible
performance change
Response Time: Less than 5msec
ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS
Temperature Limits:
Storage
–65/+250°F
Operating
–20/+180°F
Compensated
–20/+160°F
Thermal Coefficients (70°F ref.):
Accuracy
Zero and Span
1%
±0.040% F.S./°F
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Signal: Supply Voltage:
4-20mA (2 wire)12-36 Vdc unregulated
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Construction Materials:
Wetted Parts:
Diaphragm – 17-4PH SS
Pressure Connection – 316SS
Reverse wiring protected.
Zero Offset: ±1.0%F.S.
OPTIONAL TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Accuracy Class (F.S.):
1%
Nonlinearity
Terminal Point*
±0.7%
B.F.S.L.
±0.4%
Load Limitations 4-20mA Output
Loop Resistance (Ω)
Load Limitations 4-20mA Output
Loop Resistance Ω
1250
1091
1000
750
TO ORDER THIS N-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
1. Function:
2. Body:
3. Electrical Output:
4. Power Requirements:
5. Pressure Port:
6. Options (see table 6):
7. Pressure Range (see table 7):
545
500
NPI
N4
D
L
S02
XEA 100#
OPERATING
REGION
250
0
0
10 12
20
24
30
36
Vmin = 12V+ [.022A*(RL)]
*Includes a 10% safety factor
RL = RS + RW
RL = Loop Resistance (ohms)
RS = Sense Resistance (ohms)
RW = Wire Resistance (ohms)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
40
251
Pressure and Differential
Pressure Switches, Watertight
and Explosion-Proof Enclosure,
P-Series
This top-of-the-line Ashcroft® process switch series includes many
state-of-the-art features for safety
and reliability in virtually all process
applications.
• Die cast aluminum enclosure is
standard with NEMA 4X (weatherproof, corrosion resistant) NEMA 7
(explosion-proof enclosure Class
I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups B, C & D and
Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G).
Dual chamber design allows setpoint changes to be made safely
even with power connected.
• Single or dual independently
adjustable setpoints meet all
setpoint requirements
1 - FUNCTION
PPA - Pressure control, single setpoint,
adjustable deadband
PPD - Pressure control, two independently
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband
PPS - Pressure control, single setpoint,
fixed deadband
PDA - Differential pressure control, single
setpoint, adjustable deadband
PDD - Differential pressure control, two independently adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband
PDS - Differential pressure control, single
setpoint, fixed deadband
2 - ENCLOSURE
N7 - NEMA 7/9, IP65, watertight, corrosion
resistant and explosion proof Div. 1 & 2
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR PPA & PDA
CONTROLS
Code
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed
10A,125/250 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
H
General purpose
J
Hermetically sealed
11A, 125/250 Vac
switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
• UL, CSA(7) listed
• Fixed or adjustable deadband
• Readily available
• Standard pressure connection
materials:
Pressure psi ranges
- 316L stainless steel
Differential pressure ranges
- Nickel plated brass(8)
Pressure and differential inches
of water ranges
- Epoxy coated carbon steel
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
• Dual Seal Rating models available
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
NOTES:
4 - ACTUATOR SEAL(1)
Code
&
Material
B-Buna N
Process
Temp.(2)
Limits
°F
Range
Vac. 0-600 1000 2000in.H2O psi psi 3000
psi
0 to 150



V-Viton
20 to 300



T-Teflon
0 to 150



S-SS(6)(9)
0 to 300


P-Monel(6)
0 to 300


5 - PRESSURE PORT


(1)
Order Code
25
06
07
⁄4 NPT Female
1
⁄4 NPT Female and
⁄2 NPT Male Combination
1
1. These items are wetted by process fluid.
2. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
all styles. Setpoint shift of ±1% of range per 50°F
temperature change is normal. Switches calibrated at
70°F reference.
3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5. Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
6. Available on pressure only.
7. Refer to Option Table.
8. Order Option XUD, stainless steel process connection.
9. On differential switches, stainless steel is
available in 15, 30, 60 and 90 psid ranges only.
Includes Teflon O-ring and 316 SS connection.
1
1
⁄2 NPT Female
6 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
or corrosive environments.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
See page 254
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR PPD, PPS,
PDD & PDS CONTROLS
Code
Switch Elements
UL/CSA ListedS
(PS) (PD)
K(4) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
F(4) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
G(5) GG General purpose
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed
5A, 125/250 Vac
P(3) PP switch, narrow
deadband
Hermetically sealed
11A,125/250 Vac
J
JJ switch, ge
neral
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
Single Dual
TO ORDER THIS P-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Select:
PPD
1. Function:
2. Enclosure:
3. Switch Element:
4. Actuator Seal:
5. Pressure Port:
6. Options (see pages 256-257):
7. Pressure Range (see page 254):
N7
GG
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
B
25
XK3
30#
252
Temperature Switches,
Watertight and Explosion-Proof
Enclosure, P-Series
This top-of-the-line Ashcroft® process switch series includes many
state-of-the-art features for safety
and reliability in virtually all process
applications.
• Fixed or fully adjustable deadband
• Explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP55
enclosures
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
or corrosive environments.
Features:
• UL-recognized component,
guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
• Available on 400 and
700 models
• Single or dual independently
adjustable setpoints meet all
setpoint requirements
• UL listings standard
• CSA listings available(6)
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Dual-chamber design for improved
safety. Choice of switch elements
for all applications, including
hermetically sealed
1 - FUNCTION
PTA - Temperature control, single setpoint,
adjustable deadband
PTD - Temperature control, two independently
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband
PTS - Temperature control, single setpoint,
fixed deadband
2 - ENCLOSURE
N7 - NEMA 7/9, IP65
(explosion proof Div. 1 & 2)
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR
PTA CONTROLS
Order
Code
6 - BULB LENGTH SELECTION(5)
4 - LINE LENGTH SELECTION(4)
Order Code
00
DIRECT MOUNT
Line
Length ft
Not Applicable
DIRECT MOUNT
Style
10A,125/250 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
H
General purpose
J
Hermetically sealed
11A, 125/250 Vac
switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
Minimum
Thermowell
“U” Dimension
027
040
060
090
120
23⁄4˝
4˝
6˝
9˝
12˝
—
21⁄2˝
41⁄2˝
71⁄2˝
101⁄2˝
Rigid
05
10
15
20
25
5
10
15
20
25
Capillary
with
Armor
(Std.)
REMOTE MOUNT
030
3˝
21⁄2˝
7 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
LINE MATERIAL
DIRECT MOUNT
Order Code
Description
No entry required for Direct Mount
REMOTE MOUNT
A7
Stainless Steel Armor (Std.)
8 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
See page 254
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR
PTD & PTS CONTROLS
Code
Switch Elements
UL/CSA ListedS
(PS) (PD)
K(2) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
F(2) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1/2A, 125 Vdc
G(3) GG General purpose
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed
5A, 125/250 Vac
P(1) PP switch, narrow
deadband
Hermetically sealed
11A,125/250 Vac
J
JJ switch, ge
neral
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
“S” Dimension
REMOTE MOUNT
5 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
UL/CSA Listed
Order Code
Single Dual
Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
Additional line lengths available, call factory.
Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
Refer to Option Table.
Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
TO ORDER THIS P-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
Select:
PTA
1. Function:
2. Enclosure:
3. Switch Element:
4. Line Length:
5. Thermal System:
6. Bulb Length:
7. Options (see pages 256-257):
8. Temperature Range (see page 254):
N7
H
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
05
A7
030
XNH
150° to 260°F
253
Nominal Ranges and Deadbands
Pressure and Temperature
Switches, B-Series
PRESSURE/VACUUM SWITCHES
Overpressure Ratings
Nominal Range (1)
Proof psi Burst psi
Approximate Deadband(2) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
20, 26, 27
21, 24, 31
50
22
32, 42
–30 in.Hg
Vacuum
–760 mmHg
–100 kPa
250
400
0.3-0.7
1.5-4.0
0.5-2.2
0.4-1.5
2.1-4.2
Compound
–15 in.H2O/
15 in.H2O
–30 in.H2O/
30 in.H2O
–30 in.Hg/
15 psi
–30 in.Hg/
30 psi
–30 in.Hg/
60 psi
–375 mmH2O/
375 mmH2O
–760 mmH2O/
760 mmH2O
–760 mmHg/
1.0 kg/cm2
–760 mmHg/
2.0 kg/cm2
–760m mmHg/
4.0 kg/cm2
–3.7 kPa
3.7 kPa
–7.5 kPa
7.5 kPa
–100 kPa
100 kPa
–100 kPa
200 kPa
–100 kPa
400 kPa
20
35
20
35
250
400
250
400
250
400
0.15-0.75/
0.15-0.75
0.30-0.60/
0.30-0.60
0.5-1.0/
0.3-0.7
1.0-1.5/
0.3-0.8
2.0-3.0
0.7-1.5
1.5-2.5/
1.5-2.5
1.5-2.5/
1.5-2.5
2.0-3.5/
0.5-2.0
3.0-6.0/
1.0-2.0
5.0-9.0
3.0-5.0
.45-2.0/
0.45-2.0
0.45-2.0/
0.45-2.0
0.75-2.5/
0.5-1.0
1.2-4.5/
0.7-1.5
2.5-7.0
1.1-4.0
0.5-1.2/
0.5-1.2
0.5-1.5/
0.5-1.5
0.7-1.8/
0.5-1.4
1.4-2.4/
0.4-1.3
2.8-4.5/
1.0-2.3
2.1-3.5/
.2.1-3.5
2.1-3.5/
2.1-3.5
2.8-4.2/
0.7-2.1
4.2-8.4/
1.4-2.8
7.0-12.0
4.2-7.0
Pressure
250 mmH2O
10 in.H2O
750 mmH2O
30 in.H2O
1500m mmH2O
60 in.H2O
2500 mmH2O
100 in.H2O
3750 mmH2O
150 in.H2O
15 psi
1.0 kg/cm2
30 psi
2.5 kg/cm2
60 psi
4.0 kg/cm2
100 psi
7.0 kg/cm2
200 psi
14 kg/cm2
400 psi
28 kg/cm2
600 psi
42 kg/cm2
70 kg/cm2
1000 psi (8)
3000 psi
210 kg/cm2
2.5 kPa
7.5 kPa
15 kPa
25 kPa
37 kPa
100 kPa
200 kPa
400 kPa
700 kPa
1400 kPa
2800 kPa
4200 kPa
7000 kPa
21000 kPa
20
20
20
20
20
500
500
500
1000
1000
2400
2400
12000
12000
35
35
35
35
35
1500
1500
1500
3000
3000
3000
3000
18000
18000
0.2-0.5
0.3-0.6
0.5-1.3
0.6-1.6
1.0-2.5
0.1-.35
0.1-.50
0.3-1.0
0.5-1.7
1-3
4-7.5
4-11
7-30
15-60
1.0-2.0
1.5-2.5
1.5-3.5
2.5-5.5
4.5-8.5
0.5-1.5
0.5-1.5
1.0-3.5
1.5-5.0
5-13
5-24
9-30
30-110
80-235
0.35-1.5
4.5-2.0
0.9-2.5
1.1-4.0
1.7-6.5
0.2-1.0
0.3-1.0
0.7-2.5
1.1-3.5
2-9
5.5-15
7-20
18-70
37-160
0.4-1.0
0.5-2.0
0.7-3.0
1.0-4.0
2.0-6.0
0.4-1.0
0.4-1.0
0.6-2.0
1.0-4.5
3.0-7.5
4.0-11.0
5.0-23.0
15.0-60
30.0-130.0
1.4-2.8
2.1-3.5
2.1-5.0
3.5-7.7
6.0-12.0
0.7-2.1
0.7-2.1
1.4-5.0
2.1-7.0
7.0-18.2
7.0-33.6
12.6-42
42-154
112-329
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES
Overpressure Ratings
Nominal Range (1)
30 in.H2Od
60 in.H2Od
100 in.H2Od
150 in.H2Od
15 psid
30 psid
60 psid
100 psid
200 psid
400 psid
600 psid
Static psi Proof psi
750 mmH2O
1500 mmH2O
2500 mmH2O
3750 mmH2O
1 kg/cm2
2.5 kg/cm2
4 kg/cm2
7 kg/cm2
14 kg/cm2
28 kg/cm2
42 kg/cm2
7.5 kPa
15 kPa
25 kPa
37 kPa
100 kPa
200 kPa
400 kPa
700 kPa
1400 kPa
2800 kPa
4200 kPa
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
500
500
500
1000
1000
1000
1000
21.6
21.6
21.6
21.6
2000
2000
2000
4000
4000
8000
8000
Approximate Deadband(2,4) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
20, 26, 27
21, 24, 31
50
22
32, 42
0.3-0.6
0.5-1.3
0.6-1.6
1.0-2.5
0.5-1.0
1.0-2.0
2.0-4.0
4.0-10.0
5.0-15.0
10.0-20.0
20.0-40.0
1.5-2.5
1.5-3.5
2.5-5.5
4.5-8.5
2.0-5.0
2.0-5.0
3.0-6.0
11.0-20.0
12.0-40.0
20.0-60.0
80.0-150.0
0.45-2.0
0.9-2.5
1.1-4.0
1.8-6.5
0.7-3.5
1.5-3.5
3.0-4.5
7.0-15.0
10.0-86.0
15.0-40.0
30.0-115.0
0.5-2.0
0.7-3.0
1.0-4.0
2.0-6.0
0.7-1.4
1.4-2.8
2.8-5.6
6.0-14.0
7.0-21.0
14.0-28.0
30.0-56.0
2.1-3.5
2.1-5.0
3.5-7.7
6.3-12.0
2.8-7.0
2.8-7.0
4.2-8.5
16.0-28.0
17.0-56.0
28.0-84.0
112.0-210.0
TEMPERATURE RANGE SELECTION
Adjustable Range
°F
–40 to 60
0 to 100
75 to 205
150 to 260
235 to 375
350 to 525(7)
500 to 750(3)
°C
–40 to16
–20 to 40
20 to 95
65 to125
110 to 190
175 to 275
260 to 400
NOTES:
1. Switches may generally be set between 15% and 100%
of nominal range on increasing pressure. Consult factory for applications where setpoints must be lower.
2. All deadbands are given in English units as shown in
the nominal range column. Deadbands shown are for
switches with Buna N diaphragm.
Approximate Deadband(6) Switch Element
Max. Temp.
°F
20, 26, 27
21, 24, 31
50
22
32, 42
400
400
400
400
500
700
900
1.0-2.0
1.5-3.0
1.5-3.5
1.5-3.0
1.5-3.5
2.0-4.5
4.0-8.0
3.0-8.0
5.0-12.0
8.0-16.0
5.0-12.0
5.0-12.0
8.0-16.0
16.0-30.0
1.5-5.5
2.2-8.5
2.5-12.0
2.2-8.5
2.2-8.5
3.2-12.0
7.0-24.0
1.4-6.0
1.5-7.5
2.0-9.0
2.0-9.0
2.0-9.0
2.5-10.0
5.0-23.0
8.0-16.0
9.0-20.0
10.0-24.0
10.0-24.0
10.0-24.0
15.0-34.0
30.0-50.0
Approximate deadbands for optional diaphragms:
Viton:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.4
Teflon:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.2
Stainless Steel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7
Monel:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.7
3. Available with remote mount thermal system only.
4. Deadbands given are for zero static working pressure.
5. For approximate deadbands for dual switch elements,
multiply the single switch element by 1.6.
6. All deadbands given in °F.
7. Not available with 23/4˝ stem.
8. Proof pressure is 4000 psi with stainless steel and monel
welded diaphragms.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
254
Nominal Ranges and Deadbands
Pressure and Temperature
Switches, P-Series
PRESSURE/VACUUM SWITCHES
Overpressure
Ratings
Nominal Range (1)
Approximate Deadband(2) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
PPA
PPS(4)
(3)
PPD(4)
Switch Element
Proof
psi
Burst
psi
J, H
G
J, H
K, F
P
GG
JJ, HH
KK,FF
PP
Vacuum
–30 in.Hg
–760 mmHg
–100 kPa
250
400
7-26
3-5
3-6.5
1-2
1-2.5
3-5
3-6.5
1-2
1.0-3.5
–30 in.Hg/
15 psi
–760 mmHg/
1.0 kg/cm2
–100 kPa
100 kPa
250
400
10-25
4-13
3-5
1-2
2.5-3.5
1-3
1-2
0.5-2
1-2.5
0.5-2
3-5
2-4
2.5-4.5
1-3
1-2
0.5-1
1.0-3.5/
1.0-2.8
Pressure
30 in.H2O
60 in.H2O
100 in.H2O
150 in.H2O
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
200 psi
400 psi
600 psi
1000 psi
2000 psi
3000 psi
750 mmH2O
1500 mmH2O
2500 mmH2O
3750 mmH2O
1 kg/cm2
2.5 kg/cm2
4 kg/cm2
7 kg/cm2
14 kg/cm2
28 kg/cm2
42 kg/cm2
70 kg/cm2
140 kg/cm2
210 kg/cm2
7.5 kPa
15 kPa
25 kPa
37 kPa
100 kPa
200 kPa
400 kPa
700 kPa
1400 kPa
2800 kPa
4200 kPa
7000 kPa
14000 kPa
21000 kPa
20
20
20
20
500
500
500
1000
1000
2400
2400
12000
12000
12000
35
35
35
35
1500
1500
1500
3000
3000
3000
3000
14000
14000
14000
2-5
2.5-5
4-8.5
10-18
1-0.5
2-4.5
4-7
5-10
10-18
16-45
20-75
50-160
150-350
180-400
0.5-1
0.5-2.0
1-2
1.5-3
0.5-1
0.5-1.5
1-2
1-2.5
1-4
4-8
5-8
7-30
20-50
30-70
0.5-2
1-2
1-3
2-6
0.5-2
0.5-1.5
1-2.5
2-4
5-15
5.0-15
6-25
10-85
25-110
30-190
1.5-3.5
1.5-3.5
4-7
8-14
1-2
1-2.5
2-4
5-7
10-20
16-30
16-50
75-130
150-200
180-250
2-5
2.5-5.0
4-8.5
10-18
1-3.0
2-4.5
4-7
5-10
15-25
16-45
20-75
50-160
150-350
180-400
Compound
(9)
4.-27
1.5-3.5
5-54
1.5-3.5
8.5-90
4-6
18-135
5-11
2.5-13
1-2
3.5-26
1-2.5
6.5-54
2-4
10-90
5-7
20-180
10-15
45-360
16-30
75-540
16-50
160-900 75-130
350-1800 150-200
400-2600 180-250
0.5-1
1.0-2.8
.0.5-2.0
1.0-2.8
1-2
2.0-4.2
1.5-3
3.0-8.4
0.5-1
1.0-2.8
0.5-1.5
1.0-3.0
1-2
2.0-3.5
1-2.5
2.0-5.6
3-6
4.0-12.0
4-8
5.0-21.0
5-15
8.0-35.0
7-30 20.0-119.0
20-50 35.0-154.0
30-70 40.0-266.0
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES
Overpressure
Ratings
Nominal Range (1)
30 in.H2Od
60 in.H2Od
100 in.H2Od
150 in.H2Od
15 psid
30 psid
60 psid
100 psid
200 psid
400 psid
Static Working
Pressure psi
750 mmH2O
1500 mmH2O
2500 mmH2O
3750 mmH2O
2 kg/cm2
2 kg/cm2
4 kg/cm2
7 kg/cm2
14 kg/cm2
28 kg/cm2
5.4
5.4
5.4
500
500
500
500
1000
1000
Proof
psi
21.6
21.6
5.4 21.6
21.6
2000
2000
2000
2000
4000
8000
Approximate Deadband(2,6) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
PDA
PDS(4)
(3)
PDD(4)
Switch Element
J, H
G
J, H
K, F
P
GG
JJ, HH
KK,FF
PP
5.5-27
5.5-54
8.5-90
18-135
2.5-13
3.5-27
6.5-54
10-90
20-180
45-360
3-5
3-5
4-6
5-11
1-2
1-2.5
2-4
5-7
10-1 5
16-30
4-6.5
4.5-6.5
4.0-8.5
10-18
1-3
2-4.5
4-7
5-10
10-18
16-45
0.5-1
0.5-2
1-2
1.5-3
0.5-1
0.5-1
1-1.5
1-2.5
1-4
4-8
.5-2
1-2
1-3
2-6
0.5-2
1-2
1-2.5
2-4
5-8
5-15
3-5
3-5
4-7
8-14
1-2
1-2.5
1-2.4
5-7
10-20
16-30
4-6.5
4.-6.5
4.-8.5
10-18
1-3
2-4.5
4-7
5-10
10-18
16-45
0.5-1
0.5-2
1-2
1.5-3.
0.5-1
0.5-1.5
1-2
1-2.5
3-6
4-8
1.0-2.8
1.0-2.8
2.0-4.2
3.0-8.4
1.0-2.8
1.0-2.8
1.0-3.5
2.0-5.6
3.0-11.2
40.-21.0
TEMPERATURE RANGE SELECTION
Approximate Deadband (Buna N Diaphragm)(2)
NominalRange
°F
–40 to 60
0 to 100
75 to 205
150 to 260
235 to 375
350 to 525(8)
500 to 750(5)
°C
–40 to16
–20 to 40
20 to 95
65 to125
110 to 190
175 to 275
200 to 400
NOTES:
1. Switches may generally be set between 15% and 100%
of nominal range on increasing pressure. Consult factory for applications where setpoints must be lower.
2. All deadbands are given in English units as shown in
the nominal range column. Deadbands shown are for
switches with Buna N diaphragm.
Max.
Temp.
°F
400
400
400
400
500
700
900
PTA(3)
PTS(4)
PTD(4)
Switch Element
J, H
18-90
30-90
34-120
25-100
35-130
40-165
50-200
G
2-10
2-15
2-17
2.5-12
2-18
3-25
20-36
J, H
9-18
10-30
10-34
9-25
10-35
15-40
36-60
K, F
1-2
1-3
1.5-3.5
1-2.5
1-3.5
2-4.5
5-10
Approximate deadbands for optional diaphragms:
Viton:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.4
Teflon:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.2
Stainless Steel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7
Monel:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.7
3. Deadbands for PTA, PPA and PDA are
adjustable between the values shown.
P
1-5
1.5-7
1.5-8
1-7
1.5-8
2.5-11
6-21
GG
2-10
2-15
2-17
2.5-12
2-18
3-25
20-36
JJ, HH
9-18
10-30
10-34
9-25
10-35
15-40
36-60
KK, FF
1-2
1.5-3
1.5-3.5
1-2.5
1-3.5
2-4.5
5-10
PP
2.0-7.0
3.0-10.0
3.0-12.0
3.0-10.0
3.0-12.0
4.0-15.5
7.0-30.0
4. Deadbands for PPS, PPD, PDS, PDD, PTD, and PDS
models are fixed within the range of values shown.
5. Available with remote mount thermal system only.
6. Deadbands given are for zero static working pressure.
7. All deadbands given in °F.
8. Not available with 23/4˝ stem.
9. Proof pressure is 4000 psi with stainless steel and
monel welded diaphragms.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
255
Nominal Ranges and Deadbands
Pressure and Temperature
Switches, L- and G-Series
PRESSURE/VACUUM SWITCHES
Overpressure
Ratings
Proof psi
Nominal Range (1)
Minimum
Burst psi
Approximate Deadband(2) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
LPA-GPA(3)
LPS-GPS(4)
LPD-GPD(4)
Switch Element
J, H
G
J, H
K, F
P
GG
JJ, HH
KK,FF
1-2
1-2.5
PP
3-5.5
4-6.5
1-2
1-2.5
Vacuum
–30 in.Hg
–760 mmHg
250
400
6-24
2.5-4
4-6
–30 in.Hg/
15 psi0
–760 mmHg/
1.0 kg/cm2
250
400
6-24
3-12
2.5-4
1-2.5
4-6
1-3.5
1-2
0.5-1.5
1-2.5
0.5-2
3-5.5
1.5-3.5
4-6.5
1.5-4
1-2
1-2
1-2.5
1-2
Pressure
30 in.H2O
60 in.H2O
100 in.H2O
150 in.H2O
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
200 psi
400 psi
600 psi
1000 psi(10)
2000 psi
3000 psi
750 mmH2O
1500 mmH2O
2500 mmH2O
3750 mmH2O
1 kg/cm2
2 kg/cm2
4 kg/cm2
7 kg/cm2
14 kg/cm2
28 kg/cm2
42 kg/cm2
70 kg/cm2
140 kg/cm2
210 kg/cm2
20
20
20
20
500
500
500
1000
1000
2400
2400
12000
12000
12000
35
35
35
35
1500
1500
1500
3000
3000
3000
3000
14000
14000
14000
4.0-27
1.5-3.5
5.0-54
1.5-4.
8.5-90
2.0-5.5
18-135
5.0-11
2.5-13
1.0-1.5
3.0-27
1.0-2.8
5.0-54
2.0-4.0
10-90
3-6
18-180
7-14
45-360
16-30
75-540
16-50
160-900
75-130
350-1800 150-200
400-2600 180-250
2.0-4.0
2.5-5.0
4.0-8.5
10-18
1.0-2.5
1.0-3.2
2.0-4.5
5.0-10
10-18
16-45
20-75
50-160
150-350
180-400
0.5-1.0
0.5-1.4
1.0-2.0
1.5-3.0
0.5-1.0
.75-1.5
1.0-2.0
1.0-2.5
1.0-4.0
4.0-8.0
5.0-15
7.0-30
20-50
30-70
0.7-2.0
1.0-2.5
1.4-3.0
2.0-6.0
0.75-1.5
1-1.8
1.0-2.5
1.4-3.2
5.0-8.0
5.0-15
6.0-25
10-85
25-110
30-190
2.1-4.9
3-5.6
4-7.7
7.0-16
1.4-2.1
1.4-5
3-7
7-12
10-23
22-42
22-70
70-180
209-279
251-349
2.8-5.6
3.5-7.0
5.6-11.7
14-25.1
1.4-3.5
3-6
4-8
7.0-14
14-25
22-63
28-105
70-223
209-488
251-558
0.7-1.4
0.7-2.0
1.4-2.8
2.1-4.2
.7-1.4
1-2.1
1.4-2.8
1.4-3.5
1.4-5.6
5.6-11.2
7.0-21
10-42
28-70
42-98
0.7-2.8
2-3.5
2-4.2
5-9.2
1-1.4
1.4-2.5
1.4-3.5
3-7
7.0-11.2
7.0-21
8.0-35
14-119
35-154
42-226
Compound
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES
Overpressure
Ratings
Nominal Range (1)
Pressure
30 in.H2Od
60 in.H2Od
100 in.H2Od
150 in.H2Od
30 psid
60 psid
200 psid
400 psid
Static psi
750 mmH2O
1500 mmH2O
2500 mmH2O
3750 mmH2O
2 kg/cm2
4 kg/cm2
14 kg/cm2
28 kg/cm2
5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
500
500
1000
1000
Approximate Deadband(2,7) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
LDA-GDA
LDS-GDS(4)
(3)
LDD-GDD(4)
Switch Element
Minimum
Proof psi
J, H
G
J, H
K, F
P
21.6
21.6
21.6
21.6
2000
2000
4000
8000
4.0-27
5.0-54
8.5-90
18-135
3.0-27
5-54
18-180
45-360
1.5-3.5
1.5-4.0
4.0-5.5
5.0-11
1.0-2.5
2-4
10-15
16-30
2.0-4.0
2.5-5.0
4.0-8.5
10-18
1.0-3.0
2-4.5
10-18
16-45
0.5-1.0
0.5-1.4
1.0-2.0
1.5-3.0
1.0-1.5
1-2
1.0-4.0
4.0-8.0
0.7-2.0
1.0-2.5
1.4-3.0
2.0-6.0
1.0-1.8
1-2.5
5.0-8.0
5.0-15
GG
2.1-4.9
2.5-6
5.6-7.7
7.0-15.4
2-5
3-7
14-23
22.4-42
JJ, HH
2.8-5.6
3.5-7.0
5.6-11.9
14-25.2
3-6
4-8
14-30
22.4-36
KK,FF
0.7-1.4
0.7-2.0
1.4-2.8
2.1-4.2
1-2.1
1.4-2.8
1.4-5.6
5.6-11.2
PP
0.7-2.8
2-3.5
2-4.2
2.8-8.4
1.4-2.4
1.4-3.5
7.0-11.2
7.0-21.0
TEMPERATURE RANGE SELECTION
ApproximateD eadband(8) Switch Element
AdjustableRa nge
°F
–40 to 60
0 to 100
75 to 205
150 to 260
235 to 375
350 to 525(9)
500 to 750(6)
°C
–40 to16
–20 to 40
20 to 95
65 to125
110 to 190
175 to 275
260 to 400
NOTES:
1. Switches may generally be set between 15% and 100%
of nominal range on increasing pressure. Consult factory for applications where setpoints must be lower.
2. All deadbands are given in English units as shown in
the nominal range column. Deadbands shown are for
switches with Buna N diaphragm.
Approximate deadbands for optional diaphragms:
Max.
Temp.
°F
400
400
400
400
500
700
900
LTA-GTA(3)
LTS-GTS(4)
LTD-GTD(4)
Switch Element
J, H
18-90
30-90
34-120
25-100
35-130
40-165
50-200
G
4.0-10
5.0-15
6.0-18
3-13
6-19
5-27
20-36
J, H
9.0-18
10-30
10-34
9.0-25
10-35
15-40
5-10
K, F
1.5-3
1.5-5.5
3-5.5
1.5-4
2-5.5
3-7
6-21
Viton:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.4
Teflon:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.2
Stainless Steel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7
Monel:
Multiply Buna N value by 1.7
3. Deadbands for LTA, LPA and LDA are adjustable
between the values shown for all diaphragm materials.
4. Deadbands for LPS, LPD, LDS, LDD, LTD, and LDS
models are fixed within the range of values shown.
P
2-5
3-7
3-8
3-7
3-8
3.5-11
20-36
GG
4-10
5-15
6-18
3-13
6-17
5-27
20-36
JJ, HH
9.0-18
10-30
10-34
9.0-25
10-35
15-40
36-60
KK,FF
1.5-3
1.5-4.5
3-5.5
1.5-4
2-5.5
3-7
5-10
PP
2-5
3-7
3-8
3-7
3-8
3.5-11
6-21
5. Switches can be set at increase or decrease throughout the nominal range.
6. Available with remote mount thermal system only.
7. Deadbands given are for zero static working pressure.
8. All deadbands given in °F.
9. Not available with 23/4˝ stem.
10. Proof pressure is 4000 psi with stainless steel and
monel welded diaphragms.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
256
Pressure, Differential Pressure and
Temperature Switch Options for
A, B, L, P, G, F, N, H Series
PRESSURE SWITCH OPTIONS (ALL SERIES)
OPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
A
B
L
SWITCH SERIES
P
G
F
N
H
XBP
WaII mounting bracket (˝H2O)
XBX
69C bushing (SS)
XCH
Chained cover

XCN
ATEX approval on 700 Series

XC8
CSA approval
XD2
Dual seal rating

XFM
XFM
FM approval – Single element
FM approval – Dual element




XFP
Fungus proofing







XFS
Factory adjusted setpoint







XG3
Belleville actuator

XG5
Gas/oil UL limit differential pressure
control to 150˝ H2O


XG6
Gas/oil UL limit pressure control to 600 psi


XG7
Special actuator with redundant seal
design (SS primary diaphragm)

XG8
Steam limit pressure control to 300 psi


XG9
Fire safe actuator



XHS
High static differential



XHX
40 psi static pressure/dp only
160 psi proof pressure/dp only
100 psi proof pressure/press only
Inches of water ranges



XJK
Left side conduit connection


XJL
3
⁄4˝ to 1⁄2˝ conduit reducing bushing




XK3
Terminal block





XLE
6 foot leads on the micro switch





XMD
Metric range on label




XNH
Stainless steel tagging





XNN
Paper tag





XPJ
XPJ
24 Vdc pilot light(s) – Single
24 Vdc pilot light(s) – Dual


XPK
Pilot light(s), top mounted
XPM
3

NOTES
STD STD STD
Assembled to capillary. Remote Temperature only.
STD





STD

STD


Standard on NEMA 4 enclosures. F series and A series.
STD

N/A on temperature switches.
Setpoint must be given as well as increase or decrease.
Setpoint limits reduced to 30% to 100% of range.
Buna N & Viton diaphragm only. B400 & LDS single
setpoint only. N/A w/code 22, 32, P or J switch
elements.
Buna N and Viton diaphragm only.
B700 switch only. UL listed.
Stainless steel or Viton diaphragm only.
Stainless steel diaphragm only.

Available with Buna N and Viton diaphragms only.
15 psid and 30 psid only.





Standard on 700 series. N/A with DPDT
element on
eries.
400
s
Terminal blocks standard with dual switches
on B700 series. N/A on B400 series.


Specify units to be printed on labels.


Specify tag information.


Specify tag information.



N/A on B700 series.



N/A on B700 series.
⁄4˝ sealed conduit connection with
16˝ lead wires


XRN
Range scale

XTA
316 SS pressure port(s) for
in H2O ranges




STD

Standard on L, G, P & F series.


STD
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
257
Pressure, Differential Pressure and
Temperature Switch Options for
A, B, L, P, G, F, N, H Series
PRESSURE SWITCH OPTIONS (ALL SERIES)
OPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
A
B
L
SWITCH SERIES
P
G
F
XTM
2˝ pipe mounting bracket




XUD
316 stainless steel diff. press. conn.



STD
XUX
IECEx approval (700 series)

XO6
Pressure connection: ⁄2 NPT male,
1
⁄4 NPT female combination




N/A
XO7
Pressure connection: 1⁄2 NPT female




STD
X2C
DPDT with single setpoint adjustment
X3AY5
1.5˝ Sanitary seal approved by 3A council
X3AY6
2˝ Sanitary seal approved by 3A council
X6B
Cleaned for oxygen service
1
N
H
NOTES


Standard with 1000, 2000 and 3000 psi ranges.
Bottom connection only on D/P ˝H2O ranges.
Available with LPS, LDS, LTS, GPS, GTS
and GDS models.















Diaphragm seals







XNC
Normally Closed operation – with
ground wire (NO wire omitted)


XNO
Normally Open operation – with
ground wire (NC wire omitted)


XGO
Ground wire omitted


N/A with Buna N diaphragm.
Consult factory for guidance in product selection
Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
258
DDS-Series Differential Pressure
Switch Diaphragm Sensing Element
The DDS-Series differential pressure switch is designed to sense low
differential pressures between high
pressure sources. The high pressure
seals are opposed stainless steel
bellows assemblies, while the differential